Sie sind auf Seite 1von 487

d e s i g n i n g i n n o v a t i v e s o l u t i o n s

Heating, ventilation and air conditioning

CATALOGUE

2015
Contacts 4

Index
United Technologies, UTC Building & Industrial Systems 6
Carrier’s heritage, Carrier HVAC Europe 8
Environmental responsibility 10
Innovative projects 14
Building solutions 15
Carrier Service 30

SERIES PAGE SERIES PAGE

09 36
09AD / 09FCAD 244 NEW 36XB 484
09AL / 09FCAL 254
09TE / 09FCTE 250 37
37AG / 37AH / 37AS 590
16
16DJ 11-82 304 38
16LJ 01-82 260 38AW / 80AW 310
16NK 11-81 300 38RBS 612
16TJ 11-53 284
39
19 39HQ 604
19XR/XRV 240 39MQ 608
39SQ 594
23 39SQC/R/P 598
23XR/XRV 236
42
30 42BJ 560
30AWH 004-015 44 / 324 42DW 546
30HXC 080-375 204 42EM 522
30RB 008-015 34 42GM 572
30RB 017-040 52 42GR 576
30RB 162-802 96 42GW 488
NEW 30RBM / 30RBP 160-520 114 42N 502
30RBS 039-160 64 NEW 42NH 536
30RBSY 039-160 78
30RBY 017-040 60 48
30RQ 017-040 370 48UA/UH 620
30RQ 182-522 416
NEW 30RQM / 30RQP 160-520 430 50
30RQS 039-160 384 50UA/UH 620
30RQSY 039-160 398
30RQY 017-040 380 61
30RW / 30RWA 110-300 198 61AF 014-019 344
30WG / 30WGA 020-090 176 61AF 022-105 354
30XA 252-1702 142 61WG 020-090 436
30XAS 242-482 132
NEW 30XAV 500-1150 162 80
30XW 254-1762 212 80HMA Comfort module 334
30XWH 254-1762 458
NEW 30XW-V 580-1710 224 Control Solutions
NEW 30XWHV 580-1710 472 Fan coil controls overview 628
Thermostats 630
35 NTC controllers 632
35BD/SR 586 NEW WTC controllers 636
Aquasmart Evolution 640
CARRIER

PRESENTATION
Since Willis Carrier developed the world’s first modern air conditioning system in 1902,

4
Carrier teams have been designing solutions tailored for each customer. Today, Carrier
is the world’s leader in high-technology heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC)
solutions. Carrier experts provide sustainable solutions, integrating energy-efficient
products, building controls and energy services for all applications.

Cooling

33
Whether air conditioning is needed for a new building or a refurbishment project, for a
commercial centre, an office application or an industrial process, Carrier offers a wide
range of solutions: air cooled, water cooled and absorption units, with scroll, rotary, screw
and centrifugal compressors from 8 to 5270 kW cooling capacity.

HEATing

309
Carrier offers a vast range of heating solutions from air-to-water heat pumps to water-
to-water heat pumps, with heating only or reversible capability, with scroll and screw
compressors from 5 to 1980 kW heating capacity. Carrier’s heating machines are designed
to deliver up to 65°C hot water temperature.

Air treatment
An important aspect of any HVAC system is the correct supply of treated fresh air to the
building occupants, improving indoor air quality (IAQ) levels. Carrier offers a vast range of

483
standard and customised air handling solutions to ensure the best match to the requirements.
Carrier also proposes a range of hybrid terminal, cassette, cabinet, concealed, ducted
terminals to match any application requirements and installation criteria: in the room, in the
ceiling, above a false ceiling, in a central plant room, and many more.

Controls
Carrier equipment and system controls are available for standard system applications and
customised, tailor made projects. Carrier offers a wide range of control solutions covering
all HVAC applications. 625
C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION

Your direct line to Carrier


Europe, Middle East and Africa

Carrier HVAC Europe Bulgaria Kazakhstan


Headquarter AHI Carrier Bulgaria AHI Carrier LLC
Factory, Research and 25, Petar Dertliev Blvd 4th floor, 69 Tole bi str.
Design Centre 1324 - Sofia 050000 Almaty
Route de Thil ☎ +359 29 48 39 60 ☎ +7 727 272 7100
01120 Montluel - France
☎ +33 472 25 21 21 Czech Republic Kuwait
AHI Carrier CZ s.r.o. Carrier Kuwait Air Conditioning K.S.C
Africa Stýblova 253/13 Shuwaikh Industria Area
Carrier Africa FZE 14900 Praha 4 - Chodov Block 1, Street 11, Building 62
Jebel Ali Free Zone ☎ +420 602 108 962 P.O.Box. 21326, Safat 13063
P.O. Box 18162 ☎ +965 24819733
Dubai, United Arab Emirates Finland
☎ +971 4 88 180 68 Carrier Oy Lebanon
Vetokuja4 NTC Carrier
Miraco Egypt 01610 Vantaa Mar Mikhael, Nahr Street, Tyan Bldg
28 km Cairo Alexandria Desert ☎ +358 9 613 131 1st Floor P.O. Box 11-8680
Road 6th of October 1107 2270 Riad El Solh Beirut
Giza, Egypt France ☎ +961 1 575 555
☎ +20 2353 66 280 Carrier France
Route de Thil Netherlands
Australia 01120 Montluel Carrier Air Conditioning Benelux BV
AHI Carrier (Australia) Pty Ltd ☎ +33 472 25 21 21 PO Box 151
46-48 Derby Street ☎ +33 810 696 696 Rijndijk 141
Silverwater NSW 2128 2394 ZH Hazerswoude Rijndijk
Sydney Germany ☎ +31 71 341 7111
☎ +61 02 9202 4400 Carrier GmbH
Edissonstrasse 2 Carrier Marine & Offshore EMEA
Austria D-85716 Unterschleissheim P.O. Box 10066, Pittsburghstraat 21 
AHI Carrier GmbH ☎ +49 89 32 15 40 3047 BL
Andromeda Tower Rotterdam
Donau-City - StraBe 6/9 Greece ☎ +31 10 238 0181 
1220 Vienna AHI Carrier South Eastern
☎ +43 12 699 69710 Europe S.A. Headquarters New Zealand
18, Kifissou Avenue AHI Carrier (NZ) Ltd
Azerbaijan 104 42 Athens 207-211 Station Road
AHI Carrier MMC ☎ +30 10 6796 300 Penrose, Auckland 1061
44,C.Cabbarli street ☎ +649 355 6720
Caspian Plaza, Baku Italy
AZ1065 Carrier Distribution Italy S.p.a. Poland
☎ +994 12 492 32 93 Via Sempione 247 C/D Carrier Polska sp z.o.o.
I-20016 Pero (MI) Ul.Konstruktorska 13
Belgium ☎ +39 02 86 80 71 02-673 Warszawa
Carrier Air Conditioning Benelux SA ☎ +48 22 33 60 861
Alfons Gossetlaan 28a Jordan
1702 Brussels NTC Carrier
☎ +32 02 523 01 70 Wadi Saqra-Al-Hamadani Bulding 2
Amman
☎ +962 655 638 90

4 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Portugal Sweden Asia and Pacific
Carrier Portugal Carrier AB Operations
Estrada de Mem Martins, 7 PO Box 8946 Carrier Singapore (Pte) Limited
2725-109 Mem Martins Aröds Industriväg 32 28 Teban Gardens Crescent
☎ +351 424 99 00 40273 Göteborg
Singapore 608926
☎ +46 31 65 55 00
Qatar ☎ +65 675522
Carrier Qatar WLL Turkey
PO Box 23500 Alarko Carrier San Ve Tic A.S.
Jaidah Tower 8th Floor Gebze Organize Sanayi Bolgesi Latin American
Doha Sahabettin Bilgisu Cad.
Operations
☎ +974 4431 0555 41480 Gebze-Kocaeli
Carrier InterAmerica Corporation
☎ +90 262 648 60 00
Republic of South Africa 10801 NW 103rd st.Suite1
AHI Carrier South Africa (Pty) Ltd Ukraine Miami FI 33178
P.O. Box 39152 AHI Carrier LLC United States of America 
Booysens 2016 9 Moskovskiy prospekt, ☎ +305 805 4500
☎ +27 11 681 3900 korpus 3, office-3-403
Kiev-04073
Romania ☎ +380 44 5022116
AHI Carrier Romania North American
270d Turnu Magurele str Sector 4 United Arab Emirates Operations
Cavar Centre AHI Carrier Fzc Carrier Corporation
Bucharest B1-B24, SAIF Zone Carrier Parkway
☎ : +40 2140 50751 P.O. Box 122341 Syracuse NY 13221
Sharjah United States of America
Russia Federation ☎ +971 6 5045700 ☎ +1 800 227 7437
AHI Carrier LLC
Entrance 7, Floor 2 UTS Carrier LLC
7 Kievskaya Street PO Box 6735
Moscow, 121059 Palladium Bldg. Office 204 Carrier Marine &
☎ +7 495 937 4241 Bldg. 731, 4th Interchange Offshore Americas
Sheikh Zayed Road
P.O. Box 4805
Saudi Arabia Dubai UAE
Carrier Parkway, TR-20
Arabian Air Conditioning Company ☎ +971 4 4199100
Syracuse, NY 13221-4805 
Carrier Saudi Arabia PO Box 9784
Off Khurais Road United Kingdom United States of America 
Riyadh 11423 Toshiba Carrier UK Ltd ☎ +1 704 875 7016
Riyadh  : ☎ +966 11 491 1333 United Technologies House
Jeddah : ☎ +966 920 009 443 Guildford Road
Dammam : ☎ +966 13 857 7710 Leatherhead
Carrier World
Surrey KT22 9UT
Spain ☎ +44 01372 220220 Headquarters
Carrier Espana S.L Carrier Corporation
Avenida Real de Pinto. 91 One Carrier Place
Edificio C. Esc.2 Farmington
28021 Madrid Connecticut 06034-4015
☎ +34 91 520 93 00 United States of America
☎ +1 800 674 3000

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 5
PRESENTATION

United Technologies
Carrier is part of UTC Building & Industrial Systems,
a unit of United Technologies Corporation (UTC), UTC key figures
a leading provider to the aerospace and building 212,400 employees
systems industries worldwide. UTC ranks among $62.6B net sales
the world’s most respected and innovative $5.7B net income attributable
companies. To maintain this market leadership, to common shareholders
the company continues to make substantial $4.7B total R&D investment
investments in the development of game-
changing technologies and operate a central
research organisation to leverage technological
breakthroughs across the company.

Net Sales By Type as a Percent of Total Net Sales (As of December 31, 2013)
military
aerospace AFTERMARKET
& space

19% 43%

47% Commercial
34% & industrial 57%

Commercial ORIGINAL
aerospace EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURING

Net Sales By Geography as a Percent of Total Net Sales (As of December 31, 2013)
OTHER
ASIA
PACIFIC
14%

21% UNITED
STATES
38%

27%

EUROPE

UTC global businesses power the aerospace and building systems industries.

6 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
UTC Building & Industrial Systems
UTC Building & Industrial Systems, unit of United
UTC Building & Industrial Technologies Corp., is the world’s largest provider
Systems key figures of building technologies. Its elevator, escalator,
120,786 employees fire safety, security, building automation, heating,
$29.3B net sales ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration
74 factories
systems and services promote integrated, high
60 countries
49 R&D centres
performance buildings that are safer, smarter and
More than 80 industry-leading brands sustainable. The company’s industry-leading brands
include Otis, Carrier, Lenel, Edwards, Automated
Logic, Kidde, Chubb and Marioff.
A legacy of innovation
At UTC Building & Industrial Systems, we have a proud history of pioneering innovation. The legacies of our founders have
transformed industries and shaped our great companies into what they are today.

Charles and Jeremiah Elisha Graves Otis Robert Edwards Willis Carrier Walter Kidde Company
Chubb patented the founded the Otis patented first electric developed and was founded in 1917
first detector lock Elevator Company alarm bell in 1881. later patented the and later produced
in 1818. in 1853 and sold first modern air the first integrated
the first elevator conditioning system smoke detection
with safety brakes. in 1902. and carbon dioxide
extinguishing
system for use
on board ships.

UTC Building & Industrial Systems continues to uphold this tradition and has a large portfolio of industry-leading solutions.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 7
PRESENTATION

Carrier’s heritage:
the invention that
changed the world
On July 17, 1902, Willis Haviland Carrier
designs the world’s first air conditioning system.
The invention is originally devised to solve a problem
for a customer at a printing plant in New York City.
Willis H. Carrier’s invention is a true breakthrough, so
innovative that it has gone on to launch a company
and create an entire industry essential to global
productivity and personal comfort.

1911
Willis Carrier writes a “Rational Psychometric Formulae” for the calculation
of the wet temperature that quickly becomes the predecessor of the charts
used today. He becomes internationally recognised.

1915
Carrier Engineering Corporation is incorporated with Willis Carrier
as president with the intention, despite an economic slump and world war,
of building a brand-new industry.

1926
Carrier introduces the first home air conditioner.

1949
Carrier announces that New York City’s four biggest and most modern
postwar skyscrapers would soon be air conditioned by Carrier’s Conduit
Weathermaster system.

1979
The acquisition of Carrier by United Technologies reshapes the global market
for heating, ventilation and air conditioning.

1998
Willis Carrier is named one of Time magazine’s “100 Most Influential People
of the Century”, 48 years after his death.

Over time, Carrier has been recognised as the world’s leader


in high-technology heating, air conditioning and refrigeration
solutions. The company continues to innovate in order to offer
market-leading products and solutions.

8 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Carrier HVAC Europe:
world-class operations to bring
best-in-class solutions
The HVAC research and design centre, factory and laboratory facilities near Lyon,
France, design, manufacture and test equipment for customers throughout the world.
A unique laboratory comply with the European the data acquisition period.
CERTIFICATIONS
Carrier’s laboratory is unique standard EN 14511 and These limits also apply
in Europe, both in terms of AHRI551/591, which specify to water flow rates and
CE
cooling capacity coverage, the testing methodology and to electrical data. Carrier products comply
measurement accuracy and procedures. Cofrac certification with all CE marking
EN 14511 compliance. EN 14511 is also the testing for customer tests directives.
standard used by the The laboratory is accredited
Laboratory tests ISO 9001 - ISO 14001
European HVAC industry for ISO 17025 by the French
• 16 individual test stations Carrier processes are
association Eurovent for Committee for Accreditation
with 11 individual test rooms certified according to
the certification of chiller (Cofrac), an independent the standard ISO 9001:
• Ambient control from
performance. organisation that audits all 2000 quality management.
-20°C to 55°C
EN 14511 sets challenging activities related to customer Carrier Montluel factory
• Individual unit test capacity
quality criteria that must be tests, the laboratory’s quality and laboratory (near Lyon,
up to 3,000 kW
met in order to ensure that system and organisation. France) is also ISO 14001:
Quality and reliability to measurements taken during 2004.
Carrier is certified to perform
obtain stable conditions the test are accurate and tests for customers, acting Eurovent
Carrier engineers carry out reliable. There are strict limits as a third-party laboratory. Eurovent, the European
extensive tests on all on the variation of both Committee of Air Handling
products in real-life actual and average and Refrigeration is
conditions. These tests temperatures during the representative body for
the European refrigeration,
air conditioning, air
handling, heating and
The figures* below illustrate the limits for (entering) water and air temperatures ventilation industry
to meet EN 14511. The assurance of temperature stabilisation is a major asset that and representing trade
associations from European
positions Carrier as a preferred laboratory for every customer.
and non-European
Stability conditions on water temperature Stability conditions on air temperature countries. Carrier actively
participates in Eurovent
0,6 1,5
certifications to help
establish standards and
0,4 1
achieve global compatibility.
0,2 0,5

0 0
LEED® Green Building
16
-0,2
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
program
-0,5
Carrier factories were
-0,4 -1
the first in the heating, air
-0,6
conditioning and refrigeration
industry worldwide to be
Entering Water Temperature Average Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Sensor 4 Average certified by the U.S. Green
For water temperatures: For air temperatures:
Building Council® under the
Allow from design for leaving water is +/-0.3K Allowed average deviation from design is +/-0.3K LEED® (Leadership in Energy
No measurement can be more than +/-0.5K or +/-0.6K from design, No measurement can be more than +/-1.0K from design. and Environmental Design)
respectively. rating system. Carrier now
has 3 certified factories.
EN 14511 also specifies a maximum acceptable heat imbalance of 5%. This is calculated as the difference between total heat rejection on one hand, and the sum of total LEED® is a registered trademark of the U.S.
input power and total cooling capacity on the other. An imbalance of >5% would suggest inaccuracies in the test measurements or procedures. Green Building Council®
* Carrier’s illustration of the EN 14511 criteria.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 9
PRESENTATION

Natural leader in sustainability


UTC Building & Industrial Systems’ approach to sustainability is rooted in three beliefs:
• Green products must start at a green company
• Global dialogue can rebalance the built environment with the natural environment
• Green building will accelerate with education
The company’s investments, global outreach and customer approach are structured to
achieve each of these beliefs.
Natural leadership So UTC Building & Industrial Systems Design for sustainability
innovates and sets more aggressive
At UTC Building & Industrial Systems, UTC Building & Industrial Systems
goals. It improves everything it does,
sustainability leadership is something applies a rigorous, formal review
every day. Leadership is about working
that comes naturally. The company’s during product development process
together for something greater, that’s
founders were inventors, its brands to minimise the environmental footprint
why the company shares what it knows
pioneered industries and its products of products while maximising
with the world through education,
changed the world. And along the way, environmental technologies.
training, research and partnerships.
a focus on sustainability and preserving The company invests research and
From fuelling the green building
natural resources has endured as a development resources to advance
movement globally to improving the
guiding principle. energy efficiency, ozone protection
cold chain and feeding a growing
and material selection in its products.
Whether developing efficient, new planet, UTC Building & Industrial
UTC Building & Industrial Systems
products, building green factories or Systems is making our world a better
has consistently invested in energy-
enhancing operations, UTC Building & place to live today - and for generations
efficient technologies and solutions
Industrial Systems’ brands have often to come.
to assist its customers in lowering
been the first to reach new milestones
energy demand and greenhouse gas
in sustainability. But leadership means
(GHG) emissions. The Carrier
more than being first. It means
CO2NSERVATION Meter illustrates
consistently getting better.
the avoided GHG emissions associated
with energy-efficient products in use and
emphasises the impact of choosing
more efficient products and services.
To learn more about our commitment to sustainability, visit NaturalLeader.com.

The Carrier CO2NSERVATION Meter


This meter calculates avoided greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions as a result of the installation of high-efficiency
Carrier air conditioning, heating and refrigeration systems by customers around the world since 2000. In 2014, the
Carrier CO2NSERVATION Meter reached more than 160 million metric tons of greenhouse gases saved, equivalent to:

Approximately 33,000,000 Approximately 22,000,000


vehicles removed from home electricity
the road for one year* use saved for one year*
* According to the United States Environmental Protection Agency Green Power Equivalency Calculator - The model compares the projected GHG emissions from select Carrier products to emissions from comparable
baseline products, with the difference representing the avoided emissions. The meter also incorporates energy savings as measured from energy service contracts. The model demonstrates the power of choosing high
efficiency solutions.

10 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Carrier, meeting the challenge
of regulatory changes
The European F-gas Regulation 2014 Carrier, a history of environmental
The 2014 revision of the regulation introduced bans for responsibility
certain equipment using HFCs and a phase down scheme The challenge raised by the European Union’s F-gas
for HFCs placed on the European market: Regulation means the entire industry must move to a new
• Equipment bans target refrigeration applications and very generation of refrigerants, that will not only protect the ozone
low capacity air to air conditioners (residential). There are no layer but also have a very low global warming impact.
specific bans on liquid chillers and hot water heat pumps Carrier is facing this challenge head on.
using R134a, R407C and R410A refrigerants. Today, Carrier continues to help international markets meet
• The phase down is a step-by-step approach where new non-ozone-depleting requirements, while focusing on
the quantities of HFCs that are placed on the market are the next chapter of refrigerant evolution to reduce the direct
gradually reduced through the allocation of quotas by the greenhouse gas effect. Many of today’s refrigerants are
European Commission to producers and importers of bulk based on hydrofluorocarbon (HFC) chemicals because
HFCs and importers of HFCs contained in pre-charged they do not deplete the ozone layer, and compared to HFCs,
equipment. As a result of the phase down, HFC consumption have reduced the greenhouse impact by as much as
will be significantly reduced by 2030. 80 percent. Nonetheless, HFCs remain a greenhouse gas
and Carrier is committed to finding lower global-warming
alternatives.
2018 2024 2030 Carrier continuously invests in research and development.
Carrier is committed to deploying products and technologies
-37% that minimise environmental impact while serving customer
-69% needs. This is equally true with refrigerants, where Carrier
-79% has the right refrigerant solution for every application,
while not every application may have the same refrigerant
solution.

European Union’s targets


HFC consumption related to CO2 equivalent

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 11
PRESENTATION

Carrier, committed
to environmental responsibility
Carrier is committed to limiting the environmental impact of its products and solutions
and reducing energy consumption. This commitment is in line with the targets of the
European climate and energy package for 2020:

Use of
20% CO2
Primary Share of emissions
energy renewable
energy

-20% -20%
Ecodesign and Energy Labelling Directives
Ecodesign takes into account a product’s impact on the In September 2015, heat pumps will become the first
environment throughout its lifecycle and plays an essential commercial products to be submitted to the Ecodesign
role in meeting the 2020 targets. In the European Union, and Energy Labelling Directives. Conformity is mandatory
the Ecodesign Directive sets mandatory energy efficiency for a product to obtain the CE marking.
requirements for all energy-related products (ERPs), including Carrier heat pumps are all in the classes A to A ++.
air conditioning products. Therefore, this directive pushes
the market away from low-performance products, requiring
manufacturers to develop products that consume less
energy. In addition, the European Energy Labelling
Directive classifies products from G to A, according to their
efficiency. This pulls the market towards more energy-efficient
products by improving consumer information.
I II

55 °C 35 °C

A++ A++
A High efficiency A+ A+
A
B B
C
D
C E
F
D Energy label
G
E
YZ YZ
F YZ YZ
YZ YZ
G YZ dB kW kW
Minimum energy efficiency

Ban from European market


YZ dB
2015 811/2013
Low efficiency

Ecodesign and Energy Labelling Directives requirements Example of energy label for heat pumps

12 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
New energy efficiency metric
The SCOP (Seasonal Coefficient of Performance) is a new This means that several realistic measurement points are
European parameter to evaluate the energy efficiency of heat defined, which together contribute to classification in the
pumps. Previously, COP (Coefficient of Performance) was correct energy efficiency class.
used to measure the ratio of power consumed to power Data from three climates are taken as a single reference point
produced in the heating mode. As these values focused on for Europe:
a single operating point, they were not representative of • Strasbourg, France (average climate)
operation during the heating season. SCOP addresses this
• Athens, Greece (hot climate)
by including seasonal variation in the performance rating.
• Helsinki, Finland (cold climate)
COP versus SCOP efficiency (for heat pumps)
Temperature Capacity (kW) Auxiliary modes (kWh)

COP SCOP COP SCOP COP SCOP

1 temperature Several rating Full load Partial load No auxiliary Includes consumption
condition: 7°C temperatures: + Full load power modes auxiliary modes :
-10°C to 16°C taken into - Standby mode
consideration - Off mode
- Thermostat off…

Primary energy evaluation


In order to compare the energy efficiency of products using different sources of energy, such as boilers (gas, fuel) and electric
heat pumps, the Ecodesign Directive introduces a new measurement expressed in primary energy: ŋs (eta s).

Primary energy : ŋs = SCOP/2.5* x 100 - i**


*2.5 is the conversion coefficient for heat pumps as 2.5kW primary energy = 1kW **i = -3 for air source heat pumps or i = -3-5 for water source heat pumps

Energy efficiency classes, according to the European Energy Labelling Directive


Boilers/heat pumps 47/55° Low temperature heat pumps 30/35°
ŋs ≥150 A+++ ŋs ≥175 A+++
125 ≤ ŋs < 150 A++ 150 ≤ ŋs < 175 A++
98 ≤ ŋs < 125 A+ 123 ≤ ŋs < 150 A+
90 ≤ ŋs < 98 A 115 ≤ ŋs < 123 A
82 ≤ ŋs < 90 B 107 ≤ ŋs < 115 B
75 ≤ ŋs < 82 C 100 ≤ ŋs < 107 C
36 ≤ ŋs < 75 D 61 ≤ ŋs < 100 D
34 ≤ ŋs < 36 E 59 ≤ ŋs < 61 E
30 ≤ ŋs < 34 F 55 ≤ ŋs < 59 F
ŋs < 30 G ŋs < 55 G

Refer to H3 in physical data tables Refer to H1 in physical data tables


in the product pages in the product pages

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 13
PRESENTATION

AdvanTE3C
AdvanTE3C is a global group of Experts
in Efficiency and Environment focused
on developing sustainable building
solutions. The AdvanTE3C approach
helps customers around the world to
develop strategic, energy-efficient and
custom-engineered building solutions,
which go beyond standard solutions.
The AdvanTE3C group has access to the HVAC
highly qualified engineers with substantial systems that
experience in thermodynamics and meet the energy
efficient building design. This group performance and
of experts also has in-depth knowledge comfort standards of tomorrow, today. custom-engineered solutions that
of HVAC, fire & security and building They offer customers a new approach address the specific challenges facing
automation solution fundamentals, to HVAC system design. By working each customer and that may therefore
in addition to industry-leading modelling directly with customers to understand have worldwide benefits for many
tools and unique research facilities. their specific business and application others.
Carrier’s AdvanTE3C engineers design needs, they are able to develop

Carrier innovative projects

© Bahnhof - www.bahnhof.net © Musei Vaticani, all rights reserved.

MuCEM, Marseille, France Bahnhof, Stockholm, Sweden Sistine Chapel, Vatican City State
June 2013 January 2014 October 2014
Seawater application District heating, heat recovery Cultural heritage preservation
Carrier’s expertise in seawater heating application in three data centres By harnessing the power of today’s
and cooling systems helped the Carrier AdvanTE3C engineers, working technology, international teams from
national Museum of European and closely with the Swedish Internet United Technologies Corp. and Carrier
Mediterranean Civilisations (MuCEM) service provider Bahnhof and hydronic developed a unique heating, ventilating
to meet its environmental goals for specialists have helped to optimise an and air conditioning solution to ensure
an energy efficient and sustainable innovative cooling & heating solution the preservation of this World Heritage
solution. turning data centres into heat sources treasure for generations to come.
for local district heating systems.

14 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Specific approach dedicated
to buildings’ performance
With an array of technologies and skills around building systems, UTC Building
& Industrial Systems has the opportunity to create the next step of innovation in
intelligent building technologies. In accordance with this dynamic, Carrier provides
sustainable and energy saving solutions in heating, air conditioning and building
automation for the entire building lifecycle.

Pioneer in Proven Sustainable Smart energy


Green Building expertise design management
As the first founding company Whether retrofitting an existing Carrier building solutions Carrier understands that
of the U.S. Green Building structure or designing and are designed to meet the efficient building control,
Council® (USGBC), Carrier constructing a record setting requirements of a variety operations and maintenance
has been a leader from the skyscraper, today’s buildings of building types and can help manage costs
beginning. Carrier serves as demand sustainable solutions. applications. Carrier solutions and maintain high standards
a consultant on some of For more than a century, deliver industry leading for energy efficiency, and
the world’s most advanced Carrier has been leading the performance with less energy provides the services needed
Green Building projects and industry with a whole building and lower environmental for optimal performance.
offers Green Building training approach that leverages its impact. These include automated
and education services to technological and engineering building systems, vibration
customers and employees expertise. testing, thermal imaging and
across the globe, through operational monitoring.
the Carrier University Institute
for Sustainability. Carrier is
also USGBC’s largest LEED®*
education provider.
*LEED, or Leadership in Energy & Environmental 29% 14% 27% OTHER
Design, is a green building certification program
40% TRANSPORTATION 40%
that recognises best-in-class building strategies
and practices. To receive LEED certification, building IT/ELECTRONIC
projects satisfy prerequisites and earn points to 9%
achieve different levels of certification. INDUSTRY
9% WATER HEATING
31% 15% LIGHTNING
See how we make BUILDINGS* HVAC
Building Possible on:
www.bis.utc.com Total energy consumption Building energy consumption

*Includes Commercial and Residential buildings - Source: Department of Energy Buidings Energy Databook - 2014 estimation.
l
e cia

e
ntr
ntr er

rita al

try
ita
ce
ge
ce omm

he ultur

e
us
sp

fic
ta

te

Ind
Ho
Da

Ho

Of
C

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 15
PRESENTATION

Commercial centre
Key advantages
Cassettes
For small/medium individual needs
Cost-effective self-contained air conditioning solutions
for retail applications and/or warehouses are rooftop
units. Designed for outside installation, these systems
provide an easy, versatile solution for both new and
retrofitted buildings. A range of types and options Rooftop unit
provide cooling, heating and ventilation and allow
a variety of system designs from constant volume
to variable volume designs.

For larger centres


Centralised chiller systems and air handling units
distribute chilled water and treated ventilation air to
the shopping complex. Individual shops select the
most appropriate chilled water terminals or packaged
air treatment solutions for their comfort needs and to
suit interior design.

Heat recovery
Carrier offers a range of heat recovery options,
including high efficiency heat recovery solutions on
rooftop and air handling units. These can contribute
to reduced heating energy usage or in some cases
replace components that use alternative fuels.

Indoor air quality


Carrier solutions can help to ensure and maintain
a highly controlled microclimate, regulating the
temperature and humidity levels, as well as ensuring
optimal indoor air quality (filtration efficiency levels,
CO2 levels management).

16 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Air-cooled chiller/heat pump

Air handling units

Commercial centres offer a diverse


collection of commercial activities offering
products and services to meet customers’
needs. The range of services is vast and varied,
covering everything from fashion, cinema, jewellery,
electronic outlets, banking & insurance, opticians through
to food stores.
Consequently such buildings require a variety of HVAC solutions
to meet the needs of small to larger shop surface areas and
configurations. Whether the need is for centralised or decentralised
solutions, Carrier offers a wide range of energy efficient products and
solutions to meet designers’ and installers’ needs.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 17
PRESENTATION

Air handling unit

Cultural heritage
Key advantages

Low noise emission


Carrier units have dedicated low noise options to
be virtually unnoticeable and to respect the need for
“church-quiet” noise levels.

Precise adaptability to load variation


Conditions inside buildings change as a result of many
factors including the local climate, the time of the day
and the number of visitors. Carrier solutions equipped
with precise electronic capacity controls and variable-
speed motors adapt to meet load variations in just
a few seconds, assuring exceptional comfort and in
turn ensuring minimum energy consumption.

Indoor air quality


Carrier solutions can help to ensure and maintain
a highly controlled microclimate necessary to protect
the works of art, regulating the temperature and
humidity levels, as well as ensuring optimal airflow
quality and velocity.

System controls
Night-mode operation, time-scheduling and precise
room temperature control are key features for any
cooling or heating device operating in a museum. Ducted in-room unit
Thanks to advanced control systems such as
Aquasmart® and Carrier® PlantCTRL™, the HVAC
system can be controlled and optimised as a
whole for maximum comfort and minimised energy
consumption.

18 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Air-cooled chiller/heat pump

Cassette

Ducted in-room unit

Culture and art lovers travel to prestigious


monuments, historical buildings or art galleries
to view masterpieces of art or enjoy an opera or a
play. Owners and operators of these establishments
are looking to not only protect the heritage and pieces
on display but also to ensure that the visitors are able
to appreciate and enjoy them in the best possible conditions
of comfort, both thermal and acoustical, whether within the art
galleries, shops, or restaurant facilities.
Carrier solutions are designed to provide these conditions whilst
remaining discreet and unnoticeable.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 19
PRESENTATION

Air handling units

Data centre
Key advantages

Fast capacity recovery


Maximum uptime is a priority for data centre
applications. To meet this challenge, the IT cooling
system must be reliable and able to respond
to unexpected variations. Carrier developed its
dedicated fast capacity recovery feature, offering
significant reduction of recovery time in case of power
failure.

Reliability
Products undergo extensive tests before they are
shipped to the customer and are also certified by
internal organisations to ensure the highest levels of
safety and quality.

Total free cooling


Air-or water-based free cooling systems are popular
for data centre applications where the climate is
suitable, resulting in energy savings through reduced
use of the number of compressor running hours
during the cold season. Carrier offers airside free
cooling options on air handling units and hydronic free
cooling options for chiller systems, either with Carrier
patented DX free cooling integrated system or using
non-integrated systems using dry coolers or towers.
Air-cooled chiller

20 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Air-cooled chiller/heat pump

Cassettes

Air handling unit

The main purpose of data centres is to


accommodate computer servers and data
storage to store and share information via
local or wide area networks to private or public
companies and audiences. The IT equipment and
related infrastructure (telecommunications, power
and various security devices) give off heat requiring
cooling systems. Other HVAC needs within such facilities
are mainly related to human comfort for the facilities
management and maintenance personnel.
Carrier has a range of solutions covering liquid chillers, rack
cooling, and air treatment solutions that deliver energy efficient
cooling to ensure maximum uptime supported by an extensive
service offer.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 21
PRESENTATION

Hospital
Air-cooled chiller
Key advantages

Air quality Air handling unit


Carrier solutions can help to ensure and maintain
a highly controlled microclimate, regulating the
temperature and humidity levels, as well as ensuring
optimal indoor air quality (filtration efficiency levels,
management of CO2 levels).

Free cooling
For healthcare applications with 24/7 operations,
a cooling demand may exist throughout the entire
year. Units equipped with a patented Carrier DX free
cooling can offer significant energy savings without
need for the use of glycol or extra free cooling coils
and controls.

Heat recovery
Carrier offers a range of heat recovery options,
including high efficiency heat recovery on air
handling units and desuperheaters or heat recovery
condensers on chiller systems to contribute to
reduced heating energy usage. Ducted in-room unit

System control
Hospitals often have dedicated control rooms to
monitor the proper operation of all equipment in
the entire building. Thanks to the availability of open
protocol communication interfaces, Carrier equipment
can be easily integrated in the building management
system on site and, thanks to Carrier® PlantCTRL™, Cassettes
owners and plant managers may benefit from
optimised control of the HVAC system plant room
to reduce energy consumption and ensure continued
delivery of comfort and air quality.

22 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Heat pump

Air handling unit


Concealed unit

Concealed unit

Hospital and healthcare facilities


represent a variety of HVAC challenges
covering a range of needs from comfort
cooling and heating to the specific and highly
demanding challenges of test and research
laboratories. Maintaining a comfortable and hygienic
experience is extremely important.
Hospital owners and facility management teams will find
peace of mind, efficiency, reliability and comfort in Carrier
capabilities to meet and accompany them in their needs.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 23
PRESENTATION

Concealed unit

Air handling unit

Hotel Heat pump

Key advantages

Low noise features (night mode)


Air conditioning, ventilation and heating (depending
on the region and season) are among the first things
guests experience and they accompany them during
their stay at a hotel. Carrier terminal solutions and
diffusion capabilities offer the low noise performance
that guests require in a relaxing environment.

Advanced temperature controls


Personalising a guest’s stay is vital to building
a relationship that will keep them coming back.
Carrier’s easy-to-use, aesthetically pleasing user
interfaces supported by energy management
systems, from Aquasmart® to WebCTRL®, make
providing individualised climate settings cost effective
and intuitive. User interfaces are available
in a wide variety of options in Carrier’s range.

Large range of heat pumps (5-5000 kW)


Carrier has introduced dedicated heat pumps
designed for heating applications. They deliver
superior energy efficiency both during cooling and
heating operation whatever the external weather
conditions: from -20 to 46°C outdoor air temperature.

Heat recovery
Carrier offers a range of heat recovery options,
including high efficiency heat recovery on air
handling units and desuperheaters or heat recovery
condensers on chiller systems to contribute to
reduced heating energy usage.

Sanitary hot water Ducted in-room units


Hotels require a constant suply of sanitary hot
water for various areas. Heat recovery at very high
temperature is possible for many Carrier chillers
offering energy to pre-heat the hot storage tank
normally heated by traditional boilers. Furthermore
dedicated high temperature heat pumps capable
of hot water production up to 68°C offer further
opportunities to reduce energy consumption
of the system.

24 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Ducted in-room unit

Air handling unit

Cassettes

Today’s hospitality
and hotel business
needs to offer different
levels and types of products
and services to meet various
guest profiles, from business
users to tourists and holiday makers.
Accordingly the HVAC solutions need
to adapt and address different areas and
usages from reception and conference facilities,
through dining and entertainment to relaxation (spa,
hammam, sauna, swimming pool, and fitness areas)
and a wide range of bedroom types.
Hotel owners, developers and facility/property management
companies will find profitability, reliability and guest satisfaction
in Carrier capabilities to meet their needs.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 25
PRESENTATION

Rooftop unit

Industry
Key advantages Air-cooled chiller/heat pump

Chilled water production down to


-12°C
Low temperature chilled water production down
to -6°C (medium) or to -12°C (low) covers specific
applications such as ice storage and industrial
process cooling.

High efficiency at full and partial load


An inverter-driven machine usually offers very high
efficiency at partial load, but achieving high efficiency
at partial load often meant sacrificing efficiency at
full load. Thanks to AquaForce® with Greenspeed®
intelligence, you can have both.

Proximity and proactivity to ensure no


downtime
An advanced monitoring service offering continuously
collects information from equipment to anticipate and
prevent loss of performances or any damage.
Available in three levels of service, this offer enables
users to track and monitor their HVAC system
performance and to take preventive and corrective
actions remotely, optimising the lifetime of the
equipment.

Air handling unit

26 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Air handling unit

Dry-cooler

Water-
cooled
chiller

Ducted in-room
unit

Console unit

Cassettes

Efficiency, reliability, productivity amongst other


factors are all cornerstones of the success of
industrial and manufacturing businesses.
Carrier offers a range of solutions to support the success
of these businesses whether ensuring a comfortable and
productive environment for employees or supplying specific
processes related to cooling or heating liquid temperatures and
optimal indoor air conditions and quality (temperature, humidity,
and filtration) for manufacturing processes.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 27
PRESENTATION

Console unit

Air handling unit

Office Air-cooled chiller/heat pump

Key advantages

Green Building approach


Carrier solutions not only offer efficiency to reduce
the overall building energy consumption but are
also designed for easy system integration: variable-
speed pumps for efficient operation, time-scheduling,
double-set point; night-mode operation to optimise
the chiller operation according to the requirements of
the building; several communication protocols and
remote monitoring to secure consistent efficiency
through the entire lifetime of the equipment.

Partial free cooling


For applications with moderate cooling demand
throughout the entire year including the cold season,
units can be equipped with a patented Carrier DX free
cooling system with a dedicated pump by-passing
the compressor on one or both refrigerant circuits
during winter operation. Operation without glycol,
no extra free cooling coil. This results in significant
energy savings.

Hybrid terminal
The 36XB Hybrid terminal combines the advantages
of both chilled beams and fan coils: energy efficiency,
high levels of comfort, extremely low noise and high
indoor air quality. The primary ventilation air volume
can be controlled based on CO2 levels in rooms
to maximise comfort and minimise system energy
consumption.

Hybrid terminal

28 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
Corridor unit

Ducted in-room unit

Cassettes

European directives and legislation


increasingly target reducing the
energy use of all buildings and the
office space represents an important
opportunity. A number of Green Building
Certification programs including BREEAM,
LEED, PEARL and local national regulations
focus as part of that on ensuring efficient HVAC
systems contribute to these goals when selected, not
only for new but also for refurbishment projects.
Carrier products and systems can contribute to reducing
the overall building energy consumption and are also
designed for cost effective installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 29
PRESENTATION

Carrier Service
beyond your expectations
Your daily challenge is a complex balance between maintaining optimal comfort levels,
maximising system uptimes and minimising cost of ownership.
Carrier teams are committed to ensuring your peace of mind and supporting
your business objectives throughout the lifecycle of your equipment.
Putting customer needs first Carrier: the expertise that makes
Proximity & responsiveness the difference
Carrier’s expert technicians are there to take action, quickly. Expertise comes with a combination of knowledge and
The company’s comprehensive and highly efficient experience. Carrier technicians benefit from a multifaceted
maintenance processes mean your equipment works at peak training program based on 110 years of industry experience
performance level. If necessary, you can rely on Carrier to bring you top level, up-to-date service.
Rental Systems and readily available spare parts to avoid • Technical training to ensure its teams remain familiar with all
extended downtime. equipment types
Expertise & consultancy • Environmental, Health and Safety (EH&S) training to ensure
Carrier has experienced teams, an extensive network of the highest standards of ongoing safety
branches, top grade logistics and powerful information
systems. These industry-leading resources come together • Service-oriented behavior training to demonstrate your
to deliver a best-in-class service. commitment to your own customers
Your Carrier experts will help you to find the right balance
between enhancing energy efficiency and maximising your
investments.
Proactivity
As your preferred partner, Carrier designs tailored
maintenance programs to meet your goals and optimise
your business performance.

30 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
PRESENTATION
+ R
 educed, tightly + M
 inimised downtime
controlled running Maintenance REPAIR and losses
costs solutions SOLUTIONS
+ I ncreased occupant
+ M
 aximised equipment
satisfaction
lifetime
Carrier offers a comprehensive range The dense coverage of the service
+ E mergency Repair Kits
+ F ull F-gas compliance of service agreements for all brands team network means help is never
available on site
for chillers of chillers, rooftops, split and far away. Carrier’s factory-trained
VRF (Variable Refrigerant Flow) technicians fix your systems expertly
air conditioning, air handling units, and efficiently. And for quick and
controls and accessories, from easy repairs, Carrier has designed
preventive to predictive maintenance. Emergency Repair Kits. These are
stored near the unit so essential
parts are always available on site.
Your business is critical for you and
for us.

+ State-of-the-art
logistics with reliable REFURBISHMENT + Improved reliability
next day deliveries
Spare parts and modernisation + O
 ptimised energy
+ F acilitated parts
performance
selection
When it comes to spare parts, Carrier experts can measure + C
 ompliance with
+ C
 omprehensive parts Carrier’s powerful supply chain your equipment’s performance new regulations
solutions for all sets its service apart. Its central throughout its lifecycle. Their
equipment
parts department provides you analysis and advice guide you
with genuine manufacturer parts in maintaining, if not improving,
and consumables with high its performance and choosing
service levels. The expertise of its energy-efficient solutions.
dedicated technical team
facilitates your spare parts
selection.

+ R
 eady on-site + E asy and fully secure
temperature control RENTAL Monitoring access to your HVAC
or pump solution SYSTEMS solutions system
+ S
 ecured production +A
 ctionable analysis
and optimal comfort by nearby experts
Our rental teams support you An advanced monitoring
+A
 lternative to asset whenever you need a temporary service offer allows you to + O
 ptimised and
investments cooling or heating solution: track and monitor your HVAC customised monitoring
seasonal capacity requirement, system performance and take
emergency, planned service preventive and corrective
work, facility refurbishment, actions remotely.
event, contingency planning.
Carrier’s Rental Systems
organisation provides a tailored
solution from design through
installation to decommissioning.

A comprehensive range of service solutions


for reliable, cost-effective
and sustainable performance

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 31
d e s i g n i n g i n n o v a t i v e s o l u t i o n s

A ir c o n d i t i o ning & H E AT I N G SO L UT I O N S

FORCE or INTELLIGENCE ?
Aquaforce® with greenspeed® Intelligence,
Bec ause you should not have to choose.

Since Willis Carrier developed the world’s first modern air conditioning system
in  1902, Carrier’s engineering teams have been designing advanced solutions for
 igh efficiency at both
H your business. And because you should not have to choose between force
or intelligence, Carrier incorporated the experience, efficiency and reliability of the
full and partial load
AquaForce range with the smartest innovative technology: Greenspeed intelligence.
Unrivalled reliability
The 30XAV and 30XW-V/30xwhv units are the premium solutions for industrial and
 dvanced control:
A commercial applications where maximum quality and optimal performances at partial
and full load are required.
easy system integration

Adaptability

www.carrier.com
PRESENTATION
33
Cooling

COOLING
Cooling
capacity,
Type Range Refrigerant kW Page
Air-cooled units, axial fan
With scroll or rotary compressors 30RB 008-015 R-410A 8-14 34
30AWH 004-015 R-410A 3-16 44
30RB 017-040 R-410A 16-40 52
30RBY 017-040 R-410A 16-42 60
30RBS 039-160 R-410A 40-156 64
30RBSY 039-160 R-410A 40-153 78
30RB 162-802 R-410A 162-774 96
NEW 30RBM / 30RBP 160-520 R-410A 162-558 114

HEATING
With screw compressors 30XAS 242-482 R-134a 232-486 132
30XA 252-1702 R-134a 267-1682 142
NEW 30XAV 500-1150 R-134a 504-1138 162
Water-cooled / condenserless units
With scroll compressors 30WG / 30WGA 020-090 R-410A 25-95 176
30RW / 30RWA 110-300 R-407C 109-315 198
With screw compressors 30HXC 080-375 R-134a 286-1302 204
30XW 254-1762 R-134a 273-1756 212
NEW 30XW-V 580-1710 R-134a 587-1741 224
23XR/XRV R-134a 970-1880 236

Air treatment
With centrifugal compressors 19XR/XRV R-134a 1000-5300 240

Air-cooled condensers
With axial fan 09AD 6-316 244
09TE 102-1092 250
09AL 24-1128 254
Fluid coolers
With axial fan 09FCAD 5-266 244
09FCTE 90-1008 250
09FCAL 89-1498 254

Absorption chillers
 Single-effect
Hot water-fired absorption chillers 16LJ 01-82 83-3956 260
Steam-fired absorption chillers 16TJ 11-53 352-2461 284
CONTROLS

 Double-effect
Steam-fired absorption chillers 16NK 11-81 345-4652 300
Direct-fired absorption chillers/heaters 16DJ 11-82 352-5274 304

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 33
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE

30RB
Nominal cooling capacity 8-14 kW
COOLING

The Aquasnap liquid chillers was designed for commercial applications such as the air
conditioning of offices and hotels etc.
The Aquasnap units integrate the latest technological innovations:
-- Non-ozone depleting refrigerant R410A
-- Scroll or rotary compressors
-- Low-noise fans
-- Auto-adaptive microprocessor control

The Aquasnap units are available with or without integrated hydronic module depending on
the application. Aquasnap units equipped with a hydronic module integrated into the unit
chassis, limit installation to straightforward operations like connection of the power supply and
the water supply and the return piping.

34 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE  30RB 008-015

Physical data
30RB 008 012 015

Cooling
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 8.0 10.8 14.0
C1 EER kW/kW 3.10 2.93 2.91
C1 Eurovent Energy Class A B B
C2 Nominal capacity kW 10.1 15.0 17.7
C2 EER kW/kW 3.70 3.65 3.43

COOLING
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.30 3.24 3.09
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 60 70 71
Operating weight with/without hydronic module †
kg 75.5/73.3 114/108 116/110
Refrigerant charge (R410A) 2.15 2.63 3.18
Compressor One hermetic rotary One hermetic scroll One hermetic scroll
compressor compressor compressor
Evaporator Plate heat exchanger
Condenser Copper tubes and aluminium fins
Hydronic circuit
Net water volume l 1.0 2.3 2.3
Expansion tank capacity l 2 2 2
Maximum water-side operating pressure kPa 300 300 300
Fans Propeller fans with three blades, diameter 495 mm

HEATING HEATING
Quantity 1 2 2
Dimensions
Length mm 908 908 908
Depth mm 350 350 350
Height mm 821 1363 1363

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
C2 Cooling mode conditions::Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only.

Eurovent certified data

Air treatment
Electrical data
30RB 008 012 015

Power circuit
Nominal power supply ± 6% V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 + neutral
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Maximum start-up current (Un)* A 30 66 73
Maximum power input** kW 3.1 4.4 5.5
Nominal operating current draw*** A 4.5 6.3 9.1

* Maximum instantaneous start-up current (locked rotor current of the compressor).


** Power input, compressors and fans, at the unit operating limits (saturated suction temperature 10°C, saturated condensing temperature 65°C) and nominal voltage of 400 V (data given
CONTROLS

on the unit nameplate).


*** Standardised Eurovent conditions: water heat exchanger entering/leaving water temperature 12°C/7°C, outside air temperature 35°C.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 35
Type key
30RB 008 - 9
400 V, 3-phase

Unit options
Liquid chilling packages
- With hydronic kit
X Without hydronic kit

Nominal size
COOLING

008 - nominal size 8 kW


012 - nominal size 12 kW
015 - nominal size 15 kW

Option
Option Description Advantages Use 30RB

Interface 30RAJ9002 Aquasnap Junior remote controller ECO mode All sizes

36 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE  30RB 008-015

Features and advantages


Quiet operation ■■ An HMI graphic service interface can be used to monitor
and set the unit operating parameters.
■■ Compressors
■■ All units are equipped with 1 inch gas MPT water
-- Low-noise scroll or rotary compressors with low connections.
vibration levels
-- The compressors are placed on anti-vibration ■■ Option for an integrated hydronic module reduces space
mountings and maintenance-free. requirements and simplifies the installation. Only the power
■■ Air heat exchanger section and the water supply and the return piping need to be
connected.
-- The latest-generation low-noise fans are now even
quieter and do not generate intrusive low-frequency

COOLING
noise
-- Rigid fan installation for reduced start-up noise

Advanced technology and


performance
■■ The air management system, consisting of the propeller
fan, orifice and air discharge grille, guarantees minimised
sound levels.
■■ Wide temperature operating range: Aquasnap units can
operate efficiently in extreme temperature conditions. To
suit the requirements of all applications, the new Aquasnap
units can work at low-ambient conditions in cooling mode
(down to -10°C and up to 46°C outside temperature).

HEATING HEATING
Patented fan blade shape and grille profile ■■ Specially shaped anchorage feet ensure correct and safe
with low pressure drop unit fixing to the foundation.

Economical operation
■■ Increased energy efficiency
-- The high energy efficiency of the Aquasnap units is the
result of a long qualification and optimisation process.
-- Aquasnap units have Eurovent energy efficiency class
A (size 008) or B (sizes 012 and 015)
■■ Reduced maintenance costs
-- Maintenance-free scroll or rotary compressors
-- Fast diagnosis of possible incidents and their history

Air treatment
via the Pro-Dialog+ control
Fast and simple installation -- R410A refrigerant is easier to use than other
and service refrigerant blends
■■ Easy access to all internal components: simply undo
three screws to remove the complete front panel to
access the refrigerant piping connections, control box Environmental care
and electrical connections, as well as the compressor and ■■ Non-ozone depleting R410A refrigerant
other key parts.
-- Chlorine-free refrigerant of the HFC group with zero
■■ Advanced circuit design and component selection has ozone depletion potential
resulted in a compact unit with an exceptionally small foot- -- Very efficient - gives an increased energy efficiency
print that is easy to transport even through narrow doors. ratio (EER)
■■ Reduced operating weight and a handle on the unit ■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit
panels to facilitate transport. -- Brazed refrigerant connections for increased leak-
■■ 3 bar pressure relief valve as standard tightness
■■ Internal expansion tank -- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature
sensors without transferring refrigerant charge
■■ High-pressure refrigerant protection ■■ The components of Aquasnap systems are free of any
CONTROLS

■■ Water flow switch to ensure that the circuits operate with hazardous substances.
the correct water flow rate. ■■ The new packaging ensures high protection during
■■ Various power cable outlet options: pre-punched holes in transport and handling and is 100% recyclable.
the cabinet panels permit cable exit on the side, front or
rear.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 37
Superior reliability
■■ Auto-adaptive control
Corrosion-resistant casing
-- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor
cycling and permits reduction of the water quantity in
the hydronic circuit (Carrier patent)
■■ Exceptional endurance tests
-- Corrosion resistance tests in salt mist in the laboratory
-- Accelerated ageing test on components that are
submitted to continuous operation: compressor piping,
fan supports
-- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a vibrating
table.
-- Packaging crash test to ensure that the units are
COOLING

adequately protected against accidental shocks.


■■ All units are tested at various stages on the production
line for circuit leakage, electrical compliance, water and
refrigerant pressures.
-- End-of-line test of all unit operating parameters.
-- Third-party testing and certification - all performances
are certified by Eurovent and unit safety is certified by
DEKRA.

Controls
User interfaces ■■ Energy management
■■ The Aquasnap can use the following user interfaces: -- Seven-day internal time schedule clock: permits unit
on/off control and operation at a second set point
-- Dry contacts -- Set point reset based on the outside air temperature
-- The Aquasnap Junior remote controller (option) or the return water temperature or on the water heat
exchanger delta T
-- Master/slave control of two units operating in parallel
Pro-Dialog+ control with operating time equalisation and automatic
Pro-Dialog+ combines intelligence with operating simplicity. change-over in case of a unit fault.
The control constantly monitors all machine parameters and -- Change-over based on the outside air temperature
precisely manages the operation of compressors, expansion ■■ Integrated features
devices, fans and of the water heat exchanger water pump for -- Night mode: capacity and fan speed limitation for
optimum energy efficiency. reduced noise level

Operating limits
Evaporator water flow rate Operating range
+5°C

30RB Flow rate, l/s


Leaving water temperature, °C

Minimum Maximum* Maximum**


008 0.12 0.24 0.38
012 0.12 0.52 0.52
015 0.12 0.88 0.62
* Maximum flow rate at an available pressure of 50 kPa (unit with hydronic module)
** Maximum flow rate at condition 1 - evaporator water entering/leaving temperature
12°C/7°C, outside air temperature 35°C.

Outside air temperature, °C


Operating range with anti-freeze solution and Pro-Dialog configuration.

38 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE  30RB 008-015

Available static system pressure


(units with hydronic module)
30RB012‐9
30RB 008-9 30RB008‐9 30RB 012-9
60 90
Available static pressure, kPa

Available static pressure, kPa


55 80
50
70
45
40 60

35 50
30
40

COOLING
25
20 30
15
20
10
10
5
0 0
0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s


30RB 015-9 30RB015‐9
120
Available static pressure, kPa

100

80

60

40

HEATING HEATING
20

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2

Water flow rate, l/s

Pressure drop curves


(units without hydronic module)
30RB008‐9 30RB012‐9 / 30RB015‐9
30RB 008X9 30RB 012X9/30RB 015X9

Air treatment
40

35
50
Pressure drop, kPa

Pressure drop, kPa

30
40
25

20 30

15
20
10

5 10

0
0
0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6
0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s


CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 39
Hydronic module
The hydronic module reduces the installation time. The unit The water heat exchanger and the hydronic module are
is factory-equipped with the main hydronic components protected against frost down to -10°C, using pump cycling.
required for the installation: screen filter, water pump,
expansion tank, safety valve and pressure gauge.
The hydronic module is integrated into the unit without
increasing its dimensions and saves the space normally used
for the water pump.
COOLING

40 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE  30RB 008-015

Recommended hydronic circuit installation


Typical water circuit diagram, 30RB units with integrated water pump

1 6
3

COOLING
1 2

3
4 5

Legend
1 Shut-off valves
2 Line filter for water (10 mesh/inch)
3 Pressure gauges
4 Charge valve

HEATING HEATING
5 System drain valve (at the lowest point of the circuit)
6 Air vent valve (in the highest part of the circuit)
7 Customer system

Typical water circuit diagram, 30RB units without integrated water pump

1 6
3

Air treatment
7

1 2

3 3 9
8 4 5

Legend
1 Shut-off valves
2 Line filter for water (10 mesh/inch)
3 Pressure gauges
4 Charge valve
CONTROLS

5 System drain valve (at the lowest point of the circuit)


6 Air vent valve (in the highest part of the circuit)
7 Customer system
8 Water circulation pump
9 Expansion tank

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 41
Dimensions, mm
30RB 012-015 30RB 008
COOLING

30RB A B C D E F G H L Net weight, kg Gross weight, kg


008-9 with hydronic module 908 821 326 350 87 356 466 40 60 75.5 82.5
008X9 without hydronic module 908 821 326 350 87 356 466 40 60 73.5 80.5
012-9 with hydronic module 908 1363 326 350 529 995 1105 44 69 114 121
012X9 without hydronic module 908 1363 326 350 529 995 1105 44 69 108 114
015-9 with hydronic module 908 1363 326 350 529 995 1105 44 69 116 123
015X9 without hydronic module 908 1363 326 350 529 995 1105 44 69 110 116

Clearances, mm
200

500

150
150

150 300
150

1000

1000
500

1000
200

1000

150 300 300 300


200

300 300
1000

1000 300 1500 2000 200

42 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE  30RB 008-015

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 43
AIR-COOLED CHILLERS

30AWH
Nominal cooling capacity 3-16 kW
COOLING

The reversible AquaSnap PLUS air-to-water heat pumps/chillers with built-in inverter
technology were designed for residential and light commercial applications. They offer
excellent energy efficiency values, exceptionally quiet operation and meet the most stringent
Monobloc inverter operating temperature demands.

Compact, reliable The units integrate the latest technologi­cal innovations: Non-ozone depleting refrigerant
and efficient R410A, DC inverter twin-rotary compressors, low-noise fan and microprocessor control.

With exceptional energy efficiency values the inverter mini-chillers qualify for local tax
reductions and incentive plans in all EU countries.

The 30AW units were specifically designed for ease-of-installation and service and underline
Carrier’s reputation for highest product quality and reliability.

For added flexibility the AquaSnap PLUS units are available with or without hydraulic module.
The AquaSnap PLUS can be used with complementary accessories to suit the installation -
80HMA Comfort modules, 200 or 300 litres domestic hot water tank with or without thermal
solar panel connection.

The AquaSnap PLUS heat pump systems can be used with a wide choice of Carrier terminal
fan coil units - cassettes, low, medium and high-pressure satellite units, console units,
underceiling units and high-wall units.

44 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CHILLERS  30AWH 004-015

Physical data
30AWH 004 006 008 012 015 012-3Ph 015-3Ph

Cooling
Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 3.3 4.7 5.8 10.2 13.0 10.2 13.0
performances* C1 EER kW/kW 3.02 3.00 2.98 2.96 2.95 3 2.91
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B B B B B B B
C2 Nominal capacity kW 4.9 7.0 7.8 13.5 16.0 13.5 16.0
C2 EER kW/kW 4.20 3.70 3.99 3.66 3.85 4.15 3.81

COOLING
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 4.36 4.51 4.15 4.22 4.31 4.40 4.31
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 64 64 65 68 69 69 69
Operating weight

Unit with hydronic module kg 57 61 69 104 112 116 116


Unit without hydronic module kg 54 58 66 101 109 113 113
Refrigerant R-410A
Compressor DC twin-rotary with PMV expansion valve
Fans Propeller fans
Quantity/diameter mm 1/495 1/495 1/495 2/495 2/495 2/495 2/495
Dimensions
Length mm 908 908 908 908 908 908 908
depth mm 350 350 350 350 350 350 350
height mm 821 821 821 1363 1363 1363 1363

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C

HEATING HEATING
C2 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013

Eurovent certified data

Electrical data Air treatment


30AWH 004 006 008 012 015 012-3Ph 015-3Ph

Power supply V-ph-Hz 230-1-50 230-1-50 230-1-50 230-1-50 230-1-50 400-3-50 400-3-50
Voltage range V 198-264 198-264 198-264 198-264 198-264 376-424 376-424
Full load current A 7.2 11 14 23 20 16 16
Fuse rating A 10 16 16 25 25 20 20
Main power cable section mm2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 45
Type key
30AW H 006 H 9

Power supply: 9 = Three-phase


Liquid chilling packages/
Unit options
heat pumps
H - With hydronic kit
X - Without hydronic kit
Nominal size
Air-to-water heat pump
004 - nominal size 4 kW
COOLING

006 - nominal size 6 kW


H - Standard version 008 - nominal size 8 kW
012 - nominal size 12 kW
015 - nominal size 15 kW

Options and accessories


Options Description Advantages Use 30AWH
Additional outdoor sensor Additional outdoor sensor 33AW-RAS01 Better reading of outdoor air temperature 30AWH 004-015
Remote controller 33AW-RC1 remote controller On/off, heating/cooling and ECO mode 30AWH 004-015
Programmable thermostat 33AW-CS1 ComfortTM series Extensive control features like weekly 30AWH 004-015
programmable thermostat scheduling
80HMA comfort module 5 sizes with integrated system control, Complementary heating system 30AWH 004-015
expansion vessel and electric booster
heating or boiler backup
Domestic hot water tank Domestic hot water tank 200 or 300 l Storage, 200 l or 300 l of domestic hot 30AWH + 80HMA
200 or 300 l, 1 coil water
Domestic hot water tank Domestic hot water tank 200 or 300 l with Storage, 200 l or 300 l of domestic hot 30AWH + 80HMA
200 or 300 l, 2 coils thermal solar panel connection water
Note: A
 ll 30AWH sizes are compatible with 80HMA comfort module range and domestic hot water tank models.
Please refer to 80HMA documentation to get the option codes and the list of complementary accessories.
Please consider that 80HMA is necessary to manage water sensor and electric heater integrated into DHW tank.

46 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CHILLERS  30AWH 004-015

Features and advantages


Features ■■ T
 he air management system, consisting of the propeller
fan, orifice and air discharge grille guarantees minimised
■■ W ide operating range in both heating and cooling mode noise levels.
offering high performance in a wide temperature range.
■■ DC inverter twin-rotary compressors with Pulse Advanced performance
Amplitude Modulation (PAM) and Pulse Width Modulation
(PWM) for enhanced reliability, low energy consumption ■■ T he AquaSnap PLUS heat pump systems have an
and smooth vibration-free operation under all operating extremely high energy efficiency ratio in both cooling
conditions. and heating mode, ensuring significant energy savings.
Large, efficient coils and optimised circuiting ensure that
■■ Variable-speed fans with an innovative patented all combinations meet the European tax rebate efficiency
fan blade shape ensure improved air distribution at targets. Efficiency at part load conditions (seasonal

COOLING
exceptionally low noise levels. energy efficiency) reaches the highest level in the industry.
■■ Pre-set or customised selection of the appropriate ■■ Year-round comfort - the advanced technology used in
climate curve for stable output capacity to match the the new AquaSnap PLUS heat pump condensing units
heat load. provides optimised comfort levels for the end users, both
■■ Output to link and integrate the unit with existing heat in terms of water temperature control and quietness. The
sources or a back-up heating source (single or dual- desired temperature is quickly reached and effectively
energy approach) for increased savings and optimum maintained without fluctuations. The 30AW offers
comfort all year round. optimised indivi-dual comfort levels - both in winter and in
■■ Connection and control of an external dehumidifer summer.
through the ComfortTM Series programmable thermostat ■■ Wide temperature operating range: AquaSnap PLUS heat
33AW-CS1 to monitor and regulate the relative humidity. pumps can operate efficiently in extreme temperature
■■ Input and output connections to the three-way valve for conditions. To suit the requirements of IT applications,
connection to a domestic hot-water buffer-tank. Provides the new AquaSnap PLUS can work at low-ambient
increased flexibility for any application. conditions in cooling mode (down to 0°C and up to 46°C
■■ Leaving water temperature up to 60°C for radiator and outside temperature). For end user comfort the units also

HEATING HEATING
domestic hot water applications. operate down to -20°C outdoor temperature in heating
mode, and in the summer season they produce hot
■■ Plug-and-play control for failsafe serviceability. water up to 60°C at up to 30°C outside temperature for
■■ Alarm input to force the unit off for increased safety, and domestic hot water applications.
matching with external control systems or safety devices.
■■ Output to operate an additional water pump for Environmentally balanced
increased installation flexibility: ■■ Non-ozone depleting R410A refrigerant.
■■ Chlorine-free refrigerant of the HFC group with zero ozone
Advanced technology depletion potential.
■■ E lectronic system management: several sensors placed ■■ High-density refrigerant, therefore less refrigerant
in key positions in the refrigerant circuit electronically required.
detect the operational system status. Two micro-
controllers receive the input from the sensors, manages ■■ Very efficient - gives an increased energy efficiency ratio
(EER).

Air treatment
them using advanced control algorithms and optimises
the refrigerant flow and the functioning of all core ■■ The components of AquaSnap PLUS heat pump systems
components - the compressor, fan motors and the pulse are free of any hazardous substances.
modulation valve. ■■ The new packaging ensures high protection during
■■ The pulse modulation valve, a bi-flow electronic transport and handling and is 100% recyclable.
expansion device, optimises the refrigerant amount in the
circuit and the superheat, preventing refrigerant migration
back into the compressor. This device further enhances
high system performance and reliability.

Patented fan blade shape and grille profile


with low pressure drop
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 47
DC inverter twin-rotary Double compressor shield
compressor
■■ A
 dvanced technology providing maximum energy-
efficiency with high capacity available at peak conditions
and optimised efficiency at low and mid compressor
speeds. The AquaSnap PLUS heat pump DC inverter
uses Intelligent Power Drive Unit (IPDU) hybrid inverter
technology, combining two electronic management
logics: Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) and Pulse
Width Modulation (PWM) for optimised compressor
operation in all conditions, minimised tempera-ture
fluctuations, and providing perfect individual comfort
control with significantly reduced energy consumption:
COOLING

-- PAM: Pulse amplitude modulation of the direct current


controls the compressor at maximum load conditions
(start-up and peak load), increasing the voltage at
Superior reliability
fixed frequency. The compressor works at high speed ■■ Exceptional endurance tests
to rapidly achieve the desired temperature. -- Third-party testing and certification - all performances
-- PWM: Pulse width modulation of the direct current are certified by Eurovent and unit safety is certified by
controls the compressor at partial load conditions, IMQ.
adjusting the frequency at fixed voltage. The -- All units are tested at various stages on the production
compressor speed is fine-tuned and the system line for circuit leakage, electrical compliance, water
provides high-level comfort (no temperature and refrigerant pressures.
fluctuations) at exceptionally efficient working -- End-of-line test of all unit operating parameters.
conditions. -- Corrosion resistance test.
-- Accelerated ageing test on critical components and
complete assembled units, simulating thousands of
hours of continuous operation.
-- Packaging crash test to ensure that the units are
adequately protected against accidental shocks.
-- Extensive field and site testing.

Corrosion-resistant casing

■■ C ompressor frequency is increased continuously up to


the maximum level. This ensures that there are no current
draw peaks in the start-up phase and safe connection
to a single-phase power supply even in large-capacity
systems. The maximum operating current of AquaSnap
PLUS systems is below 7.2 A (systems up to 4 kW) and
below 23 A for larger systems (12 kW). Inverter ramp-
up speed makes soft starts unnecessary and ensures
immediate maximum power.
■■ The two rotary compression cylinders, offset from each
Economical operation
other by 180°, and the DC brushless motor with the shaft Increased energy efficiency at part load
in perfect balance ensure reduced vibration and noise, - The exceptionally high energy efficiency of the
even at very low operating speeds. This results in an AquaSnap PLUS heat pumps is the result of a long
extremely wide range between minimum and maximum qualification and optimisation process.
capacity with con- tinuous operation, guaranteeing that -  Use of ambient air as primary source of energy in
the system is always optimised and provides maximum domestic heating applications significantly reduces
comfort at exceptionally high efficiency levels. the overall energy consumption and minimises CO2
■■ Twin-rotary cylinders, low vibrations and low load to the emissions.
shaft ensure highest compressor reliability and a long - Night mode operation at reduced compressor speed,
trouble-free operating life. resulting in low-noise operation and a significant
■■ All DC brushless twin-rotary compressors are equipped reduction in energy consumption.
with crankcase heaters as standard. - Easy-to-set and economical silent mode, reducing the
■■ A double compressor shield for acoustic insulation further compressor speed.
reduces noise levels. -  R410A refrigerant is easier to use than other
refrigerant blends.

48 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CHILLERS  30AWH 004-015

Controls
GMC board User interfaces
■■ T
 he GMC controller was specifically developed for the ■■ The AquaSnap PLUS can use the following user
AquaSnap PLUS inverter heat pumps, and incorporates interfaces:
new control algorithms. It features customised or pre- -- The 33AW-CS1 ComfortTM Series programmable
defined climate curves, domestic hot water control, thermo-stat with easy-to-read LCD screen. It
a night-time noise reduction function, a defrost/alarm provides enhanced control capability for maximised
output signal, an external heat source, a pump block performance, reliability and indoor comfort and has
prevention function, freeze protection and compressor extended programming features such as weekly
operation management. scheduling and dehumidifier/humidifier signals. The

COOLING
sleek contemporary design blends in with any room
decor.
-- The AquaSnap PLUS 33AW-RC1 remote controller
-- Dry contacts.

ComfortTM Series programmable

thermostat 33AW-CS1

HEATING HEATING
Remote controller 33AW-RC1

Operating limits and operating ranges


Operation in cooling
20

Cooling mode

Air treatment
18
30AWH 006
Leaving water temperature, °C

16
Outlet water temperature [°C]

Maximum outside temperature 46 °C 30AWH 004


14
Maximum leaving water 18 °C
temperature 12

Minimum outside temperature 0 °C 10


(30AWH 004 + 006: 5°C)
8
Minimum leaving water 4 °C
temperature 6

0
-5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50

Outdoor air temperature [°C]


Outside air temperature, °C
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 49
Available static pressure
(units with hydronic module)
30AWH 004H 30AWH 006H 30AWH006H
70

60
65

Available static pressure, kPa


60
55
Available static pressure, kPa

55 50

50 45

45 40
40
35
35
30
30
25
25
20
20
15
COOLING

15

10
10

5
5

0 0
0.0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5
0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s


30AWH 008H 30AWH 012H + 015H
60 90
55

Available static pressure, kPa


80
Available static pressure, kPa

50
45 70

40 60
35
50
30
25 40

20 30
15
20
10
10
5
0 0
0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

Pressure drop curves


(units without hydronic module)
30AWH 004X 30AWH 006X
60

60

50

50

40
Pressure drop, kPa

Pressure drop, kPa

40

30
30

20
20

10
10

0
0 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
0,0 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,20 0,25 0,30 0,35 0,40 0,45

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s


30AWH 008X 30AWH 012X + 015X
60
40

35 50

30
Pressure drop, kPa

Pressure drop, kPa

40
25

20 30

15
20

10
10
5

0 0
0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s


50 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CHILLERS  30AWH 004-015

Hydronic module
The hydronic module reduces the installation time. The unit The water heat exchanger and the hydronic module are
is factory-equipped with the main hydronic components protected against frost down to -10 °C, using pump cycling.
required for the installation: water pump, expansion tank, The hydronic module is integrated into the unit without
safety valve and pressure gauge. increasing its dimensions and saves the space normally used
for the water pump.

Dimensions, mm
30AWH 004-008 30AWH 012-015

COOLING
30AW A B C D E F G H L
004 908 821 326 350 87 356 466 40 60

HEATING HEATING
006 908 821 326 350 87 356 466 40 60
008 908 821 326 350 87 356 466 40 60
012 908 1363 326 350 174 640 750 44 69
015 908 1363 326 350 174 640 750 44 69

Clearances, mm
200

500

150
150

150 300

Air treatment
150

1000

1000
500

1000
200

1000

150 300 300 300


CONTROLS
200

300 300
1000

1000 300 1500 2000 200

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 51
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS

30RB
Nominal cooling capacity 16-40 kW
COOLING

The Aquasnap liquid chiller range was designed for commercial applications such as the air
conditioning of offices and hotels, etc.

Easy and fast


The new Aquasnap units integrate the latest technologi cal
installation innovations:
-- Non-ozone depleting refrigerant R410A
Hydronic module -- Scroll compressors
-- Low-noise fans
available -- Auto-adaptive microprocessor control

Economical The Aquasnap units are equipped with a hydronic module integrated into the unit chassis,
operation limiting the installation to straightforward operations like connection of the power supply and
the water supply and return piping

Superior reliability

52 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS 30RB 017-040

Physical data
30RB 017 021 026 033 040

Cooling
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 16.4 21.4 27.3 33.3 41.4
C1 EER kW/kW 3.04 3.11 3.08 3.28 2.96
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B A B A B
C2 Nominal capacity kW 22.7 29.5 38.6 45.8 56.9
C2 EER kW/kW 3.80 3.86 4.01 4.11 3.52

COOLING
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.46 3.47 3.44 3.62 3.29
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 72 74 78 78 78
Operating weight†
Standard unit (with hydronic module) kg 189 208 255 280 291
Standard unit (without hydronic module) kg 173 193 237 262 273
Refrigerant R-410A
Compressor One hermetic scroll compressor
Control Pro-Dialog+
Fans % Two twin-speed axial fans, One twin-speed axial fan, 7 blades
3 blades
Air flow 2212 2212 3530 3530 3530
Evaporator Plate heat exchanger
Condenser Copper tubes and aluminium fins

HEATING HEATING
Unit with hydronic module Pump One single-speed pump, screen filter, expansion tank, flow switch,
pressure gauge, automatic air purge valve, safety valve
Entering water connection in 1-1/41 1-1/41 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Leaving water connection in 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Nominal operating current A 1.30 1,4 2,4 2,6 2,8
Dimensions
Length mm 1136 1136 1002 1002 1002
Depth mm 584 584 824 824 824
Height mm 1579 1579 1790 1790 1790
C1 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving
temperature 30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
C2 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving
temperature 30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.

Air treatment
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only. The dimensions shown are for the standard unit.

Eurovent certified data

Electrical data
30RB 580 630 810 880 1150

Power circuit
Nominal power supply ± 6% V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Maximum start-up current (Un)* A 75 95 118 118 176
Maximum operating power input** kW 7.8 9.1 11 13.8 17.5
CONTROLS

Nominal unit operating current draw*** A 8 12 16 17 25


* Maximum instantaneous start-up current (locked rotor current of the compressor).
** Power input, compressors and fans, at the unit operating limits (saturated suction temperature 10°C, saturated condensing temperature 65°C) and nominal voltage of 400 V
(data given on the unit nameplate).
*** Standardised Eurovent conditions: water heat exchanger entering/leaving water temperature 12°C/7°C, outside air temperature 35°C.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 53
Type key
30R B - 021 C H E - B - - -

Revision status
Product Range

New option (not used)


B - Cooling only Aquasnap
- - Standard
Standard version A - Remote User Interface HMI
- - Without gateway
Nominal capacity B - CCN Jbus gateway
C - CCN Bacnet gateway
C - Power supply with neutral cable (not available for size 40)
COOLING

D - CCN LONtalk gateway


D - Power supply without neutral cable
0 - Without hydronic module Standard
H - With hydronic module with expansion tank
- - Without coil protection
F - With hydronic module with expansion tank and water filling system E - Epoxy coil-protection (Gold-fin)
R - With hydronic module, without expansion tank
Z - With hydronic module, w/o exp. tank, with water filling system

Features and advantages


Quiet operation ■■ Simplified electrical connections
■■ Compressors -- A single power supply point (power supply without
neutral available as an option and in standard for units
-- Low-noise scroll or rotary compressors with low size 40kW)
vibration levels -- Main disconnect switch with high trip capacity
-- The compressor assembly is supported by anti- -- Transformer for safe 24 V control circuit supply
vibration mountings. included
■■ Air heat exchanger section ■■ Fast commissioning
-- Vertical air heat exchanger coils -- Systematic factory operation test before shipment
-- The latest-generation low-noise fans are now even -- Quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the
quieter and do not generate intrusive low-frequency instruments, electrical components and motors.
noise
-- Rigid fan installation for reduced start-up noise. Economical operation
Easy and fast installation ■■ Increased energy efficiency at part load
■■ Integrated hydronic module -- Eurovent energy efficiency class A and B (in
accordance with EN14511-3:2013) in cooling
-- High-pressure centrifugal water pump and heating mode. The exceptionally high energy
-- Water filter protecting the water pump against efficiency of the Aquasnap unit is the result of a long
circulating debris qualification and optimisation process.
-- High-capacity membrane expansion tank ensures ■■ Reduced maintenance costs
pressurisation of the water circuit
-- Overpressure valve, set to 4 bar -- Maintenance-free scroll compressors
-- Pressure gauge to measure the system pressure. -- Fast diagnosis of possible incidents and their history
-- Automatic purge valve positioned at the highest point via the Pro-Dialog+ control
of the hydronic module to remove air from the system. -- R410A refrigerant is easier to use than other
-- Thermal insulation and frost protection down to -10°C, refrigerant blends
using an electric resistance heater and pump
cycling. Environmentally balanced
-- Integrated water fill system to ensure correct water ■■ Non-ozone depleting R410A refrigerant
pressure (option) -- Chlorine-free refrigerant of the HFC group with zero
■■ Physical features ozone depletion potential
-- With its small footprint the unit blends in with any -- Very efficient - gives an increased energy efficiency
architectural styles. ratio (EER)
-- The unit is enclosed by easily removable panels, ■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit
covering all components (except air heat exchanger -- Brazed refrigerant connections for increased leak-
and fans). tightness
-- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature
sensors without transferring refrigerant charge

54 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS 30RB 017-040

Superior reliability
■■ State-of-the-art concept ■■ Exceptional endurance tests
-- Cooperation with specialist laboratories and use of -- Corrosion resistance tests in salt mist in the laboratory
limit simulation tools (finite element calculations) for -- Accelerated ageing test on components that are
the design of the critical components, e.g. motor submitted to continuous operation: compressor
supports, suction/discharge piping etc. piping, fan supports
■■ Auto-adaptive control -- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a
-- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor vibrating table.
cycling and permits reduction of the water quantity in
the hydronic circuit (Carrier patent)

Controls

COOLING
Pro-Dialog+ control
Pro-Dialog+ combines intelligence with operating simplicity. -- The Pro-Dialog+ navigation uses intuitive tree-
The control constantly monitors all machine parameters and structure menus, similar to the Internet navigators.
precisely manages the operation of compressors, expansion They are user-friendly and permit quick access
devices, fans and of the water heat exchanger water pump to the principal operat-ing parameters: number
for optimum energy efficiency. of compressors operating, suction/discharge
pressure, compressor operating hours, set point, air
Pro-Dialog+ interface temperature, entering/leaving water temperature.

Remote operating mode with


\\MAINMENU\STATUS
volt-free contacts (standard)
CAPB_T 0 %
A simple two-wire communication bus between the RS485

HEATING HEATING
DEM_LIM 100 %

port of the Aquasnap and the Carrier Comfort Network


SP 4.2 °C
CTRL_PNT -28.9 °C
EMSTOP dsable
Circuit B Total Capacity offers multiple remote control, monitoring and diagnostic
START/STOP ENTER
possibilities. Carrier offers a vast choice of control products,
specially designed to control, manage and supervise the
PRO-DIALOG+
operation of an air conditioning system. Please consult
your Carrier representative for more information on these
products.
■■ Energy management
-- Start/stop: Opening of this contact will shut down the
-- Seven-day internal time schedule clock: Permits unit unit
on/off control and operation at a second set point -- Dual set point: Closing of this contact activates a
-- Set point reset based on the outside air temperature second set point (example: Unoccupied mode)
or the return water temperature or on the water heat -- Alert indication: This volt-free contact indicates the
exchanger delta T presence of a minor fault
-- Master/slave control of two units operating in parallel -- Alarm indication: This volt-free contact indicates the

Air treatment
with operating time equalisation and automatic presence of a major fault that has led to the shut-
change-over in case of a unit fault. down of the unit
-- Change-over based on the outside air temperature -- User safety: This contact can be used for any
■■ Integrated features customer safety loop, closing of the contact
-- Night mode: Capacity and fan speed limitation for generates a specific alarm
reduced noise level -- Out of service: This signal indicates that the unit is
■■ Ease-of-use completely out of service
-- The new backlighted LCD interface includes a manual -- Unit capacity: This analogue output (0-10 V) gives an
control potentiometer to ensure legibility under any immediate indication of the unit capacity
lighting conditions. -- Compressor operation: This contact signals that the
-- The information is displayed clearly in English, French, compressor is in operation
German, Italian and Spanish (for other languages
please consult Carrier)
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 55
Operating limits 30RB (cooling mode)
Water heat exchanger water flow rate 53

48

43
Flow rate, l/s 38

Outside air temperature, °C


30RB Minimum Maximum* Maximum** 33
017 0.45 1.39 1.26 28
021 0.57 1.52 1.42 23
026 0.67 1.96 1.43
18
033 0.87 2.18 1.72
13
040 1.05 2.60 2.70
8
COOLING

* Maximum flow rate at an available pressure of 50 kPa (unit with hydronic module)
** Maximum flow rate at pressure drop of 100 kPa in the plate heat exchanger (unit 3
without hydronic module).
-2

-7

-12
-4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C


Operating range with anti-freeze solution and Pro-Dialog
configuration.

Hydronic module
The hydronic module reduces the installation time. The unit The hydronic module is integrated into the unit without
is factory-equipped with the main hydronic components increasing its dimensions and saves the space normally used
required for the installation: screen filter, water pump, for the water pump.
expansion tank, safety valve and pressure gauge.

The water heat exchanger and the hydronic module are


protected against frost down to -10°C, using an electric
resistance heater (standard) and pump cycling.

Typical hydronic circuit diagram

17-21 kW 26-40 kW

23 23

15 14
2 15 14
2
5
17 17 5
21 11
1 21
1
11

10
16 25 18 19 20 7 13 9 16 25 18 19 20 7 13
6 9
4 12 4
24 3 24
12
21 21
3

16 25 18 19 22 8 16 25 18 19 22
10
8
6

26
27 26
27

Hydronic module (unit with hydronic module)


Automatic water fill system option

Legend

Components of the unit and hydronic module System components


1. Screen filter
2. Expansion tank 16. Temperature sensor well
3. Safety valve 17. Air purge
4. High-pressure pump 18. Flexible connections
5. Air purge 19. Shut-off valve
6. Water drain valve 20. Screen fiter (obligatory for a unit without hydronic module)
7. Flow sensor 21. Pressure gauge
8. Plate heat exchanger leaving temperature sensor 22. Flow control valve (factory-supplied for field installation)
9. Plate heat exchanger entering temperature sensor 23. Charge valve
10. Pressure gauge 24. Frost protection bypass (when shut-off valves are closed in winter)
11. Plate heat exchanger 25. Pressure sensor
12. Heat exchanger frost protection heater 26. System drain valves
13. Pipe frost protection heater 27. Plate heat exchanger drain valve
14. Shut-off valve (automatic water fill option)
15. Pressure reducer (automatic water fill option)

56 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS 30RB 017-040

Available static system pressure


30RB 017-040

300
290
280
270
260
250
240
230

COOLING
3
220
210
200
Available static pressure, kPa

190
180 5
170
160
150 2
140
130 1
120
110
100
90 4
80
70

HEATING HEATING
60
50
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
Water flow rate, l/s

Legend
1. 30RB 017
2. 30RB 021
3. 30RB 026
4. 30RB 033
5. 30RB 040

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 57
Dimensions/clearances
30RB 017-021

1136

150
COOLING

2 100
1

1579
3

82

794
706
651
100 50 50

100
4
281 660 162
Fixing holes ø 10
Fixing holes ø 10

User
522

interface Service panel

Disconnect switch

559

200 mm
700 mm

300 mm 200 mm

700 mm

200 mm 400 mm
1579

300 mm

200 mm 400 mm 400 mm 400 mm

500 mm 1000 mm
200 mm 1000 mm

584

Legend
All dimensions are in mm
1. Water inlet
2. Water outlet
3. Water fill kit connection (option)
4. Power connections

58 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS 30RB 017-040

Dimensions/clearances
30RB 026-040

760
995

COOLING
1790

153

357
Fixing holes ø 10 129 745 129
710 Fixing holes ø 10
824 1002
Service panel

HEATING HEATING
Disconnect switch

User
interface

500 mm

400 mm 200 mm

Air treatment
500 mm

263
4
50 148
1
35
188

400 mm 200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 3


2
115

170 460 170

1800 mm
400 mm 200 mm
CONTROLS

Legend
All dimensions are in mm
1. Water inlet
2. Water outlet
3. Water fill kit connection (option)
4. Power connections

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 59
DUCTABLE Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers

30RBY
Nominal cooling capacity 16-42 kW
COOLING

Five sizes with nominal cooling capacities from 16 to 42 kW.

Aquasnap liquid chillers for commercial applications such as the air conditioning of offices and
hotels.

Exceptionally high energy efficiency at part load - Eurovent energy efficiency class A and B
(in accordance with EN14511-3: 2013).

Latest technologi­cal innovations integrated: Non-ozone depleting refrigerant R410A, scroll


compressors, low-noise fans and auto-adaptive microprocessor control.

The units are equipped with a hydronic module integrated into the unit chassis, limiting the
installation to straight-forward operations like connection of the power supply, the water supply
and return piping and the air distribution ducting.

60 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
DUCTABLE Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBY 017-040

Physical data
30RBY 017 021 026 033 040

Cooling
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 15.7 20.3 27.0 32.3 41.9
C1 EER kW/kW 2.54 2.52 2.76 2.94 2.79
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B B A A B
C2 Nominal capacity kW 19.9 24.8 36.1 42.3 50.6
C2 EER kW/kW 2.95 2.77 3.36 3.55 2.84

COOLING
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 2.80 2.76 3.00 3.19 2.99
Sound Power Level Standard Unit (Radiated) ESP = 80 Pa dB(A) 80.0 80.0 91.0 91.0 91.0
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Option 15
Operating weight†
Standard unit (with hydronic module) kg 207 226 253 278 290
Standard unit (without hydronic module) kg 193 213 237 262 273
Refrigerant R-410A
Compressor One scroll compressor
Control Pro-Dialog+
Fans Two twin-speed centrifugal fans, 5 backward-curved blades
Air flow l/s 1640 1640 3472 3472 3472
Evaporator One plate heat exchanger
Condenser Copper tubes and aluminium fins

HEATING HEATING
Unit with hydronic module pump One single-speed pump, screen filter, expansion tank, flow switch, water
circuit drain valve, pressure gauge, automatic air purge valve, safety valve
Entering water connection in 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Leaving water connection in 1 1 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/4
Nominal operating current A 1.30 1.4 2.4 2.6 2.8
Dimensions
Length mm 1136 1136 1002 1002 1002
Depth mm 584 584 824 824 824
Height mm 1608 1608 1829 1829 1829
C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
C2 Cooling mode conditions::Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013

Air treatment
† Weight shown is a guideline only.

Eurovent certified data

Electrical data
30RBY 017 021 026 033 040
Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Maximum start-up current (Un)* A 75 95 118 118 176
Maximum operating power input** kW 7.8 9.1 11 13.8 17.5
Maximum operating current draw*** A 13 16 20 24 30
CONTROLS

* Maximum instantaneous start-up current (locked rotor current of the compressor).


** Power input, compressors and fans, at the unit operating limits (saturated suction temperature 10°C, saturated condensing temperature 65°C) and nominal voltage of 400 V (data given
on the unit nameplate).
*** Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input and 400 V (values given on the unit nameplate).

Note: Units 30RB 602-802 have two electrical connection points.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 61
Options/accessories
■■ Hydronic module (option) Hydronic module, sizes 026-040
■■ Integrated water fill system (option/accessory)
■■ Inlet duct frame (option)
■■ Inlet filter frame (option)
■■ JBus, BacNet and LonTalk gateways (accessory)
■■ Remote interface (accessory)
■■ Condensate drain pan (accessory)
COOLING

Features and advantages


Features ■■ Low-noise fans, now even quieter. Rigid fan installation
for reduced start-up noise.
■■ Five sizes with nominal cooling capacities from 16 to
42 kW. ■■ Easy duct connection and fans with 80 Pa available
pressure.
■■ Aquasnap liquid chillers for commercial applications such as
the air conditioning of offices and hotels. ■■ The unit has a small footprint and is enclosed by
easily removable panels.
■■ Exceptionally high energy efficiency at part load -
Eurovent energy efficiency class A and B (in accordance ■■ Simplified electrical connections.
with EN14511-3: 2013). ■■ Systematic operation test before shipment and
■■ Latest technologi­cal innovations integrated: Non-ozone quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the
depleting refrigerant R410A, scroll compressors, low-noise instruments, electrical components and motors.
fans and auto-adaptive microprocessor control. ■■ Maintenance-free scroll compressors and fast
■■ The units are equipped with a hydronic module integrated diagnosis of possible incidents and their history via
into the unit chassis, limiting the installation to straight- the Pro-Dialog+ control reduce maintenance costs.
forward operations like connection of the power supply, ■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit.
the water supply and return piping and the air distribution ■■ Corrosion resistance tests, accelerated ageing test on
ducting. compressor piping and fan supports and transport
■■ Low-noise scroll compressors with low vibration level. simulation test on a vibrating table in the laboratory.
■■ Vertical condenser coils with protection grilles on anti-
vibration mountings.

Controls Operating limits


Pro-Dialog+ operator interface 53

48

43

38
Outside air temperature, °C

33
\\MAINMENU\STATUS
CAPB_T 0 % 28
DEM_LIM 100 %
SP 4.2 °C 23
CTRL_PNT -28.9 °C
EMSTOP dsable
18
Circuit B Total Capacity
13
START/STOP ENTER 8

3
PRO-DIALOG+

-2

-7

-12
-4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24
Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C

Operating range with anti-freeze solution and Pro-Dialog


­configuration.

62 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
DUCTABLE Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBY 017-040

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 63
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers

30RBS
Nominal cooling capacity 40-156 kW
COOLING

The Aquasnap range of liquid chillers was designed for commercial (air conditioning of offices,
hotels etc.) or industrial (low-temperature process units etc.) applications.

Commercial and
The Aquasnap integrates the latest technological innovations:
industrial
-- Non-ozone depleting refrigerant R410A
applications -- All-aluminium microchannel heat exchangers for the cooling only units (30RBS)
-- Scroll compressors
-- Low-noise fans made of a composite material
Compact design -- Auto-adaptive microprocessor control
-- Electronic expansion valve
Quiet operation -- Variable-speed pump (option)

The Aquasnap can be equipped with a hydronic module integrated into the unit chassis,
Variable water flow limiting the installation to straightforward operations like connection of the power supply and
(optional) the chilled water supply and return piping.

Partial heat reclaim

64 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30RBS 039-160

Physical data
30RBS 039 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 120 140 160

Cooling
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 39.6 44 51.2 58.1 67.2 78.9 86.7 97.1 114.4 134.8 155.7
C1 EER kW/kW 2.87 2.76 2.67 2.66 2.72 2.70 2.73 2.73 2.67 2.70 2.65
C1 Eurovent Energy Class C C D D C C C C D C D
C2 Nominal capacity kW 53 58.9 68.5 80.8 84.7 98.3 114.3 126.5 150.8 171.2 194.3
C2 EER kW/kW 3.44 3.32 3.12 3.31 2.97 3.06 3.17 3.09 3.10 2.99 3.01

COOLING
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.75 3.88 3.95 3.80 3.62 3.67 3.91 3.94 3.83 3.68 3.87
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 80 81 81 81 87 87 84 84 84 90 90
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Option 15LS dB(A) 79 80 80 80 80 80 83 83 83 83 83
Operating weight (with MCHE heat exhangers)†
Standard unit without hydronic module kg 443 451 454 463 467 482 780 791 807 912 943
Standard unit with hydronic module
Single high-pressure pump kg 473 481 484 493 496 511 812 823 843 951 982
Dual high-pressure pump kg 499 507 510 519 522 537 857 868 891 988 1019
Compressors Hermetic scroll compressors, 48.3 r/s
Circuits A/B 2/- 2/- 2/- 2/- 2/- 2/- 3/- 3/- 3/- 2/2 2/2
Refrigerant R-410A
Capacity control Pro-Dialog+
Condensers All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE)

HEATING HEATING
Fans Axial Flying Bird IV with rotating shroud
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
Total air flow (at high speed) l/s 3800 3800 3800 3800 5300 5300 7600 7600 7600 10600 10600
Evaporator Direct expansion plate heat exchanger
Hydronic module (option) Single or dual pump, Victaulic screen filter, safety valve, expansion tank, purge valves (water
and air), pressure sensors
Dimensions
Length mm 1061 2258
Depth mm 2050 2050
Height mm 1330 1330

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
2

C2 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013

Air treatment
† Weight shown is a guideline only.

Eurovent certified data

Electrical data
30RBS without hydronic module 039 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 120 140 160
Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Maximum start-up current (Un)*
CONTROLS

Standard unit A 113.8 134.8 142.8 145.8 176.0 213.0 173.6 207.6 247.6 243.0 286.0
Unit with electronic starter option A 74.7 86.5 93.8 96.2 114.4 139.8 - - - - -
Maximum operating power input** kW 19.5 22.3 24.5 27.9 31.2 35.8 42.3 45.6 52.5 62.4 71.6
Nominal unit operating current draw*** A 25.6 29.0 33.0 36.0 42.4 52.8 55.4 61.7 77.3 84.8 105.6

* Maximum instantaneous start-up current at operating limit values (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + fan current + locked rotor current of the largest compressor).
** Power input, compressors and fans, at the unit operating limits (saturated suction temperature 10°C, saturated condensing temperature 65°C) and nominal voltage of 400 V (data given on
the unit nameplate).
*** Standardised Eurovent conditions: evaporator entering/leaving water temperature 12°C/7°C, outside air temperature 35°C.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 65
Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use 30RBS

Condenser with anti-corrosion 2B Coils with factory-applied Blygold Polual treatment Improved corrosion resistance, 30RBS 039-160*
post-treatment recommended for urban, industrial and
rural environments
Condenser with pre-treated fins 3A Fins made of pre-treated aluminium (polyurethane Improved corrosion resistance, 30RBS 039-160*
and epoxy) recommended for marine environments
Low temperature glycol solution 5B Low temperature chilled water production down Covers specific applications down to 30 RBS 039-160
to 0°C with ethylene glycol and propylene glycol. 0°C
Note: With option 5B the units are equipped with
traditional coils (Cu/Al).
Very low temperature glycol 6B Low temperature chilled water production down Covers specific applications such as ice 30RBS 039-160
solution to -15°C with ethylene glycol and -12°C with storage and industrial processes
propylene glycol. Note: With option 6B the units are
COOLING

equipped with traditional coils (Cu/Al).


Very low noise level 15LS Acoustic compressor enclosure and low-speed Noise emission reduction at reduced 30RBS 039-160
fans fan speed
Protection grilles 23 Metallic protection grilles Coil protection against possible shocks 30RBS 039-160
Soft starter 25 Electronic compressor starter Reduced compressor start-up current 30RBS 039-080
Winter operation** 28 Fan speed control via frequency converter Stable unit operation when the air 30 RBS 039-160
temperature is between
-10°C and -20°C
Frost protection down to -20°C 42 Electric heater on the hydronic module Hydronic module frost protection at low 30RBS 039-160
outside temperatures
Partial heat reclaim 49 Partial heat reclaim by desuperheating of the Free high-temperature hot-water 30RBS 039-160
compressor discharge gas. Note: With option 49 production simultaneously with chilled
the units are equipped with traditional coils (Cu/Al). and hot-water production
Master/slave operation 58 Unit equipped with an additional field-installed Operation of two units connected in 30RBS 039-160
leaving water temperature sensor, allowing master/ parallel with operating time equalisation
slave operation of two units connected in parallel
Main disconnect switch without 70 Factory-installed main electric disconnect switch in Ease-of-installation and compliance 30RBS 039-160
fuse the control box with local electrical regulations
HP single-pump hydronic 116B Single high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation 30RBS 039-160
module expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors.
See hydronic module option.
HP dual-pump hydronic module 116C Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, operating 30RBS 039-160
expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. safety
See hydronic module option.
LP single-pump hydronic module 116F Single low-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation 30RBS 039-160
expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors.
See hydronic module option.
LP dual-pump hydronic module 116G Dual low-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, operating 30RBS 039-160
expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. safety
See hydronic module option.
HP variable-speed single-pump 116J Single high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, reduced 30RBS 039-160
hydronic module expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. power consumption of the water
See hydronic module option. circulation pump
HP variable-speed dual-pump 116K Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, operating 30RBS 039-160
hydronic module expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. safety, reduced power consumption of
See hydronic module option. the water circulation pump
HP single-pump hydronic 116R Single high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation 30RBS 039-160
module without expansion tank temperature and pressure sensors. See hydronic
module option.
HP dual-pump hydronic module 116S Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, operating 30RBS 039-160
without expansion tank temperature and pressure sensors. See hydronic safety
module option.
LP single-pump hydronic module 116T Single low-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation 30RBS 039-160
temperature and pressure sensors. See hydronic
module option.
LP dual-pump hydronic module 116U Dual low-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, operating 30RBS 039-160
temperature and pressure sensors. See hydronic safety
module option.
High-pressure variable-speed 116V Single high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, reduced 30RBS 039-160
single-pump hydronic module temperature and pressure sensors. See hydronic power consumption of the water
module option. circulation pump

* 30RBS 039-160 with option 49 or 30RBS 0039-160 with option 6B.


** Winter operation option: This option allows operation of the unit down to -20°C outside air temperature due to the optimised control of
the condensing temperature. One fan is equipped with a frequency converter.

66 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30RBS 039-160

Options No. Description Advantages Use 30RBS

HP variable-speed dual-pump 116W Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, operating 30RBS 039-160
hydronic module temperature and pressure sensors. See hydronic safety, reduced power consumption of
module option. the water circulation pump
JBus gateway 148B Two-directional communications board, complies Easy connection by communication 30RBS 039-160
with JBus protocol bus to a building management system
Bacnet gateway 148C Two-directional communications board, complies Easy connection by communication 30RBS 039-160
with Bacnet protocol bus to a building management system
LonTalk gateway 148D Two-directional communications board, complies Easy connection by communication 30RBS 039-160
with Lon Talk protocol bus to a building management system
Enviro-Shield anti-corrosion 262 Coating by conversion process which modifies the Improved corrosion resistance, 30RBS 039-160
protection surface of the aluminum producing a coating that is recommended for moderately corrosive
integral to the coil. Complete immersion in a bath to marine and industrial environments.

COOLING
ensure 100% coverage. No heat transfer variation,
tested 4000 hours salt spray per ASTM B117
Super Enviro-Shield anti- 263 Extremely durable and flexible epoxy polymer The Super Enviro-Shield option was 30RBS 039-160
corrosion protection coating applied on micro channel heat exchangers developed to extend the application
by electro coating process, final UV protective range of MCHE heat exchangers in very
topcoat. Minimal heat transfer variation, tested corrosive environmental conditions.
6000 hours constant neutral salt spray per ASTM
B117, superior impact resistance per ASTM D2794
Water heat exchanger screw 264 Inlet/outlet screw connection sleeves Permit connection of the unit to a screw 30RBS 039-160
connection sleeves connection
Welded evaporator water 266 Victaulic piping connections with welded joints Permit connection of the unit to a 30RBS 039-160
connection kit connection other than a Victaulic
connection
Remote Interface 275 Remotely installed user interface (communication Remote chiller control up to 300 m 30RBS 039-160
bus)
Reinforced ECM filtration for fan 282A Fan variable frequency drive compliance to IEC Allows unit installation in domestic 30RBS 039-160
VFD*** 61800-3  C1 class residential environment by reducing

HEATING HEATING
electromagnetic interferences
Reinforced ECM filtration for 282B Pump variable frequency drive compliance to IEC Allows unit installation in domestic 30RBS 039-160
pump VFD**** 61800-3  C1 class residential environment by reducing
electromagnetic interferences

*** 30RBS 039-160 with option 5B or 6B or 28


**** 30RBS 039-160 with option 116 J or K or V or W

Brine Options (option 5B & option 6B)


This option allows production of brine down to 0°C (option The operating range is a function of the suction pressure,
5B) / -15°C (option 6B). The unit is equipped with suction pipe which in turn is a function of:
insulation (option 6B only) and a fan frequency converter. -- The brine type
-- The brine concentration

Air treatment
Note: With options 5B & 6B the units are equipped with -- The flow rate
traditional coils (Cu/Al). -- The brine temperature
-- The condensing pressure (ambient temperature).

Operating range with 45% ethylene glycol Operating range with


45% ethylene glycol
55

45
Outside air temperature, °C

35
Outside air temperature, °C

25

15

-5
CONTROLS

-15

-25
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C
Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C

Option 5B
Option 5B
Option 6B
Option 6B

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 67
Partial heat reclaim using desuperheaters
(option 49)
This option permits the production of free hot water using A plate heat exchanger is installed in series with the air
heat reclaim by desuperheating the compressor discharge condenser coils on the compressor discharge line of each
gases. The option is available for the whole 30RBS range, circuit.
that are equipped with traditional Cu/Al coils.

Physical data, 30RBS units with partial heat reclaim using desuperheaters (option 49)
COOLING

30RBS partial heat reclaim mode 039 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 120 140 160
Operating weight units with RTPF coils*
Standard unit without hydronic kg 467 475 498 524 512 543 849 859 890 1010 1074
module
Standard unit with hydronic
module option
Single high-pressure pump kg 497 505 528 554 541 572 881 891 926 1049 1113
Dual high-pressure pump kg 523 531 554 580 567 598 926 936 974 1086 1150
Refrigerant charge, units with R-410A
RTPF coils
Circuit A kg 8.0 9.0 12.5 15.0 12.5 15.0 19.0 20.0 23.0 12.5 16.0
Circuit B kg - - - - - - - - - 12.5 16.0
Condensers Grooved copper tubes. aluminium fins
Desuperheaters on circuits A Plate heat exchangers
and B
Water volume, circuit A l 0.549 0.549 0.549 0.549 0.732 0.732 0.976 0.976 0.976 0.732 0.732
Water volume, circuit B l - - - - - - - - - 0.732 0.732
Max. water-side operating pressure kPa 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
without hydronic module
Water connections Cylindrical, male gas thread
Connections in 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Outside diameter mm 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42
* Weights shown are a guideline only.

Operating limits

Desuperheater Minimum Maximum


Entering water temperature at °C 25* 60
start-up
Leaving water temperature °C 30 65
during operation
Air condenser Minimum Maximum
Outside air temperature °C -10 46
* The entering water temperature at start-up must not be lower than 25°C. For
installations with a lower temperature a three-way valve is necessary.

68 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30RBS 039-160

Hydronic module (option 116)


This module is equipped with pressure transducers to Several water pump types are available: primary single or
optimise unit operation at the hydronic level. dual low-pressure pump or single or dual high-pressure
pump.
The hydronic module option reduces the installation
time. The unit is factory-equipped with the main hydronic An automatic pump start-up algorithm protects the heat
compo-nents required for the system: screen filter, water exchanger and the hydronic module piping against frost
pump, expansion tank, safety valve and water pressure down to -10°C(30RBS) outside temperature, if the water
transducers. heat exchanger frost protection option is installed. If
necessary increased frost protection down to -20°C is
possible by adding heaters to the hydronic module piping
The pressure transducers allow the Pro-Dialog+ control to:

COOLING
(see option 42).
■■ Display the available pressure at the unit outlet and the
static system pressure
The hydronic module option is integrated into the unit
■■ Calculate the instantaneous flow rate, using an algorithm
without increasing its dimensions and saves the space
that integrates the unit characteristics
normally used for the water pump.
■■ Integrate the system and water pump protection devices
(lack of water, water pressure, water flow rate etc.)

Typical hydronic circuit diagram

(option)

HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
Legend

Components of the unit and hydronic module Installation components


1 Victaulic screen filter 14 Temperature probe well
2 Expansion tank (option) 15 Air vent
3 Safety valve 16 Flexible connection
4 Available pressure pump 17 Shut-off valve
Note: x 1 for a single pump, x 2 for a dual pump 18 Screen filter (obligatory for a unit without hydronic module)
5 Air purge 19 Pressure gauge
6 Water drain valve 20 Water flow control valve
Note: A second valve is located on the heat exchanger leaving piping Note: Not necessary for a hydronic module with a variable-speed pump
7 Pressure sensor 21 Charge valve
Note: Gives pump suction pressure information (see installation manual) 22 Frost protection bypass valve (when shut-off valves [17] are closed during winter)
8 Temperature probe
Note: Gives heat exchanger leaving temperature information (see installation manual) --Hydronic module (unit with hydronic module)
9 Temperature probe
Note: Gives heat exchanger entering temperature information (see installation manual)
10 Pressure sensor
Note: Gives unit leaving pressure information (see installation manual)
11 Check valve
Note: x 2 for a dual pump, not provided for a single pump
12 Plate heat exchanger
13 Water heat exchanger frost protection heater
CONTROLS

Electrical data, units with hydronic modules


The pumps that are factory-installed in these units have This regulation concerns the application of directive 2005/32/
motors with efficiency class IE2. The additional electrical data EC on the eco-design requirements for electric motors.
required by regulation 640/2009 is given in the installation,
operation and maintenance manual.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 69
Variable water flow system (VWF)
Variable water flow is a hydronic control function package ■■ Operating mode at part load
that permits control of the water flow rate. Pro-Dialog+ includes two part-load operating modes:
-- Constant outlet pressure control
The VWF not only ensures control at full load, a specific -- Constant delta T control.
Carrier algorithm linked to an electronic frequency converter
also continuously modulates the flow rate to minimise pump 1 – Constant unit outlet pressure control
consumption at full load as well as part load.
The control continuously acts on the pump speed to ensure a
constant outlet pressure.
The hydronic module includes pressure transducers that
COOLING

permit intelligent measurement of the water flow rate and


This solution is suitable for installations with two-way valves.
real-time display on the Pro-Dialog+ interface. All adjust-
When these close, the water speed will accelerate in the
ments can be made directly on the interface, speeding up
system branches that are still open. For a fixed-speed pump
start-up and maintenance.
this results in an unnecessary increase of the pressure at the
pump outlet.
As VWF acts directly on the pump, the system no longer
requires the control valve at the unit outlet. However, for
The outlet pressure control mode ensures that each circuit
applications with two-way valves a bypass system must be
branch always has a uniform supply, without unnecessary
kept to guarantee the minimum flow rate.
energy waste.

Operating logic In industrial processes such as plastic injection moulding,


this solution ensures that each terminal unit has the correct
pressure supply.
■■ Full-load set point
The flow rate control at full load uses the Pro-Dialog+
interface, reducing the pump speed. This first control saves 2 – Constant delta T control
energy that would normally be dissipated in the control valve. The VWF algorithm maintains a constant delta T no matter
For example, if the pressure supplied by the pump is reduced what the unit load, reducing the flow rate to the minimum.
by 20% the power consumption of the pump is reduced by
the same ratio, compared to a traditional installation.
This solution can be used for systems with two-way or three-
way valves and achieves higher energy savings than the
“Constant unit outlet pressure control” mode. It is suitable for
the majority of comfort applications.

70 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30RBS 039-160

Features and advantages


Quiet operation ■■ Physical features
■■ Compressors -- The unit has a small footprint and a low height
(1330 mm) allowing it to blend in with any architectural
-- Low-noise scroll compressors with low vibration level styles.
-- The compressor assembly is installed on an -- The unit is enclosed by easily removable panels,
independent chassis and supported by anti-vibration covering all components (except air heat exchangers
mountings and fans).
-- Dynamic suction and discharge piping support, ■■ Simplified electrical connections
minimising vibration transmission (Carrier patent).
■■ Condenser (30RB)/air section -- A single power supply point without neutral

COOLING
-- Main disconnect switch (option 70) with high trip
-- Vertical condenser coils capacity
-- Protection grilles on anti-vibration mountings to -- Transformer for safe 24 V control circuit supply
protect the heat exchanger against possible shocks included
(optional on 30RB 039-160). ■■ Fast commissioning
-- Low-noise latest-generation Flying Bird IV fans, made
of a composite material (Carrier patent) are now even -- Systematic factory operation test before shipment
quieter and do not generate intrusive low-frequency -- Quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the
noise instruments, electrical components and motors.
-- Rigid fan installation for reduced start-up noise
(Carrier patent). Economical operation
-- Optional variable-speed pump for economical
Easy and fast installation operation
■■ Integrated hydronic module (option) -- The control algorithm adjusts the water flow rate
based on the actual system requirements and
-- Centrifugal low or high-pressure water pump (as obsoletes the need for the control valve at the unit
required), based on the pressure loss of the hydronic outlet.

HEATING HEATING
installation ■■ Increased energy efficiency at part load
Hydronic module -- Eurovent energy efficiency class (in accordance with
EN14511-3:2013) C and D in cooling mode and B
and C in heating mode.
-- The refrigerant circuit includes several compressors
connected in parallel. At part load, around 99% of
the operating time, only the compressors that are
absolutely necessary operate. At these conditions the
compressors operating are more energy efficient, as
they use the total condenser and evaporator capacity.
-- The electronic expansion device (EXV) allows
operation at a lower condensing pressure (EER, COP
and ESEER optimisation).
-- Dynamic superheat management for better utilisation

Air treatment
of the water heat exchanger surface.
■■ Reduced maintenance costs
-- Maintenance-free scroll compressors
-- Fast diagnosis of possible incidents and their history
via the Pro-Dialog+ control
-- Single or dual water pump (as required) with operating
-- R410A refrigerant is easier to use than other
time balancing and automatic changeover to the
refrigerant blends.
back-up pump if a fault develops
-- Water filter protects the pump against circulating
debris Environmentally balanced
-- Pressure measurement, using two pressure ■■ Non-ozone depleting R410A refrigerant
transducers and allowing indication of water flow rate, -- Chlorine-free refrigerant of the HFC group with zero
water pressure and lack of water. ozone depletion potential
-- High-capacity membrane expansion tank ensures -- Very efficient - gives an increased energy efficiency
pressurisation of the water circuit ratio (EER, COP and ESEER)
-- Overpressure valve, set to 4 bar -- 50% reduction in the refrigerant charge through the
-- Speed variator on the pumps (option) to ensure the use of micro-channel heat exchangers for the cooling
correct flow rate, based on the system requirements only units (30RBS)
CONTROLS

-- Thermal insulation and frost protection down to ■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit


-20°C, using an electric resistance heater (see table of
-- Brazed refrigerant connections for increased leak-
options)
tightness
-- Reduction of leaks due to reduced vibration levels and
elimination of capillary tubes (TXVs)
-- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature
sensors without transferring refrigerant charge.
C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 71
Partial view of the hydronic circuit -- Start/stop: Opening of this contact will shut down the
unit
-- Dual set point: Closing of this contact activates a
second set point (example: unoccupied mode)
-- Water pump 1 and 2 control (contacts supplied with
the hydronic module option)*: These outputs control
the contactors of one or two water heat exchanger
water pumps
-- Alarm indication: this volt-free contact indicates the
presence of a major fault that has led to the shut-
down of one or two refrigerant circuits
-- Demand limit 1 and 2: Closing of these contacts limits
the maximum unit capacity to three predefined values
-- User safety: This contact can be used for any
COOLING

customer safety loop, closing of the contact


generates a specific alarm
-- Out of service: This signal indicates that the unit is
Superior reliability completely out of service
■■ State-of-the-art concept
-- Cooperation with specialist laboratories and use of All-aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger
limit simulation tools (finite element calculations) for (MCHE)
the design of the critical components, e.g. motor
supports, suction/discharge piping etc.
-- All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE)
on cooling only units (30RBS), offers increased
corrosion resistance compared to traditional coils.
The all-aluminium design eliminates the formation of
galvanic currents between aluminium and copper that
cause coil corrosion.
■■ Auto-adaptive control
-- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor
cycling and permits reduction of the water quantity in
the hydronic circuit (Carrier patent)
-- Hydronic module with integrated pressure transducers
allowing measurement of the water pressure at two
points, as well as measurement of the water flow rate
and detection of lack of water and pressure. This
considerably reduces the risk of problems such as
frost accumulation on the water heat exchanger.
-- Automatic compressor unloading in case of
Already utilised in the automobile and aeronautical industries
abnormally high condensing pressure. If an anomaly
for many years, the MCHE micro-channel heat exchanger
occurs (e.g. fouled air heat exchanger coil, fan failure)
is entirely made of aluminium. This one-piece concept
Aquasnap continues to operate, but at reduced
significantly increases its corrosion resistance by eliminating
capacity.
the galvanic currents that are created when two different
■■ Exceptional endurance tests
metals (copper and aluminium) come into contact in
-- Corrosion resistance tests in salt mist in the laboratory traditional heat exchangers.
-- Accelerated ageing test on components that are
submitted to continuous operation: compressor
piping, fan supports As an option, the Enviro-Shield and Super Enviro-Shield
-- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a anti-corrosion protections have been developed to increase
vibrating table. the application range of the MCHE coil from medium to
very corrosive environments. With Enviro-Shield protection,
Remote operating mode with corrosion resistance of the MCHE coil is doubled without any
impact on heat exchange.
volt-free contacts (standard)
A simple two-wire communication bus between the RS485 With Super Enviro-Shield protection corrosion resistance of
port of the Aquasnap and the Carrier Comfort Network the MCHE coil is multiplied by four, and allows use in very
offers multiple remote control, monitoring and diagnostic corrosive industrial or marine environments
possibilities. Carrier offers a vast choice of control products,
specially designed to control, manage and supervise the
operation of an air conditioning system. Please consult The MCHE heat exchanger allows a reduction in chiller
your Carrier representative for more information on these refrigerant charge by up to 50%.
products.
The low thickness of the MCHE reduces air pressure losses
by 50% and makes it less susceptible to fouling (e.g. by
sand) than a traditional coil. Cleaning of the MCHE heat
exchanger is very fast using a dry air jet or a high-pressure
washer, while observing the usage precautions.
72 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30RBS 039-160

Controls
Pro-Dialog+ control -- Set point reset based on the outside air temperature
or the return water temperature or on the water heat
Pro-Dialog+ combines intelligence with operating simplicity. exchanger delta T
The control constantly monitors all machine parameters and -- Master/slave control of two units operating in parallel
precisely manages the operation of compressors, expansion with operating time equalisation and automatic
devices, fans and of the water heat exchanger water pump change-over in case of a unit fault (accessory).
for optimum energy efficiency. -- Change-over based on the outside air temperature
■■ Integrated features
Pro-Dialog+ interface -- Night mode: Capacity and fan speed limitation for
reduced noise level
-- With hydronic module: Water pressure display and

COOLING
water flow rate calculation
■■ Ease-of-use
\\MAINMENU\STATUS
CAPB_T
DEM_LIM
0
100
%
%
-- The new backlighted LCD interface includes a manual
SP
CTRL_PNT
4.2
-28.9
°C
°C control potentiometer to ensure legibility under any
lighting conditions.
EMSTOP dsable
Circuit B Total Capacity

-- The information is displayed clearly in English, French,


German, Italian and Spanish (for other languages
START/STOP ENTER

PRO-DIALOG+ please consult Carrier)


-- The Pro-Dialog+ navigation uses intuitive tree-
structure menus, similar to the Internet navigators.
They are user-friendly and permit quick access
■■ Energy management
to the principal operat-ing parameters: Number
-- Seven-day internal time schedule clock: Permits unit of compressors operating, suction/discharge
on/off control and operation at a second set point pressure, compressor operating hours, set point, air
temperature, entering/leaving water temperature.

HEATING HEATING
Operating limits
Operating range 55

30RBS Minimum Maximum 45


Outside air temperature, °C

Evaporator 35
Entering water temperature at °C 7.5* 30

Air treatment
start-up 25
Leaving water temperature °C 5** 20
during operation 15
Entering/leaving water K 3 10
5
temperature difference
Condenser -5
Entering air temperature, full °C -10 46 30RBS
load*** -15
Entering air temperature, part °C -10 48
load*** -25
Hydronic module**** 0 5 10 15 20 25
Entering air temperature Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C
Kit without pump °C -20 -
Full load Minimum load
Kit with pump (option 116x) °C -10 -
Kit with pump (option 116x) °C -20 -
and frost protection option to Note: T
 his operating range applies up top 130 Pa static pressure without suction air
-20°C (option 42) duct for sizes 070 and 080 and 140-160, and up to 240 Pa for all other sizes.
CONTROLS

Note: Do not exceed the maximum operating temperature.

* For entering water temperatures below 7.5°C at start-up, contact Carrier.


** For low-temperature applications, where the leaving water temperature is below 5°C, a
frost protection solution must be used.
*** Ambient temperature: Please refer to option 20 for low-temperature applications
(< -10°C). For transport and storage of the 30RBS units the minimum and maximum
allowable temperatures are -20°C and +48°C. It is recommended that these
temperatures are used for transport by container.
**** Defines the frost-free temperature of the hydronic components for use without glycol.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 73
Available external static pressure
Data applicable for:
-- Fresh water 20 °C
-- In case of use of glycol, the maximum water flow is reduced.

Low-pressure pump

200
COOLING

130
190
120 180
Available static pressure, kPa

170

Available static pressure, kPa


110
160
100 150
140
90 130
80 120
110
70 100
90
60 80
50 70
60
40 50 5
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 40
30
30
20 20
0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

Legend Legend

1. 30RBS 039 1. 30RBS 090


2. 30RBS 045 2. 30RBS 100
3. 30RBS 050 3. 30RBS 120
4. 30RBS 060 4. 30RBS 140
5. 30RBS 070 5. 30RBS 160
6. 30RBS 080

High-pressure pump

200 230
220
190
210
180 200
Available static pressure, kPa

Available static pressure, kPa

170 190
160 180
150 170
160
140
150
130
140
120 130
110 120
100 110
90 100
90
80
80
70 1 2 3 4 5
5 70
1 2 3 4 6
60 60
50 50
0,0 0,5 1,0 1,5 2,0 2,5 3,0 3,5 4,0 4,5 5,0 5,5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

Legend Legend

1. 30RBS 039 1. 30RBS 090


2. 30RBS 045 2. 30RBS 100
3. 30RBS 050 3. 30RBS 120
4. 30RBS 060 4. 30RBS 140
5. 30RBS 070 5. 30RBS 160
6. 30RBS 080

74 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30RBS 039-160

Dimensions/clearances
30RBS 039-080, units with and without hydronic module

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Legend: Notes:
All dimensions are given in mm
A Non-certified drawings.
Control box Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available on
request, when designing an installation.
Water inlet For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and coordinates of the centre of
gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
Water outlet B In multiple-chiller installations (maximum four units), the side clearance between the
units should be increased from 1000 to 2000 mm.

Air treatment
1 Required clearances for air entry C The height of the solid surface must not exceed 2 m.

2 Recommended space for maintenance

Air outlet, do not obstruct

Power supply inlet


CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 75
Dimensions/clearances
30RBS 090-160, units with and without hydronic module
COOLING

Legend: Notes:
All dimensions are given in mm
A Non-certified drawings.
Control box Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available on
request, when designing an installation.
Water inlet For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and coordinates of the centre of
gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
Water outlet B In multiple-chiller installations (maximum four units), the side clearance between the
units should be increased from 1000 to 2000 mm.
1 Required clearances for air entry C The height of the solid surface must not exceed 2 m.

2 Recommended space for maintenance

Air outlet, do not obstruct

Power supply inlet

76 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30RBS 039-160

Dimensions/clearances
for units with option 49
Position of the desuperheater inlets and outlets

30RBS 039-080

COOLING
30RBS 090-120

30RBS 140-160 HEATING HEATING


Air treatment
CONTROLS

Unit water inlet and outlet

Water inlet and outlet, unit with option 49

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 77
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers

30RBSY
Nominal cooling capacity 40-153 kW
COOLING

The Aquasnap liquid chiller was designed for commercial (air conditioning of offices, hotels
etc.) or industrial (low-temperature process units etc.) applications.

Compact design
It integrates the latest technologi­cal innovations:
-- Non-ozone depleting refrigerant R410A
High static -- All-aluminium microchannel heat exchangers
available pressure -- Scroll compressors
-- Low-noise fans made of a composite material
-- Auto-adaptive microprocessor control
Quiet operation -- Electronic expansion valve
-- Variable-speed pump (option)
Variable speed fans
The Aquasnap can be equipped with a hydronic module integrated into the unit chassis,
limiting the installation to straightforward operations like connection of the power supply and
Variable water flow the chilled water supply and return piping.
(optional)

78 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBSY 039-160

Physical data
30RBSY 039 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 120 140 160

Cooling
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 39.6 44.0 51.2 58.1 66.2 77.7 86.7 97.1 114.4 132.8 153.4
C1 EER kW/kW 2.89 2.78 2.66 2.68 2.66 2.63 2.69 2.70 2.66 2.64 2.58
C1 Eurovent Energy Class A A B A B B A A B B B
C2 Nominal capacity kW 53.0 58.9 68.5 80.8 83.6 97.0 114.4 126.5 150.8 168.9 191.7
C2 EER kW/kW 3.47 3.35 3.11 3.33 2.89 2.97 3.13 3.06 3.09 2.91 2.92

COOLING
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.81 3.95 3.90 3.85 3.65 3.68 3.74 3.80 3.79 3.99 4.16
Sound Power Level Standard Unit (Radiated) dB(A) 84 84 84 84 87 87 87 87 87 90 90
ESP = 80 Pa
Operating weight (with MCHE heat exhangers)†
Standard unit without hydronic module kg 436 444 447 462 459 479 757 767 779 884 908
Standard unit with hydronic module
Single high-pressure pump kg 451 459 462 477 474 494 745 755 772 879 904
Dual high-pressure pump kg 477 485 488 503 500 520 790 800 821 917 941
Compressors Hermetic scroll compressors, 48.3 r/s
Circuits A/B 2/- 2/- 2/- 2/- 2/- 2/- 3/- 3/- 3/- 2/2 2/2
Refrigerant R-410A
Capacity control Pro-Dialog+
Condensers All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE)
Fans Axial Flying Bird IV with rotating shroud

HEATING HEATING
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
Total air flow (at high speed) l/s 3800 3800 3800 3800 4600 4600 7600 7600 7600 9200 9200
Evaporator Direct expansion plate heat exchanger
Hydronic module (option) Single or dual pump, Victaulic screen filter, safety valve, expansion tank, purge valves (water
and air), pressure sensors
Dimensions
Length mm 2100 2100 2100 2150 2100 2150 2275 2275 2275 2275 2275
Depth mm 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 2125 2125 2125 2125 2125
Height mm 1380 1380 1380 1380 1380 1380 1380 1380 1380 1380 1380

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
2

C2 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013

Air treatment
† Weight shown is a guideline only.

Eurovent certified data

Electrical data
30RBSY without hydronic module 039 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 120 140 160
Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Maximum start-up current (Un)*
Standard unit A 116.4 137.4 145.4 148.4 176.4 213.4 178.8 212.8 252.8 243.8 286.8
Unit with electronic starter option A 74.7 86.5 93.8 96.2 114.4 139.8 - - - - -
Maximum operating power input** kW 21.2 24.0 26.2 29.6 31.8 36.4 45.7 49.0 55.9 63.6 72.8
CONTROLS

Nominal unit operating current draw*** A 28.2 31.6 35.6 38.6 42.8 53.2 60.6 66.9 82.5 85.6 106.4

* Maximum instantaneous start-up current at operating limit values (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + fan current + locked rotor current of the largest compressor).
** Power input, compressors and fans, at the unit operating limits (saturated suction temperature 10°C, saturated condensing temperature 65°C) and nominal voltage of 400 V (data given on
the unit nameplate).
*** Standardised Eurovent conditions: evaporator entering/leaving water temperature 12°C/7°C, outside air temperature 35°C.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 79
Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use
30RBSY
Corrosion protection, 2B Factory application of Blygold Polual treatment on Improved corrosion resistance, 30RBSY
traditional coils the copper/aluminium coils recommended for industrial, rural 039-160
and marine environments
Corrosion protection, 3A Fins made of pre-treated aluminium (polyurethane Improved corrosion resistance, 30RBSY
traditional coils and epoxy) recommended for moderate 039-160
marine and urban environments
Medium-temperature 5B Low temperature chilled water production down to Covers specific applications such 30RBSY
brine solution 0°C with ethylene glycol and propylene glycol. as ice storage and industrial 039-160
processes
Low-temperature brine 6B Low temperature chilled water production down to Covers specific applications such 30RBSY
solution -15°C with ethylene glycol and -12°C with propylene as ice storage and industrial 039-160
COOLING

glycol. processes
Very low noise level 15LS Acoustic compressor enclosure and low-speed fans Noise emission reduction at 30RBSY
reduces fan speed 039-160
Protection grilles 23 Metallic protection grilles Coil protection against possible 30RBSY
shocks 039-160
Suction filter 23B Washable G2 efficiency filter in accordance with Prevents pollution of the air-heat 30RBSY
EN 779 exchanger 039-160
Soft Starter 25 Electronic starter on each compressor Reduced start-up current 30RBSY
039-160
Frost protection down 42 Electric heater on the hydronic module Hydronic module frost protection 30RBSY
to -20°C at low outside temperatures 039-160
Partial heat recovery 49 Partial heat recovery by desuperheating of the Free high-temperature hot-water 30RBSY
compressor discharge gas. Note: With option 49 production simultaneously with 039-160
the units are equipped with traditional coils chilled and hot-water production
(Cu/Al).
Master/slave operation 58 Unit equipped with supplementary water outlet Optimised operation of two 30RBSY
temperature sensor kit to be field-installed allowing chillers connected in parallel with 039-160
master/slave operation of two units connected in operating time equalisation
parallel
Main disconnect switch 70 Factory-installed main electric disconnect switch in Ease-of-installation and 30RBSY
without fuse the control box compliance with local electrical 039-160
regulations
HP single-pump 116B Single high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation 30RBSY
hydronic module expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. 039-160
See hydronic module option.
HP dual-pump hydronic 116C Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, 30RBSY
module expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. operating safety 039-160
See hydronic module option.
LP single-pump 116F Single low-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation 30RBSY
hydronic module expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. 039-160
See hydronic module option.
LP dual-pump hydronic 116G Dual low-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, operating 30RBSY
module expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. safety 039-160
See hydronic module option.
HP variable-speed 116J Single high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, reduced 30RBSY
single-pump hydronic expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. power consumption of the water 039-160
module See hydronic module option. circulation pump
HP variable-speed dual- 116K Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation, 30RBSY
pump hydronic module expansion tank, temperature and pressure sensors. operating safety, reduced power 039-160
See hydronic module option. consumption of the water
circulation pump
HP single-pump 116R Single high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation (plug & 30RBSY
hydronic module electronic water flow control, pressure transducers. play) 039-160
See hydronic module option chapter
HP dual-pump hydronic 116S Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation (plug & 30RBSY
module electronic water flow control, pressure transducers. play) 039-160
See hydronic module option chapter
LP single-pump 116T Single low-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation (plug & 30RBSY
hydronic module electronic water flow control, pressure transducers. play) 039-160
See hydronic module option chapter

80 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBSY 039-160

Options No. Description Advantages Use


30RBSY
LP dual-pump hydronic 116U
Dual low-pressure water pump, water filter, Easy and fast installation (plug & 30RBSY
module electronic water flow control, pressure transducers. play) 039-160
See hydronic module option chapter
HP variable-speed 116V Single high-pressure water pump with variable Easy and fast installation (plug & 30RBSY
single-pump hydronic speed drive (VSD), water filter, electronic water flow play), significant pumping energy 039-160
mod. control, pressure transducers. Multiple possibilities cost savings (more than two-
of water flow control. See hydronic module option thirds), tighter water flow control,
chapter improved sytem reliability
HP variable-speed dual- 116W Dual high-pressure water pump with variable speed Easy and fast installation (plug & 30RBSY
pump hydronic mod. drive (VSD), water filter, electronic flow switch, play), significant pumping energy 039-160
pressure transducers. Multiple possibilities of water cost savings (more than two-
flow control. See hydronic module option chapter thirds), tighter water flow control,

COOLING
improved sytem reliability
J-Bus gateway 148B Two-directional communication board complying Connects the unit by 30RBSY
with JBus protocol communication bus to a building 039-160
management system
BacNet gateway 148C Two-directional communication board complying Easy connection by 30RBSY
with BacNet protocol communication bus to a building 039-160
management system
Lon gateway 148D Two-directional communication board complying Connects the unit by 30RBSY
with Lon Talk protocol communication bus to a building 039-160
management system
Enviro-Shield anti- 262 Coating by conversion process which modifies the Improved corrosion resistance, 30RBSY
corrosion protection surface of the aluminum producing a coating that is recommended for use in 039-160
integral to the coil. Complete immersion in a bath tomoderately corrosive environments
ensure 100% coverage. No heat transfer variation,
tested 4000 hours salt spray per ASTM B117
Super Enviro-Shield 263 Extremely durable and flexible epoxy polymer Improved corrosion resistance, 30RBSY

HEATING HEATING
anti-corrosion coating applied on micro channel heat exchangers recommended for use in extremely 039-160
protection by electro coating process, final UV protective corrosive environments
topcoat. Minimal heat transfer variation, tested 6000
hours constant neutral salt spray per ASTM B117,
superior impact resistance per ASTM D2794
Evaporator screw 264 Evaporator inlet/outlet screw connection sleeves Allows unit connection to a screw 30RBSY
connection sleeves connector 039-160
Welded evaporator 266 Victaulic piping connections with welded joints Easy installation 30RBSY
water connection kit 039-160
Remote user interface 275 User interface for remote installation Remote control of the unit and its 30RBSY
operating parameters 039-160
Reinforced ECM 282A Fan variable frequency drive compliance to Allows unit installation in domestic 30RBSY
filtration for fan VFD IEC 61800-3  C1 class residential environment by reducing 039-160
electromagnetic interferences

Air treatment
Reinforced ECM 282B Pump variable frequency drive compliance to Allows unit installation in domestic 30RBSY
filtration for pump VFD IEC 61800-3  C1 class residential environment by reducing 039-160
electromagnetic interferences
Power cable connection 283 Side extension on the power control to allow a Use of thicker power cables 30RBSY
side extension reduced cable bend radius 039-160

Accessoires
Remote interface (accessory)
This interface allows access to the same menus as the
unit interface and can be installed up to 300 m away.
This accessory includes a box that can be mounted inside
the building. The power supply is provided via a 220 V/24 V
transformer supplied.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 81
Partial heat reclaim using desuperheaters
(option 49)
This option permits the production of free hot water using A plate heat exchanger is installed in series with the air
heat reclaim by desuperheating the compressor discharge condenser coils on the compressor discharge line of each
gases. The option is available for the whole 30RBSY range, circuit.
that are equipped with traditional Cu/Al coils.

Hydronic module (option 116)


COOLING

This module is equipped with pressure transducers to Several water pump types are available: Primary single or
optimise unit operation at the hydronic level. dual low-pressure pump or single or dual high-pressure
pump.
The hydronic module option reduces the installation time.
The unit is factory-equipped with the main hydronic com- An automatic pump start-up algorithm protects the heat
ponents required for the system: Screen filter, water pump, exchanger and the hydronic module piping against frost
expansion tank, safety valve and water pressure transducers. down to -10°C(30RBSY) outside temperature, if the
water heat exchanger frost protection option is installed.
If necessary increased frost protection down to -20°C is
The pressure transducers allow the Pro-Dialog+ control to:
possible by adding heaters to the hydronic module piping
-- Display the available pressure at the unit outlet and (see option 42).
the static system pressure
-- Calculate the instantaneous flow rate, using an
algorithm that integrates the unit characteristics The hydronic module option is integrated into the unit without
-- Integrate the system and water pump protection devices increasing its dimensions and saves the space normally used
(lack of water, water pressure, water flow rate etc.) for the water pump.

Typical hydronic circuit diagram

(option)

Legend

Components of the unit and hydronic module Installation components


1 Victaulic screen filter 14 Temperature probe well
2 Expansion tank (option) 15 Air vent
3 Safety valve 16 Flexible connection
4 Available pressure pump 17 Shut-off valve
Note: x 1 for a single pump, x 2 for a dual pump 18 Screen filter (obligatory for a unit without hydronic module)
5 Air purge 19 Pressure gauge
6 Water drain valve 20 Water flow control valve
Note: A second valve is located on the heat exchanger leaving piping Note: Not necessary for a hydronic module with a variable-speed pump
7 Pressure sensor 21 Charge valve
Note: Gives pump suction pressure information (see installation manual) 22 Frost protection bypass valve (when shut-off valves [17] are closed during winter)
8 Temperature sensor
Note: Gives heat exchanger leaving temperature information (see installation manual) Notes:
9 Temperature sensor - Units without hydronic module are equipped with a flow switch and two temperature
Note: Gives heat exchanger entering temperature information (see installation manual) sensors (8 and 9).
10 Pressure sensor - The pressure sensors are installed on connections without Schrader valve.
Note: Gives unit leaving pressure information (see installation manual) - Depressurise and empty the system before any intervention.
11 Check valve
Note: x 2 for a dual pump, not provided for a single pump
12 Plate heat exchanger
13 Water heat exchanger frost protection heater

Electrical data, units with hydronic modules


The pumps that are factory-installed in these units have This regulation concerns the application of directive 2005/32/
motors with efficiency class IE2. The additional electrical data EC on the eco-design requirements for electric motors.
required by regulation 640/2009 is given in the installation,
operation and maintenance manual.
82 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBSY 039-160

Variable water flow system (VWF)


Variable water flow is a hydronic control function package 1 – Constant unit outlet pressure control
that permits control of the water flow rate. The control continuously acts on the pump speed to ensure a
constant outlet pressure.
The VWF not only ensures control at full load, a specific
Carrier algorithm linked to an electronic frequency converter This solution is suitable for installations with two-way valves.
also continuously modulates the flow rate to minimise pump When these close, the water speed will accelerate in the
consumption at full load as well as part load. system branches that are still open. For a fixed-speed pump
this results in an unnecessary increase of the pressure at the
The hydronic module includes pressure transducers that pump outlet.
permit intelligent measurement of the water flow rate and

COOLING
real-time display on the Pro-Dialog+ interface. All adjustments The outlet pressure control mode ensures that each circuit
can be made directly on the interface, speeding up start-up branch always has a uniform supply, without unnecessary
and maintenance. energy waste.

As VWF acts directly on the pump, the system no longer In industrial processes such as plastic injection moulding,
requires the control valve at the unit outlet. However, for this solution ensures that each terminal unit has the correct
applications with two-way valves a bypass system must be pressure supply.
kept to guarantee the minimum flow rate.

2 – Constant delta T control


Operating logic
The VWF algorithm maintains a constant delta T no matter
■■ Full-load set point
what the unit load, reducing the flow rate to the minimum.
The flow rate control at full load uses the Pro-Dialog+
interface, reducing the pump speed. This first control
saves energy that would normally be dissipated in the This solution can be used for systems with two-way or three-
control valve. For example, if the pressure supplied by way valves and achieves higher energy savings than the

HEATING HEATING
the pump is reduced by 20% the power consumption of “Constant unit outlet pressure control” mode. It is suitable for
the pump is reduced by the same ratio, compared to a the majority of comfort applications.
traditional installation.
■■ Operating mode at part load
Pro-Dialog+ includes two part-load operating modes:
-- Constant outlet pressure control
-- Constant delta T control.

Features and advantages


Quiet operation Easy and fast installation

Air treatment
■■ Compressors ■■ Physical features
-- Low-noise scroll compressors with low vibration level -- Flying Bird IV fans controlled by a variable-frequency
-- The compressor assembly is installed on an controller to provide up to 240 Pa available pressure
independent chassis and supported by anti-vibration (depending on the size) at nominal flow rate
mountings -- Flow control in accordance with the ducting for
-- Dynamic suction and discharge piping support, optimised efficiency with the possibility to program a
minimising vibration transmission (Carrier patent) maximum supply air flow.
■■ Condenser (30RBSY) section -- Supply air duct connection frame.
-- Vertical condenser coils -- Suction air connection frame standard for sizes
-- Protection grilles on anti-vibration mountings to 30RBSY 039-080
protect the heat exchanger against possible shocks -- Suction air filters optional (30RBSY 039-080)
(30RBSY 090-160 (optional)). -- Small unit footprint with a low height (1371 mm) for
-- Low-noise latest-generation Flying Bird IV fans, made easy installation in most buildings
of a composite material (Carrier patent) are now even -- The unit is enclosed by easily removable panels,
quieter and do not generate intrusive low-frequency covering all components (except air heat exchanger
noise and fans).
-- Fan motor controlled by a variable-frequency ■■ Integrated hydronic module (option)
CONTROLS

controller, to allow adjustment of the fan speed in -- Centrifugal low or high-pressure water pump (as
accordance with the ducting for optimised efficiency. required), based on the pressure loss of the hydronic
-- Rigid fan installation for reduced start-up noise installation.
(Carrier patent)

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 83
Hydronic module -- The electronic expansion device (EXV) allows operation
at a lower condensing pressure (EER, COP and
ESEER optimisation).
-- Dynamic superheat management for better utilisation
of the water heat exchanger surface.
-- Defrost cycle optimisation (30RQSY)
■■ Reduced maintenance costs
-- Maintenance-free scroll compressors
-- Fast diagnosis of possible incidents and their history
via the Pro-Dialog+ control
-- R410A refrigerant is easier to use than other
refrigerant blends

Environmentally balanced
COOLING

■■ Non-ozone depleting R410A refrigerant


-- Chlorine-free refrigerant of the HFC group with zero
ozone depletion potential
-- Very efficient - gives an increased energy efficiency
ratio (EER, COP and ESEER)
-- 50% reduction in the refrigerant charge through the
-- Single or dual water pump (as required) with operating use of micro-channel heat exchangers for the cooling
time balancing and automatic changeover to the back- only units (30RBSY)
up pump if a fault develops ■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit
-- Water filter protects the water pump against
circulating debris -- Brazed refrigerant connections for increased leak-
-- Pressure measurement, using two pressure tightness
transducers and allowing indication of water flow rate, -- Reduction of leaks due to reduced vibration levels and
water pressure and lack of water. elimination of capillary tubes (TXVs)
-- High-capacity membrane expansion tank ensures -- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature
pressurisation of the water circuit sensors without transferring refrigerant charge
-- Overpressure valve, set to 4 bar
-- Speed variator on the pumps (option) to ensure the Supply air connection frame
correct flow rate, based on the system requirements
-- Thermal insulation and frost protection down to -20°C,
using an electric resistance heater (see table of
options)
■■ Simplified electrical connections
-- A single power supply point without neutral
-- Main disconnect switch (option 70) with high trip
capacity
-- Transformer for safe 24 V control circuit supply included
■■ Fast commissioning
-- Systematic factory operation test before shipment
-- Quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the
instruments, electrical components and motors

Economical operation
■■ Variable-speed pump (option) Superior reliability
-- The control algorithm adjusts the water flow rate in ■■ State-of-the-art concept
accordance with the actual system requirements.
This saves energy and makes the flow control valve -- Cooperation with specialist laboratories and use of
unnecessary. limit simulation tools (finite element calculations) for
■■ Variable-speed fan the design of the critical components, e.g. motor
supports, suction/discharge piping etc.
-- Variable-speed ventilation permits adjustment to -- All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE)
any duct type and variation of the air flow rate for on cooling only units (30RBSY), offers increased
maximised unit EERs and COPs under any operating corrosion resistance compared to traditional coils.
conditions. The all-aluminium design eliminates the formation of
■■ Increased energy efficiency at part load galvanic currents between aluminium and copper that
-- Eurovent energy efficiency class A and B in cooling cause coil corrosion.
mode and A in heating mode (in accordance with ■■ Auto-adaptive control
EN14511-3:2013) -- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor
-- The refrigerant circuit includes several compressors cycling and permits reduction of the water quantity in
connected in parallel. At part load, around 99% of the hydronic circuit (Carrier patent)
the operating time, only the compressors that are -- Hydronic module with integrated pressure transducers
absolutely necessary operate. At these conditions the allowing measurement of the water pressure at two
compressors operating are more energy efficient, as points, as well as measurement of the water flow
they use the total condenser and evaporator capacity. rate and detection of lack of water and pressure.
84 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBSY 039-160

This considerably reduces the risk of problems such Already utilised in the automobile and aeronautical industries
as frost accumulation on the water heat exchanger. for many years, the MCHE micro-channel heat exchanger
-- Automatic compressor unloading in case of is entirely made of aluminium. This one-piece concept
abnormally high condensing pressure. If an anomaly significantly increases its corrosion resistance by eliminating
occurs (e.g. fouled air heat exchanger coil, fan failure) the galvanic currents that are created when two different
Aquasnap continues to operate, but at reduced metals (copper and aluminium) come into contact in traditional
capacity. heat exchangers.
■■ Exceptional endurance tests
-- Corrosion resistance tests in salt mist in the laboratory As an option, the Enviro-Shield and Super Enviro-Shield
-- Accelerated ageing test on components that are anti-corrosion protections have been developed to increase
submitted to continuous operation: compressor the application range of the MCHE coil from medium to very
piping, fan supports corrosive environments. With Enviro-Shield protection,
-- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a vibrating corrosion resistance of the MCHE coil is doubled without any
table. impact on heat exchange.

COOLING
All-aluminium micro-channel heat
With Super Enviro-Shield protection corrosion resistance of
exchanger (MCHE) the MCHE coil is multiplied by four, and allows use in very
corrosive industrial or marine environments

The MCHE heat exchanger allows a reduction in chiller


refrigerant charge by up to 50%.

The low thickness of the MCHE reduces air pressure losses


by 50% and makes it less susceptible to fouling (e.g. by
sand) than a traditional coil. Cleaning of the MCHE heat
exchanger is very fast using a dry air jet or a high-pressure
washer, while observing the usage precautions.

HEATING HEATING
Controls
Pro-Dialog+ control -- Master/slave control of two units operating in parallel
with operating time equalisation and automatic
Pro-Dialog+ combines intelligence with operating simplicity. change-over in case of a unit fault (accessory).
The control constantly monitors all machine parameters and -- Change-over based on the outside air temperature

Air treatment
precisely manages the operation of compressors, expansion ■■ Integrated features
devices, fans and of the water heat exchanger water pump
for optimum energy efficiency. -- Night mode: Capacity and fan speed limitation for
reduced noise level
-- With hydronic module: Water pressure display and
Pro-Dialog+ interface water flow rate calculation
■■ Ease-of-use
-- The new backlighted LCD interface includes a manual
control potentiometer to ensure legibility under any
lighting conditions.
-- The information is displayed clearly in English, French,
\\MAINMENU\STATUS
CAPB_T 0 %

German, Italian and Spanish (for other languages


DEM_LIM 100 %
SP 4.2 °C
CTRL_PNT -28.9 °C
EMSTOP dsable
Circuit B Total Capacity
please consult Carrier)
-- The Pro-Dialog+ navigation uses intuitive tree-
START/STOP ENTER
structure menus, similar to the Internet navigators.
PRO-DIALOG+ They are user-friendly and permit quick access
to the principal operat-ing parameters: number
of compressors operating, suction/discharge
CONTROLS

pressure, compressor operating hours, set point, air


■■ Energy management temperature, entering/leaving water temperature.
-- Seven-day internal time schedule clock: Permits unit
on/off control and operation at a second set point
-- Set point reset based on the outside air temperature
or the return water temperature or on the water heat
exchanger delta T

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 85
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) Remote operating mode with
operating mode dry contacts (standard)
A simple two-wire communication bus between the -- Start/stop: Opening of this contact will shut down
RS485 port of the Aquasnap and the Carrier Comfort the unit
Network offers multiple remote control, monitoring and -- Dual set point: Closing of this contact activates a
diagnostic possibilities. Carrier offers a vast choice of second set point (example: unoccupied mode)
control products, specially designed to control, manage -- Water pump 1 and 2 control (contacts supplied
and supervise the operation of an air conditioning system. with the hydronic module option)*: These outputs
Please consult your Carrier representative for more control the contactors of one or two water heat
information on these products. exchanger water pumps
-- Alarm indication: this volt-free contact indicates
the presence of a major fault that has led to the
shut-down of one or two refrigerant circuits
COOLING

-- Demand limit 1 and 2: Losing of these contacts


limits the maximum unit capacity to three
predefined values
-- User safety: This contact can be used for any
customer safety loop, closing of the contact
generates a specific alarm

Operating limits
Evaporator water flow rate Operating range
Flow rate, l/s
30RBSY Minimum Maximum
Minimum Maximum* Maximum dual pump**
30RBSY
Evaporator
Low High
pressure*** pressure*** Entering water temperature at start-up °C 7.5* 30
039 0.9 3.0 2.9 3.4 Leaving water temperature during operation °C 5** 20
045 0.9 3.4 3.2 3.8 Entering/leaving water temperature difference K 3 10
050 0.9 3.7 3.3 4.0 Condenser
060 0.9 4.2 3.7 4.4 Entering air temperature, full load*** °C -20 46
070 1.0 5.0 4.1 5.0 Entering air temperature, part load*** °C -20 48
080 1.2 5.5 4.4 5.2 Hydronic module****
090 1.3 6.8 5.1 6.2 Entering air temperature
100 1.5 7.7 6.3 6.5 Kit without pump °C -20 -
120 1.7 8.5 6.5 8.0 Kit with pump (option 116x) °C -10 -
140 2.0 10.6 7.9 8.7 Kit with pump (option 116x) and frost °C -20 -
160 2.3 11.2 8.2 8.9 protection option to -20°C (option 42)

* Maximum flow rate at a pressure drop of 100 kPa in the plate heat exchanger Note: Do not exceed the maximum operating temperature.
(unit without hydronic module).
** Maximum flow rate at an available pressure of 20 kPa (unit with low-pressure hydronic * For entering water temperatures below 7.5°C at start-up, contact Carrier.
module) or 50 kPa (high-pressure module). ** For low-temperature applications, where the leaving water temperature is below
*** Maximum flow rate with single pump is 2 to 4% higher, depending on the size. 5°C, a frost protection solution must be used.
*** For transport and storage of the 30RBSY units the minimum and maximum
allowable temperatures are -20°C and +48°C. It is recommended that these
temperatures are used for transport by container.
**** Defines the frost-free temperature of the hydronic components for use without
55 glycol.

45

35
Outside air temperature, °C

25

15

-5

-15
30RBSY
-25
0 5 10 15 20 25
Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C

Full load Minimum load

Note: This operating range applies up top 130 Pa static pressure without suction air
duct for sizes 070-080 and 140-160, and up to 240 Pa for all other sizes.

86 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBSY 039-160

Available external static pressure


Data applicable for:
-- Fresh water 20 °C
-- In case of use of the glycol, the maximum water flow is reduced.

Low-pressure pump
Available static pressure, kPa

Available static pressure, kPa

COOLING
Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

Legend Legend

1. 30RBSY 039 1. 30RBSY 090


2. 30RBSY 045 2. 30RBSY 100
3. 30RBSY 050 3. 30RBSY 120
4. 30RBSY 060 4. 30RBSY 140

HEATING HEATING
5. 30RBSY 070 5. 30RBSY 160
6. 30RBSY 080

High-pressure pump
Available static pressure, kPa

Available static pressure, kPa

Air treatment

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

Legend Legend

1. 30RBSY 039 1. 30RBSY 090


2. 30RBSY 045 2. 30RBSY 100
3. 30RBSY 050 3. 30RBSY 120
4. 30RBSY 060 4. 30RBSY 140
5. 30RBSY 070 5. 30RBSY 160
6. 30RBSY 080
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 87
Air pressure drop
Selection of a ductable unit Selection based on the
The 30RBSY ranges are designed for indoor installation in ­pressure drop
a plant room. For this type of installation the cold or hot air
The cooling and heating capacities are given for an available
leaving the air-cooled air heat exchangers is discharged by
pressure of 160 Pa and for a unit without filter.
the fans to the outside of the building, using a duct system.

To calculate the performances at other pressure drops please


The units are equipped with fans with available pressure,
use the correction factors below.
designed to operate with air discharge ducts with maximum
pressure drops of 180 Pa or 240 Pa on certain sizes.
Cooling mode
COOLING

To compensate for these pressure drops this range of


30RBSY 039-060/30RBSY 090-120
ductable units equipped with variable-speed fans with a
maximum speed of 19 r/s. Duct pressure Fan speed, r/s Power input Cooling ­capacity
drop coefficient coefficient
0 12.00 0.943 1.019
In the cooling mode, the full-load or part-load speed 50 13.33 0.962 1.012
is controlled by a patented algorithm that permanently 100 14.66 0.980 1.006
optimises the condensing temperature to ensure the best unit 130 15.46 0.990 1.003
energy efficiency (EER) whatever the operating conditions 160 16.26 1.000 1.000
and pressure drops of the system ductwork. 200 17.31 1.012 0.998
240 18.36 1.023 0.996

30RBSY 070-080/30RBSY 140-160


In the heating mode, the full-load or part-load speed of
Duct pressure Fan speed, r/s Power input Cooling ­capacity
each circuit is fixed and at the configured maximum (range drop coefficient coefficient
configurable from 12 r/s to 19 r/s) based on the constraints
and characteristics of the installation site. The maximum 0 15.83 0.929 1.018
configured speed applies to both the heating and cooling 50 16.81 0.944 1.016
100 17.78 0.964 1.014
mode.
130 18.36 0.978 1.011
160 18.36 1.000 1.000
Each refrigerant circuit (A and B) must have a separate 180 18.36 1.019 0.991
ducting system to prevent any air recycling between the air
heat exchangers of the different refrigerant circuits.

88 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBSY 039-160

Dimensions/clearances
30RBSY 039-050 and 070, units with and without hydronic module, without filter frame

* *

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Legend:
All dimensions are given in mm
*

Control box
Water inlet
Water outlet
1 Required clearances for air entry
2 Recommended space for maintenance
Air outlet, do not obstruct

Air treatment
Power supply inlet

* Overall dimensions
CONTROLS

Notes:
A Non-certified drawings.
Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available on request, when designing an installation. For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and
coordinates of the centre of gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
B Provide a gutter around the unit to collect the condensate water or install the accessory condensate collection pan.
C The unit must be installed level (less than 2 mm per metre deviation in both axes).
D Units are equipped with a sleeve on the air heat exchanger side to allow connection of a suction air frame.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 89
30RBSY 039-050 and 070, option 23B, units with and without hydronic module, with filter frame

* *
COOLING

Legend:
All dimensions are given in mm

Control box
Water inlet
Water outlet
1 Required clearances for air entry
2 Recommended space for maintenance
Air outlet, do not obstruct

Power supply inlet


* Overall dimensions

Notes:
A Non-certified drawings.
Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available on request, when designing an installation. For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and
coordinates of the centre of gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
B Provide a gutter around the unit to collect the condensate water or install the accessory condensate collection pan.
C The unit must be installed level (less than 2 mm per metre deviation in both axes).
D Units are equipped with a sleeve on the air heat exchanger side to allow connection of a suction air frame.

90 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBSY 039-160

30RBSY 060 and 080, units with and without hydronic module, without filter frame
* *

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
*

Legend:
All dimensions are given in mm

Control box
Water inlet
Water outlet
1 Required clearances for air entry
2 Recommended space for maintenance
Air outlet, do not obstruct

Power supply inlet


* Overall dimensions

Air treatment

Notes:
CONTROLS

A Non-certified drawings.
Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available on request, when designing an installation. For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and
coordinates of the centre of gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
B Provide a gutter around the unit to collect the condensate water or install the accessory condensate collection pan.
C The unit must be installed level (less than 2 mm per metre deviation in both axes).
D Units are equipped with a sleeve on the air heat exchanger side to allow connection of a suction air frame.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 91
30RBSY 060 and 080, option 23B, units with and without hydronic module, with filter frame
* *
COOLING

Legend:
All dimensions are given in mm

Control box
Water inlet
Water outlet
1 Required clearances for air entry
2 Recommended space for maintenance
Air outlet, do not obstruct

Power supply inlet


* Overall dimensions

Notes:
A Non-certified drawings.
Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available on request, when designing an installation. For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and
coordinates of the centre of gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
B Provide a gutter around the unit to collect the condensate water or install the accessory condensate collection pan.
C The unit must be installed level (less than 2 mm per metre deviation in both axes).
D Units are equipped with a sleeve on the air heat exchanger side to allow connection of a suction air frame.

92 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBSY 039-160

30RBSY 090-120 units with and without hydronic module


*

1321

817
419

COOLING
222

2050
900

2273 *

HEATING HEATING
Legend:
All dimensions are given in mm

Control box
Water inlet
119 Water outlet
2258 1 Required clearances for air entry
2 Recommended space for maintenance
Air outlet, do not obstruct

Power supply inlet


575 900
1000

* Overall dimensions

Air treatment
1 2

1000
860

2
2
1250
860
148

1 2
CONTROLS

Notes:
A Non-certified drawings.
Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available on request, when designing an installation. For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and
coordinates of the centre of gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
B Provide a gutter around the unit to collect the condensate water or install the accessory condensate collection pan.
C The unit must be installed level (less than 2 mm per metre deviation in both axes).
D Units are equipped with a sleeve on the air heat exchanger side to allow connection of a suction air frame.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 93
30RBSY 140-160 units with and without hydronic module
2122 *

1321
817
419
COOLING

2050

222
900

2273 *

Legend:
All dimensions are given in mm

119 Control box


Water inlet
2258
Water outlet
1 Required clearances for air entry
2 Recommended space for maintenance
Air outlet, do not obstruct
575 900
1000

Power supply inlet


1 2 * Overall dimensions

1000
860

2
1250

2
860
148

1 2

Notes:
A Non-certified drawings.
Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available on request, when designing an installation. For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and
coordinates of the centre of gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
B Provide a gutter around the unit to collect the condensate water or install the accessory condensate collection pan.
C The unit must be installed level (less than 2 mm per metre deviation in both axes).
D Units are equipped with a sleeve on the air heat exchanger side to allow connection of a suction air frame.

94 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Ductable Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30RBSY 039-160

Position of the desuperheater inlets and outlets

30RBSY 039-080

COOLING
30RBSY 090-120

HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
30RBSY 140-160
CONTROLS

Unit water inlet and outlet

Water inlet and outlet, unit with option 49

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 95
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE

30RB
Nominal cooling capacity 162-774 kW
COOLING

The Aquasnap liquid chiller range features the latest technological innovations:
-- Non-ozone depleting refrigerant R-410A
-- Scroll compressors
Compact design -- Low-noise fans made of a composite material
-- Auto-adaptive microprocessor control
Alluminium -- Aluminium micro-channel heat exchangers (MCHE)

micro-channel heat
The Aquasnap can be equipped with an integrated hydronic module, limiting the installation to
exchanger straight-forward operations like connection of the power supply and the chilled water supply
technology and return piping.

Fully equipped
hydronic module

Partial heat reclaim

Total heat reclaim

Direct expansion
free-cooling

96 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RB 162-802

Physical data
30RB 162-262 “B” and
162 182 202 232 262 302 342 372 402 432 462 522 602 672 732 802
30RB 302-802 units
Cooling
Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 170.3 184 208.4 222.5 264.8 296.7 330.8 365.7 395.1 422.1 451.7 503.0 606.9 657.3 711.8 774.4
performances* C1 EER kW/kW 2.95 2.96 2.86 3.00 2.67 2.77 2.69 2.80 2.60 2.71 2.59 2.58 2.72 2.68 2.59 2.58
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B B C B D C D C D C D D C D D D
Seasonal ESEER kW/kW 3.71 3.53 3.82 3.87 3.69 3.80 3.81 3.95 3.72 3.71 3.65 3.56 3.97 3.88 3.75 3.71
Efficiency*

COOLING
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 91 91 91 91 91 92 92 93 93 94 94 94 95 95 96 96
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Option 15 dB(A) 89 89 89 89 89 90 90 91 91 92 92 92 93 93 94 94

Unit with Option 15LS


Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 163.4 175.6 192.7 209.4 230.9 277.5 309.3 345.7 369.9 396.6 425.6 482.8 561.2 631.3 670.2 721.4
performances* C1 EER kW/kW 2.79 2.79 2.57 2.69 2.27 2.56 2.49 2.64 2.38 2.54 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.45 2.44 2.42
C1 Eurovent Energy Class C C D D F D E D E D E E E E E E
Seasonal ESEER kW/kW 3.96 3.67 3.88 3.98 3.72 4.06 4.04 4.23 3.9 3.97 3.96 3.84 4.06 4.06 4.08 4.00
Efficiency*
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Options 15LS dB(A) 85 85 85 86 86 86 86 87 87 87 87 88 89 89 89 90

Operating weight - standard unit† kg 1645 1755 1842 1839 2013 2489 2680 2779 2879 3224 3431 3600 4627 4873 5362 5609
Compressors Hermetic scroll, 48.3 r/s
Refrigerant R-410A

HEATING HEATING
Capacity control Pro-Dialog Plus
Condensers All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE)
Fans Axial Flying Bird 4 with rotating shroud
Quantity 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 9 10 11 12
Total air flow (high speed) l/s 13542 18056 18056 18056 18056 22569 22569 27083 27083 31597 31597 36111 40623 45139 49653 54167
Evaporator Twin-circuit plate heat exchanger Direct expansion, shell-and-tube
Dimensions
Length mm 2457 3604 4798 5992 7186
Depth mm 2253 3353 2253 2253 2253

Height mm 2297 2297 2297 2297 2297

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
2

* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013

Air treatment
† Weight shown is a guideline only.
Eurovent certified data

Option 15 = compressor enclosure


Option 15LS = low sound option

For 30RB 162-262 units with option 280 (shell-and-tube heat exchanger) please refer to the specific product literature

Electrical data
30RB (without hydronic 162 182 202 232 262 302 342 372 402 432 462 522 602 672 732 802
module)
Power circuit

Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%

Control circuit supply 24 V, via internal transformer

Max. power input* - circuits A + B/C kW 76/- 85/- 98/- 102/- 127/- 140/- 159/- 172/- 191/- 204/- 223/- 255/- 191/96 191/127 255/96 255/127
CONTROLS

Nom. current draw** - circuits A + B/C A 101/- 113/- 129/- 135/- 167/- 185/- 209/- 227/- 251/- 269/- 293/- 334/- 251/125 251/167 334/125 334/167

Max. start-up current*** - circuits A + B/C A 304/- 353/- 375/- 348/- 426/- 448/- 481/- 502/- 535/- 557/- 590/- 645/- 535/371 535/426 645/371 645/426

* Power input, compressors and fans, at the unit operating limits (saturated suction temperature 10°C, saturated condensing temperature 65°C) and nominal voltage of 400 V (data given on the
unit nameplate).
** Nom. unit current draw at standardised Eurovent conditions: evaporator entering/leaving water temperature 12°C/7°C, outside air temperature 35°C.
*** Maximum instantaneous start-up current at operating limit values (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + fan current + locked rotor current of the largest compressor).

Note: Units 30RB 602-802 have two electrical connection points.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 97
Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use
30RB
Unit for low leaving water All low-temperature applications: ice storage,
6B Leaving water temperature of +3°C to -10°C. 162-402
temperature cold stores, process cooling etc.
Ducted condenser air discharge, optimised
Unit for indoor installation with
12 Fans with available pressure condensing temperature control, based on the 162-802
discharge ducts
operating conditions and system characteristics
Low noise level 15 Sound absorbing compressor enclosure Noise emission reduction 162-802
Sound absorbing compressor enclosure and low-speed
Very low noise level 15LS Noise emission reduction 162-802
fans
Metallic grilles on all four unit faces (this option
Grilles 23 Improved aesthetics 162-802
includes the supply of enclosure panels)
Enclosure panels 23A Side panels on each end of the coils Improved aesthetics 162-802
Electronic starter 25 Electronic starter on each compressor Reduced start-up current 162-522
Stable unit operation when the air temperature is
Winter operation down to -20°C 28 Fan speed control via frequency converter 162-802
between 0°C and -20°C
Stable unit operation when the air temperature is
COOLING

Winter operation down to -10°C 28B Twin-speed lead fan for each circuit 162-802
between 0°C and -10°C
Winter operation down to -10°C and Noise emission reduction and stable unit
Sound absorbing compressor enclosure and low-
very low noise level (options 28B + 28C operation when the air temperature is between 162-802
speed fans + twin-speed lead fan for each circuit
15LS) 0°C and -10°C
Evaporator and water piping frost Electric heater on the evaporator and the water inlet/ Evaporator frost protection for air temperatures
41 162-802
protection outlet piping between 0°C and -20°C
Evaporator, water piping and Electric heaters on the evaporator, the water Evaporator and hydronic module frost protection
42A 162-522
hydronic module frost protection inlet/outlet piping and hydronic module for air temperatures between 0°C and -20°C
Partial heat reclaim by desuperheating of the Free high-temperature hot-water production
Partial heat reclaim 49 162-802
compressor discharge gas simultaneously with chilled water production
Free hot water production simultaneously with
Total heat reclaim 50 See heat reclaim option. 262-522
chilled water production
Unit equipped with an additional field-installed leaving
Optimised operation of two chillers connected in
Master/slave operation 58 water temperature sensor, allowing master/slave 162-802
parallel with operating time equalisation
operation of two chillers connected in parallel
Main disconnect switch without fuse Factory-installed main electric disconnect switch in Ease-of-installation and compliance with local
70 302-802
(standard for sizes 162-262) the control box electrical regulations
Factory-installed main electric disconnect switch with Same advantage as main disconnect switch and
Main disconnect switch with fuse 70D 302-802
fuse in the control box reinforced anti-short circuit protection
Evaporator thermal insulation protection by aluminium
Evaporator with aluminium jacket 88 Improved resistance to climatic aggression 162-802
sheets
Evaporator and hydronic module Evaporator and water piping thermal insulation
88A Improved resistance to climatic aggression 302-522
with aluminium jacket protection by aluminium sheets
Shut-off valve on the compressor suction piping
Suction valve 92 Simplified maintenance 302-802
(discharge valve as standard)
Compressor suction and discharge Shut-off valves on the common compressor suction
92A Simplified maintenance 162-262
valves and discharge piping
Single high-pressure water pump, water filter, expansion
High-pressure single-pump hydronic
116B tank, pressure gauge, water flow control valve. See Easy and fast installation 162-522
module
hydronic module option.
Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter, expansion
High-pressure dual-pump hydronic
116C tank, pressure gauge, water flow control valve. See Easy and fast installation, operating safety 162-522
module
hydronic module option.
Single low-pressure water pump, water filter, expansion
Low-pressure single-pump hydronic
116F tank, pressure gauge, water flow control valve. See Easy and fast installation 162-522
module
hydronic module option.
Dual low-pressure water pump, water filter, expansion
Low-pressure dual-pump hydronic
116G tank, pressure gauge, water flow control valve. See Easy and fast installation, operating safety 162-522
module
hydronic module option.
High-pressure single-pump hydronic Single high-pressure water pump, water filter, expansion
116M Easy and fast installation 162-522
module tank, pressure ports. See hydronic module option.
High-pressure dual-pump hydronic Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter, expansion
116N Easy and fast installation, operating safety 162-522
module tank, pressure ports. See hydronic module option.
Low-pressure single-pump hydronic Single low-pressure water pump, water filter, expansion
116P Easy and fast installation 162-522
module tank, pressure ports. See hydronic module option.
Low-pressure dual-pump hydronic Dual low-pressure water pump, water filter, expansion
116Q Easy and fast installation, operating safety 162-522
module tank, pressure ports. See hydronic module option.
Direct-expansion free-cooling Economic chilled-water production at low outside
118A See free-cooling option. 232-522
system temperature
Two-directional communications board, complies with Easy connection by communication bus to a
JBus gateway 148B 162-802
JBus protocol building management system
Two-directional communications board, complies with Easy connection by communication bus to a
Bacnet gateway 148C 162-802
Bacnet protocol building management system
Two-directional communications board, complies with Easy connection by communication bus to a
LonTalk gateway 148D 162-802
LonTalk protocol building management system
Easy wired connection to a building management
Energy Management Module EMM 156 See controls manual 162-802
system
Safety valve inspection and replacement
Safety valve with three-way valve Three-way valve upstream of the safety valves (not
194 facilitated 162-802
fitted compatible with BPHE version)
without refrigerant loss
Conformance with Australian
200 Heat exchanger approved to Australian code - 162-802
regulations

98 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RB 162-802
Options No. Description Advantages Use
30RB
Refrigerant charge stored in the condenser. Option not
Unit transport by container only possible with this
Unit storage above 48°C 241 compatible with MCHE coils; Cu/Al coils are required to 162-802
option
store the charge.
Microchannel MCHE protection by the Carrier factory Better corrosion resistance, recommended for
Anti-corrosion protection Enviro-
262 for applications in standard and moderate corrosive marine 162-802
Shield for microchannel MCHE coils
environments. or moderately corrosive industrial environments
The Super Enviro-Shield option was developed to
Anti-corrosion protection Super Microchannel MCHE protection by the Carrier
increase the microchannel MCHE coil application
Enviro-Shield for microchannel 263 factory for applications in corrosive and aggressive 162-802
range
MCHE coils environments
to extremely corrosive environmental conditions.
Connection sleeve 266 Piping to be welded with Victaulic connection Ease-of-installation 162-802
Ensures compatibility with other options than
Shell-and- tube evaporator 280 Different heat exchanger type those available with the standard unit (see 162-262
Electronic Catalogue)
Power cable connection side Side extension on the power control to allow a reduced

COOLING
283 Use of thicker power cables 302-802
extension cable bend radius
Permit connection of a laptop or an electrical
230 V electrical plug 284 230 V power source with transformer (180 VA, 0.8 Amps) 162-802
device during unit commissioning or servicing

Remote management (EMM option)


-- Room temperature: Permits set point reset based -- Ice storage end: When ice storage has finished,
on the building indoor air temperature (with Carrier this input permits return to the second set point
thermostat) (unoccupied mode)
-- Set point reset: Ensures reset of the cooling set point -- Time schedule override: Closing of this contact
based on a 4-20 mA or 0-5 V signal cancels the time schedule effects
-- Demand limit: Permits limitation of the maximum -- Out of service: This signal indicates that the chiller is
chiller demand based on a 4-20 mA or 0-5 V signal completely out of service
-- Demand limit 1 and 2: Closing of these contacts limits -- Chiller capacity: This analogue output (0-10 V) gives
the maximum chiller capacity to three predefined an immediate indication of the chiller capacity

HEATING HEATING
values -- Compressor operation: This contact signals that one
-- User safety: This contact can be used for any or several compressors are in operation
customer safety loop, closing of the contact
generates a specific alarm

Units with fans with available pressure


for indoor installation (option 12)

Air treatment
This option applies to 30RB units installed inside the building Each refrigerant circuit (A, B and C) must have a separate
in a plant room. For this type of installation the hot air leaving ducting system to prevent any air recycling between the
the air-cooled condensers is discharged by the fans to the condensers of the different refrigerant circuits.
outside of the building, using a duct system.
In 30RB units with option 12 each fan is equipped with a
30RB units equipped with fans with available pressure are factory-installed connection interface, allowing the connec-
designed to operate with air discharge ducts with maximum tion to the ducting system for the specific circuit (A, B and C)
pressure drops of 200 Pa. for each fan. Please refer to the unit dimensional drawings for
the exact dimensions of the connection interface.
To compensate for these pressure drops 30RB units with
option 12 are equipped with variable-speed fans with a The unit cooling capacity and energy efficiency ratio (EER)
maximum speed of 19 r/s, instead of 15.8 r/s and fixed- vary depending on the duct pressure drops:
speed fans as for the standard units. -- Between 0 and 100 Pa the unit cooling capacity is
only slightly affected
All fans in the same refrigerant circuit are controlled by a -- Between 100 and 200 Pa the unit cooling capacity
single-speed variator and therefore all run at the same speed. falls considerably depending on the operating
conditions (outdoor air temperature and water
CONTROLS

conditions).
The full-load or part-load speed is controlled by a patented
algorithm that permanently optimises the condensing
Please refer to the curves below to evaluate the impact of the
temperature to ensure the best unit energy efficiency (EER)
estimated duct system pressure drop for the installation and
whatever the operating conditions and pressure drops of the
the impact of different full load operating conditions on the
system ductwork.
30RB unit cooling capacity and EER.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 99
Cooling capacity variations for operating EER variations for operating conditions
conditions that differ from Eurovent conditions that differ from Eurovent conditions
Cooling capacity variation coefficient

EER variation coefficient


COOLING

Duct pressure drop, Pa Duct pressure drop, Pa

Operating conditions Nominal and maximum air flows per circuit


Curve No. Outside Entering Leaving Load 30RB Nominal/maximum air flow, l/s
tempera- water water % Circuit A Circuit B Circuit C
ture, °C tempera- tempera-
ture, °C ture, °C 162-262 9030/11110 9030/11110 -
1 25 15 10 100 302-342 13540/16670 9030/11110 -
2 25 10 5 100 372-402 13540/16670 13540/16670 -
3 Eurovent 35 12 7 100 432-462 18060/22220 13540/16670 -
4 45 15 10 100 522 18060/22220 18060/22220 -
5 45 10 5 100 602 13540/16670 13540/16670 13540/16670
672 13540/16670 13540/16670 18060/22220
732 18060/22220 18060/22220 13540/16670
802 18060/22220 18060/22220 18060/22220

Sound power level at the discharge duct outlet for all circuits
30RB 162 182 202 232 262 302 342 372 402 432 462 522 602 672 732 802
Sound power level 10-12 W dB(A) 93 93 93 93 93 94 94 95 95 95.5 95.5 96 96.5 97 97.5 98

100 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RB 162-802

Partial heat reclaim using desuperheaters


(option 49)
This option permits the production of free hot water using A plate heat exchanger is installed in series with the air
heat reclaim by desuperheating the compressor discharge condenser coils on the compressor discharge line of each
gases. The option is available for the whole 30RB range. circuit.

Physical data, 30RB units with partial heat reclaim


30RB - partial heat 162 182 202 232 262 302 342 372 402 432 462 522 602 672 732 802
reclaim mode

COOLING
Cooling capacity* kW 163 181 197 227 271 298 332 367 397 424 454 506 609 660 714 778
Heating capacity* kW 42 44 61 57 90 103 110 113 129 126 152 159 197 206 243 241
Unit power input* kW 54 60 71 74 100 106 122 130 150 154 173 192 222 243 272 297
Energy efficiency ratio* kW/ 3.01 3.01 2.77 3.07 2.72 2.81 2.72 2.83 2.64 2.75 2.62 2.63 3 3 3 2.62
kW
Operating weight**
Standard unit*** kg 1882 1974 2074 2092 2260 2853 3049 3092 3218 3755 3895 4063 5285 5484 6145 6315
Unit with options**** kg 2052 2154 2244 2282 2450 3083 3279 3342 3478 4045 4185 4373 5645 5833 6555 6745
Unit with options† kg 2302 2404 2484 2522 2690 3393 3589 3692 3818 4395 4585 4795 - - - -
Desuperheater Plate heat exchanger
in circuits A/B/C
Water volume circuit A l 1.75 1.75 1.75 3.75 3.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5
Water volume circuit B l 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.75 3.75 3.75 3.75 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5
Water volume circuit C l - - - - - - - - - - - - 5.5 5.7 5.5 7.5
Max. water-side kPa 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
operating pressure

HEATING HEATING
Water connections Cylindrical male gas thread
Connection in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Outside diameter mm 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3 60.3

* Nominal conditions: Evaporator entering and leaving water temperature = 12°C/7°C, desuperheater entering and leaving water temperature = 50°C/60°C,
outside air temperature = 35°C.
Gross performances, not in accordance with EN14511-3:2011. These performances do not take into account the correction for the proportional heating capacity and power input
generated by the
water pump to overcome the internal pressure drop in the heat exchanger.
** Weights shown are a guideline only
*** Standard unit (with MCHE coils) and desuperheater option + option 280 (shell-and-tube heat exchanger)
**** Unit with option 15 (desuperheater)
† Unit with option 15 and desuperheater and hydronic module with high-pressure dual pump

Operating limits

Air treatment
Desuperheater Minimum Maximum
Entering water temperature at start-up °C 25* 75
Leaving water temperature during operation °C 30 80
Air condenser Minimum Maximum
Outside operating temperature °C 0** 46
* The entering water temperature at start-up must not be lower than 25°C. For installations with a lower temperature a three-way valve is necessary.
** The minimum outside temperature is 0°C. With the winter operation option it is -20°C.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 101
Total heat reclaim (option 50)
Operating principle
Suitable for heating, domestic hot water preparation, If hot water production is required, the compressor discharge
agriculture and food industry, industrial processes and other gases are directed towards the heat reclaim condenser.
hot-water requirements. The refrigerant releases its heat to the hot water that leaves
With the total heat reclaim option it is possible to reduce the condenser at a temperature of up to 55°C. In this way
the energy consumption bill considerably compared to 100% of the heat rejected by the liquid chiller can be used
conventional heating equipment such as fossil fuel boilers or to produce hot water. When the demand for heat is satisfied,
electric water tanks. the hot gas is again directed towards the air condenser
where the heat is rejected to the outside air by the fans. Hot
water temperature control is ensured by the chiller Pro-Dialog
COOLING

control that independently controls the reclaim operation of


each refrigerant circuit.

Physical data, 30RB units with total heat reclaim


30RB – total heat reclaim mode 262 302 342 372 402 432 462 522
Cooling capacity* kW 232 250 296 323 345 363 398 441
Heating capacity in heat reclaim mode* kW 315 345 407 443 480 498 555 626
Total power input (unit)* kW 87 99 117 125 142 142 164 194
Total energy efficiency ratio (EER/COP)* kW/kW 2.66/3.61 2.52/3.47 2.54/3.49 2.58/3.53 2.43/3.38 2.57/3.52 2.43/3.38 2.27/3.22
Cooling capacity** kW 233 251 297 324 346 364 400 443
Heating capacity in heat reclaim mode** kW 315 345 407 443 480 498 555 626
Total power input (unit)** kW 87 98 116 124 141 140 162 192
Total energy efficiency ratio (EER/COP)** kW/kW 2.69/3.64 2.55/3.50 2.57/3.52 2.61/3.56 2.46/3.41 2.60/3.55 2.46/3.41 2.30/3.25
Operating weight***
Unit with heat reclaim option kg 2317 2772 2980 3080 3180 3651 3858 4027
Unit with option 15 kg 2507 3012 3220 3340 3440 3951 4158 4337
Refrigerant charge
Circuit A kg 14.8 20.4 21.7 21.7 21.2 27 27.2 27.2
Circuit B kg 15.2 15.4 16.4 23.2 23.7 25.5 25.5 30.4
Heat reclaim condenser Twin-circuit shell-and-tube condenser with finned copper tubes
Water volume l 22 22 22 22 22 46 46 46
Maximum water-side operating pressure kPa 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Water connections Victaulic
Diameter in 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4
Outside diameter mm 88.9 88.9 88.9 88.9 88.9 114.3 114.3 114.3

* Nominal conditions: Entering and leaving water temperature: Evaporator 12°C/7°C; heat reclaim condenser: 40°C/45°C.
Performances in accordance with EN14511-3:2011. These performances take into account the correction for the proportional heating capacity and power input generated by the water
pump to overcome the internal pressure drop in the heat exchanger.
Evaporator and heat reclaim condenser fouling factor = 0 m²K/kW.
** Nominal conditions: Entering and leaving water temperature: Evaporator 12°C/7°C; heat reclaim condenser: 40°C/45°C.
Gross performances, not in accordance with EN14511-3:2011. These performances do not take into account the correction for the proportional heating capacity and power input
generated by the water pump to overcome the internal pressure drop in the heat exchanger.
Evaporator and heat reclaim condenser fouling factor = 0 m²K/kW.
*** Weights are for guidance only.

Operating limits
Heat reclaim condenser Minimum Maximum
Entering water temperature at start-up °C 15* 55
Leaving water temperature during operation °C 20 55
Condenser (air) Minimum Maximum
Outdoor ambient operating temperature °C 0 46
Available static pressure Pa 0 0
* The water entering temperature at start-up must not fall below 15°C. For installations with a lower temperature an accessory 3-way valve must be installed.

102 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RB 162-802

DX free-cooling system (option 118A)


The DX free-cooling option permits significant energy savings
for all applications that require cooling in winter. In the free-
Advantages of the DX free-cooling
cooling mode the compressors are stopped and only the system
fan and cooling micro-pump are running. The changeover ■■ Operation without glycol
from compressor cooling mode to free-cooling mode is
-- Unlike traditional hydronic free-cooling systems that
automatically controlled by the Pro-Dialog control, based on
require the use of a glycol solution, the Aquasnap
the chiller heat load and the temperature difference between
DX free-cooling chiller works with pure water. The
chilled water and ambient air.
evaporator is protected against frost down to -20°C
Important: In order to optimise chiller performances, it is by an electric resistance heater (option).
recommended to use the leaving water set point reset ■■ Low water pressure losses
function.

COOLING
-- The Aquasnap DX free-cooling chiller does not include
a three-way valve nor free-cooling coils connected in
Operating principle series with the evaporator. The Aquasnap free-cooling
When the chilled water-air temperature difference exceeds chiller has the same water pressure losses as a
a threshold value, the Pro-Dialog control carries out a standard chiller.
comparison between the instantaneous chiller cooling ■■ Weight and dimensions gain
capacity and the available free-cooling capacity. If the -- The DX free-cooling option has little impact on the
operating conditions allow free-cooling operation, the weight of the liquid chiller.
compressors are stopped, a three-way valve on the suction -- The Aquasnap free-cooling chiller has the same
piping connects the evaporator with the condenser, allowing dimensions as a standard chiller.
the migration of the refrigerant vapours to the condenser. ■■ Increased energy efficiency
The refrigerant condenses in the condenser coils, and the -- In free-cooling mode only the fans and the cooling
cooling micro-pump transports the liquid to the evaporator. micro-pump run. At an air-water temperature
The cooling capacity in free-cooling mode is controlled by the difference of 10 K for example the average chiller
opening of the electronic expansion valve (EXV). energy efficiency (EER) is 15 (kW/kW).
-- In the mechanical cooling mode chiller thermal and

HEATING HEATING
energy performances are not reduced by the use of a
water-glycol solution.
-- As the pressure losses of the water circuit are low, the
water pumps use less energy.
Physical data, 30RB units free-cooling system
30RB (compressor cooling mode) 232 262 302 342 372 402 432 462 522
Nominal cooling capacity* kW 227 271 298 332 367 397 424 454 506
Unit power input* kW 74 100 106 122 130 150 154 173 192
Operating weight**
Unit with option 15 kg 1997 2171 2680 2871 2993 3093 3458 3664 3850
Unit with option 15 + dual pump hydronic kg 2181 2355 2985 3176 3338 3438 3803 4059 4265
module
Standard unit kg 1902 2076 2563 2754 2859 2959 3307 3513 3682

Air treatment
Refrigerant charge R410A
Circuit A kg 16.3 16.3 22.4 23.4 23.4 22.9 29.3 29.5 29.5
Circuit B kg 15 15 15.6 16.6 23.2 23.7 25.2 25.2 30.3
* Nominal conditions: evaporator leaving water temperature 12°C/7°C, outside air temperature 35°C, evaporator fouling factor = 0 m2 K/kW.
Gross performances, not in accordance with EN14511-3:2011. These performances do not take into account the correction for the proportional heating capacity and power input
generated by the water pump to overcome the internal pressure drop in the heat exchanger.
** Weights are for guidance only

Cooling capacities Operating limits


30RB 232-522 (free-cooling mode) 30RB - compressor cooling mode
Condenser entering air temperature, °C Evaporator water temperature °C Minimum Maximum
30RB 0 -5 -10 Entering water at start-up 6.8 40
LWT Qc Unit EER Qc Unit EER Qc Unit EER Entering water during operation 8.5 25
°C kW kW kW/ kW kW kW/ kW kW kW/ Leaving water during operation 5 15
kW kW kW Condenser air temperature °C Minimum Maximum
232 10 118 8 14.7 122 8 15 122 4 29.9 Standard free-cooling unit 0 48
262 120 8 14.8 124 8 15.2 124 4 30.2 With winter operation option (No. 28) -20 48
302 146 10 14.8 164 10 16.4 188 8 23.4
CONTROLS

342 146 10 15 164 10 16.6 188 8 23.7


30RB - free-cooling mode
372 176 12 15.2 207 12 17.7 255 12 21.5
402 174 12 14.9 205 12 17.4 252 12 21.1 Evaporator water temperature °C Minimum Maximum
432 213 14 15.7 248 14 18.1 280 14 20.2 Entering water at start-up 6.8 40
462 213 14 15.7 248 14 18.1 280 14 20.2 Leaving water during operation 5 26
522 246 15 16.4 273 15 18 291 15 19 Condenser air temperature °C Minimum Maximum
-25 20
LWT - Leaving water temperature, °C
Qc - Cooling capacity, kW
Unit kW - Unit power input (compressors, fans, control)
EER - Energy efficiency, kW/kW
C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 103
Features and advantages
Quiet operation -- The electronic expansion device (EXV) allows
operation at a lower condensing pressure (EER
■■ Compressors optimisation).
-- Low-noise scroll compressors with low vibration level -- Dynamic superheat management for better utilisation
-- The compressor assembly is installed on an of the evaporator heat exchange surface
independent chassis and supported by flexible anti- -- All-aluminium micro-channel condenser (MCHE), more
vibration mountings efficient than a copper/aluminium coil
-- Dynamic suction and discharge piping support, ■■ Reduced maintenance costs
minimising vibration transmission (Carrier patent) -- Maintenance-free scroll compressors
-- Acoustic compressor enclosure, reducing radiated -- Fast diagnosis of possible incidents and their history
COOLING

noise emissions (option) via the Pro-Dialog Plus control


■■ Condenser section -- R-410A refrigerant is easier to use than other
-- Condenser coils in V-shape with an open angle, refrigerant blends
allowing quieter air flow across the coil
-- Low-noise 4th generation Flying Bird fans, made of Environmentally balanced
a composite material (Carrier patent) are now even ■■ Non-ozone depleting R-410A refrigerant
quieter and do not generate intrusive low-frequency
noise -- Chlorine-free refrigerant of the HFC group with zero
-- Rigid fan installation for reduced noise (Carrier patent) ozone depletion potential
-- Very efficient - gives an increased energy efficiency
Easy and fast installation ratio (EER)
-- 40% reduction in the refrigerant charge through use of
■■ Integrated hydronic module (option) the micro-channel heat exchangers (MCHE)
-- Centrifugal low or high-pressure water pump (as ■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit
required), based on the pressure loss of the hydronic -- Brazed refrigerant connections for increased leak-
installation tightness
-- Single or dual pump (as required) with operating time -- Reduction of leaks as no capillary tubes and flare
balancing and automatic changeover to the back-up connections are used
pump if a fault develops -- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature
-- Water filter protecting the water pump against sensors without transferring refrigerant charge
circulating debris
-- High-capacity membrane expansion tank ensures
pressurisation of the water circuit
Superior reliability
-- Thermal insulation and frost protection down to -20°C, ■■ State-of-the-art concept
using an electric resistance heater (see table of -- Cooperation with specialist laboratories and use of
options) limit simulation tools (finite element calculations) for
-- Pressure gauge to check filter pollution and measure the design of the critical components, e.g. motor
the system water flow rate (option) supports, suction/discharge piping
-- Water flow control valve (option) -- Compressor control box installed on the cold side of
■■ Simplified electrical connections the compressor (Carrier patent)
-- A single power supply point without neutral -- All-aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE)
(30RB 162-522) offers 3.5 times higher corrosion resistance than a
-- Main disconnect switch with high trip capacity (see conventional coil. The all-aluminium construction
table of options) eliminates the formation of galvanic currents between
-- 24 V control circuit without risk from a transformer aluminium and copper that are responsible for the coil
included corrosion in saline or corrosive atmospheres.
■■ Fast commissioning ■■ Auto-adaptive control
-- Systematic factory operation test before shipment -- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor
-- Quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the cycling and permits reduction of the water quantity in
instruments, electrical components and motors the hydronic circuit (Carrier patent).
-- Automatic compressor unloading in case of
Economical operation abnormally high condensing pressure. If an anomaly
occurs (e.g. fouled condenser coil, fan failure)
■■ Increased energy efficiency at part load Aquasnap continues to operate, but at reduced
-- Eurovent energy efficiency class (in accordance with capacity.
EN14511-3:2011) B to D ■■ Exceptional endurance tests
-- The refrigerant circuit includes several compressors -- Corrosion resistance tests in salt mist in the laboratory
connected in parallel. At part load, around 99% of -- Accelerated ageing test on components that are
the operating time, only the compressors that are submitted to continuous operation: compressor
absolutely necessary operate. At these conditions piping, fan supports
the compressors operating are even more energy -- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a
efficient, as they use the total condenser and vibrating table. The test is based on a military
evaporator capacity. standard and equivalent to 4000 km by truck.

104 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RB 162-802

Remote management (standard) All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger


A simple two-wire communication bus between the RS485
(MCHE)
port of the Aquasnap and the Carrier Comfort Network
offers multiple remote control, monitoring and diagnostic
possibilities. Carrier offers a vast choice of control products,
specially designed to control, manage and supervise the
operation of an air conditioning system. Please consult
your Carrier representative for more information on these
products.
-- Start/stop: Opening of this contact will shut down the
unit
-- Dual set point: Closing of this contact activates a
second set point (example: unoccupied mode)

COOLING
-- Demand limit: Closing of this contact limits the
maximum chiller capacity to a predefined value
-- User safety: This contact is connected in series
with the water flow switch and can be used for any Already utilised in the automobile and aeronautical industries
customer safety loop for many years, the MCHE heat exchanger is entirely made
-- Heat reclaim (option): Closing of this contact allows of aluminium. This one-piece concept significantly increases
heat reclaim mode operation its corrosion resistance by eliminating the galvanic currents
-- Water pump 1 and 2 control*: These outputs control that are created when two different metals (copper and
the contactors of one or two evaporator water pumps aluminium) come into contact in traditional heat exchangers.
-- Water pump on reversal*: These contacts are used to Unlike traditional heat exchangers the MCHE heat exchanger
detect a water pump operation fault and automatically can be used in moderate marine and urban environments.
change over to the other pump
-- Operation indication: This volt-free contact indicates
that the chiller is operating (cooling load) or that it is From an energy efficiency point-of-view the MCHE heat
ready to operate (no cooling load) exchanger is approximately 10% more efficient than a
-- Alert indication: This volt-free contact indicates the traditional coil and allows a 40% reduction in the amount
of refrigerant used in the chiller. The low thickness of the

HEATING HEATING
presence of a minor fault
-- Alarm indication: This volt-free contact indicates the MCHE reduces air pressure losses by 50% and makes it less
presence of a major fault that has led to the shut- susceptible to fouling (e.g. by sand) than a traditional coil.
down of one or two refrigerant circuits Cleaning of the MCHE heat exchanger is very fast using a
high-pressure washer.
*Contacts already supplied with the hydronic module option

Controls
Pro-Dialog Plus control
Pro-Dialog Plus combines intelligence with operating simpli-

Air treatment
city. The control constantly monitors all machine para-meters
and precisely manages the operation of compressors,
expansion devices, fans and of the evaporator water pump
for optimum energy efficiency. Pro-Dialog Plus operator interface
■■ Energy management
-- Internal time schedule clock: permits chiller on/off A B
control and operation at a second set point R

-- Set point reset based on the outside air temperature


or the return water temperature
-- Master/slave control of two chillers operating in A B

parallel with operating time equalisation and automatic


change-over in case of a unit fault.
-- Start/stop control based on the air temperature
■■ Ease-of-use
-- User interface with synoptic diagram for intuitive
display of the principal operating parameters:
number of compressors operating, suction/discharge
CONTROLS

pressure, compressor operating hours, set point, air


temperature, entering/leaving water temperature
-- Ten menus for direct access to all machine
commands, including fault history, allowing fast and
complete chiller diagnostics

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 105
Operating limits
Evaporator water flow rate Operating range - 30RB 162-262 “B” standard
30RB 162-262 “B” standard units units and units with option 280
(with plate heat exchanger)
30RB Minimum flow rate, l/s Maximum flow rate, l/s*
48
162 2.8 13.9

Options 28B, 28C for size 162


182 2.8 13.9
202 2.8 14.3
232 3.0 14.3
262 3.5 14.3

Entering air temperature, °C


30RB 162-262 “B” with option 280 (shell-and-tube heat
exchanger) and 30RB 302-802
COOLING

Options 28B, 28C


30RB Minimum flow rate, l/s Maximum flow rate, l/s*
162 2.8 28.1
182 2.8 28.1
10

Option 28
202 2.8 28.1
232 3.0 26.7
262 3.5 26.7
302 3.9 26.7
342 4.4 29.4
372 4.9 29.4
-10
402 5.2 29.4
432 5.8 31.1
462 6.1 31.1 -20
522 6.9 31.1
602 7.9 50.6
672 8.7 50.6
5 15
732 9.6 50.6
802 10.3 50.6 Leaving evaporator water temperature, °C
* The maximum flow rate corresponds to a pressure loss of 100 kPa (heat exchanger
without hydronic module). Operating range - 30RB 302-802
Unit operating limits
30RB 162-262 “B” standard units and units with 48
option 280
Evaporator Minimum Maximum
Entering water temperature at start-up °C 8* 40
Leaving water temperature during °C 5 15**
operation
Condenser Minimum Maximum
Entering air temperature, °C

Outdoor ambient operating temperature


Standard unit °C 0***/10† 48 Options 28B, 28C
Unit with options 28B, 28C (winter °C -10 48
operation)
Unit with option 28 (winter operation) °C -20 48
Option 28

Available static pressure


Standard unit (outdoor installation) Pa 0 0
Unit with option 12 (indoor installation) Pa 0**** 200

30RB 302-802 units


-10
Evaporator Minimum Maximum
Entering water temperature at start-up °C 6.8* 40
Leaving water temperature during °C 3.3 15** -20
operation
Condenser Minimum Maximum
Outdoor ambient operating temperature
Standard unit °C 0*** 48 3.3 15
Unit with options 28B, 28C (winter °C -10 48
operation) Leaving evaporator water temperature, °C
Unit with option 28 (winter operation) °C -20 48
Available static pressure Notes:
Standard unit (outdoor installation) Pa 0 0 Evaporator ∆T = 5 K
The evaporator is protected against frost down to -20°C.
Unit with option 12 (indoor installation) Pa 0**** 200
* For application requiring operation at less than 8 or 6.8°C respectively, contact Carrier Legend:
for unit selection using the Carrier electronic catalog.
** For an application, requiring operation up to +15°C leaving water temperature, contact Standard unit operating at full load.
Carrier for the selection of the unit. Operating range, units equipped with options 28, 28B, 28C “Winter operation”.
*** For operation from 0°C to -10°C the units must be equipped with options 28B, 28C “Winter Option 28 (with variable-speed lead fan for each circuit) allows operation down to
operation”. For operation from 0°C to -20°C the units must be equipped with option 28 -20°C outside temperature.
“Winter operation”. For both options the unit must either be equipped with the evaporator Options 28B, 28C (with two-speed lead fan for each circuit) allows operation down to
frost protection option (for units without hydronic module option) or the evaporator and -10°C outside temperature. In addition to options 28, 28B, 28C the unit must either be
hydronic module frost protection option (for units with hydronic module option) or the water equipped with the evaporator frost protection option (for units without hydronic module
loop must be protected against frost by the installer, using an anti-freeze solution. option) or the evaporator and hydronic module frost protection option (for units with
Maximum outside temperature: For transport and storage of the 30RB units hydronic module option) or the water loop must be protected by the installer by adding
the minimum and maximum allowable temperatures are -20°C and +48°C. It is a frost protection solution.
recommended that these temperatures are used for transport by container.
**** Unit with fans with available pressure up to 200 Pa.
† 30RB 162 units use options 28B, 28C for outside temperatures below 10°C.

106 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RB 162-802

Hydronic module (option 116)


The hydronic module option saves a lot of installation time. Hydronic module
The chiller is factory-equipped with the main components for
the hydronic system: Screen filter, water pump, expansion
tank, safety valve and water flow control valve (option).

Several water pump types are available to suit any


application: Primary single or dual low-pressure pump or
single or dual high-pressure pump (30RB 162-522).

An automatic pump start-up algorithm protects the heat

COOLING
exchanger and the hydronic module piping against frost
down to -10°C outside temperature, if the evaporator frost
protection option is installed. If necessary increased frost
protection down to -20°C is possible by adding the heater
option to the hydronic module piping (see options 41 and
42A).

The hydronic module option is integrated into the chiller


without increasing its dimensions and saves the space
normally used for the water pump.
Legend

Typical hydronic circuit diagram Components of unit and hydronic module


1 Victaulic screen filter
2 Expansion tank
3 Safety valve
2
4 Available pressure pump
5 Pressure tap valve

HEATING HEATING
6 Pressure gauge to measure the component pressure loss (option)
7 System vent valve, pressure gauge
8 Drain valve
9 Water flow control valve (option)
18
12 12 17 10 Heat exchanger
19 20 1
10
11 Evaporator heater (option)
4
12 Hydronic module heater (option)
13
3 13 Air vent (evaporator)
5 5 8 14 Water purge (evaporator)
5 16 Flow switch
17 Water temperature sensor
11
6
System components
16
18 Air vent
7
5 14 19 Flexible connection
19 20 9
20 Shut-down valves
12 21 Charge valve

21 17 --- Hydronic module (units with hydronic module)

Notes:

Air treatment
With option 42A the unit hydronic module is protected against frost by electric heaters.
The unit evaporator must be protected against frost (anti-freeze solution or optional electric
heater)

Electrical data, units with hydronic modules


The pumps that are factory-installed in these units have This regulation concerns the application of directive 2005/32/
motors with efficiency class IE2. The additional electrical data EC on the eco-design requirements for electric motors.
required by regulation 640/2009 is given in the installation,
operation and maintenance manual.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 107
Available static system pressure
Data applicable for:
-- Fresh water 20°C
-- In case of use of the glycol, the maximum water flow is reduced.

30RB 162-262 “B” standard units (with plate heat exchanger)


Low-pressure pump (hydronic module option) High-pressure pump (hydronic module option)

175 275
COOLING

250
150
Available static pressure, kPa

Available static pressure, kPa


225
125
200
100 175

75 150

50 125
3 4
1
100
25 1 2 4
2 75
0 3
50
3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

Legend Legend
1 30RB 162-182 "B" 1 30RB 162-182 "B"
2 30RB 202 "B" 2 30RB 202 "B"
3 30RB 232 "B" 3 30RB 232 "B"
4 30RB 262 "B" 4 30RB 262 "B"

30RB 162-262 “B” units with option 280 (shell-and-tube heat exchanger) and 30RB 302-522 units

Low-pressure pump (hydronic module option) High-pressure pump (hydronic module option)
200 400

175 350
Available static pressure, kPa

150
Available static pressure, kPa

300

125
250
100
200
75

150
50

25 100

0 50
3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 9 11 33
3 5 7 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

Legend Legend
1 30RB 162-202 "B" 1 30RB 162-202 "B"
2 30RB 232-262 "B" 2 30RB 202-232 "B"
3 30RB 302 3 30RB 302
4 30RB 342 4 30RB 342
5 30RB 372-402 5 30RB 372-402
6 30RB 432 6 30RB 432
7 30RB 462-522 7 30RB 462-522

108 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RB 162-802

Dimensions/clearances
30RB 162-262 “B”, standard units (with plate heat exchanger)

COOLING
Power connection

Unit with hydronic module

HEATING HEATING
Legend:

All dimensions are in mm.

1 Clearances required for maintenance and air


flow

2 Clearances recommended for evaporator tube


removal

Clearances recommended for heat exchanger


3 removal

Air treatment
Water inlet

Water outlet

Unit without hydronic module


Air outlet, do not obstruct

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding.


Before designing an installation, consult the certified
dimensional drawings, available on request.

For the positioning of the fixing points, weight


distribution points and centre of gravity coordinates
please refer to the dimensional drawings.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 109
Dimensions/clearances
30RB 162-262 “B” with option 280 (shell-and-tube heat exchanger)
COOLING

Power connection

Unit with hydronic module

Legend:

All dimensions are in mm.

1 Clearances required for maintenance and air


flow

2 Clearances recommended for evaporator tube


removal

Clearances recommended for heat exchanger


3 removal

Water inlet

Water outlet

Unit without hydronic module For user control


connection Air outlet, do not obstruct

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding.


Before designing an installation, consult the certified
dimensional drawings, available on request.

For the positioning of the fixing points, weight


distribution points and centre of gravity coordinates
please refer to the dimensional drawings.

110 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RB 162-802

Dimensions/clearances 30RB X Y
302-402 3604 200
432-522 4798 0
30RB 302-522

COOLING
Power connection

Unit with hydronic module

HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
For user control connection

Unit without hydronic module


CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 111
Dimensions/clearances 30RB
602-672 5992
732-802 7186
X

30RB 602-802
COOLING

Power connection Power connection


circuits A and B circuit C

For user control connection

Legend:
Note: Drawings are not contractually binding.
All dimensions are in mm. Before designing an installation, consult the certified
dimensional drawings, available on request.
1 Clearances required for maintenance and air
flow For the positioning of the fixing points, weight
distribution points and centre of gravity coordinates
2 Clearances recommended for evaporator tube please refer to the dimensional drawings.
removal

Clearances recommended for heat exchanger


3 removal

Water inlet

Water outlet

Air outlet, do not obstruct

112 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RB 162-802

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 113
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with Greenspeed® Intelligence

30RBM/30RBP NEW
Nominal cooling capacity 164-528 kW
COOLING

greenspeed

The Aquasnap liquid chillers are the best value solution for commercial and industrial
applications where installers, consultants and building owners require reduced installed costs,
optimal performances and maximum quality.
High full and
part-load efficiency The new generation Aquasnap features two new versions:
-- The Aquasnap (30RBM) version features a compact all-in-one package optimised for
Compact and full-load applications where reduced investment cost (low Capex) is required. For cold or
hot climates, the Aquasnap can be equipped with specific options to operate from
simple to install -20 °C up to 52 °C.
-- The Aquasnap Greenspeed® (30RBP) version features a compact all-in-one package
Low sound level optimised for part-load applications where high ESEER/IPLV are required. The Aquasnap
Greenspeed® equipped with variable speed condenser fans and variable speed pump
provides premium part load efficiency to reduce utility costs over the lifespan of the
Very low refrigerant chiller. Additionally, the low sounds levels achieved at part load conditions can be very
charge beneficial for sensitive acoustic applications. Besides operating efficiently and quietly,
Aquasnap Greenspeed® operates from -20 °C up to 48 °C as standard.

Superior reliability The Aquasnap liquid chillers are designed to meet current and future Ecodesign and F-Gas
European regulation requirements in terms of energy efficiency and reduced CO2 emissions.
They use the best technologies available today:
-- Reduced refrigerant charge of non-ozone depleting refrigerant R-410A
-- Scroll compressors
-- Greenspeed® variable-speed driven fans (30RBP models)
-- Novation® micro-channel heat exchangers with new aluminum alloy
-- Brazed plate heat exchangers with reduced water pressure drops

114 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with
Greenspeed Intelligence 30RBM/30RBP 160-520
®

-- Auto-adaptive microprocessor control with Recommended by Carrier, the Aquasnap can be equipped
Greenspeed® intelligence with one or two Greenspeed® variable-speed pumps to
-- Optional Touch Pilot control with web connectivity save significant pumping energy cost (more than two-thirds),
possibilities and colour touch screen user display ensure tighter water flow control, and improved overall
-- Extra energy savings through multiple options: Direct- system reliability.
expansion free cooling system on one or two circuits,
hydronic free-cooling system, partial or total heat
For operation in the most stringent environments that
recovery (Options available during 2015).
cumulates high temperature, dusts and sand, the Aquasnap
(30RBM) can be equipped with optional IP54 electrical
Both Aquasnap versions can be equipped with an integrated box and cabinet fan to operate up to 52 °C outside air
hydronic module, limiting the installation to straight-forward temperature.
operations like connection of the power supply and the
chilled water supply and return piping (plug & play), within the
dimensions of the standard unit.

COOLING
Physical data
30RBM 160 180 200 220 260 300 330 360 400 430 470 520

Cooling
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 167.8 181 197.9 215.6 261.4 299.8 330.7 365.4 397.3 430.2 463.7 522.5

HEATING HEATING
C1 EER kW/kW 3.04 3.12 2.98 2.97 2.90 2.97 2.92 2.95 2.90 2.94 2.90 2.90
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B A B B B B B B B B B B
C2 Nominal capacity kW 215.7 247.3 262.8 296.7 336.1 392.6 428.1 475.1 510.0 556.3 593.2 676.0
C2 EER kW/kW 3.60 3.89 3.59 3.70 3.37 3.53 3.40 3.47 3.37 3.45 3.34 3.38
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 4.00 4.07 4.01 4.00 4.00 4.07 4.08 4.10 4.05 4.07 4.04 4.03
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 91 92 92 92 92 93 93 93 93 94 94 94
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Option 15LS dB(A) 85 85 85 86 86 86 86 87 87 88 88 88
Operating weight - standard unit† kg 1216 1257 1257 1387 1408 1865 1901 2069 2125 2545 2565 2761
Compressors Hermetic scroll, 48.3 r/s
Circuits A/B 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 2/2 2/3 2/3 3/3 3/3 3/4 3/4 4/4
Minimum capacity % 33 33 33 25 25 20 20 17 17 14 14 13

Air treatment
Control Pro-Dialog Plus
Refrigerant R-410A
Condensers All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE)
Fans Axial Flying Bird 4 with rotating shroud
Quantity 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8
Evaporator Twin-circuit plate heat exchanger
Dimensions
Length mm 2410 3604 4797
Width mm 2253 2253 2253
Height mm 2297 2297 2297

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
C2 Cooling mode conditions::Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only.

Eurovent certified data


CONTROLS

Option 15LS = Low sound option

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 115
Physical data
30RBP 160 180 200 220 260 300 330 360 400 430 470 520

Cooling
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 167.8 180.5 197.4 215.6 261.4 299.8 330.7 365.4 397.3 430.2 463.7 522.5
C1 EER kW/kW 3.04 3.12 2.98 2.97 2.90 2.97 2.92 2.95 2.90 2.94 2.90 2.90
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B A B B B B B B B B B B
C2 Nominal capacity kW 215.7 247.3 262.8 296.7 336.1 392.6 428.1 475.1 510.0 556.3 593.2 676.0
C2 EER kW/kW 3.60 3.89 3.59 3.70 3.37 3.53 3.40 3.47 3.37 3.45 3.34 3.38
COOLING

Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 4.18 4.21 4.14 4.18 4.15 4.37 4.28 4.37 4.26 4.36 4.44 4.30
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 91 92 92 92 92 93 93 93 93 94 94 94
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Option 15LS dB(A) 85 85 85 86 86 86 86 87 87 88 88 88
Operating weight - standard unit† kg 1252 1293 1293 1423 1445 1901 1937 2105 2162 2603 2621 2827
Compressors Hermetic scroll, 48.3 r/s
Circuits A/B 1/2 1/2 1/2 2/2 2/2 2/3 2/3 3/3 3/3 3/4 3/4 4/4
Minimum capacity % 33 33 33 25 25 20 20 17 17 14 14 13
Control Pro-Dialog Plus
Refrigerant R-410A
Condensers All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE)
Fans Axial Flying Bird 4 with rotating shroud
Quantity 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8
Evaporator Twin-circuit plate heat exchanger
Dimensions
Length mm 2410 3604 4797
Width mm 2253 2253 2253
Height mm 2297 2297 2297

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
C2 Cooling mode conditions::Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only.

Eurovent certified data

Option 15LS = Low sound option

116 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with
Greenspeed Intelligence 30RBM/30RBP 160-520
®

Electrical data
30RBM 160 180 200 220 260 300 330 360 400 430 470 520

Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400 - 3 - 50
Voltage range V 360 - 440
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Nominal unit current draw*
Circuits A + B A 100 110 124 133 161 180 201 221 242 261 282 322
Maximum unit power input**
Circuits A + B kW 80 87 98 107 129 145 161 177 193 209 225 258
Cosine phi, unit at max. capacity** 0.88 0.87 0.87 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88

COOLING
Maximum unit current draw (Un-10%)***
Circuits A + B A 144 158 176 192 230 259 288 317 345 374 403 460
Maximum unit current draw (Un)****
Circuits A + B A 133 146 163 177 212 239 266 292 319 345 372 425
Maximum start-up current, standard unit (Un)†
Circuits A + B A 307 356 374 352 423 450 476 503 529 556 583 636
Max. start-up current, unit with soft starter (Un)†
Circuits A + B A 261 283 300 305 349 376 403 429 456 482 509 562
* Standardised Eurovent conditions: Evaporator entering/leaving water temperature 12 °C/7 °C, outside air temperature 35 °C.
** Power input, compressors and fans, at the unit operating limits (saturated suction temperature 15 °C, saturated condensing temperature 68.3 °C) and nominal voltage of 400 V (data
given on the unit nameplate).
*** Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input and 360 V.
**** Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input and 400 V (values given on the unit nameplate).
† Maximum instantaneous start-up current at operating limit values (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + fan current + locked rotor current of the largest
compressor).

Fan motor electrical data: Units at Eurovent equivalent conditions and motor ambient air temperature of 50 °C at 400 V: 3.8 A, start-up current 20 A, power input 1.75 kW.

HEATING HEATING
30RBP 160 180 200 220 260 300 330 360 400 430 470 520
Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400 - 3 - 50
Voltage range V 360 - 440
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Nominal unit current draw*
Circuits A + B A 97 107 121 130 158 176 197 216 237 255 276 316
Maximum unit power input**
Circuits A + B kW 80 87 98 106 128 144 160 176 192 208 224 256
Cosine phi, unit at max. capacity** 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88 0.88
Maximum unit current draw (Un-10%)***
Circuits A + B A 142 154 173 189 227 255 284 312 340 369 397 454
Maximum unit current draw (Un)****
Circuits A + B A 131 142 160 174 209 235 262 287 314 340 366 419

Air treatment
Maximum start-up current, standard unit (Un)†
Circuits A + B A 305 353 371 349 420 446 472 498 525 550 577 629
Max. start-up current, unit with soft starter (Un)†
Circuits A + B A 259 279 297 302 346 372 399 424 451 477 503 556
* Standardised Eurovent conditions: Evaporator entering/leaving water temperature 12 °C/7 °C, outside air temperature 35 °C.
** Power input, compressors and fans, at the unit operating limits (saturated suction temperature 15 °C, saturated condensing temperature 68.3 °C) and nominal voltage of 400 V (data
given on the unit nameplate).
*** Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input and 360 V.
**** Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input and 400 V (values given on the unit nameplate).
† Maximum instantaneous start-up current at operating limit values (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + fan current + locked rotor current of the largest
compressor).

Fan motor electrical data upstream variable frequency drive: Units at Eurovent equivalent conditions and motor ambient air temperature of 50 °C at 400 V: 3.0 A, start-up current 20 A,
power input 1.75 kW.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 117
Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use
30RBM / 30RBP
Medium-temperature Low temperature chilled water production from +5 °C Covers specific applications such as ice storage 30RBM/30RBP
5
brine solution down to -6 °C and industrial processes 160-520*
Low temperature chilled water production from -6 °C
Low-temperature Covers specific applications such as ice storage 30RBM/30RBP
6 down to
brine solution and industrial processes 160-520*
-12 °C
Unit equipped with high static variable-speed fans
Ducted condenser air discharge, optimised
Unit equipped for air (maximum 30RBM
12 condensing temperature control, based on the
discharge ducting 200 Pa), each fan equipped with a connection flange 160-520*
operating conditions and system characteristics
allowing the connection to the ducting system
Aesthetic and sound absorbing compressor 30RBM/30RBP
Low noise level 15 Noise level reduction by 1 to 2 dB(A)
enclosure 160-520
Aesthetic and sound absorbing compressor 30RBM/30RBP
Very low noise level 15LS Noise level reduction by 6 to 7 dB(A)
enclosure associated with low-speed fans 160-520
High ambient Extended unit part-load operation up to 52 °C
16 Unit equipped with electrical panel cooling fan 30RBM 160-520
temperature ambient temperature
COOLING

Unit with IP54 control box (standard feature) and Increased leak tightness of control boxes against
IP54 control boxes 20A 30RBM 160-520
compressor enclosure intrusion of dusts and water.
Improves aesthetics, protection against intrusion to
Grilles and enclosure Metal grilles on the 4 unit sides, plus side enclosure 30RBM/30RBP
23 the unit interior, coil and piping protection against
panels panels at each end of the coil 160-520
impacts.
Improves aesthetics, coil and piping protection 30RBM/30RBP
Enclosure panels 23A Side enclosure panels at each end of the coil
against impacts. 160-520
30RBM/30RBP
Soft Starter 25 Electronic starter on each compressor Reduced start-up current
160-520
Winter operation Fan speed control of lead fan for each circuit using a Stable unit operation for outside air temperature
28 30RBM 160-520
down to -20 °C variable frequency drive from 0 °C down to -20 °C
Winter operation Stable unit operation for outside air temperature
28B Dual-speed lead fan for each circuit 30RBM 160-520
down to -10 °C from 0 °C down to -10 °C
Winter operation
Low speed fans and dual low speed lead fan on Reduces the noise level and enables stable unit
down to -10 °C low 28C 30RBM 160-520
each circuit operation for outside air temperature down to -10 °C
speed
Evaporator frost Evaporator module frost protection between 0 °C 30RBM/30RBP
41 Electric heater on the evaporator
protection and -20 °C outside air temperature 160-520
Evaporator and
Electric heater on the evaporator, hydronic module Evaporator and hydronic module frost protection 30RBM/30RBP
hydronic module frost 42A
and optional expansion tank between 0 °C and -20 °C outside air temperature 160-520
protection
Unit equipped with one desuperheater on each Production of free high-temperature hot-water 30RBM/30RBP
Partial heat recovery 49
refrigerant circuit simultaneously with chilled water production 160-520*
Unit equipped with additional heat exchanger in Production of free hot-water simultaneously with 30RBM/30RBP
Total heat recovery 50
parallel with the condenser coils. chilled water production 160-520*
Unit equipped with supplementary water outlet
Master/slave temperature sensor kit to be field-installed allowing Optimised operation of two chillers connected in 30RBM/30RBP
58
operation master/slave operation of two units connected in parallel with operating time equalisation 160-520
parallel
Simple maintenance. Possibility to store the
Compressor suction Shut-off valves on the compressor suction and 30RBM/30RBP
92A refrigerant charge in the cooler or condenser side
and discharge valves discharge piping 160-520
during servicing.
Simple maintenance. Possibility to store the
Compressor 30RBM/30RBP
93A Shut-off valves on the compressor discharge piping refrigerant charge in the condenser side during
discharge valves 160-520
servicing.
Single high-pressure water pump, water filter,
HP single-pump 30RBM/30RBP
116R electronic water flow control, pressure transducers. Easy and fast installation (plug & play)
hydronic module 160-520
See hydronic module option chapter
Dual high-pressure water pump, water filter,
HP dual-pump 30RBM/30RBP
116S electronic water flow control, pressure transducers. Easy and fast installation (plug & play)
hydronic module 160-520
See hydronic module option chapter
Single low-pressure water pump, water filter,
LP single-pump 30RBM/30RBP
116T electronic water flow control, pressure transducers. Easy and fast installation (plug & play)
hydronic module 160-520
See hydronic module option chapter
Dual low-pressure water pump, water filter, electronic
LP dual-pump 30RBM/30RBP
116U water flow control, pressure transducers. See Easy and fast installation (plug & play)
hydronic module 160-520
hydronic module option chapter
Single high-pressure water pump with variable speed
HP variable-speed Easy and fast installation (plug & play), significant
drive (VSD), water filter, electronic water flow control, 30RBM/30RBP
single-pump hydronic 116V pumping energy cost savings (more than two-thirds),
pressure transducers. Multiple possibilities of water 160-520
mod. tighter water flow control, improved system reliability
flow control. See hydronic module option chapter.
Dual high-pressure water pump with variable speed
HP variable-speed Easy and fast installation (plug & play), significant
drive (VSD), water filter, electronic flow switch, 30RBM/30RBP
dual-pump hydronic 116W pumping energy cost savings (more than two-thirds),
pressure transducers. Multiple possibilities of water 160-520
mod. tighter water flow control, improved system reliability
flow control. See hydronic module option chapter.
Patented Carrier free-cooling system with cooling
Dx Free Cooling
micro-pump on both refrigerant circuits. Operation Energy savings for applications with cooling demand 30RBM/30RBP
system on two 118A
without glycol, no extra free-cooling coil. See Dx throughout the entire year 160-520*
circuits
Free-cooling option chapter.
Patented Carrier free-cooling system with cooling
Energy savings for applications with reduced
Dx Free Cooling micro-pump on one refrigerant circuit. Operation 30RBM/30RBP
118B demand for cooling in the cold season (e.g. office
system on one circuit without glycol, no extra free-cooling coil. See Dx 160-520*
space with computer room, meeting rooms, etc.)
Free-cooling option chapter.
CCN to J-Bus Two-directional communication board complying Connects the unit by communication bus to a 30RBM/30RBP
148B
gateway with JBus protocol building management system 160-520
Two-directional communication board complying Connects the unit by communication bus to a 30RBM/30RBP
CCN to Lon gateway 148D
with Lon Talk protocol building management system 160-520
Easy and high-speed connection by ethernet line to
Two-directional high-speed communication using 30RBM/30RBP
Bacnet/IP gateway 149 a building management system. Allows access to
BACnet protocol over Ethernet network (IP) 160-520
multiple unit parameters.

118 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with
Greenspeed Intelligence 30RBM/30RBP 160-520
®

Options No. Description Advantages Use


30RBM / 30RBP
Extended remote control capabilities (oet-point
Energy Management Control board with additional inputs/outputs. See 30RBM/30RBP
156 reset, ice storage end, demand limits, boiler on/off
Module Energy Management Module option chapter. 160-520
command, etc.)
Control with advanced communication technology
Touch Pilot control supplied with a 5 inch colour 30RBM/30RBP
Touch Pilot control 158 over Ethernet (IP), user-friendly and intuitive user
touch screen user interface 160-520
interface with 5" colour touch screen
Power factor Capacitors for automatic regulation of power factor Reduction of the real electrical power, compliance 30RBM/30RBP
231
correction (cos phi) value to 0.95 with minimum power factor limit set by utilities 160-520*
Coating by conversion process which modifies the
surface of the aluminium producing a coating that is
Enviro-Shield anti- Improved corrosion resistance, recommended for 30RBM/30RBP
262 integral to the coil. Complete immersion in a bath to
corrosion protection use in moderately corrosive environments 160-520
ensure 100% coverage. No heat transfer variation,
tested 4000 hours salt spray per ASTM B117.
Extremely durable and flexible epoxy polymer coating
applied on micro channel heat exchangers by electro
Super Enviro-Shield

COOLING
coating process, final UV protective topcoat. Minimal Improved corrosion resistance, recommended for 30RBM/30RBP
anti-corrosion 263
heat transfer variation, tested 6000 hours constant use in extremely corrosive environments 160-520
protection
neutral salt spray per ASTM B117, superior impact
resistance per ASTM D2794.
Welded evaporator 30RBM/30RBP
266 Piping to be welded with Victaulic connections Easy water piping connection
water connection kit 160-520
230 V AC power supply source provided with plug Permits connection of a laptop or an electrical 30RBM/30RBP
230 V electrical plug 284
socket and transformer (180 VA, 0.8 Amps) device during unit commissioning or servicing 160-520
Protection of closed water systems from excessive 30RBM/30RBP
Expansion tank 293 Expansion tank supplied with the hydronic module
pressure 160-520
MID certified electricity meter (compliant with directive
2004/22/EC). Display of energy consumption, Permits the acquisition, (remote) monitoring and 30RBM/30RBP
Electric energy meter 294
instantaneous (U, V, I) and cumulated (kWh) on the billing of energy used 160-520*
Touch Pilot user interface.
* Options availlable during 2015 (5 / 6 / 12 / 49 / 50 / 118A / 118B / 231 / 294 / 298)

Touch Pilot control (option) Energy Management Module


The Touch Pilot features a control with advanced (option)
communication technology over Ethernet (IP), user-friendly

HEATING HEATING
The Energy Management Module offers extended remote
and intuitive user interface with 5" colour touch screen.
control possibilities:
■■ Energy management
-- Room temperature: Permits set-point reset based
-- Monitoring of the cooling and pumping energy use on the building indoor air temperature (with Carrier
on Touch Pilot user interface with optional electricity thermostat)
meter -- Set point reset: Ensures reset of the cooling set-point
■■ Integrated advanced communication features based on a 4-20 mA or 0-10 V signal
-- Easy and high-speed communication technology over -- Demand limit: Permits limitation of the maximum
Ethernet (IP) to a building management system chiller power based on a 4-20 mA signal
-- Access to multiple unit parameters. -- Demand limit 1 and 2: Closing of these contacts
■■ 5" Touch Pilot user interface limits the maximum chiller power or current to two
predefined values.
-- User safety: This contact can be used for any
customer safety loop; opening the contact generates

Air treatment
a specific alarm.
-- Ice storage end: When ice storage has finished,
this input permits return to the second set-point
(unoccupied mode).
-- Time schedule override: Closing of this contact
cancels the time schedule effects.
-- Out of service: This signal indicates that the chiller is
completely out of service.
-- Chiller capacity: This analogue output (0-10 V) gives
an immediate indication of the chiller capacity.
-- Alert indication: This volt-free contact indicates the
necessity to carry out a maintenance operation or the
presence of a minor fault.
-- Boiler control: This on/off output controls an
-- Intuitive and user-friendly 5 inch touch screen interface independant boiler to provide hot water.
-- Concise and clear information is available in local
languages
-- Complete menu, customised for different users (end
CONTROLS

user, service personnel or Carrier engineers).

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 119
Hydronic module (option 116)
The new generation of Carrier hydronic module saves a lot of Hydronic module
installation time. The chiller is factory-equipped with the main
components for the hydronic system: Water pump, electronic
flow switch, Victaulic screen filter, pressure transducers,
water temperature sensors, pressures taps (2), safety valve,
drain valve, air vent, water purge, optional hydronic module
heater and optional expansion tank.

The pressure transducers allow the control to:


-- Display the available pressure at the unit outlet and
COOLING

the static system pressure


-- Calculate the instantaneous flow rate, using an
algorithm that integrates the unit characteristics
-- Integrate the system and water pump protection
devices (lack of water, water pressure, water flow rate,
etc.).

On units fitted with Greenspeed variable-speed pump, the


user display enables to: Legend
-- Adjust the required pump speed
Components of the unit and hydronic module:
-- Adjust the required available pressure at the unit outlet
and the static system pressure, to real customer 1. Screen filter (mesh opening 1.2 mm)
2. Expansion tank (option)
needs thus saving energy: no need any more for a 3. Safety valve
water flow control valve used for creating artificial 4. Available pressure pump (single pump or dual pump)
5. Air purge
pressure drops that are wasting energy. 6. Water drain valve
7. Pressure sensor
Note: Gives pump suction pressure information
Several water pump types are available to suit any 8. Temperature probe -
Note: Gives heat exchanger leaving temperature information
application: 9. Temperature probe -
Note: Gives heat exchanger entering temperature information
-- Single or dual low-pressure pump or single or dual 10. Pressure sensor
high-pressure pump Note: Gives unit leaving pressure information
11. Plate heat exchanger
-- Greenspeed variable-speed single or dual high- 12. Evaporator frost protection heater (option)
pressure pump.

Installation components
If necessary increased frost protection down to -20 °C is
possible by adding the heater option to the hydronic module 14. Air purge
15. Flexible connection
piping (see options 42A). 16. Shut-off valve
17. Screen filter (obligatory for a unit without hydronic module)
The hydronic module option is integrated into the chiller 18. Pressure gauge
without increasing its dimensions and saves the space 19. Water flow control valve
Note: Not necessary for a hydronic module with a variable-speed pump
normally used for the water pump. 20. Charge valve
21. Frost protection bypass valve (when shut-off valves [16] are closed during winter)
Typical hydronic circuit diagram 23. Temperature probe well
--- Hydronic module (unit with hydronic module)

Notes:
2 option
The installation must be protected against frost.
14 5
The hydraulic module and unit evaporator are protected (option 42A, factory installed)
4 against frost with electric heaters (item 12 + ).
18 11
16 17 1 The pressure sensors are installed at connections without Schraeder valves. Depressurise
P T and drain the system before any intervention.
23 7 9
15
6
3

21 12
option

23 15
P T

18 10 8
16 19
6

20

Electrical data, units with hydronic modules


The pumps that are factory-installed in these units have This regulation concerns the application of directive 2005/32/
motors with efficiency class IE2. The additional electrical data EC on the eco-design requirements for electric motors.
required by regulation 640/2009 is given in the installation,
operation and maintenance manual.

120 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with
Greenspeed Intelligence 30RBM/30RBP 160-520
®

Variable Water Flow system (VWF)


Carrier Variable Water Flow ■■ Operating mode at part load
Recommended by Carrier, the Aquasnap can be equipped Pro-Dialog+ includes three part-load operating modes:
with one or two variable-speed pumps to save significant -- Fixed speed control
pumping energy cost (more than two-thirds), ensure tighter -- Constant delta P control
water flow control, and improved overall system reliability. -- Constant delta T control.

1 - Fixed speed
The control continuously ensures a constant pump speed
based on compressor capacity.

COOLING
When the compressor capacity is equal to zero, the pump
speed can be automatically reduced to a second set-
point (adjustable down to 60%) to save energy during low
occupancy periods.
This solution is suitable for traditional installations with
Carrier Variable Water Flow (VWF) is a hydronic control constant water flow and terminal units equipped with three-
function package that permits control of the water flow rate. way valves. This solution reduces pumping energy costs
especially when the flow can be reduced during night-time
The Carrier VWF not only ensures control at full load, a periods.
specific Carrier algorithm linked to an electronic frequency
converter also continuously modulates the flow rate to
minimise pump consumption at full load as well as part load. 2 - Constant delta P control
The Carrier hydronic module includes pressure transducers The control continuously acts on the pump speed to ensure a
that permit intelligent measurement of the water flow rate constant delta P.
and real-time display on the Pro-Dialog+ or Touch Pilot This solution is suitable for installations with two-way valves.
user interface. All adjustments can be made directly on the When these close, the water speed will accelerate in the
interface, speeding up start-up and maintenance.

HEATING HEATING
system branches that are still open. For a fixed-speed pump
As Carrier VWF acts directly on the pump, the system no this results in an unnecessary increase of the pressure at the
longer requires the control valve at the unit outlet. However, pump outlet.
for applications with two-way valves a bypass system must The constant delta P control mode ensures that each circuit
be kept to guarantee the minimum flow rate. branch always has a uniform supply, without unnecessary
energy waste.
Operating logic In industrial processes such as plastic injection molding,
■■ Full-load set point this solution ensures that each terminal unit has the correct
The flow rate control at full load uses the Pro-Dialog+ or pressure supply.
Touch Pilot user interface, reducing the pump speed. This
first control saves energy that would normally be dissipated 3 - Constant delta T control
in the control valve. For example, if the pressure supplied by The VWF algorithm maintains a constant delta T no matter
the pump is reduced by 20% the power consumption of the what the unit load, reducing the flow rate to the minimum. It

Air treatment
pump is reduced by the same ratio, compared to a traditional is suitable for the majority of comfort applications.
installation.

CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 121
Features and advantages
Very economical operation Low sound level
■■ High unit full and part load energy efficiency and efficient ■■ Condenser section with fixed speed fans (30RBM
design of the water side: models):
-- Eurovent energy efficiency class A or B -- Optional low-speed fans (700 rpm) and compressor
-- Standardised Eurovent values in accordance with EN enclosure to reduce full load noise level by 6 to 7dB(A)
14511-3:2013 EER up to 3.1 and ESEER up to 4.35 -- Condenser coils in V-shape with an open angle,
(30RBP version) allowing quieter air flow across the coil
-- Multiple scroll compressors equipped with a high- -- Low-noise 4th generation Flying Bird fans, made of a
efficiency motor that permit exact matching of the composite material (Carrier patent)
COOLING

cooling capacity to the load -- Rigid fan installation for reduced noise (Carrier patent).
-- Electronic expansion device permitting operation at a ■■ Condenser section with Greenspeed® variable-speed fans
lower condensing pressure and improved utilisation (30RBP models recommended by Carrier for even quieter
of the evaporator heat exchange surface (superheat operation):
control) -- Optional factory setting of the fan in low speed
-- Condenser with high-efficiency Novation® aluminum together with compressors enclosure to reduce full
micro channel heat exchangers and Greenspeed® load noise level by 6 to 7 dB(A)
variable speed fans (30RBP version) -- Exceptional acoustic signature during part-load
-- Low pressure drop brazed plate heat exchangers operation through smooth fan speed variation.
(pressure drops < 45 kPa at Eurovent conditions). ■■ Specific control functions or features to reduce noise level
■■ Specific control functions to reduce unit cooling energy during night or unoccupied periods:
use during occupied and unoccupied periods:
-- Night time sound control with cooling capacity and
-- Internal time schedules clock: Permits chiller on/off fan speed limitation
control and operation at a second set point -- Low-noise scroll compressors with low vibration level
-- Automatic water set-point offset based on outside air -- The compressor assembly is installed on an
temperature or room air temperature via an option independent chassis and supported by flexible anti-
-- Floating high-pressure management vibration mountings.
-- Variable-speed fan control -- Dynamic suction and discharge piping support,
-- Cooling demand limitation. minimising vibration transmission (Carrier patent)
■■ Greenspeed® variable-speed pump to reduce pumping -- Acoustic compressor enclosure, reducing radiated
energy use up to 2/3 (option recommended by Carrier): noise emissions (option).
-- Elimination of the energy losses caused by the water
flow control valve by the electronic setting of the
nominal water flow
-- Energy savings during stand-by periods or part-load
operation by automatic water pump speed reduction.
Pump motor energy use varies as the cube of the
speed so that only 40% speed reduction can reduce
energy consumption by 80%
-- Improved unit part-load performance (SEER increased
SEER value with variable water flow following
EN14825).
Refer to hydronic option chapter for more information.
Fast and easy installation
■■ Extra energy savings through multiple options:
■■ Compact design
-- Glycol free direct-expansion free cooling (Carrier
-- The Aquasnap units are designed to offer compact
patent) on one or two refrigerant circuits or hydronic
dimensions for easy installation.
free cooling (available in 2015)
-- With a length of approximately 4.8 m for 520 kW and
-- Partial or total heat reclaim.
a width of 2.25 m the units require minimum floor
■■ Reduced maintenance costs
space.
-- Fast diagnosis of possible incidents and their history
via the control
-- R-410A refrigerant is easier to use than other
refrigerant blends.

122 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with
Greenspeed Intelligence 30RBM/30RBP 160-520
®

■■ Integrated hydronic module (option) Superior reliability


-- Low or high-pressure water pump (as required) ■■ State-of-the-art concept
-- Single or dual pump (as required) with operating time
balancing and automatic changeover to the back-up -- Two independent refrigerant circuits; the second
pump if a fault develops one automatically takes over, if the first one
-- Water filter protecting the water pump against develops a fault, maintaining partial cooling under all
circulating debris circumstances
-- Pressure transducers for direct numerical display of -- All compressor components are easily accessible on
the water flow rate and water pressures site minimising down-time
-- Thermal insulation and frost protection down to -20 °C, -- All-aluminum Novation® micro-channel heat
using an electric resistance heater (option) exchanger (MCHE) with higher corrosion resistance
-- High-capacity membrane expansion tank (option). than a conventional coil. The all-aluminum
■■ Integrated hydronic module with Greenspeed® variable- construction eliminates the formation of galvanic
speed pump (option recommended by Carrier) currents between aluminum and copper that are

COOLING
responsible for the coil corrosion in saline or corrosive
-- Easy and fast electronic setting of the nominal water atmospheres.
flow at unit commissioning thus eliminating the water -- V-coil design to protect the coils against hail impact
flow control valve adjustment -- Optional Enviro-shield anti-corrosion coil coating for
-- Automatic control of the pump speed based on use in moderately corrosive environments. Coating
constant speed, constant pressure difference or applied through conversion process which modifies
constant temperature difference. the surface of the aluminum producing a coating that
■■ Simplified electrical connections is integral to the coil. Complete immersion in a bath
-- A single power supply point without neutral to ensure 100% coverage. No heat transfer variation,
-- Main disconnect switch with high trip capacity tested 4000 hours salt spray per ASTM B117.
-- 24 V control circuit without risk from a transformer -- Optional Super Enviro-shield anti-corrosion coil
included. coating for use in extremely corrosive environments.
■■ Fast unit commissioning Extremely durable and flexible epoxy polymer coating
-- Systematic factory test before shipment applied on micro channel heat exchangers by electro
-- Quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the coating process with a final UV protective topcoat.
instruments, electrical components and motor. Minimal heat transfer variation, tested 6000 hours

HEATING HEATING
constant neutral salt spray per ASTM B117, superior
Reduced installation costs impact resistance per ASTM D2794.
-- Optional IP54 protection level of compressor control
■■ Optional Greenspeed® variable-speed pump with
boxes and cabinet fan to guarantee safe operation in
hydronic module (option recommended by Carrier)
hot, dusty, sandy environments
-- Elimination of the water flow control valve cost -- Electronic flow switch. Auto-setting according to
-- Water system design with variable primary flow cooler size and fluid type.
(VPF) can provide significant installation cost savings ■■ Auto-adaptive control
compared with traditional constant primary-variable
-- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor
secondary systems; elimination of the secondary
cycling and permits reduction of the water quantity in
distribution pump, etc.
the water loop (Carrier patent)
-- Water system design with fan coils fitted with 2-way
-- Automatic compressor unloading in case of
valves instead of 3-way valves.
abnormally high condensing pressure
■■ Buffer tank elimination due to the advanced Carrier
-- Automatic fan speed adjustment in case of coil fouling
control algorithm

Air treatment
(30RBP models)
-- Minimum water loop volume reduced to 2.5 l/kW. -- Smooth fan start to increase unit lifetime (30RBP
models).
Environmental responsibility ■■ Exceptional endurance tests
■■ R -410A Non-ozone depleting refrigerant -- Partnerships with specialised laboratories and use of
■■ Reduced direct warming potential (10% of total equivalent limit simulation tools (finite element calculation) for the
warming impact): design of critical components
-- Low R410-A refrigerant charge below 0.14 kg/kW, -- Transport simulation test on an endurance circuit
through the use of Novation® micro-channel heat based on a military standard.
exchangers
-- Leak-tight refrigerant circuit with minimum brazed Remote management (standard)
refrigerant connections Units with Touch Pilot control can be easily accessed from
-- Qualified Carrier service people for refrigerant the internet, using a PC with an Ethernet connection. This
servicing makes remote control quick and easy and offers significant
-- ISO 14001 manufacturing site. advantages for service operations.
■■ Reduced indirect warming potential (90% of total The Aquasnap is equipped with an RS485 serial port that
equivalent warming impact): offers multiple remote control, monitoring and diagnostic
CONTROLS

-- Reduced unit energy use (high full- and part-load possibilities. Carrier offers a vast choice of control products,
efficiency) specially designed to control, manage and supervise the
-- Pumping energy use can be reduced up to 2/3 using operation of an air conditioning system. Please consult your
Greenspeed® variable-speed pump. Carrier representative for more information.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 123
The Aquasnap also communicates with other building The Novation® features the latest generation of Carrier Micro
management systems via optional communication gateways. Channel Heat Exchanger (MCHE) with new extra resistant
A connection terminal allows remote control of the Aquasnap aluminum alloy. Already utilised in the automobile and
by wired cable: aeronautical industries for many years, the MCHE is entirely
made of aluminum. This one-piece concept significantly
-- Start/stop: Opening of this contact will shut down the
increases its corrosion resistance by eliminating the galvanic
unit
currents that are created when two different metals (copper
-- Dual set-point: Closing of this contact activates a
and aluminum) come into contact in traditional heat
second set-point (example: unoccupied mode).
exchangers. Unlike traditional heat exchangers the MCHE
-- Demand limit: Closing of this contact limits the
can be used in moderate marine and urban environments.
maximum chiller capacity to a predefined value.
-- Operation indication: This volt-free contact indicates
that the chiller is operating (cooling load). From an energy efficiency point-of-view the MCHE is
-- Alarm indication: This volt-free contact indicates the approximately 10% more efficient than a traditional coil and
presence of a major fault that has led to the shut- allows a 40% reduction in the amount of refrigerant used
COOLING

down of one or several refrigerant circuits. in the chiller. The low thickness of the MCHE reduces air
pressure losses by 50% and makes it less susceptible to
Novation® Aluminium Micro Channel fouling (e.g. by sand) than a traditional coil. Cleaning of the
MCHE is very fast using a high-pressure washer.
Heat Exchanger

Controls
Pro-Dialog+ control (standard)
Pro-Dialog+ combines intelligence with operating simplicity.
The control constantly monitors all machine parameters and
precisely manages the operation of compressors, expansion
devices, fans and of the evaporator water pump for optimum
energy efficiency.
■■ Energy management
-- Internal time schedule clock: Controls chiller on/off
Circuit B Total Capacity

times and operation at a second set-point


-- Set-point offset based on the outside air temperature
-- Master/slave control of two chillers operating in PRO-DIALOG+

parallel with operating time equalisation and automatic


change-over in case of a unit fault.
■■ Integrated features
-- Night mode: Capacity and fan speed limitation for -- The information is displayed clearly in English, French,
reduced noise level German, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish (for other
-- With hydronic module: Water pressure display and languages, please consult Carrier).
water flow rate calculation -- The backlit LCD user interface includes a manual
■■ Intuitive and user-friendly Pro-Dialog + user interface. control potentiometer to ensure legibility under any
lighting conditions.

The standard interface has five buttons that permit navigation


via intuitive tree-structure menus. They are user-friendly and
permit quick access to the principal operating parameters:
Compressor operation, suction/discharge pressure,
compressor operating hours, set point, air temperature,
entering/leaving water temperature.

124 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with
Greenspeed Intelligence 30RBM/30RBP 160-520 ®

Operating ranges
Operating range - 30RBM 160-520 Operating range - 30RBP 160-520

Part load

Part load option 16


Part load
Options 28B-28C for size 160

COOLING
Entering air temperature, °C

Entering air temperature, °C


Options 28B-28C

Option 28

Leaving evaporator water temperature, °C

HEATING HEATING
Leaving evaporator water temperature, °C

Notes:
Evaporator ∆T = 5 K
Operating ranges are guidelines only. Verify operating range with the Carrier electronic catalog.

Legend:

Standard unit 30RBM or 30RBP operating at full load.


Operating range, 30RBM unit is equipped with options 28, 28B, 28C “Winter operation”. Options 28B, 28C (with two-speed lead fan for each circuit) allows operation down to
-10 °C outside temperature.
Extension of the operating range, 30RBM unit equipped with option 28. Option 28 (with variable-speed lead fan for each circuit) allows operation below to -20 °C outside temperature.
In addition to the options 28, 28B, or 28C for 30RBM units or for operation at an air temperature below 0 °C for 30RBP units must either be equipped with the evaporator frost protection
option (for units without hydronic module option) or the evaporator and hydronic module frost protection option (for units with hydronic module option) or the water loop must be protected
by the installer by adding a frost protection solution.

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 125
Available static system pressure
Data applicable for:
-- Fresh water 20 °C
-- Refer to the paragraph "Evaporator water flow rate" for maximum water flow values.
-- In case of use of the glycol, the maximum water flow rate is reduced.

Units 30RBM/30RBP high-pressure pumps (fixed speed or variable speed at 50Hz)


Single pumps
Sizes 160-400 Sizes 430-520
350 290
330 270
COOLING

Available static pressure, kPa

310
250
290
270 230

250 210
230 190
210
170
190
170 150

150 130
130 110
110
90
90
70 70

50 50

0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

11 22 33 4 4 5 56 6 7 7 8 8 99
Water flow rate, l/s

1. 30RBM-30RBP 160 to 220 7. 30RBM-30RBP 430


2. 30RBM-30RBP 260 8. 30RBM-30RBP 470
3. 30RBM-30RBP 300 9. 30RBM-30RBP 520
4. 30RBM-30RBP 360
5. 30RBM-30RBP 330
6. 30RBM-30RBP 400

Dual pumps

Sizes 160-400 Sizes 430-520


350
290
330
270
310
250
Available static pressure, kPa

290
270 230
250 210
230
190
210
190 170
170 150
150 130
130
110
110
90 90
70 70
50 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40

11 22 33 44 55 66 77 8
8 99

Water flow rate, l/s

1. 30RBM-30RBP 160 to 220 7. 30RBM-30RBP 430


2. 30RBM-30RBP 260 8. 30RBM-30RBP 470
3. 30RBM-30RBP 300 9. 30RBM-30RBP 520
4. 30RBM-30RBP 360
5. 30RBM-30RBP 330
6. 30RBM-30RBP 400

126 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with
Greenspeed Intelligence 30RBM/30RBP 160-520 ®

Available static system pressure


Data applicable for:
-- Fresh water 20 °C
-- Refer to the paragraph "Evaporator water flow rate" for maximum water flow values.
-- In case of use of the glycol, the maximum water flow rate is reduced.

Units 30RBM/30RBP low-pressure pumps (fixed speed)


Single pumps
Sizes 160-300 Sizes 330-520
200
240

COOLING
180 220
160 200
Available static pressure, kPa

140 180
160
120
140
100 120
80 100
80
60
60
40 40
20 20
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
1 1 2 2 33 44 5 5
6 67 7 8 8 9 9 10
10
Water flow rate, l/s

HEATING HEATING
1. 30RBM-30RBP 160 to 180 5. 30RBM-30RBP 330
2. 30RBM-30RBP 200 to 220 6. 30RBM-30RBP 360
3. 30RBM-30RBP 260 7. 30RBM-30RBP 400
4. 30RBM-30RBP 300 8. 30RBM-30RBP 430
9. 30RBM-30RBP 470
10. 30RBM-30RBP 520

Dual pumps

Sizes 160-360 Sizes 400-520


320
300 180

Air treatment
280
Available static pressure, kPa

260 160
240 140
220
200 120
180
160 100
140
120 80
100
60
80
60 40
40
20 20
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
11 22 3 3 44 55 66 7 7 8 8 99 10
10

Water flow rate, l/s

1. 30RBM-30RBP 160 to 200 7. 30RBM-30RBP 400


CONTROLS

2. 30RBM-30RBP 220 8. 30RBM-30RBP 430


3. 30RBM-30RBP 260 9. 30RBM-30RBP 470
4. 30RBM-30RBP 300 10. 30RBM-30RBP 520
5. 30RBM-30RBP 360
6. 30RBM-30RBP 330

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 127
Dimensions/clearances
30RBM/30RBP 160-260 (with and without hydronic module)
Unit without hydronic module
30RBP only
COOLING

2297

2410 Power connection

1500
2200

1 2

Legend:

All dimensions are in mm.

1 Clearances required for maintenance and air flow


1
2253

1
2 Clearances required for removal of coil

Water inlet

Water outlet
1500

1 Air outlet, do not obstruct

1500
Control box

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding.


Unit with hydronic module Before designing an installation, consult the certified
dimensional drawings, available on request.

1500 For the positioning of the fixing points, weight


2200

distribution points and centre of gravity coordinates


please refer to the dimensional drawings.
1 2
2253

1
1

Option
116V/116W
1500

1500

128 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with
Greenspeed Intelligence 30RBM/30RBP 160-520
®

Dimensions/clearances
30RBM/30RBP 300-400 (with and without hydronic module)
Unit without hydronic module
30RBP only

COOLING
2297

3604

Sizes 360-400 Power connection

1500

HEATING HEATING
1 2
2200

Legend:

All dimensions are in mm.

1 1 Clearances required for maintenance and air flow


2253

2 Clearances required for removal of coil

Water inlet

Water outlet
1

Air treatment
1500

1500 Air outlet, do not obstruct

Control box

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding.


Unit with hydronic module Before designing an installation, consult the certified
dimensional drawings, available on request.

For the positioning of the fixing points, weight


distribution points and centre of gravity coordinates
Option 116V/116W please refer to the dimensional drawings.
2200

1500

1 2
2253

1
1
CONTROLS
1500

1500

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 129
Dimensions/clearances
30RBM/30RBP 430-520 (with and without hydronic module)
Unit without hydronic module
30RBP only
COOLING

2297

4797
Power connection
Size 520

1500
2200

1 2 Legend:

All dimensions are in mm.

1 Clearances required for maintenance and air flow

1
2253

1
2 Clearances required for removal of coil

Water inlet
1500

Water outlet

1
Air outlet, do not obstruct

1500
Control box

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding.


Before designing an installation, consult the certified
dimensional drawings, available on request.

For the positioning of the fixing points, weight


distribution points and centre of gravity coordinates
please refer to the dimensional drawings.

Unit with hydronic module


Option 116V/116W
1500
2200

1 2
2253

1
1
1500

1500

130 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Scroll Chillers with
Greenspeed Intelligence 30RBM/30RBP 160-520
®

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 131
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers

30XAS
Nominal cooling capacity 232–486 kW
COOLING

The 30XAS Aquaforce liquid chillers are the premium solution for industrial and commercial
applications where installers, consultants and building owners require optimal performances
and maximum quality.

The Aquaforce liquid chillers are designed to meet current and future requirements in terms of
energy efficiency and operating sound levels. They use the best technologies available today:
-- Twin-rotor screw compressor with a variable capacity valve.
-- Single refrigerant R-134a.
-- Low-noise generation IV Flying Bird fans made of composite material.
-- Aluminium micro-channel heat exchangers (MCHE).
-- Pro-Dialog+ control system.

To meet to all environmental and economic requirements, the Aquaforce is available in two
versions:

One offers an extremely low noise level while at the same time boasting superior energy
efficiency.

The other offers unequalled energy efficiency to satisfy the most stringent demands of building
owners wanting to reduce operating costs to the minimum. This version is also recommended
for applications in geographical zones where the air temperature is very high.

132 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XAS 242-482

Physical data
30XAS 242 282 342 442 482

Cooling
Unit with Option 279
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 232.4 284.4 333.6 430.5 467.3
C1 EER kW/kW 2.76 3.00 3.08 2.93 2.87
C1 Eurovent Energy Class C B B B C
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.78 3.93 3.99 3.87 3.96

COOLING
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Option 279 dB(A) 94 94 93 97 96
Unit with Option 279 and 119
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 244.7 284.9 345 460.7 486.1
C1 EER kW/kW 2.97 3.15 3.24 3.15 3.09
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B A A A B
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.69 3.69 3.80 3.75 3.79
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Options 279 and 119 dB(A) 96 96 96 98 98
Operating weight†

Unit with options 279 and 119 kg 2390 2810 2870 3630 3720
Compressor 06T semi-hermetic screw compressor, 50 r/s
Refrigerant R-134a, one refrigerant circuit
Capacity control PRO-DIALOG+, electronic expansion valve (EXV)
Condensers All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger

HEATING HEATING
Condenser fans Axial Flying Bird IV fans with rotating shroud
Unit with options 279 and 119
Quantity 4 5 6 7 8
Total air flow, unit with option 279/unit with options 279 and 119 l/s 13667 / 17083 / 20500 / 23917 / 27333/
18055 22569 27083 31597 36111
Evaporator Flooded shell-and-tube type
Chassis paint colour Colour code: RAL7035
Dimensions
Length mm 2410 3604 4798
Depth mm 2253 2253 2253
Height 2297 2297 2297
mm

Air treatment
C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
†  Weight shown is a guideline only.

Eurovent certified data

Option 279 = compressor enclosure


Option 119 = high energy efficiency

Electrical data
30XAS 242 282 342 442 482

Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit 24 V via internal transformer
Start-up current* A 303 388 388 587 587
CONTROLS

Unit with options 279 and 119


Maximum power input** kW 101/105 113/118 134/139 184/190 213/221
Maximum current draw (Un)** A 165/172 185/194 218/229 305/318 353/368

* Instantaneous start-up current (locked rotor current in star connection of the compressor).
** Values obtained at operation with maximum unit power input. Values given on the unit name plate.

Note: Motor and fan electrical data if the unit operates at Eurovent conditions (motor ambient temperature 50°C): 1.9 A, start-up current: 8.4 A, power input: 760 W.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 133
Remote management (EMM option 156)
■■ The Energy Management Module offers extended remote -- User safety: this contact can be used for any
control possibilities: customer safety loop; opening of the contact
-- Room temperature: permits set-point reset based generates a specific alarm
on the building indoor air temperature (with Carrier -- Ice storage end: when ice storage has finished, this
thermostat) input permits return to the second set-point (unoccupied
-- Set point reset: ensures reset of the cooling set-point mode)
based on a 4-20 mA or 0-5 V signal -- Time schedule override: closing of this contact
-- Demand limit: permits limitation of the maximum chiller cancels the time schedule effects
power or current based on a 0-10 V signal -- Out of service: this signal indicates that the chiller is
-- Demand limit 1 and 2: closing of these contacts completely out of service
limits the maximum chiller power or current to two -- Chiller capacity: this analogue output (0-10 V) gives an
COOLING

predefined values. immediate indication of the chiller capacity

Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XAS
Corrosion protection, 2B Factory application of Blygold Polual Improved corrosion resistance, recommended 30XAS 242-482
traditional coils (for treatment on the copper/aluminium coils for industrial, rural and marine environments
the Middle East only)
Corrosion protection, 3A Fins made of pre-treated aluminium Improved corrosion resistance, recommended 30XAS 242-482
traditional coils (for (polyurethane and epoxy) for moderate marine and urban environments
the Middle East only)
Unit equipped for air 10 Fans with available pressure equipped with Facilitates connection to the discharge ducts 30XAS 242-482
discharge ducting discharge connection flanges
IP 54 control box 20A Increased leak tightness of control boxes Increased control box protection 30XAS 242-482
Grilles 23 Metal grilles on the unit front, rear and sides
Enhanced aesthetics, protection against 30XAS 242-482
intrusion to the unit interior
Enclosure panels 23A Side panels at each end of the coil Enhanced aesthetics 30XAS 242-482
Winter operation 28 Fan speed control via frequency converter Stable unit operation when the air 30XAS 242-482
temperature is between -10°C and -20°C
Evaporator frost 41A Resistance heater on the evaporator Evaporator frost protection down to -20°C 30XAS 242-482
protection outside temperature
Evaporator and 41B Resistance heater on the evaporator and the Evaporator and hydronic module frost 30XAS 282-482
hydronic module frost hydronic module protection down to -20°C outside
protection temperature
Heat reclaim 50 Complete recovery of the heat rejected by the Free hot-water production as well as cold- 30XAS 242-482
condenser water production
Master/slave 58 Additional leaving water temperature sensor Optimised operation of two chillers connected 30XAS 242-482
operation kit for on-site installation, permitting master/ in parallel with operating time balancing.
slave operation of two chillers connected in
parallel.
Service valve 92 Shut-off valves on the compressor suction Simplified maintenance 30XAS 242-482
piping, the economiser line, the compressor
discharge piping and at the evaporator inlet
Discharge valve 93A Shut-off valves on the compressor discharge Simplified maintenance 30XAS 242-482
piping
High-pressure 116C See hydronic module chapter Easy and fast installation, operating safety 30XAS 282-482
dual-pump hydronic
module
High energy 119 Improved condenser performance Energy cost reduction, full load operation at 30XAS 242-482
efficiency higher air temperatures
JBus gateway 148B Two-directional communications board, Easy connection by communication bus to a 30XAS 242-482
­complies with JBus protocol building management system
BacNet gateway 148C Two-directional communications board, Easy connection by communication bus to a 30XAS 242-482
­complies with BacNet protocol building management system
LON gateway 148D Two-directional communications board, Easy connection by communication bus to a 30XAS 242-482
­complies with LON protocol building management system
Energy Management 156 See chapter “Energy Management Module” Easy connection by wired connection to a 30XAS 242-482
Module EMM building management system
Dual relief valve 194 Three-way valve upstream of the safety valves Valve replacement and inspection facilitated 30XAS 242-342
installed with three- on the evaporator and the oil separator without refrige-rant loss. Conforms to
way valve European standard EN 378/BGVD4
Russian code 199 GOST certification Conformance with Russian regulations 30XAS 242-482
compliance (GOST)
Australian code 200 Pressure vessels approved in accordance Conformance with Australian regulations 30XAS 242-482
compliance with the Australian code

134 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XAS 242-482

Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XAS


Traditional coils 254 Coils made of copper tubes with aluminium Possibility to add specialised condenser 30XAS 242-482
(Cu/Al) (for the fins treatment
Middle East only)
Traditional coils (Cu/ 255 Coils made of copper tubes with aluminium Possibility to add specialised condenser 30XAS 242-482
Al) without slots (for fins without slots treatment.
the Middle East only)
Suction piping 256 Thermal insulation of the suction piping with Prevents condensation on the suction piping 30XAS 242-482
insulation flexible, anti-UV insulant
Low sound level 257 Compressor sound enclosure and sound Reduced sound emissions 30XAS 242-482
insulation of main noise sources
Very low sound level 258 Compressor sound enclosure and enhanced Reduced sound emissions 30XAS 242-482
sound insulation of main noise sources

COOLING
MCHE anti-corrosion 263 Carrier factory treatment of the MCHE heat The Super Enviro-Shield option was 30XAS 242-482
protection exchanger for applications in aggressive developed to extend the application range
environments of MCHE heat exchangers in severe
environmental conditions: this option
is compulsory in industrial and coastal
environments.
Welded Victaulic 266 Piping to be welded with Victaulic connection Ease-of-installation 30XAS 242-482
evaporator water
connection
Compressor 279 Compressor sound enclosure Reduced sound emissions 30XAS 242-482
­enclosure
Evaporator with 281 Evaporator aluminium sheet for thermal Improved resistance to aggressive climate 30XAS 242-482
aluminium jacket insulation protection. conditions..

Fan with available pressure (option 10)

HEATING HEATING
This option allows a duct connection at the discharge side
of the condenser fan. The unit is supplied with axial fans with
Example
a speed of 15.8 r/s (option 119), each equipped with a duct 30XAS 282 with 40 Pa pressure drop
connection frame. The chiller can operate up to 60 Pa with Values for option 119 at the following conditions:
reduced performance. 35°C outside air temperature
12/7°C entering/leaving water temperature
Selection example
The base capacities are those of option 119. To obtain 0 Pa Correction 40 Pa
capacities at various pressure drops use the correction 30XAS 282 factor, %
factors in the table opposite. Air flow l/s 22569 -7.5 20876
Cooling capacity kW 280 -1 277
Selection at Eurovent conditions EER kW/kW 3.17 -3.5 3,06

Air treatment
30XAS options 119 + 10 Sizes 282-482 Power input kW 88 +3.5 90
Fan pressure drop, Pa 0 20 40 60
Correction factor
Air flow % l/s 1 -3.5 -7.5 -12.1
Cooling capacity % kW 0 -0.5 -1.0 -1.5
EER % kW/ 0 -1.5 -3.5 -5.0
kW
Power input % kW 0 +1.0 +2.5 +3.5

Total heat reclaim (option 50)


Suitable for heating, domestic hot water preparation,
agriculture and food industry, industrial processes and other
Operating principle
hot-water requirements. If hot water production is required, the compressor discharge
gases are directed towards the heat reclaim condenser. The
refrigerant releases its heat to the hot water that leaves
With the total heat reclaim option it is possible to reduce the condenser at a temperature of up to 60°C. In this way
CONTROLS

the energy consumption bill considerably compared to 100% of the heat rejected by the liquid chiller can be used
conventional heating equipment such as fossil fuel boilers or to produce hot water. When the demand for heat is satisfied,
electric water tanks. the hot gas is again directed towards the air condenser where
the heat is rejected to the outside air by the fans. Hot water
temperature control is ensured by the chiller Pro-Dialog+
control.

Note: Heat reclaim is only possible, if the unit produces cold


C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
water at the same time. 135
Condenser water temperature Minimum Maximum Part load operating limits (evaporator leaving
(°C) water temperature = 7°C)
Entering temperature at start-up 12.5* 55
Entering temperature during operation 20 55 60

Maximum condenser leaving water


Leaving temperature during operation 25 60
Evaporator water temperature Minimum Maximum
(°C) 55

temperature, °C
Entering temperature at start-up - 45
Entering temperature during operation 6.8 21
Leaving temperature during operation 3.3 15 50
* The entering water temperature at start-up must not fall below 12.5°C. For
installations with a lower temperature a three-way valve must be used.
45
Note: If the evaporator leaving water temperature is below 4°C, a glycol-water solution
or the frost protection option must be used.
40
COOLING

In part-load operation, the limitation of the condenser leaving 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30


water temperature is due to the operating range of the screw
compressor. If the condenser leaving water temperature is Unit load, %
above the limit value given in the curves on the right, the unit will
automatically change over to the mode without heat recovery:
65
60
Condenser leaving water temperature, °C

55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
0 5 10 15
Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C

Full load
Part load limit, approx. 60%
Minimum load limit, approx. 30%

Physical data, option 50


These are the same as for the standard unit except:

30XAS heat reclaim mode 282 342 442 482

Cooling capacity* kW 278 329 428 475


Heating capacity* kW 349 411 538 599
Total power input (unit)* kW 77.7 90.2 120.6 136.0
Total energy efficiency ratio (EER) kW/kW 3.58 3.65 3.55 3.49
Total coefficient of performance (COP) kW/kW 4.49 4.56 4.46 4.40
Operating weight** kg 3260 3320 4190 4280
Refrigerant charge kg 73 78 90 95
Heat reclaim condenser Flooded shell-and-tube condenser
Water volume l 55 55 68 68
Water connection Victaulic
Diameter inch 4 4 4 4
Outside diameter mm 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3

* Nominal conditions: Entering/leaving water temperature: evaporator 12°C/7°C; heat reclaim condenser: 40°C/45°C; evaporator and heat reclaim condenser fouling factor = 0 m2 K/kW.
Gross performances, not in accordance with EN14511-3:2011. These performances do not take into account the correction for the proportional heating capacity and power input
­generated by the water pump to overcome the internal pressure drop in the heat exchanger.
** Weights are for guidance only

136 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XAS 242-482

Features and advantages


Very economical operation Environmental care
■■ Extremely high full load and part load energy efficiency: ■■ R-134a refrigerant
-- Eurovent energy efficiency class A to C, in accordance -- Refrigerant of the HFC group with zero ozone depletion
with EN14511-3:2011. potential
-- Standardised Eurovent values in accordance with -- 30% reduction in the refrigerant charge through the
EN 14511-3:2011: EER up to 3.2 and ESEER up to 4. use of micro-channel heat exchangers
-- Twin-rotor screw compressor equipped with a ■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit
high-­efficiency motor and a variable capacity valve that -- Reduction of leaks as no capillary tubes and flare
permits exact matching of the cooling capacity to the connec-tions are used
load. -- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature

COOLING
-- All aluminium condenser with high-efficiency micro- sensors without transferring refrigerant charge
channels. -- Liquid line service valve for simplified maintenance
-- Flooded shell-and-tube evaporator to increase the heat (option)
exchange efficiency.
-- Electronic expansion device permitting operation at
a lower condensing pressure and improved utilisation
Absolute reliability
of the evaporator heat exchange surface (superheat ■■ Screw compressor
control). -- Industrial-type screw compressor with oversized
-- Economizer system with electronic expansion device bearings and motor cooled by suction gas
for increased cooling capacity -- All compressor components are easily accessible on
site minimising down-time
Low operating sound levels -- Protection increased by an electronic board
■■ Air condenser
■■ Compressor
All aluminium micro-channel heat exchangers (MCHE)
-- Discharge dampers integrated in the oil separator
with high corrosion resistance. The all aluminium design
(Carrier patent).
eliminates the formation of galvanic currents between
-- Silencer on the economiser return line.

HEATING HEATING
aluminium and copper that cause coil corrosion in saline
-- Acoustic compressor and oil separator enclosure
or corros ive environments
reducing radiated noise (option).
■■ Condenser section ■■ Evaporator
-- Condenser coils in V-shape with an open angle, Thermal insulation with aluminium sheet finish for perfect
allowing quieter air flow across the coil resistance to external aggression (mechanical and UV
-- Low-noise 4th generation Flying Bird fans, made of protection)
a composite material (Carrier patent) are now even ■■ Auto-adaptive control
quieter and do not generate intrusive low-frequency -- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor
noise cycling (Carrier patent)
-- Rigid fan mounting preventing start-up noise (Carrier -- Automatic compressor unloading in case of
patent) abnormally high condensing pressure. If condenser
coil fouling or fan failure occurs, the Aquaforce
Easy and fast installation continues to operate, but at reduced capacity

Air treatment
■■ Integrated hydronic module (option) ■■ Exceptional endurance tests
-- Centrifugal high-pressure dual water pump, with -- Partnerships with specialised laboratories and use of
operating time balancing and automatic changeover limit simulation tools (finite element calculation) for the
to the back-up pump if a fault develops design of critical components.
-- Water filter protecting the water pump against -- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a
circulating debris vibrating table. The test is based on a military
-- High-capacity membrane expansion tank ensures standard and equi-valent to 4000 km by truck.
pressurisation of the water circuit -- Salt mist corrosion resistance test in the laboratory for
-- Thermal insulation and aluminium protection (option) increased corrosion resistance
-- Pressure sensor to check filter pollution and for direct ■■ Control, safety
numerical display of the water flow rate with an estimate 30XAS units are equipped with high-pressure safety switches
of the instantaneous cooling capacity at the control with manual reset and dual safety valves on the high- and low-
interface pressure side as standard. Each of the safety valves is mounted
-- Water flow control valve on a three-way valve to facilitate testing and replacement.
■■ Simplified electrical connections
-- Main disconnect switch with high trip capacity
-- Transformer to supply the integrated control circuit
CONTROLS

(400/24 V)
■■ Fast commissioning
-- Systematic factory operation test before shipment
-- Quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the
instruments, expansion devices, fans and compressor

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 137
Remote management (standard) 06T screw compressor
Aquaforce is equipped with an RS485 serial port that offers
multiple remote control, monitoring and diagnostic possi-
bilities. Carrier offers a vast choice of control products,
specially designed to control, manage and supervise the
operation of an air conditioning system. Please consult your
Carrier representative for more information.

Aquaforce also communicates with other building manage-


ment systems via optional communication gateways. A
connection terminal allows remote control of the Aquaforce by
wired cable:
-- Start/stop: opening of this contact will shut down the
COOLING

unit
-- Dual set-point: closing of this contact activates a
second set-point (example: unoccupied mode)
-- Demand limit: closing of this contact limits the
maximum chiller capacity to a predefined value
-- Heat reclaim (option): closing of this contact allows
heat reclaim mode operation
-- Water pump 1 and 2 control (not available for hydronic The Carrier 06T screw compressors benefit from Carrier’s
module option 116): these outputs control the long experience in the development of twin-rotor screw
contactors of one or two evaporator water pumps ­compressors.
-- Operation indication: this volt-free contact indicates
that the chiller is operating (cooling load) or that it is The compressor is equipped with bearings with oversized
ready to operate (no cooling load) rollers, oil pressure lubricated for reliable and durable
-- Alert indication: this volt-free contact indicates the operation, even at maximum load.A variable control valve
necessity to carry out a maintenance operation or the controlled by the oil pressure permits infinitely variable cooling
presence of a minor fault capacity.
-- Alarm indication: this volt-free contact indicates the
presence of a major fault that has led to the shut-down
of one or several refrigerant circuits This system allows optimal adjustment of the compressor
cooling capacity and ensures exceptionally high stability
of the chilled water leaving temperature. Among the other
advantages: if a fault occurs e.g. if the condenser is fouled or
at very high outside temperature, the compressor does not
switch off, but continues operation with a reduced capacity
(unloaded mode).

The compressor is equipped with a separate oil separator


that minimises the amount of oil in circulation in the refri-
gerant circuit and with its integrated silencer considerably
reduces discharge gas pulsations for much quieter operation.

Controls
Pro-Dialog+ control ■■ Energy management
Pro-Dialog+ combines intelligence with operating simplicity. -- Seven-day internal time schedule clock: permits chiller
The control constantly monitors all machine parameters and on/off control and operation at a second set point
precisely manages the operation of compressor, expansion -- Set point reset based on the outside air temperature
devices, fans and of the evaporator water pump for optimum or the return water temperature or on the water heat
energy efficiency. exchanger delta T
-- Master/slave control of two chillers operating in
parallel with operating time equalisation and automatic
Pro-Dialog+ interface change-over in case of a unit fault (accessory)
-- Change-over based on the outside air temperature
■■ Integrated features
-- Night mode: capacity and fan speed limitation for
\\MAINMENU\STATUS reduced noise level
CAPB_T
DEM_LIM
0
100
%
% -- With hydronic module: water pressure display and
water flow rate calculation
SP 4.2 °C
CTRL_PNT -28.9 °C
EMSTOP dsable
Circuit B Total Capacity

START/STOP ENTER

PRO-DIALOG+

138 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XAS 242-482

■■ Ease-of-use -- The Pro-Dialog+ navigation uses intuitive tree-


-- The new backlighted LCD interface includes a manual structure menus. They are user-friendly and permit
control potentiometer to ensure legibility under any quick access to the principal operat-ing parameters:
lighting conditions. compressor operating, suction/discharge pressure,
-- The information is displayed clearly in English, French, compressor operating hours, set point, air
German, Italian and Spanish (for other languages temperature, entering/leaving water temperature.
please consult Carrier).

Operating limits

COOLING
Evaporator water temperature °C Minimum Maximum Evaporator water flow rate (l/s)

Water entering temperature at start-up - 45* 30XAS Minimum Maximum*


Water entering temperature during operation 6.8 21 242 3.2 30.7
Water leaving temperature during operation 3.3 15 282 3.7 30.7
Note: If the leaving water temperature is below 4°C, a glycol/water solution or the frost 342 4.4 30.7
protection option must be used.
442 5.8 41.0
482 6.5 41.0
Condenser air temperature °C Minimum Maximum
* The maximum water flow rate corresponds to a pressure drop of 100 kPa.
Storage -20 68
Operation:
Standard unit -10 55**
With option 28: winter operation -20 55**
With option 119: high energy efficiency*** -10 55****

HEATING HEATING
Note: If the air temperature is below 0°C, a glycol/water solution or the frost protection
option must be used.

* Based on the installation type and the air temperature


** Part load, based on the water temperature
*** Recommended for operation above 46°C
**** Part-load operation

Operating range
30XAS standard unit 30XAS high energy efficiency unit or option 119

Air treatment
Air entering temperature, °C

Air entering temperature, °C

CONTROLS

Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C


Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C

Legend

Operating range, unirt equipped with option 28 "Winter operation"

Below 0°C air temperature the unit must either be equipped with the evaporator frost protection option (41A or 41B), or the water loop must be protected against frost by using a
frost protection solution (by the installer).

Part load average

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 139
Dimensions/clearances
30XAS 242
COOLING

30XAS 282-342

30XAS 442-482

Legend
All dimensions are given in mm.

1 Required clearances for maintenance and air flow

2 Recommended space for evaporator tube removal

Water inlet

Water outlet

Air outlet – do not obstruct

Power supply connection

  C Control circuit connection

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding. Before designing an installation,


consult the certified dimensional drawings, available on request·

140 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XAS 242-482

30XAS 282-342 - heat reclaim unit (option 50)

COOLING
Specific elements for option 50

Attention: The Victaulic flange sleeves of the condenser are not


installed, but supplied with the unit. The sealing joints are in the
control box. The temperature sensors and the condenser flow
switch are wired and fixed in the machine. They must be installed
as described in the chapter “Condenser water connections” in the
Installation Manual.

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding. Before designing an


installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings supplied with
the unit or available on request.

For the positioning of the fixing points, weight distribution and centre
of gravity coordinates please refer to the dimensional drawings.

30XAS 442-482 - heat reclaim unit (option 50)

HEATING HEATING
Air treatment

Legend
All dimensions are given in mm.

1 Required clearances for maintenance and air flow

2 Recommended space for evaporator tube removal

Water inlet

Water outlet
CONTROLS

Air outlet – do not obstruct

Power supply connection

  C Control circuit connection

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 141
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers

30XA
Nominal cooling capacity 267-1682 kW
COOLING

The Aquaforce liquid chillers are the premium solution for industrial and commercial
applications where installers, consultants and building owners require optimal perfor-mances
and maximum quality. The units are designed to operate up to 55 °C outside air temperature.
Class A efficiency
The Aquaforce liquid chillers are designed to meet current and future requirements in terms of
Extended operating energy efficiency and operating sound levels. They use the best technologies available today:
envelope -- Twin-rotor screw compressors with a variable capacity valve.
-- Single refrigerant R-134a.
-- Low-noise generation IV Flying Bird fans made of composite material.
Reduced -- Aluminium micro-channel heat exchangers (MCHE)
refrigerant charge -- Touch Pilot control system.

To meet to all environmental and economic requirements, the Aquaforce is available in two
Full list of versions:
options - maximum -- One offers an extremely low noise level while at the same time boasting superior
configurability energy efficiency.
-- The other offers unequalled energy efficiency to satisfy the most stringent demands
of building owners wanting to reduce operating costs to the minimum. This version is
also recommended for applications in geographical zones where the air temperature is
very high.

142 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

Physical data
30XA 252 302 352 402 452 502 602 702 752 802 852 902

Cooling
Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 266.6 290.9 318 377.9 426 473.4 600.6 654 690.7 758.9 807.2 875.4
performances* C1 EER kW/kW 3.00 2.96 2.98 3.08 2.89 2.93 3.03 3.11 2.91 2.88 2.98 2.91
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B B B B C B B A B C B B
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.94 4.20 4.20 4.10 4.13 4.09 4.08 4.10 4.00 4.06 4.09 3.81
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Option 279 dB(A) 89 89 89 92 93 93 95 94 96 96 95 97
Unit with Option 279 and 119
Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 272.5 297.8 324.7 390.9 441.9 498.8 612.2 678.9 723.4 785.1 841.1 886

COOLING
performances* C1 EER kW/kW 3.13 3.10 3.09 3.21 3.08 3.15 3.13 3.31 3.08 3.09 3.24 3.12
C1 Eurovent Energy Class A A B A B A A A B A A A
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.89 3.96 4.01 3.88 3.93 3.93 3.84 4.07 3.87 3.92 4.03 3.82
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Options dB(A) 94 94 95 96 96 96 98 97 98 99 98 100
279 and 119
Operating weight†
Unit with options 279 and 119 kg 3410 3450 3490 4313 4883 4814 5707 5857 6157 6457 6958 7258
Dimensions
Length, standard unit mm 3604 3604 3604 4798 4798 5992 7186 7186 7186 7186 8380 8380
Depth mm 2253
Height mm 2297
Refrigerant R-134a
Compressors 06T semi-hermetic screw compressors, 50 r/s
Control Pro-Dialog, electronic expansion valve (EXV)
Condensers Aluminium micro-channel heat exchangers

HEATING HEATING
Fans Axial Flying Bird 4 fans with rotating shroud
Quantity, standard unit - option 119 6 6 6 8 8 9 11 12 12 12 14 14
Evaporator Flooded shell-and-tube type
C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only. The values for sizes 1402, 1502 and 1702 are for modules 1 and 2.
Eurovent certified data

Option 279 = compressor enclosure


Option 119 = high energy efficiency

Note: Unit sizes 30XA 1402 to 1702 are supplied in two field-assembled modules.

Electrical data Air treatment


30XA 252 302 352 402 452 502 602 702 752 802 852 902

Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit 24 V via internal transformer
Max. start-up current, circuits A + B/C + D*
Unit with option 279 A 269 269 287 402 505 505 574 606 773 803 805 893
Unit with option 279 and 119 A 274 274 292 407 510 510 583 616 782 812 815 905
Max. power input, circuits A + B/C + D**
Unit with option 279 kW 121 131 141 165 185 204 247 267 293 312 343 359
Unit with option 279 and 119 kW 126 136 147 172 192 212 257 278 304 323 356 372
CONTROLS

Max. unit current draw, circuits A + B/C + D**


Unit with option 279 A 198 215 233 270 303 335 404 436 492 522 572 611
Unit with option 279 and 119 A 208 226 243 284 316 350 423 457 512 542 596 635

* Instantaneous start-up current (operating current of the smallest compressor + fan current + locked rotor current in star connection of the largest compressor). Values obtained at operation with
maximum unit power input.
** Values obtained at operation with maximum unit power input. Values given on the unit name plate. Circuit D for size 1702 only.

Note: Unit sizes 30XA 1102 to 1702 have two power connection points (circuits A + B and circuits C + D).

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 143
Physical data
30XA 1002 1102 1112 1202 1212 1302 1312 1352 1382 1402 1502 1702

Cooling
Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 959.8 1118.8 1107.2 1215.8 1217.8 1293.8 1284.7 1382.8 1377.3 1436.2 1442.7 1611.0
performances* C1 EER kW/kW 2.95 3.02 2,97 2,95 3,01 2.87 2,91 2.64 2,69 2.97 2.87 3.00
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B B B B B C B D D B C NA
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.82 4.05 3,9 3.93 3,99 3.88 3,5 3.69 3,51 3.95 3.85 3.81
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Option 279 dB(A) 96 96 97 96 96 96 100 97 97 97 97 97
Unit with Option 279 and 119
Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 975.7 1147.4 1144.1 1234.5 1247 1316.9 1325.6 1437.2 1433.1 1479.8 1525 1682
COOLING

performances* C1 EER kW/kW 3.09 3.24 3.27 3.09 3.23 3.09 3.16 3.09 3.06 3.20 3.19 3.22
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B A A B A B A B B A NA NA
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 3.74 4.08 4.08 3.86 4.10 4.00 3.89 4.03 3.98 3.98 3.97 3.87
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Options 279 dB(A) 99 99 99 100 99 100 101 100 100 101 101 101
and 119
Operating weight†
Unit with options 279 and 119 kg 7836 9590 9410 10020 9570 10410 10180 10770 10270 3953 3953 6958
kg 7776 7926 6958
Dimensions
Length, standard unit mm 9574 11962 11962 11962 11962 11962 11962 11962 11962 9574 9574 8380
mm 4798 4798 8380
Depth mm 2253
Height mm 2297
Refrigerant R-134a
Compressors 06T semi-hermetic screw compressors, 50 r/s
Control Pro-Dialog, electronic expansion valve (EXV)
Condensers Aluminium micro-channel heat exchangers
Fans Axial Flying Bird 4 fans with rotating shroud
Quantity, standard unit - option 119 16 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 24 24 28
Evaporator Flooded shell-and-tube type
C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only. The values for sizes 1402, 1502 and 1702 are for modules 1 and 2.

Eurovent certified data

Option 279 = compressor enclosure


Option 119 = high energy efficiency

Note: Unit sizes 30XA 1402 to 1702 are supplied in two field-assembled modules.

Electrical data
30XA 1002 1102 1112 1202 1212 1302 1312 1352 1382 1402 1502 1702

Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit 24 V via internal transformer
Max. start-up current, circuits A + B/C + D*
Unit with option 279 A 941 574/587 587/772 773/587 587/772 803/587 772/772 891/587 772/772 893/587 941/587 805/805
Unit with option 279 and 119 A 954 583/587 587/772 782/587 587/772 812/587 772/772 901/587 772/772 905/587 954/587 815/815
Max. power input, circuits A + B/C + D**
Unit with option 279 kW 420 247/210 182/279 293/210 211/302 342/210 258/278 388/209 278/299 390/210 420/210 343/343
Unit with option 279 and 119 kW 435 257/217 186/286 304/217 216/309 353/217 262/284 400/216 284/305 405/217 435/217 356/356
Max. unit current draw, circuits A + B/C + D**
Unit with option 279 A 707 404/354 313459 492/354 359/496 568/354 426/456 655/352 456/491 661/354 707/354 572/572
Unit with option 279 and 119 A 734 423/367 321/470 512/367 367/508 588/367 436/466 678/364 466/501 688/367 734/367 596/596

* Instantaneous start-up current (operating current of the smallest compressor + fan current + locked rotor current in star connection of the largest compressor). Values obtained at operation with
maximum unit power input.
** Values obtained at operation with maximum unit power input. Values given on the unit name plate. Circuit D for size 1702 only.

Note: Unit sizes 30XA 1102 to 1702 have two power connection points (circuits A + B and circuits C + D).

144 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XA
Corrosion protection, 2B Factory application of Blygold Polual treatment Improved corrosion resistance, recommended for 252-1702
traditional coils on the copper/aluminium coils industrial, rural and marine environments
Corrosion protection, 3A Fins made of pre-treated aluminium Improved corrosion resistance, recommended for 252-1702
traditional coils (polyurethane and epoxy) moderate marine and urban environments
Medium-temperature 5 Implementation of new algorithms of control Covers specific applications such as ice storage and 252-1702
brine solution and evaporator redesign to allow chilled brine industrial processes
solution production down to -6 °C when ethylene
glycol is used (-3 °C with propylene glycol)
Low-temperature brine 6 Implementation of new algorithms of control Covers specific applications such as ice storage and 252-1702
solution and evaporator redesign to allow chilled brine industrial processes
solution production down to -12 °C when

COOLING
ethylene glycol is used (-8 °C with propylene
glycol)
Unit equipped for air 10 Fans equipped with discharge connection Facilitates connections to the discharge ducts 252-1702
discharge ducting flanges - maximum available pressure 60 kPa
IP54 control box 20A Increased leak tightness of control boxes Protects the inside of the electrical box from dusts 252-1702
and sand. In general this option is recommended for
installations in polluted environments
Tropicalisation of the 22 Electrical box equipped with an electrical Grant safe operation in typical "tropical" climate. This 252-1702
electrical box heater and a fan. Electrical connections on the option is recommended for all applications where
compressors painted with a special varnish and humidy inside the electrical box can reach 80% at 40 °C
covered with an anti-condensation foam. and unit can remain in stand-by for a long time under
this conditions.
Grilles and enclosure 23 Metal grilles on the 4 unit sides, plus side Improves aesthetics, protection against intrusion to the 252-1702
panels enclosure panels at each end of the coil unit interior, coil and piping protection against impacts.
Enclosure panels 23A Side enclosure panels at each end of the coil Improves aesthetics, coil and piping protection against 252-1702
impacts.
Winter operation down to 28 Fan speed control via frequency converter Stable unit operation for air temperature down to -20 °C 252-1702
-20 °C
Evaporator frost 41A Electric resistance heater on the evaporator and Evaporator frost protection down to -20 °C outside 252-1702
protection discharge valve temperature

HEATING HEATING
Evap.and hydraulic mod. 41B Electric resistance heater on evaporator, Evaporator and hydronic module frost protection down 252-1702
frost protection discharge valve and hydronic module to -20 °C outside temperature
Total heat recovery 50 Unit equipped with additional heat exchanger in Production of free hot-water simultaneously with chilled 252-1702
parallel with the condenser coils. water production
Master/slave operation 58 Unit equipped with supplementary water outlet Optimised operation of two chillers connected in parallel 252-1702
temperature sensor kit to be field-installed with operating time equalisation
allowing master/slave operation of two units
connected in parallel
Single power connection 81 Unit power connection via one main supply Quick and easy installation 1112-1502
point connection
Service valve set 92 Liquid line valve (evaporator inlet), compressor Allow isolation of various refrigerant circuit components 252-1702
suction and discharge line valves and for simplified service and maintenance
economiser line valve
Compressor discharge 93A Shut-off valve on the compressor discharge Simplified maintenance 252-1702
valves piping
Evaporator with one pass 100A Evaporator with one pass more on the water Optimise chiller operation when the chilled water circuit 252-1702
more side is designed with low waterflows (high delta T evaporator

Air treatment
inlet/oulet)
Evaporator with one pass 100C Evaporator with one pass on the water side. Easy to install, depending on site. Reduced pressure 252-1002
less Evaporator inlet and outlet on opposite sides. drops
21 bar evaporator 104 Reinforced evaporator for extension of the Covers applications with a high water column evaporator 252-1702
maximum water-side service pressure to 21 bar side (typically high buildings)
(standard 10 bar)
Reversed evaporator 107 Evaporator with reversed water inlet/outlet Easy installation on sites with specific requirements 252-1702
water connections
HP single-pump hydronic 116B Complete hydronic module equipped with Plug & play approach 252-502
module water filter, expansion tank with safety valve,
one high pressure pump, drain valve and water
flow control valve. For more details, refer to the
dedicated chapter
HP dual-pump hydronic 116C Complete hydronic module equipped with water Plug & play approach. Increased system reliability 252-502
module filter, expansion tank with safety valve, two
high pressure pumps, drain valve and water
flow control valve. For more details, refer to the
dedicated chapter
LP single-pump hydronic 116F Complete hydronic module equipped with Plug & play approach 252-502
module water filter, expansion tank with safety valve,
one low pressure pump, drain valve and water
flow control valve. For more details, refer to the
CONTROLS

dedicated chapter
LP dual-pump hydronic 116G Complete hydronic module equipped with Plug & play approach. Increased system reliability 252-502
module water filter, expansion tank with safety valve,
two low pressure pumps, drain valve and water
flow control valve. For more details, refer to the
dedicated chapter

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 145
Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XA
Dx Free Cooling system 118A Patented Carrier free-cooling system with Energy savings for applications with cooling demand 252-1002
on two circuits cooling micro-pump on both refrigerant circuits. throughout the entire year
Operation without glycol, no extra free-cooling
coil. See Dx Free-cooling option chapter
High energy efficiency 119 Higher air flow through the condenser coils Energy cost reduction and extended operating 252-1702
improving heat exchange efficiency on the envelope (full load operation at higher air temperature)
condenser
CCN to J-Bus gateway 148B Two-directional communication board complying Connects the unit by communication bus to a building 252-1702
with JBus protocol management system
CCN to Lon gateway 148D Two-directional communication board complying Connects the unit by communication bus to a building 252-1702
with Lon Talk protocol management system
Bacnet over IP gateway 149 Two-directional high-speed communication using Easy and high-speed connection by ethernet line to 252-1702
BACnet protocol over Ethernet network (IP) a building management system. Allows access to
multiple unit parameters
COOLING

Energy Management 156 Control board with additional inputs/outputs. See Extended remote control capabilities (Set-point 252-1702
Module Energy Management Module option chapter reset, ice storage end, demand limits, boiler on/off
command...)
Touch Pilot control, 7" 158A Touch Pilot control supplied with a 7 inch colour Enhanced ease of use 252-1702
user interface touch screen user interface
Leak detection 159 0-10 V signal to report any refrigerant leakage Immediate customer notification of refrigerant losses 252-1702
in the unit directly on the controlller (the leak to the atmosphere, allowing timely corrective actions
detector itself must be supplied by the customer)
Dual relief valves installed 194 Three-way valve upstream of the safety valves on Valve replacement and inspection facilitated without 252-1382
w/ 3-way valve the evaporator and the oil separator refrigerant loss. Comforms to European standard
EN378/BGVD4
Compliance with Swiss 197 Additional tests on the water heat exchangers: Conformance with Swiss regulations 252-1702
regulations supply (additional of PED documents)
supplementary certificates and test certifications
Compliance with Russian 199 GOST certification Conformance with Russian regulations 252-1702
regulations
Compliance with 200 Unit approved to Australian code Conformance with Australian regulations 252-1702
Australian regulations
Power factor correction 231 Capacitors for automatic regulation of power Reduction of the real electrical power, compliance 252-1702
factor (cos phi) value to 0,95. with minimum power factor limit set by utilities
Traditional coils (Cu/Al) 254 Coils made of copper tubes with aluminium fins None 252-1702
Traditional coils (Cu/Al) 255 Coils made of copper tubes with aluminium fins None 252-1702
without slots without slots
Insulation of the evap. in/ 256 Thermal insulation of the evaporator entering/ Prevents condensation on the evaporator entering/ 252-1702
out ref.lines leaving refrigerant lines with flexible, anti-UV leaving refrigerant lines
insulant
Low noise level 257 Sound insulation of main noise sources (includes 5 to 12 dB(A) quiter than standard unit (depending 252-1702
option 279) model and size). Refer to the physical data table for
detailed values
Very low sound level 258 Enhanced sound insulation of main noise sources 2 to 3 dB(A) quiter than unit with option 257. Refer to 452-1702
combined with fans speed management (includes the physical data table for detailed values
option 279)
Enviro-Shield anti- 262 Coating by conversion process which modifies Improved corrosion resistance, recommended for use 252-1702
corrosion protection the surface of the aluminum producing a coating in moderately corrosive environments
that is integral to the coil. Complete immersion
in a bath to ensure 100% coverage. No heat
transfer variation, tested 4000 hours salt spray
per ASTM B117
Super Enviro-Shield anti- 263 Extremely durable and flexible epoxy polymer Improved corrosion resistance, recommended for use 252-1702
corrosion protection coating applied on micro channel heat in extremely corrosive environments
exchangers by electro coating process, final UV
protective topcoat. Minimal heat transfer variation,
tested 6000 hours constant neutral salt spray
per ASTM B117, superior impact resistance per
ASTM D2794
Welded evaporator water 266 Victaulic piping connections with welded joints Easy installation 252-1702
connection kit
Compressor enclousure 279 Compressor sound enclosure 4 to 10 dB(A) quiter than standard unit. Refer to the 252-1702
physical data table for detailed values
Evaporator with 281 Evaporator covered with an aluminium sheet for Improved resistance to aggressive climate conditions 252-1702
aluminium jacket thermal insulation protection
230V electrical plug 284 230V AC power supply source provided with plug Permits connection of a laptop or an electrical device 252-1702
socket and transformer (180 VA, 0,8 Amps) during unit commissioning or servicing
Carrier Connect link (BSS 298 3G router board When variable-speed pumps on the primary circuit, 252-1702
regions only) NOTE 1: require option 149 the VWF control modulates flow rate through the
NOTE 2: when more than one machine is installed evaporator, minimising pump consumption while
on site, only one of them shall be equipped with ensuring safe/optimised chiller operation
option 298 while all of them must be equipped
with option 149
NOTE 3: if a CARRIER-PSM is on site, option 298
shall be integrated in the PSM while option 149 is
still mandatory for each single unit.

146 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

Remote Management (EMM option)


■■ The Energy Management Module (EMM) offers extended -- Ice storage end: When ice storage has finished,
remote control possibilities: this input permits return to the second set-point
-- Room temperature: Permits set-point reset based (unoccupied mode)
on the building indoor air temperature (if Carrier -- Time schedule override: Closing of this contact
thermostat are installed) cancels the time schedule effects
-- Set-point reset: Ensures reset of the cooling set-point -- Out of service: This signal indicates that the chiller is
based on a 4-20 mA or 0-10 V signal completelt out of service
-- Demand limit: Permits limitation of the maximum -- Chiller capacity: This analogue output (0-10 V) gives
chiller capacity based on 0-10 V signal an immediate indication of the chiller capacity
-- Demand limit 1 and 2: Closing of these contacts limits -- Alert indication: This volt-free contact indicates the
the maximum chiller capacity to two predefined values necessity to carry out a maintenance operation or the

COOLING
-- User safety: This contact can be used for any presence of a minor fault
customer safety loop; opening the contact generates -- Compressors running status: Set of outputs (as
a specific alarm many as the compressors number) indicating which
compressors are running.

Total heat reclaim (option 50)


Suitable for heating, domestic hot water preparation,
65
agriculture and food industry, industrial processes and other
hot-water requirements. 60
Condenser leaving water temperature, °C

55
With the total heat reclaim option it is possible to reduce
the energy consumption bill considerably compared to 50
conventional heating equipment such as fossil fuel boilers or 45

HEATING HEATING
electric water tanks.
40
Operating principle 35
If hot water production is required, the compressor discharge 30
gases are directed towards the heat reclaim condenser. The
refrigerant releases its heat to the hot water that leaves 25
the condenser at a temperature of up to 60 °C. In this way 20
100% of the heat rejected by the liquid chiller can be used
0 5 10 15
to produce hot water. When the demand for heat is satisfied,
Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C
the hot gas is again directed towards the air condenser where
the heat is rejected to the outside air by the fans. Hot water Full load
temperature control is ensured by the chiller Touch Pilot Part load limit, approx. 60%
Minimum load limit, approx. 30%
control that independently controls the reclaim operation of

Air treatment
each refrigerant circuit.

Note: Heat reclaim is only possible, if the unit produces cold


water at the same time.
Part load operating limits (evaporator leaving
Condenser water temperature (°C) Min Max water temperature = 7 °C)
Entering temperature at start-up 12.5* 55
60
Maximum condenser leaving water

Entering temperature during operation 20 55


Leaving temperature during operation 25 60
Evaporator water temperature (°C) 55
temperature, °C

Entering temperature at start-up - 45


Entering temperature during operation 6.8 21
50
* The entering water temperature at start-up must not fall below 12.5 °C.
For installations with a lower temperature a three-way valve must be used.

Note: If the evaporator leaving water temperature is below 4 °C, a glycol-water solution or 45
the frost protection option must be used.
CONTROLS

In part-load operation, the limitation of the condenser leaving 40


water temperature is due to the operating range of the screw 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30
compressor. If the condenser leaving water temperature is
Unit load, %
above the limit value given in the curves on the right, the
unit will automatically change over to the mode without heat
recovery:

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 147
Physical data (option 50)
These are the same as for the standard unit except:

30XA heat reclaim mode 252 302 352 402 452 502 602 702 752 802 852 902 1002
Cooling capacity* kW 265 295 317 385 444 500 616 679 721 789 830 891 990
Heating capacity in kW 340 377 406 487 562 628 773 845 909 988 1042 1121 1246
heat reclaim mode
Total power input kW 81.9 89.6 98.0 112.7 128.7 140.4 171.7 182.9 205.6 218.5 232.8 252.1 281.6
(unit)*
Total energy kW/kW 3.23 3.29 3.23 3.41 3.45 3.56 3.59 3.71 3.51 3.61 3.57 3.53 3.51
efficiency ratio
COOLING

(EER)
Total coefficient of kW/kW 4.15 4.20 4.14 4.33 4.36 4.49 4.51 4.63 4.43 4.53 4.49 4.46 4.44
performance (COP)
Operating weight** kg 3920 3960 3970 4930 5050 5550 6670 6730 7130 7350 7890 8340 8950
Condenser in 10 10 10 12 14 14 12+12 12+12 14+12 14+12 14+12 14+14 14+14
diameter
Refrigerant charge
Circuit A kg 37 35 35 51 52 59 58 58 65 69 72 69 91
Circuit B kg 39 37 37 37 37 36 59 62 58 65 63 76 89
Heat reclaim condenser Flooded shell-and-tube condenser
Water volume l 38 38 38 55 68 68 55 + 55 + 68 + 68 + 68 + 68 + 68 +
55 55 55 55 55 68 68
Water connection Victaulic
Nominal diameter in 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Actual outside mm 88.9 88.9 88.9 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3 114.3
diameter
* Nominal conditions: Entering/leaving water temperature: evaporator 12 °C /   7 °C; heat reclaim condenser: 40 °C / 45 °C; evaporator and heat reclaim condenser fouling
factor = 0 m2 K/kW.
Gross performances, not in accordance with EN14511-3:2011. These performances do not take into account the correction for the proportional heating capacity and
power input generated by the water pump to overcome the internal pressure drop in the heat exchanger.
** Weights are for guidance only

148 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

DX free cooling system (option 118A)


The DX free cooling option permits significant energy savings ■■ Low water pressure losses
for all applications that require cooling in winter. In the free The Aquaforce DX free cooling chiller does not include a
cooling mode the compressors are stopped and only the three-way valve nor free cooling coils connected in series
fan and cooling micro-pump are running. The changeover with the evaporator. The Aquaforce free cooling chiller has
from compressor cooling mode to free cooling mode is the same water pressure losses as a standard chiller.
automatically controlled by the Touch Pilot control, based on
■■ Weight and dimensions gain
the chiller heat load and the temperature difference between
chilled water and ambient air. -- The DX free cooling option has practically no impact
on the weight of the liquid chiller.
-- The Aquaforce free cooling chiller has the same
Important: In order to optimise chiller performances, it dimen-sions as a standard chiller.

COOLING
is recommended to use the leaving water set point reset ■■ Increased energy efficiency
function.
-- In free cooling mode only the fans and the cooling
micro-pump run. At an air-water temperature
Operating principle difference of 10 K for example the average chiller
When the chilled water-air temperature difference exceeds energy efficiency (EER) is 23 (kW/kW).
a threshold value, the Touch Pilot control carries out a -- In the mechanical cooling mode chiller thermal and
comparison between the instantaneous chiller cooling energy performances are not reduced by the use of a
capacity and the available free cooling capacity. If the water-glycol solution.
operating conditions allow free cooling operation, the -- As the pressure losses of the water circuit are low, the
compressors are stopped, a set of valves on the suction water pumps use less energy.
piping connects the evaporator with the condenser, allowing
the migration of the refrigerant vapours to the condenser. Cooling capacities
The refrigerant condenses in the condenser coils, and the 30XA 252-1002 in free-cooling mode (option 118A)
cooling micro-pump transports the liquid to the evaporator.
The cooling capacity in free cooling mode is controlled by the Condenser entering air temperature, °C
opening of the electronic expansion valve (EXV). 30XA LWT 0 -5 -10

HEATING HEATING
Qc EER Qc EER Qc EER
Operation in combined FC (free-cooling) and MC (mecha- °C kW kW/ kW kW/ kW kW/
kW kW kW
nical cooling) mode is possible in the two independent
252 10 143.4 21.9 183.2 27.7 186.4 28.0
refrigerant circuits. This can optimise the free-cooling 302 143.0 22.3 182.7 28.3 185.9 28.5
operations and at the same time ensures that the cooling 352 142.9 22.0 182.6 27.9 185.8 28.1
requirements of the system are met. 402 182.8 20.2 255.1 27.9 274.8 29.8
EER 452 182.6 20.0 255.0 27.7 274.6 29.6
502 202.5 19.9 284.2 27.7 306.9 29.6
602 253.1 19.7 373.1 28.7 415.5 31.7
FC mode 702 276.6 20.2 407.5 29.5 453.8 32.6
Circuit 1: FC 752 271.5 19.9 400.1 29.1 445.6 32.2
Circuit 2: FC 802 274.9 19.7 405.0 28.8 451.1 31.8
852 323.6 19.9 476.8 29.1 531.0 32.2
Mixed mode
902

Air treatment
Circuit 1: MC 328.1 20.4 483.4 29.8 538.4 32.9
Circuit 2: FC 1002 368.1 20.6 542.3 30.2 603.9 33.3
Note: Calculations according to the standard performances (in accordance with EN14511-
3:2011) and Eurovent-certified. Evaporator fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
MC mode
Circuit 1: MC Legend
Circuit 2: MC LWT Leaving water temperature, °C
Qc Cooling capacity, kW
EER Energy efficiency ratio, kW/kW
Delta T (K)

Legend
MC Mechanical cooling (compressors)
Operating limits
FC Free cooling
Delta T Difference between the leaving water temperature and the entering air Free- Mechanical
temperature, K cooling cooling mode
mode (compressors)
Evaporator water temperature, °C
Advantages of the DX free cooling Minimum leaving water 3.3 3.3
system temperature
Maximum leaving water 25 15
■■ Operation without glycol temperature
Unlike traditional hydronic free-cooling systems that require the Condenser air temperature, °C
CONTROLS

use of a glycol solution, the Aquaforce DX free cooling chiller Minimum leaving air -20 -20*
works with pure water. The evaporator is protected against temperature
frost down to -20 °C by an electric resistance heater (option). Maximum leaving air 20 55
temperature
* For operation at an air temperature below -10 °C option 28 (winter operation) is
required.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 149
Fan with available pressure (option 10)
This option allows a duct connection at the discharge side of
30XA option 10
the condenser fan. The unit is supplied with axial fans with a
speed of 15.8 r/s (same for option 119), each equipped with Correction factors
a duct connection frame. The chiller can operate at a static Fan pressure drop Pa 0 20 40 60
discharge pressure of up to 60 Pa with reduced performance. Air flow % 0 -3.5 -7.5 -12.1
The performances can be estimated using the coefficients Cooling capacity % 0 -0.5 -1.0 -1.5
below, applicable at the conditions shown in the curve below. EER % 0 -1.5 -3.5 -5.0
Power input % 0 +1.0 +2.5 +3.5

■■ Selection method Note: All fans must be individually ducted.

The base performances for the calculation are those of option ■■ Example
COOLING

119 (only MCHE heat exchangers, see pages 24 and 25 30XA 802 with 40 Pa pressure drop
of this manual). To obtain the capacities at the static duct
Performances option 119 at the following conditions:
pressure, apply the coefficients shown in the tables on the
right. -- 35 °C outside air temperature
-- 12/7 °C entering/leaving water temperature

0 Pa for option 119 Correction factors 40 Pa


Air flow l/s 54167 -7.5% 50119
Cooling capacity kW 787 -1.0% 779
EER kW/kW 3.13 -3.5% 3
Power input kW 251 +2.5% 258

Application limits for correction factors for high air temperatures

48
60Pa
46
20Pa
44
Outdor air temperature, °C

42

40

38

36

34

32

30
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Leaving water temperature, °C

150 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

Features and advantages


Very economical operation ■■ Simplified electrical connections
■■ Exceptionally high full load and part load energy -- Main disconnect switch with high trip capacity
efficiency: -- Transformer to supply the integrated control circuit
(400/24 V).
-- Eurovent energy efficiency class A and B (unit with ■■ Fast commissioning
high-efficiency option 119).
-- Standardised Eurovent values in accordance with EN -- Systematic factory operation test before shipment
14511-3:2013: EER up to 3.3 and ESEER up to 4.2. -- Quick-test function for step-by-step verification
-- New twin-rotor screw compressor equipped with a of the instruments, expansion devices, fans and
high-efficiency motor and a variable capacity valve compressors.
that permits exact matching of the cooling capacity to
Environmentally balanced

COOLING
the load.
-- All aluminium condenser with high-efficiency micro- ■■ R-134a refrigerant
channels. -- Refrigerant of the HFC group with zero ozone
-- Flooded shell-and-tube evaporator to increase the depletion potential
heat exchange efficiency. -- 30% reduction in the refrigerant charge through the
-- Electronic expansion device permitting operation at a use of micro-channel heat exchangers
lower condensing pressure and improved utilisation ■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit
of the evaporator heat exchange surface (superheat
-- Reduction of leaks as no capillary tubes and flare
control).
connec-tions are used
-- Economiser system with electronic expansion device
-- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature
for increased cooling capacity.
sensors without transferring refrigerant charge
-- Liquid line service valve for simplified maintenance
Low operating sound levels (option).
■■ Compressors
-- Discharge dampers integrated in the oil separator Absolute reliability

HEATING HEATING
(Carrier patent). ■■ Screw compressors
-- Silencer on the economiser return line.
-- Industrial-type screw compressors with oversized
-- Acoustic compressor and oil separator enclosure
bearings and motor cooled by suction gas.
reducing radiated noise (option).
-- All compressor components are easily accessible on
■■ Condenser section
site minimising down-time.
-- Condenser coils in V-shape with an open angle, -- Protection increased by an electronic board.
allowing quieter air flow across the coil ■■ Air condenser
-- Low-noise 4th generation Flying Bird fans, made of
-- All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE)
a composite material (Carrier patent) are now even
with high corrosion resistance. The all aluminium
quieter and do not generate intrusive low-frequency
design eliminates the formation of galvanic currents
noise
between aluminium and copper that cause coil
-- Rigid fan mounting preventing start-up noise (Carrier
corrosion in saline or corrosive environments.
patent).
■■ Evaporator
Easy and fast installation

Air treatment
-- Thermal insulation with aluminium sheet finish
(option) for perfect resistance to external aggression
■■ Integrated hydronic module (option) (mechanical and UV protection).
-- Centrifugal low or high-pressure water pump (as ■■ Auto-adaptive control
required), based on the pressure loss of the hydronic -- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor
installation cycling (Carrier patent)
-- Single or dual pump (as required) with operating time -- Automatic compressor unloading in case of
balancing and automatic changeover to the back-up abnormally high condensing pressure. If condenser
pump if a fault develops coil fouling or fan failure occurs, the Aquaforce
-- Water filter protecting the water pump against continues to operate, but at reduced capacity
circulating debris ■■ Exceptional endurance tests
-- High-capacity membrane expansion tank ensures
pressurisation of the water circuit -- Partnerships with specialised laboratories and use of
-- Thermal insulation and aluminium protection (option) limit simulation tools (finite element calculation) for the
-- Pressure sensor to check filter pollution and for design of critical components.
direct numerical display of the water flow rate with an -- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a
estimate of the instantaneous cooling capacity at the vibrating table. The test is based on a military
control interface standard and equi-valent to 4000 km by truck.
-- Salt mist corrosion resistance test in the laboratory for
CONTROLS

-- Water flow control valve.


increased corrosion resistance.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 151
06T Screw Compressor Novation® Heat Exchangers with
Micro-Channel coil Technology
COOLING

Already utilised in the automobile and aeronautical industries for


many years, the MCHE micro-channel heat exchanger used
The Carrier 06T screw compressor benefits from Carrier’s in the Aquaforce is entirely made of aluminium. This one-piece
long experience in the development of twin-rotor screw concept significantly increases its corrosion resistance by
compressors. The compressor is equipped with bearings eliminating the galvanic currents that are created when two
with oversized rollers, oil pressure lubricated for reliable and different metals (copper and aluminium) come into contact in
durable operation, even at maximum load. traditional heat exchangers. Unlike traditional heat exchangers
the MCHE heat exchanger can be used in moderate marine
and urban environments (Carrier recommendation).
A variable control valve controlled by the oil pressure permits
infinitely variable cooling capacity. This system allows
optimal adjustment of the compressor cooling capacity and From an energy efficiency point-of-view the MCHE heat
ensures exceptionally high stability of the chilled water leaving exchanger is approximately 10% more efficient than a
temperature. traditional coil and allows a 30% reduction in the amount of
refrigerant used in the chiller. The low thickness of the MCHE
reduces air pressure losses by 50% and makes it susceptible
Among the other advantages: if a fault occurs e.g. if the to very little fouling (e.g. by sand). Cleaning of the MCHE heat
condenser is fouled or at very high outside temperature, the exchanger is very fast using a high-pressure washer.
compressor does not switch off, but continues operation with
a reduced capacity (unloaded mode).
To ensure constant level of performance during time and
protect coils from early deterioration or, what's worse,
The compressor is equipped with a separate oil separator refrigerant leaks, Carrier offers (as options) dedicated
that minimises the amount of oil in circulation in the refrigerant treatments for installations in corrosive environments.
circuit and with its integrated silencer considerably reduces
discharge gas pulsations for much quieter operation.
The Novation® heat exchangers with Enviro-Shield protection
(option 262) are recommended for installations in moderately
corrosive environments. The Enviro-Shield protection utilises
corrosion inhibitors which actively arrest oxidation in case of
mechanical damage.

The Novation® heat exchangers with the exclusive Super


Enviro-Shield protection (option 263) are recommended for
installations in corrosive environments. The Super Enviro-
Shield protection consist in an extremely durable and flexible
epoxy coating uniformly applied over all coil surfaces for
complete isolation from the contaminated environment.

152 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

Touch Pilot Control Remote Management (Standard)


■■ Units with Touch Pilot control can be easily accessed
Touch Pilot control, 5” user interface from the internet, using a PC with an Ethernet connection.
This makes remote control quick and easy and offers
significant advantages for service operations.
■■ Aquaforce is equipped with an RS485 serial port that
offers multiple remote control, monitoring and diagnostic
possibilities. When networked with other Carrier
equipment through the CCN (Carrier Comfort Network
- proprietary protocol), all components form a HVAC
system fully-integrated and balanced through one of the
Carrier's network system products, like the Chiller System
Manager or the Plant System Manager (optional).

COOLING
■■ Aquaforce also communicates with other building
management systems via optional communication
gateways.
■■ The following commands/visualisations are possible from
remote connection:
■■ New innovative smart control features:
-- Start/stop of the machine
-- An intuitive and user-friendly, coloured, 5'' interface
-- Dual set-point management: through a dedicated
(7" optional)
contact is possible to activate a second set-point
-- Direct access to the unit's technical drawings and the
(example: unoccupied mode)
main service documents
-- Demand limit setting: to limit the maximum chiller
-- Screen-shots with coincisive and clear information in
capacity to a predefined value
local languages
-- Water pump control: these outputs control the
-- Complete menu, customised for different users
contactors of one/two evaporator water pums
(end user, service personnel and Carrier-factory
-- Water pumps on reversal (only with options
technicians)
116C/116G): these contacts are used to detect a
-- Easy access to the controller box with inclined touch
water pump operation fault and automatically change

HEATING HEATING
screen mounting to ensure legibility under any lighting
over to the other pump
conditions
-- Operation visualisation: indication if the unit is
-- Safe operation and unit setting: password protection
operating or if it's in stand-by (no cooling load) - alarm
ensures that unauthorised people cannot modify any
visualisation.
advanced parameters
-- Simple and "smart" intelligence uses data collection
from the constant monitoring of all machine
parameters to optimise unit operation.
■■ Energy management:
-- Internal time schedule clock controls chiller on/off
times and operation at a second set-point
-- The DCT (Data Collection Tool) records the alarms
history to simplify and facilitate service operations.

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 153
Operating limits
Evaporator water temperature, °C Minimum Maximum Evaporator water flow rate (l/s)*
Water entering temperature at start-up - 45* 30XA Minimum Maximum**
Water entering temperature during 6.8 21 252 3.6 37.5
operation 302 4.0 40.5
Water leaving temperature during 3.3 15 352 4.3 40.5
operation 402 5.3 34.1
Note: If the leaving water temperature is below 4 °C, a glycol/water solution or the frost
452 6.0 36.9
protection option must be used. 502 6.7 42.0
602 8.1 45.0
702 8.9 56.1
Condenser air temperature, °C Minimum Maximum
COOLING

752 9.6 59.1


Storage -20 68 802 10.4 67.1
Operation: 852 11.0 67.1
Standard unit -10 55** 902 11.8 73.9
With winter operation option (option 28) -20 55** 1002 13.1 83.9
With high energy efficiency option -10 55**** 1112 15.1 126.5
(option 119)*** 1212 16.4 132.1
Note: If the air temperature is below 0 °C, a glycol/water solution or the frost protection 1312 17.5 118.5
option must be used. 1382 18.8 131.1
* Based on the installation type and the air temperature
** Part load, based on the water temperature 1402 19.3 107.4
*** Recommended for operation above 46 °C 1502 19.9 109.4
**** Part-load operation
1702 22.0 107.4
* Standard evaporators with water as the heat transfer fluid.
** The maximum water flow rate corresponds to a pressure drop of 100 kPa.

Operating range
30XA standard unit 30XA high-energy efficiency unit or unit with option 119
Air entering temperature, °C

Air entering temperature, °C

Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C

Legend

Operating range, unit equipped with option 28 (winter operation)

Below 0 °C air temperature the unit must either be equipped with the evaporator frost protection option (41A or 41B), or the water loop must be protected against frost by using a
frost protection solution (by the installer).

Part load average

154 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

Hydronic module (options 116B, C, F, G)


Typical water circuit diagram

Legend
2 Components of unit and hydronic module
A Pressure sensor (A-B = ∆p evaporator)
9 B Pressure sensor
C Pressure sensor (C-D = ∆p water filter)
D Pressure sensor
9 1 Victaulic screen filter
C D A 13 2 Expansion tank
3 Safety valve
15 4 Available pressure pump
12 16 9 9
17 1 5 Drain valve
4 7 6 Water flow control valve

COOLING
7 Evaporator
12 10 8 Evaporator defrost heater (option)
3
9 Hydronic module defrost heater
5 10 Air vent (evaporator)
11 Water purge (evaporator)
12 Expansion compensator (flexible connections)
13 Flow switch
8 14 Water temperature sensor

System components (field-supplied)


15 Air vent
16 Flexible connection
11 17 Shut-down valves
B 18 Charge valve
16 17 6 ---Hydronic module (option)
9

14
18

HEATING HEATING
Electrical data (options 116B, C, F, G)
The pumps that are factory-installed in these units have This regulation concerns the application of directive 2005/32/
motors with efficiency class IE2. The additional electrical data EC on the eco-design requirements for electric motors.
required by regulation 640/2009 is given in the installation,
operation and maintenance manual.

Pump curve (options 116B, C, F, G)


Conditions and limits of use:

Air treatment
-- Fresh water 20 °C
-- In case of use of the glycol, the maximum water flow is reduced.
When the glycol is used, it’s limited to 40%.

Low-pressure pump (hydronic module option) High-pressure pump (hydronic module option)
200 400
502 375 502
175
Available static pressure, kPa)
Available static pressure, kPa

350
150 452 325 452
300
125 275
402
250 402
100 225
352 200
75 175 30
2-3
302 150 52
50 252
125
25 100
252
75
0 50
CONTROLS

3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 155
Dimensions/clearances
30XA 252-352 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)
30XA 252-302 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)
COOLING

Legend
All dimensions are given in mm.

Required clearances for maintenance (see note)

Recommended space for evaporator tube removal

Water inlet for standard unit - for options 5, 6,


100A, 100C, 107 refer to the certified drawing.

Water outlet for standard unit - for options 5, 6,


100A, 100C, 107 refer to the certified drawing.

Air outlet – do not obstruct

Power supply and control connection

Control circuit connection for option 158

30XA 402-452 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)


30XA 352-452 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)

Notes:
Drawings are not contractually binding.
Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available on request.
If the installation includes several units or if this (these) is (are) close to walls, please refer to
chapters 3.13 - “Multiple chiller installation” and 3.14 - “Distance to the wall” of the installation
manual to determine the space required.

156 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

Dimensions/clearances
30XA 502 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)
30XA 502 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
30XA 602-802 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)
30XA 602-702 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)

Air treatment

Legend
All dimensions are given in mm.

Required clearances for maintenance (see note)

Recommended space for evaporator tube removal

Water inlet for standard unit - for options 5, 6,


100A, 100C, 107 refer to the certified drawing.
CONTROLS

Water outlet for standard unit - for options 5, 6,


100A, 100C, 107 refer to the certified drawing.

Notes: Air outlet – do not obstruct


Drawings are not contractually binding.
Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available on request. Power supply and control connection
If the installation includes several units or if this (these) is (are) close to walls, please refer to chapters
3.13 - “Multiple chiller installation” and 3.14 - “Distance to the wall” of the installation manual to Control circuit connection for option 158
determine the space required.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 157
Dimensions/clearances
30XA 852-902 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)
30XA 752-852 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)
COOLING

Legend
All dimensions are given in mm.

Required clearances for maintenance (see


note)

Recommended space for evaporator tube


removal

Water inlet for standard unit


For options 5, 6, 100A, 100C, 107 refer to the
certified drawing.

Water outlet for standard unit


For options 5, 6, 100A, 100C, 107 refer to the
certified drawing.

Air outlet – do not obstruct

Power supply and control connection

Control circuit connection for option 158


30XA 1002 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)
30XA 902-1002 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)

Notes:
Drawings are not contractually binding.
Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available on request.
If the installation includes several units or if this (these) is (are) close to walls, please refer to chapters
3.13 - “Multiple chiller installation” and 3.14 - “Distance to the wall” of the installation manual to
determine the space required.

158 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

Dimensions/clearances
30XA 1112, 1212, 1312, 1382 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)
30XA 1112, 1212, 1312, 1382 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)

2297
467
467

419

COOLING
419 11962
2253
1500

1500
1

3
1

1 2

1
1500

2200
Legend
All dimensions are given in mm.

HEATING HEATING
Required clearances for maintenance (see note)
Water outlet for standard unit - for options 5, 6, 100A, 100C, 107 refer to the
certified drawing
Recommended space for evaporator tube removal
Air outlet – do not obstruct
3 Required clearances for maintenance if options 100A + 107 are used together
Power supply and control connection
Water inlet for standard unit - for options 5, 6, 100A, 100C, 107 refer to the
certified drawing
Control circuit connection for option 158

Notes:
Drawings are not contractually binding.
Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available on request.
If the installation includes several units or if this (these) is (are) close to walls, please refer to chapters
3.13 - “Multiple chiller installation” and 3.14 - “Distance to the wall” of the installation manual to
determine the space required.

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 159
Dimensions/clearances
30XA 1402-1502 module 1/2 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)
30XA 1402-1502 module 1/2 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)
COOLING

To the water inlet of module 2


Module 2

Legend
All dimensions are given in mm. Water outlet for standard unit
For options 5, 6, 100A, 100C, 107 refer to the certified drawing.
Required clearances for maintenance (see note)
Air outlet – do not obstruct

Recommended space for evaporator tube removal


Power supply and control connection
Water inlet for standard unit
For options 5, 6, 100A, 100C, 107 refer to the certified drawing.
Control circuit connection for option 158

30XA 1402-1502 module 2/2 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)


30XA 1402-1502 module 2/2 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)

Water inlet (to be connected to the water outlet of module 1)

Module 1

Notes:
Drawings are not contractually binding.
Before designing an installation, consult the certified
­dimensional drawings, available on request.
If the installation includes several units or if this (these) is
(are) close to walls, please refer to chapters 3.13 - “Multiple
chiller installation” and 3.14 - “Distance to the wall” of the
­installation manual to determine the space required.

160 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers 30XA 252-1702

Dimensions/clearances
30XA 1702 module 1/2 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)
30XA 1702 module 1/2 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)

COOLING
To the water inlet of module 2
Module 2

Legend
All dimensions are given in mm. Water outlet for standard unit

HEATING HEATING
For options 5, 6, 100A, 100C, 107 refer to the certified drawing.
Required clearances for maintenance (see note)
Air outlet – do not obstruct

Recommended space for evaporator tube removal


Power supply and control connection
Water inlet for standard unit
For options 5, 6, 100A, 100C, 107 refer to the certified drawing.
Control circuit connection for option 158

30XA 1702 module 2/2 - MCHE heat exchanger (standard)


30XA 1702 module 2/2 - Cu/Al heat exchanger (option 254/255)

Air treatment

Water inlet (to be connected to the water outlet of module 1)

Module 1
CONTROLS

Notes:
Drawings are not contractually binding.
Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available
on request.
If the installation includes several units or if this (these) is (are) close to walls, please refer
to chapters 3.13 - “Multiple chiller installation” and 3.14 - “Distance to the wall” of the
installation manual to determine the space required.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 161
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers

30XAV NEW
Nominal cooling capacity 504-1138 kW
COOLING

The Aquaforce chillers with Greenspeed® Intelligence are the premium solution for commercial
and industrial applications where installers, consultants and building owners require superior
reliability and optimal performances, especially at part load.
Low energy
consumption The units are designed to operate up to 50 °C outside air temperature.

Built in reliability The 30XAV units are designed to meet current and future requirements in terms of energy
and easy servicing efficiency, versatility and operating sound levels. This result is achieved through the optimised
combination of proven best-in-class technologies that include:
-- Exclusive high-efficiency variable-speed screw of the proven traditional Carrier twin-
Minimised screw compressor design
­operating sound -- New Touch PilotTM control
-- Variable-speed condenser fans
levels -- Mechanically cleanable flooded evaporator
-- Novation® heat exchanger with micro-channel coil technology.
Improved electrical
performance As standard, the unit can provide an evaporator leaving temperature down to 3.3 °C with
proven operation for outdoor air temperatures ranging from -20 °C to 50 °C.

Furthermore, with 30XAV, Carrier offers its unique expertise and know-how to take care of the
machine long after the sale. With the new “CARRIER® CONNECT” system in fact, energy and
facility managers and end-users in general can rely on the most qualified remote monitoring
services.

162 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XAV 500-1150

Physical data
30XAV 500 600 700 800 950 1050 1150

Cooling
Unit with Option 279
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 505 607 687 814 910 1041 1138
C1 EER kW/kW 3.22 2.23 3.29 3.37 3.12 3.08 3.10
C1 Eurovent Energy Class A A A A A B A
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 4.59 4.67 4.79 4.85 4.72 4.68 4.84

COOLING
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Option 279 dB(A) 99 100 100 100 102 103 103
Unit with Option 257
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 491 590 667 792 882 1007 1106
C1 EER kW/kW 3.03 3.02 3.09 3.06 2.9 2.85 2.91
C1 Eurovent Energy B B B B B B B
Class
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 4.63 7.71 4.82 4.89 4.73 4.68 4.8
Sound Power Level Standard Unit + Options 257 dB(A) 96 97 97 97 99 100 100
Operating weight† kg 4901 5264 5865 6524 6806 7687 8076
Dimensions
Length mm 6192 6192 7386 8380 9574 10768 11962
Width mm 2253 2253 2253 2253 2253 2253 2253

HEATING HEATING
Height mm 2297 2297 2297 2297 2297 2297 2297
Compressor Variable speed, inverter-driven screw compressor (06T, Carrier
proprietary technology)
Compressors / Circuits 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2 2/2
Minimum capacity % 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Control Touch Pilot, with 7’’ touch screen
Refrigerant R134a
Condenser All aluminium micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE) PRELIMINARY
DATA
Fans Variable speed, inverter-driven axial fans (Flying Bird 4, Carrier
proprietary technology)

Air treatment
Quantity 9 10 12 14 16 18 20
Evaporator Flooded, shell-and-tube type

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Outside air temperature 35°C
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
†   Weight shown is a guideline only. The values for sizes 1402, 1502 and 1702 are for modules 1 and 2.
Eurovent certified data

Option 279 = compressor enclosure.


Option 257 = low sound option
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 163
Electrical data
30XAV 500 600 700 800 950 1050 1150

Power circuit
Nominal power V-ph-Hz 400-3-50±10%
supply
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Start-up current* Not Applicable (less than the operating current)
Power factor**
Maximum*** 0.91-0.93
Cos phi > 0.98
COOLING

Total harmonic distortion*** % 35-45


Maximum unit power
input****
Circuit 1† kW 223 255 293 186 231 231 255
Circuit 2 † kW - - - 186 186 231 255
Option 81 kW - - - 373 417 61 510
Nominal unit current draw††
Circuit 1† A 260 306 346 218 264 264 293
Circuit 2 † A - - - 218 218 264 293
Option 81 A - - - 436 482 528 586
* Instantaneous start-up current
** This can vary as a function of the short-circuit current/maximum current ratio of the system transformer.
*** Values obtained at operation with maximum unit power input
**** Values obtained at operation with maximum unit power input. Values given on the unit name plate.
† When the machines are equipped with two power supplies, circuit 1 is dedicated for supplying refrigerant circuit A, and circuit 2 is dedicated for supplying refrigerant circuit B.
†† Values obtained at the normalized Eurovent operating point of the unit: air 35 °C, water 12/7 °C.

Note: Motor and fan electrical data if the unit operates at Eurovent conditions (motor ambient temperature 50°C): 1.9 A, start-up current: 8.4 A, power input: 760 W.

Options
Remote management
(EMM option)
■■ T
he Energy Management Module (EMM) offers extended -- Ice storage end: When ice storage has finished,
remote control possibilities: this input permits return to the second set-point
-- Room temperature: Permits set-point reset based (unoccupied mode).
on the building indoor air temperature (if Carrier -- Time schedule override: Closing of this contact
thermostat are installed) cancels the time schedule effects
-- Set-point reset: Ensures reset of the cooling set-point -- Out of service: This signal indicates that the chiller is
based on a 4-20 mA or 0-10 V signal completely out of service.
-- Demand limit: Permits limitation of the maximum -- Chiller capacity: This analogue output (0-10 V) gives
chiller capacity based on 0-10 V signal an immediate indication of the chiller capacity.
-- Demand limit 1 and 2: Closing of these contacts -- Alert indication: This volt-free contact indicates the
limits the maximum chiller capacity to two predefined necessity to carry out a maintenance operation or the
values. presence of a minor fault.
-- User safety: This contact can be used for any -- Compressors running status: Set of outputs (as
customer safety loop; opening the contact generates many as the compressors number) indicating which
a specific alarm. compressors are running.

164 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XAV 500-1150

Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XAV

IP54 control box 20A Increased leak tightness of control Protects the inside of the electrical box 500-1150
boxes from dusts and sand. In general this
option is recommended for installations
in polluted environments
Grilles and enclosure 23 Metal grilles on the 4 unit sides, plus Improves aesthetics, protection against 500-1150
panels side enclosure panels at each end of intrusion to the unit interior, coil and
the coil piping protection against impacts.
Enclosure panels 23A Side enclosure panels at each end of Improves aesthetics, coil and piping 500-1150
the coil protection against impacts.
Evaporator frost protection 41A Electric resistance heater on the Evaporator frost protection down to 500-1150

COOLING
evaporator and discharge valve -20°C outside temperature
Evap.and hydraulic mod. 41B Electric resistance heater on Evaporator and hydronic module frost Sizes 500/600
frost protection evaporator, discharge valve and protection down to -20°C outside only
hydronic module temperature
Master/slave operation 58 Unit equipped with supplementary Optimised operation of two chillers 500-1150
water outlet temperature sensor kit to connected in parallel with operating
be field-installed allowing master/slave time equalisation
operation of two units connected in
parallel
Fuses on main disconnect 70D Factory installed additional fuses, one No need for separate fuse box. Save 600-1150
switch per each phase, to protect main switch time and money on site installation and (standard on size
and associated cables from over- avoid additional space requirement 500)
current flow (Note: frequency drives
and electronic boards are protected as
standard by dedicated fuses. Option
70D recommended when compliant

HEATING HEATING
protection devices on field not present)
Single power connection 81 Unit power connection via one main Quick and easy installation 800-1150
point supply connection (include option 70D)
Evaporator and Pump/s 88A Evaporator and Pumps covered Improved resistance to aggressive Sizes 500/600
with aluminium jacket with an aluminium sheet for thermal climate conditions only
insulation protection
Service valve set 92 Liquid line valve (evaporator inlet), Allow isolation of various refrigerant 500-1150
compressor suction and discharge line circuit components for simplified
valves and economiser line valve service and maintenance
Compressor discharge 93A Shut-off valve on the compressor Simplified maintenance 500-1150
valves discharge piping
Evaporator with one pass 100C Evaporator with one pass on the water Easy to install, depending on site. 500-1150
less side. Evaporator inlet and outlet on Reduced pressure drops

Air treatment
opposite sides.
21 bar evaporator 104 Reinforced evaporator for extension Covers applications with a high water 500-1150
of the maximum water-side service column evaporator side (typically high
pressure to 21 bar (standard 10 bar) buildings)
Reversed evaporator water 107 Evaporator with reversed water inlet/ Easy installation on sites with specific Sizes 500/600/
connections outlet requirements 950/1050/1150
only
HP single-pump hydronic 116R Complete hydronic module equipped Easy and fast installation (plug & play) Sizes 500/600
module with water filter, safety valve, one high only
pressure pump and drain valve. For
more details, refer to the dedicated
chapter (expansion tank not included)
HP dual-pump hydronic 116S Complete hydronic module equipped Easy and fast installation (plug & play). Sizes 500/600
module with water filter, safety valve, two high Increased system reliability only
pressure pumps and drain valve. For
more details, refer to the dedicated
chapter (expansion tank not included)
CONTROLS

LP single-pump hydronic 116T Complete hydronic module equipped Easy and fast installation (plug & play) Sizes 500/600
module with water filter, safety valve, one low only
pressure pump and drain valve. For
more details, refer to the dedicated
chapter (expansion tank not included)

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 165
Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XAV

LP dual-pump hydronic 116U Complete hydronic module equipped Easy and fast installation (plug & play). Sizes 500/600
module with water filter, safety valve, two low Increased system reliability only
pressure pumps and drain valve. For
more details, refer to the dedicated
chapter (expansion tank not included)
J-Bus gateway 148B Two-directional communication board Connects the unit by communication 500-1150
complying with JBus protocol bus to a building management system
Lon gateway 148D Two-directional communication board Connects the unit by communication 500-1150
complying with Lon Talk protocol bus to a building management system
Bacnet over IP gateway 149 Two-directional high-speed Easy and high-speed connection by 500-1150
communication using BACnet protocol ethernet line to a building management
COOLING

over Ethernet network (IP) system. Allows access to multiple unit


parameters
Energy Management 156 Control board with additional inputs/ Extended remote control capabilities 500-1150
Module outputs. See Energy Management (Set-point reset, ice storage
Module option chapter end, demand limits, boiler on/off
command...)
Leak detection 159 0-10 V signal to report any refrigerant Immediate customer notification of 500-1150
leakage in the unit directly on the refrigerant losses to the atmosphere,
controlller (the leak detector itself must allowing timely corrective actions
be supplied by the customer)
Dual relief valves installed 194 Three-way valve upstream of the safety Valve replacement and inspection 500-1150
w/ 3-way valve valves on the evaporator and the oil facilitated without refrigerant loss.
separator Comforms to European standard
EN378/BGVD4
Compliance with Russian 199 GOST certification Conformance with Russian regulations 500-1150
regulations
Compliance with Australian 200 Unit approved to Australian code Conformance with Australian 500-1150
regulations regulations

Insulation of the evap. in/ 256 Thermal insulation of the evaporator Prevents condensation on the 500-1150
out ref.lines entering/leaving refrigerant lines with evaporator entering/leaving refrigerant
flexible, anti-UV insulant lines
Low noise level 257 Sound insulation of main noise 6 to 10 dB(A) quiter than standard unit 500-1150
sources combined with fans speed (depending model and size). Refer to the
management (includes option 279) physical data table for detailed values
Enviro-Shield anti- 262 Coating by conversion process which Improved corrosion resistance, 500-1150
corrosion protection modifies the surface of the aluminum recommended for use in moderately
producing a coating that is integral to corrosive environments
the coil. Complete immersion in a bath
to ensure 100% coverage. No heat
transfer variation, tested 4000 hours
salt spray per ASTM B117
Super Enviro-Shield anti- 263 Extremely durable and flexible epoxy Improved corrosion resistance, 500-1150
corrosion protection polymer coating applied on micro recommended for use in extremely
channel heat exchangers by electro corrosive environments
coating process, final UV protective
topcoat. Minimal heat transfer variation,
tested 6000 hours constant neutral salt
spray per ASTM B117, superior impact
resistance per ASTM D2794
Welded evaporator water 266 Victaulic piping connections with Easy installation 500-1150
connection kit welded joints
Compressor enclousure 279 Compressor sound enclosure 3 dB(A) quiter than standard unit 500-1150
Evaporator with aluminium 281 Evaporator covered with an aluminium Improved resistance to aggressive 500-1150
jacket sheet for thermal insulation protection climate conditions
EMC classification C2, as 282 Additional RFI filters on the unit power Reduces electromagnetic interferences. 500-1150
per EN 61800-3 line Increase the variable frequency drive
(VFD) immunity level according to first
environment (so called, residential
environment) requirements and allow
its compliancy with emissions level
required in category C2

166 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XAV 500-1150

Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XAV

230V electrical plug 284 230V AC power supply source Permits connection of a laptop 500-1150
provided with plug socket and or an electrical device during unit
transformer (180 VA, 0,8 Amps) commissioning or servicing
Expansion tank 293 6 bar expansion tank in the hydraulic Protects closed hydronic circuit from Sizes 500/600
module (require option 116) excessive pressure only
Fast Capacity Recovery QM295 New software algorithms to allow Full capacity recovery in less than 5 500-1150
quick restart and fast loading while minutes after power failure. Matches
preserving unit-reliability requirements of typical critical missions
applications
Carrier Connect link (BSS 298 3G router board Enabler for Carrier Connect service 500-1150
regions only) NOTE 1: require option 149 offer

COOLING
NOTE 2: when more than one machine
is installed on site, only one of them
shall be equipped with option 298
while all of them must be equipped
with option 149
NOTE 3: if a CARRIER-PSM is on site,
option 298 shall be integrated in the
PSM while option 149 is still mandatory
for each single unit.
Variable Water Flow control 299 Hydronic control function package When variable-speed pumps on 500-1150
that permits control of the water flow the primary circuit, the VWF control
rate based on different possible logics modulates flow rate through the
(at customer choice): constant ∆T, evaporator, minimising pump
constant outlet pressure and "fixed- consumption while ensuring safe/
speed" control. optimised chiller operation

HEATING HEATING
Features and advantages
Low energy consumption Built-in reliability and
■■ The 30XAV is designed for high performance both at full easy ­servicing
and part load: ESEER up to 4,9 and EER up to 3,4.
The 30XAV units offer increased global performance as well
■■ The high energy efficiency is reached through: as Carrier’s acclaimed product quality and reliability. Major
-- Inverter-driven twin-rotor screw compressors allowing components are selected and tested to minimise failures
precise capacity control and reducing unit power possibility, as well as many design choices have been taken
input, especially at part-load in this perspective.
-- Inverter-driven fan motors minimising power ■■ Screw compressors with Greenspeed® Intelligence:

Air treatment
consumption while granting optimum air flow
-- The screw compressors are industrial-type with
-- All aluminum condenser with high-efficiency micro-
oversized bearings and motor cooled by suction gas,
channel coils technology
with a proven failure rate lower than 0.1%.
-- Flooded shell-and-tube evaporator characterised by
-- The inverter is specifically sized for each compressor
high efficiency of heat exchange
motor to ensure reliable operation and easy
-- Electronic expansion device permitting operation at a
­maintenance.
lower condensing pressure and improved utilisation
-- All components related to the compressor assembly
of the evaporator heat exchange surface (superheat
are easily accessible on site minimising down-time.
control)
■■ Fans with Greenspeed® Intelligence:
-- Economiser system with electronic expansion device
for increased cooling capacity. -- 4th generation of Flying Bird fans equipped with
■■ Optimised electrical performance: inverter-driven asynchronous motors
-- The inverter is sized to manage a group of fan motors
-- Negligible start-up current (value is lower than the
reducing first cost while ensuring optimum air flow
maximum unit current draw)
management.
-- High displacement power factor (above 0.98)
-- The inverters for fan speed control are easily
-- EMC compliancy with Class 3 requirements of the EU
­accessible on site for easy servicing.
standard EN61800-3 (Class 2 is possible as an option).
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 167
■■ Air condenser: ■■ Standard unit features include:
-- All aluminum micro-channel heat exchanger (MCHE) -- Discharge dampers integrated in the oil separator
with high corrosion resistance. The all aluminum (Carrier patent)
design eliminates the formation of galvanic currents -- Silencer on the economizer return line
between aluminum and copper that cause coil -- Condenser coils in V-shape with an open angle,
corrosion in saline or corrosive environments. allowing quieter air flow across the coil
■■ Evaporator: -- Low-noise IV generation Flying Birds fans, made of
-- Carrier designed flooded evaporator with mechanically a composite material (Carrier patent) which do not
cleanable water tubes generate intrusive low frequency noise
-- Electronic paddle-free flow switch to ensure prompt -- Rigid fan mounting preventing start-up noise (Carrier
alarm in case of poor liquid flow rate patent).
-- Thermal insulation with aluminum sheet finish ■■ Multiple options are available to further reduce the global
(option) for perfect resistance to external aggression sound level up to 6 dB(A).
(mechanical and UV protection).
COOLING

■■ Refrigerant circuits: Easy and fast installation


-- Two independent refrigerant circuits to secure partial ■■ Simplified electrical connections:
cooling, if one of the two develops a fault. -- Main disconnect switch
■■ Auto-adaptive control: -- Transformer supply to the integrated control circuit
-- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor (400/24 V)
cycling (Carrier patent) -- Single electrical point of connection (optional for
-- Automatic compressor unloading in case of sizes 800 to 1150)
abnormally high condensing pressure. If condenser -- Factory installed main disconnect fuses (optional for
coil fouling or fan failure occurs, the Aquaforce sizes 600 to 1150).
continues to operate, but at reduced capacity. ■■ Simplified water connections:
■■ Exceptional endurance tests: -- Victaulic connections on the evaporator
-- To design critical components subassembly -- Practical reference marks for entering and leaving
minimising risk of failure on site, Carrier uses water connections
specialised laboratories and advanced dynamic -- Possibility to choose different evaporator
simulation tools. configurations, 1 or 2 passes.
-- To ensure that the units reach customer sites in the ■■ Fast commissioning:
same shape as they are when tested in the factory, -- Systematic factory operation test before shipment
Carrier tests the machine behavior while being moved -- Functional test for main components, expansion
along a 250 km trial. The test is based on a military devices, fans and compressors.
standard and equal 5000 km by truck in a normal
road.
-- To ensure coils corrosion resistance, salt mist
Environmental care
corrosion resistance test are performed in Carrier's ■■ R134a: HFC refrigerant with zero ozone depletion
laboratory. ­potential
■■ 30% less refrigerant charge: The micro-channel
In addition, to secure the same performance level is kept ­technology used for condenser coils optimises heat
along the years and to optimise maintenance costs, with ­transfer while minimising the refrigerant volume
“CARRIER CONNECT” the end-user access to most-qualified ■■ Leak tight refrigerant circuits:
remote monitoring services. -- Reduction of leaks as no capillary tubes and flare
connections are used
Minimised operating sound levels -- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature
■■ The Greenspeed® Intelligence, featuring variable-speed sensors without transferring refrigerant charge
screw compressors and condenser fans, minimises noise -- Discharge line shut-off valve and liquid line service
levels at part load operation. At ESEER conditions for valve for simplified maintenance.
example, noise at 25% load is up to 10 dB(A) lower than ■■ Refrigerant leaks alarm: Available as an option, this
noise at full load. additional dry-contact allows reporting of possible leaks.
The leak detector shall be mounted (at customer care)
where, refrigerant leaks most likely to happen . Contact
Carrier for more details.
Fixed-speed screw unit
Designed to support Green
Sound power level [dB(A)]

More silent
­Building Design
during real life A green building is a building that is environmentally
operation! sustainable and has been designed, constructed and is
30XAV operated to minimise the total impact on the environment.
The underlying principles of this approach: The resulting
building will be economical to operate, offer increased
comfort and create a healthier environment for the people
0% 25 % 50 % 75 % 100 %
who live and work there, increasing productivity.
Chiller load (%)

168 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XAV 500-1150

The air conditioning system can use between 30 and 40% The choice of heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC)
of the annual building energy consumption. Selection of products in particular can have a significant impact on
the right air conditioning system is one of the main aspects LEED® certification, as the HVAC system directly impacts two
to consider when designing a green building. For buildings categories that together influence 40% of the available points.
with a variable load throughout the year 30XAV units offers a
­solution to this important challenge.
Overview of LEED® for new construction
and major renovations
A number of green building certification programs exist in the
market and offer third-party assessment of green building
measures for a wide variety of building types. Water efficiency
(10 points)
Regional priority
Energy & atmos-
The following example looks at how Carrier’s new 30XAV (4 points)
phere (35 points)
range helps customers involved in LEED® building HVAC contribution

COOLING
Sustainable site 26 of 35 points
­certification. (25 points)

30XAV and LEED® certification


Material & Resources
The LEED® (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) Innovation & (14 points)
design process
green building certification programme is a pre-eminent (6 points)
programme to rate the design, construction and operation Indoor environmental
of green buildings with points assigned in seven credit quality (15 points)
HVAC contribution
categories: 6 of 15 points
-- Sustainable Sites (SS)
-- Water Efficiency (WE)
-- Energy & Atmosphere (EA) The new 30XAV units from Carrier can assist building
-- Materials & Resources (MR) owners to earn LEED® points in particular in the Energy
-- Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) & Atmosphere (EA) credit category and help address the
-- Innovation in Design (ID) following prerequisites and credit requirements:
-- Regional Priority (RP).

HEATING HEATING
There are a number of different LEED® products. ■■ EA prerequisite 2: Minimum energy Performance
The 30XAV exceeds the energy efficiency requirements
of ASHRAE 90,1-2007; therefore it complies with the
While the strategies and categories assessed remain same, presequisite standard.
the point distribution varies to address different building ■■ EA prerequisite 3: Fundamental Refrigerant Management
types and application needs, for example according to New The 30XAV does not use chlorofluorocarbon (CFC)
Construction, Schools, Core & Shell, Retail and Healthcare. refrigerants thus satisfying the prerequisite statement.
■■ EA credit 1: Optimise energy performance (1 to 19 points)
All programmes now use the same point scale: Points for this credit are assigned depending on the
energy cost reduction virtually achievable by the new
110 Possible LEED® points building, compared to ASHRAE 90,1-2007 reference. The
30XAV, which is designed for high performance especially
80-110 points during part load operation, contributes reducing the

Air treatment
Platinum energy consumption of the building and therefore helps
60-79 points gaining points within this credit. In addition, the Carrier
Gold HAP (Hourly Analyses Program) can be used as an
50-59 points energy analyses program complying with the modeling
requirements for this credit and produce reports that are
Silver
easily transferable to LEED® templates.
40-49 points
■■ EA credit 4: Enhanced refrigerant management (2 points)
Certified
With this credit, LEED® awards systems that minimise the
Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) and Globlal Warming
Potential (GWP) of the system. The 30XAV uses a
reduced R134a charge and therefore contributes toward
The majority of credits in LEED® rating systems are satisfying this credit under LEED®.
­performance-based and achieving them is dependent on
the impacts of each component or sub-system to the overall
building. Note: This section describes the prerequisites and c ­ redit
requirements in LEED® for New Construction and is
­directly related to the 30XAV. Other prerequisites and credit
While the LEED® green building certification programs do not requirements are not directly and purely related to the
CONTROLS

certify products or services, the selection of the right p


­ roducts, ­air-­conditioning unit itself, but more to the control of the
systems or service programs is critical to obtain LEED® complete HVAC system.
­certification for a registered project, because the right products
or service programmes can help meet the goals of green
construction and ongoing operation and maintenance.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 169
i-Vu®, Carrier’s open control system, has features that can be ■■ Screw compressors use positive displacement principle
valuable for: to compress gases at higher pressure. As a result, in case
-- EA prerequisite 1: Fundamental commissioning of of exceptional high temperature condenser side (due for
energy management system example to coil fouling or operation in harsh climate) the
-- EA credit 3: Enhanced commissioning (2 points) compressor does not switch off, but continues operation
-- EA credit 5: Measurements and verification (3 points). at reduced capacity (unloaded mode).
■■ The silencer in the oil separator line (at the compressor
Note: Products are not reviewed or certified under LEED®. outlet) considerably reduces discharge gas pulsations for
LEED® credit requirements cover the performance of much quieter operation.
materials in aggregate, not the performance of individual
products or brands. For more information on LEED®, visit Novation® Heat Exchangers with
www.usgbc.org.
Microchannel Coil Technology
Already utilised in the automobile and aeronautical industries
Inverter-driven Thunderbolt screw
COOLING

for many years, the Micro-Channel Heat Exchanger (MCHE)


compressor used in the Aquaforce with Greenspeed® technology
is entirely made of aluminum. This one-piece concept
significantly increases its corrosion resistance by eliminating
the galvanic currents that are created when two different
metals (copper and aluminum) come into contact in
traditional heat exchangers.
■■ From the energy efficiency point-of-view the Novation®
heat exchangers are approximately 10% more efficient
than traditional coils and micro-channel coil technology
allows a 30% reduction in the amount of refrigerant used
in the chiller.
■■ The low thickness of the MCHE reduces air pressure
losses by 50% and makes it susceptible to very little
fouling (e.g. by sand). Cleaning of the MCHE heat
­

exchanger is very fast using a high pressure washer.


■■ To ensure constant level of performance during time and
protect coils from early deterioration or, in worse case,
refrigerant leaks, Carrier offers (as options) dedicated
treatments for installations in corrosive environments.
The new generation of Carrier inverter-driven screw
-- The Novation® heat exchangers with Enviro-Shield
compressors benefits for Carrier’s long experience in the
protection (option 262) are recommended for
development of twin-rotor screw compressors. The design of
­installations in moderately corrosive environments.
the Thunderbolt compressors is based on the successful 06T
The Enviro-Shield protection utilises corrosion
screw compressor, core of the well-known Aquaforce series.
inhibitors which actively arrest oxidation in case of
mechanical damage.
■■ A dedicated oil separator is installed at the discharge -- The Novation® heat exchangers with exclusive
of each compressor to ensure maximum oil return: Oil Super Enviro-Shield protection (option 263)
separates from refrigerant per gravity and returns to are recommended for installations in corrosive
the low pression side of the compressor without use of environments. The Super Enviro-Shield protection
additional pumps. consist in an extremely durable and flexible epoxy
■■ Advanced control algorithms combine inverter frequency coating uniformly applied over all coil surfaces
output with motor input logic to minimise mechanical part for complete isolation from the contaminated
stress, resulting in best compression performance and environment.
high chiller reliability. The compressor is equipped with
bearings with oversized rollers, oil pressure lubricated for
reliable and durable operation, even at maximum load.
Compressor frequency (Hz)

Modulation with slide valve

Modulation with the inverter

0% 25 % 50 % 75 % 100 %
Compressor load (%)

170 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XAV 500-1150

Controls
Touch Pilot control ■■ Energy management:
-- Internal time schedule clock controls chiller on/off
times and operation at a second set-point
-- The DCT (Data Collection Tool) records the alarms
history to simplify and facilitate service operations.

Remote management (standard)


■■ U nits with Touch Pilot control can be easily accessed
from the internet, using a PC with an Ethernet connection.
This makes remote control quick and easy and offers
significant advantages for service operations.

COOLING
■■ Aquaforce with Greenspeed® Intelligence is equipped with
an RS485 serial port that offers multiple remote control,
monitoring and diagnostic possibilities. When networked
with other Carrier equipment through the CCN (Carrier
Comfort Network - proprietary protocol), all components
form a HVAC system fully-integrated and balanced
through one of the Carrier’s network system products, like
the Chiller System Manager or the Plant System Manager
(optional).
■■ The 30XAV also communicates with other building
■■ New innovative smart control features: management systems via optional communication
gateways.
-- An intuitive and user-friendly, coloured, 7" interface
-- Direct access to the unit’s technical drawings and the ■■ The following commands/visualisations are possible from
main service documents remote connection:
-- Screen-shots with concise and clear information in -- Start/Stop of the machine

HEATING HEATING
local languages -- Dual set-point management: Through a dedicated
-- Complete menu, customised for different users contact is possible to activate a second set-point
(end user, service personnel and Carrier-factory (example, unoccupied mode)
technicians) -- Demand limit setting: To limit the maximum chiller
-- Easy access to the controller box with inclined touch capacity to a predefined value
screen mounting to ensure legibility under any lighting -- Water pump control: These outputs control the
conditions contactors of one/two evaporator water pumps.
-- Safe operation and unit setting: Password protection -- Water pumps on reversal (only with options
ensures that unauthorised people cannot modify any 116S/116U): These contacts are used to detect a
advanced parameters water pump operation fault and automatically change
-- Simple and “smart” intelligence uses data collection over to the other pump.
from the constant monitoring of all machine -- Operation visualisation: Indication if the unit is
parameters to optimise unit operation operating or if it is in stand-by (no cooling load)
-- Night-mode: Cooling capacity management for -- Alarm visualisation.

Air treatment
reduced noise level.

Operating range
Standard Unit 30XAV 500-1150
Notes:
50 - Evaporator ∆T = 5K.
- These ranges are given by way of indication. Verify the operating range from the Carrier
electronic catalogue.
40
Legend
Entering air temperature, °C


30
Operating range of standard unit 30XAV

20
B
 elow 0 °C air temperature the unit must either be equipped with the evaporator
frost protection option 41A, or the water loop must be protected against frost by
using a frost protection solution (by the installer).
10
F
 or start-ups with air temperature below -5 °C, the machine must be equipped with
option 41A.
CONTROLS

-10

-20
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 Part load > 50%
Part load < 50%
Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C Full load

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 171
Hydronic module (options 116R, S, T, U)
Typical water circuit diagram

Legend

Components of unit and hydronic module

1. Victaulic screen filter


2. Expansion tank
3. Safety valve
4. Available pressure pump
5. Drain valve
6. Water flow control valve
7. Evaporator
8. Evaporator defrost heater (option)
9. Hydronic module defrost heater
COOLING

10. Air vent (evaporator)


11. Water purge (evaporator)
12. Pressure sensor
13. Water temperature sensor

System components (field-supplied)

14. Air vent


15. Flexible connection
16. Shut-down valves
17. Charge valve
---- Hydronic module (option)

Available static pressure


(options 116R, S, T, U)
Low-pressure pump (hydronic module option 116T/116U)
Available static pressure (kPa)

Water flow rate, l/s

High-pressure pump (hydronic module option 116R/116S)


Available static pressure (kPa)

Water flow rate, l/s

172 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XAV 500-1150

Dimensions/clearances
30XAV 500-600

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
30XAV 700

Air treatment

Notes: Legend
- Drawings are not contractually binding.
- Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available on All dimensions are given in mm.
request.
- If the installation includes several units or if this (these) is (are) close to walls, please refer to Required clearances for maintenance (see note)
CONTROLS

chapters 3.4 - “Multiple chiller installation” and 3.5 - “Distance to the wall” of the installation
manual to determine the space required. Recommended space for evaporator tube removal

Water inlet for standard unit - for options 100C and


107 refer to the certified drawing.

Water outlet for standard unit - for options 100C


and 107 refer to the certified drawing.

Air outlet – do not obstruct

Power supply and control connection

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 173
30XAV 800
COOLING

30XAV 950

Notes: Legend
- Drawings are not contractually binding.
- Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available All dimensions are given in mm.
on request.
- If the installation includes several units or if this (these) is (are) close to walls, please Required clearances for maintenance (see note)
refer to chapters 3.4 - “Multiple chiller installation” and 3.5 - “Distance to the wall” of
the installation manual to determine the space required. Recommended space for evaporator tube removal

Water inlet for standard unit - for options 100C and


107 refer to the certified drawing.

Water outlet for standard unit - for options 100C


and 107 refer to the certified drawing.

Air outlet – do not obstruct

Power supply and control connection

174 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XAV 500-1150

30XAV 1050

COOLING
30XAV 1150

HEATING HEATING
Air treatment

Notes: Legend
- Drawings are not contractually binding.
- Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available All dimensions are given in mm.
on request.
- If the installation includes several units or if this (these) is (are) close to walls, please Required clearances for maintenance (see note)
refer to chapters 3.4 - “Multiple chiller installation” and 3.5 - “Distance to the wall” of
the installation manual to determine the space required. Recommended space for evaporator tube removal

Water inlet for standard unit - for options 100C and


CONTROLS

107 refer to the certified drawing.

Water outlet for standard unit - for options 100C


and 107 refer to the certified drawing.

Air outlet – do not obstruct

Power supply and control connection

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 175
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS LIQUID CHILLERS

30WG/30WGA
Nominal cooling capacity 25-95 kW
COOLING

The 30WG/30WGA units are Carrier chillers designed for commercial (offices, small hotels,
leisure facilities), residential and industrial applications. All units offer a unique combination of
high performance and functionality in an exceptionally compact chassis.
30WG optimized
for cooling The 30WG, also available as a condenserless version (30WGA), is designed for
air-conditioning applications with a high ESEER value. As they can produce chilled water
Compact design down to -12 °C they are also suitable for process applications.

A large number of options is available for the whole range:


Plug and play
-- Hydronic kits with or without variable water flow rate,
approach -- Reinforced sound insulation,
-- Stacking and connection of two units
-- Low-temperature applications down to -12 °C (30WG only).
High efficiency
Original

176 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

Physical data
30WG/30WGA 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090

Cooling
30WG
Full load performances* C1
Nominal capacity kW 24.6 28.7 31.5 36.7 41.8 46.6 58.1 63.4 73.8 83.9 94.6
EER C1 kW/kW 4.72 4.72 4.69 4.73 4.69 4.72 4.72 4.65 4.69 4.65 4.68
C1
Eurovent Energy Class B B B B B B B B B B B
C2
Nominal capacity kW 33.9 39.3 43.0 50.1 56.6 65.6 78.6 86.0 101.7 113.2 129.4
EER C2 kW/kW 6.42 6.1 6.03 6.04 5.9 6.06 6.12 5.95 6.19 5.93 6.13
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 5.10 5.09 5.03 5.05 5.03 5.07 5.83 5.90 5.79 5.99 5.93

COOLING
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 67 68 69 69 70 70 72 72 72 73 73
Air conditioning application as per EN14511-3: 2013 - 30WGA
Nominal capacity kW 22.6 27.0 29.5 34.7 39.2 43.7 53.7 59.8 69.2 78.3 87.8
EER kW 3.75 3.84 3.87 3.93 3.94 3.90 3.82 3.85 3.86 3.91 3.88
Operating weight 30WG/30WGA† kg 191/ 200/ 200/ 207/ 212/ 220/ 386/ 392/ 403/ 413/ 441/
164 171 171 177 180 185 321 324 332 339 354
Compressors Hermetic scroll 48.3 r/s
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
Number of capacity stages 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
Minimum capacity % 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50 50
Dimensions, standard unit
Width mm 600 880
Depth mm 1044 1474
Height mm 901 901
Refrigerant* R-410A
Control Pro-Dialog+
Evaporator Direct-expansion plate heat exchanger

HEATING HEATING
Condenser (30WG only) Plate heat exchanger
C1 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving
temperature 30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
C2 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving
temperature 30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only. The dimensions shown are for the standard unit. For other unit types please refer to the dimensional drawings.

Eurovent certified data

Note: 30WGA performance are given for an equivalent refrigerant piping length (without filter drier and valves) of 3 m.

Electrical data
Air treatment
30WG/30WGA 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090

Power circuit
Nominal voltage V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Maximum start-up current draw (Un)*
Standard unit, 30WG A 98 142 142 147 158 197 163 165 174 188 233
Standard unit, 30WGA A 98 142 142 147 158 197 160.7 161.8 170.2 183.4 226
Unit with electronic starter option, 30WG A 53.9 78.1 78.1 80.9 86.9 108.4 100.1 102.1 108.9 117.9 144.4
Unit with electronic starter option, 30WGA A 53.9 78.1 78.1 80.9 86.9 108.4 96.8 97.9 104.1 112.3 137.4
Maximum operating power input, 30WG** kW 9.1 10.7 11.7 13.6 15 17 21.4 23.4 27.2 30 34
Maximum operating power input, 30WGA** kW 8.7 10.2 11.3 12.5 14.2 16.1 20.4 22.6 25.0 28.5 32.2
Maximum operating current draw (Un), A 15.6 18.7 19.8 23.2 25.4 29 37.4 39.6 46.4 50.8 58
30WG***
Maximum operating current draw (Un), A 14.7 17.7 19.3 21.7 24.1 27.5 35.4 38.7 43.5 48.1 55.0
30WGA***
CONTROLS

* Maximum instantaneous start-up current at operating limit values (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + fan current + locked rotor current of the largest compressor).
** Maximum power input at the unit operating limits.
*** Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input and 400 V.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 177
Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use
30WG/30WGA
Low-temperature brine solution 6 Low temperature glycol solution production down to Covers specific applications such as 30WG 020-090
-12 °C with ethylene glycol ice storage and industrial processe
Soft starter 25 Electronic compressor starter Reduced compressor start-up current 30WG 020-090
30WGA 020-090
Master/slave operation 58 Unit equipped with an additional field-installed leaving Optimised operation of two units 30WG 020-090
water temperature sensor, allowing master/slave connected in parallel with operating 30WGA 020-090
operation of two units connected in parallel. time equalisation
External disconnect handle 70F The handle of the electrical disconnect switch is on the Quick access to the unit disconnect 30WG 020-090
outside of the unit switch 30WGA 020-090
COOLING

Condenser insulation 86 Thermal condenser insulation Optimisation for heating applications 30WG 020-090

LP single-pump, evap. side 116T Evaporator hydronic module equipped with low Easy and fast installation 30WG 020-090
pressure fixed-speed pump, drain valve, air vent and 30WGA 020-090
pressure sensors. Select option 293 for built-in safety
hydraulic components.
HP variable-speed single-pump, 116V Evaporator hydronic module equipped with high- Easy and fast installation, reduced 30WG 020-090
evap. side pressure variable-speed pump, drain valve, air vent power consumption of the pump 30WGA 020-090
and pressure sensors. Select option 293 for built-in
safety hydraulic components.
JBus gateway 148B Two-directional communications board, complies with Easy connection by communication 30WG 020-090
JBus protocol bus to a building management system 30WGA 020-090
BacNet gateway 148C Two-directional communications board, complies with Easy connection by communication 30WG 020-090
BacNet protocol bus to a building management system 30WGA 020-090
LON gateway 148D Two-directional communications board, complies with Easy connection by communication 30WG 020-090
Lon Talk protocol bus to a building management system 30WGA 020-090
Specific cooling control 154 Control box to be installed on the Carrier drycooler or Permits the use of an energy-efficient 30WG 020-090
remote condenser for communication with the unit via plug-and-play system 30WGA 020-090
a bus.
Low sound level 257 Compressor sound enclosure and sound insulation of Reduced sound emissions 30WG 020-090
main noise sources 30WGA 020-090
Evaporator screw connection 264 Evaporator inlet/outlet screw connection sleeves Allows unit connection to a screw 30WG 020-090
sleeves connector 30WGA 020-090
Condenser screw connection 265 Condenser inlet/outlet screw connection sleeves Allows unit connection to a screw 30WG 020-090
sleeves connector
Welded evaporator connection 266 Welded evaporator inlet/outlet connection sleeves Allows welding of customer 30WG 020-090
sleeves ­connections to the unit 30WGA 020-090
Welded condenser connection 267 Welded condenser inlet/outlet connection sleeves Allows welding of customer 30WG 020-090
sleeves ­connections to the unit
LP single-pump, cond.side 270T Condenser hydronic module equipped with low Easy and fast installation 30WG 020-090
pressure fixed-speed pump, drain valve, air vent and
pressure sensors. Select option 293A for built-in safety
hydraulic components.
HP variable-speed single-pump, 270V Condenser hydronic module equipped with high- Easy and fast installation, reduced 30WG 020-090
cond. side pressure variable-speed pump, drain valve, air vent power consumption of the pump
and pressure sensors. Select option 293A for built-in
safety hydraulic components.
Unit stackable for operation 273 Unit stackable for operation Reduced footprint size 30WG 020-090
30WGA 020-090
Customer water connection at 274 Customer water connection at the top of the unit Reduced footprint size 30WG 020-090
the top of the unit
Remote user interface 275 User interface for remote installation Remote control of the unit and its 30WG 020-090
operating parameters 30WGA 020-090
Filter drier with replaceable solid 277 Filter the fine particles and eliminates humidity Maintains the refrigerated circuit 30WGA 020-090
core without humidity
Safety hydraulic components, 293 Screen filter, expansion tank and safety valve Easy and fast installation, operating 30WG 020-090
evap. side integrated in the evaporator hydronic module safety 30WGA 020-090
Safety hydraulic components, 293A Screen filter, expansion tank and safety valve Easy and fast installation, operating 30WG 020-090
cond. side integrated in the evaporator hydronic module safety

178 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

Features and advantages


■■ Reduced footprint Water connections at the rear of the unit
■■ Scroll compressors and R-410A refrigerant
■■ Variable-flow pump
■■ Low-noise option (-3 dB(A))
■■ Stacking of two units for increased capacity
■■ Several communication protocols available: JBus,
BacNet, MS/TP, LON
■■ Water connection at the top or rear (30WG only)

COOLING
Available versions
30WG - optimised for air
­conditioning and process cooling
■■ Evaporator temperature down to -12 °C
■■ Condenser temperature up to +60 °C Water connections at the top of the unit
■■ Condensing pressure control devices available

30WGA - optimised for


air conditioning
■■ Continuous operation up to 62 °C saturated condensing
temperature
■■ Compatible remote condensers available

HEATING HEATING
■■ Optimised remote condenser fan control

The right unit for any application


■■ In 30WG units the pressure control signal ensures safe
unit operation and maximised performance at low ­
source-side water temperatures.
■■ The condenserless 30WGA units are ideal for
refurbishment projects where a remote condenser exists
on site, and for all projects without geothermal/natural
sinks for heat rejection.

Adaptability and simple

Air treatment
installation
■■ The 30WG units can be provided with several hydronic kit
options, both on the evaporator and/or condenser side,
with different levels of available pressure and variable or
fixed-speed pumps (see page 7).
■■ Remote condenser fan control possible for 30WGA units.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 179
A compact high-performance Two-unit stacking option for reduced footprint
product range
■■ Small footprint, ideal for refurbished buildings, allows
access in very tight plant rooms.
■■ 30WG: The ESEER of over 5.5 for dual-compressor units
- one of the highest in its category.
■■ The 30WGA is based on the 30WG design to ensure
efficient operation for applications with remote air-cooled
condensers.
■■ Variable-flow pumps reduce system energy consumption.
■■ The entire range offers low sound levels, allowing
­installation in any building type. The low-noise option
COOLING

ensures enhanced acoustic comfort (-3 dB(A)).


■■ 30WG/30WGA units are equipped with the latest
generation R410A scroll compressor, optimised for typical
operating conditions for water-sourced units.

Component acessibility
See photos below.

Access to scroll compressors

Access to control panel

180 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

30WG/30WGA units compatible Control board algorithms optimise energy consumption


based on:
the Carrier 09 series drycoolers/ -- The outside temperature and chilled-water
remote condensers temperature read for drycoolers
-- The outside temperature and saturated refrigerant
discharge temperature read for remote condensers.
The Carrier 09 series drycoolers and remote condensers are A simple communication bus is required downstream to
compatible with the 30WG and 30WGA units. connect the control board to the unit control.
A dedicated control board for installation in the drycooler/ As all control components are installed and tested in the
remote condenser control box is available as an option factory, installation and start-up of the unit and its associated
(option 154). It controls the fans via digital or analogue drycooler/remote condenser are simplified.
outputs, depending the fan motor used.

COOLING
30WG system concept

Water loop Water loop


Variable- or Fan
user side source side speed fans** steps (1
(0-10 V) to 8)

Three-way valve

Control board
option 154* OAT
Drycooler leaving
Not compatible with variable- water temperature
speed pump control
30WG

30WG
Variable or fixed-
speed pump CCN LEN bus

HEATING HEATING
Weather compensation curve
% Building load
Reset value

Legend
CCN Carrier Comfort Network
LEN Local equipment network
Outdoor temperature (OAT)
OAT Outside air temperature
Heat exchanger delta T
* Option 154: if requested, the control board is supplied with
the unit, for installation in the drycooler
** For correct operation of the unit below 0 °C variable-speed
fans are required.

Air treatment
30WGA system concept
Water loop Variable- Fan
speed fans** or steps
user side (0-10 V) (1 to 8)

Control board
Refrigerant to/from option 154* OAT
30WGA 30WGA

30WGA
Variable or
fixed-speed pump

CCN LEN bus


CONTROLS

Weather compensation curve +


sensor (included)
Legend
OAT
% Building load

CCN Carrier Comfort Network


Reset value

LEN Local equipment network


OAT Outside air temperature
* Option 154: if requested, the control board is supplied with
the unit, for installation in the drycooler or remote condenser
** For correct operation of the unit below 0 °C variable-speed
Outdoor temperature (OAT) fans are required.
Heat exchanger delta T

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 181
Controls
Pro-Dialog+ control -- Pro-Dialog+ permanently analyses the compressor
suction and discharge pressures and temperatures.
Pro-Dialog+ is a numerical control that combines intelligence If an abnormal situation is detected, the control
with operating simplicity. Depending on the options used, the reacts, e.g. by reducing the capacity. As a result the
unit manages the operation of compressors, evaporaor and compressors always operate in their ideal temperature
condenser water pumps and fans (drycooler). range and many unit shut-downs due to a fault can
be prevented.
■■ Optimised energy management ■■ Ease-of-use
-- A patented auto-adaptive algorithm optimises -- The Pro-Dialog+ interface includes five keys that
the condensing pressure at part load to reduce permit navigation via intuitive tree-structure menus.
compressor load and ensure perfect supply for the Access to the information is very quick.
COOLING

evaporator with liquid refrigerant. The algorithm -- This new backlit LCD interface includes control by a
controls the operation of the variable-speed contrast potiometer for optimised visibility in all lighting
condenser water pump and the fans (drycooler) conditions.
-- Pro-Dialog+ automatically resets the chilled- -- The information is clearly displayed in English, French,
water temperature setpoint based on the outside German, Italian and Spanish (for other languages
air temperature or the return water temperature. please consult Carrier Service).
The control can also operate on a second setpoint -- The Pro-Dialog+ navigation uses intuitive tree-
(example: unoccupied mode). structure menus, similar to the Internet navigators.
Pro-Dialog+ interface The menus are user-friendly and permit quick access
to the principal operating parameters: number of
compressors operating, suction/discharge pressure,
compressor operating hours, setpoint, temperatures.
■■ Remote control option
Pro-Dialog+ permits control and monitoring of the unit using
\\MAINMENU\STATUS
a wired interface:
CAPB_T 0 %
DEM_LIM
SP
100
4.2
%
°C
-- Start/stop
CTRL_PNT -28.9 °C -- Operating mode selection: cooling or heating
-- Demand limit
EMSTOP dsable
Circuit B Total Capacity
-- Dual setpoint
START/STOP ENTER
-- User safety loop.
The control remotely reports any problem.
PRO-DIALOG+

The CCN clock board connection offers other control


possibilities:
Two independent time schedules to control:
■■ Total unit protection -- Unit start/stop
-- A patented auto-adaptive algorithm controls -- Operation at a second chilled-water setpoint (for
compressor operation and permanently adapts to the example: unoccupied mode)
system charac-teristics (water loop inertia). Dangerous -- Operation of two units in parallel (master/slave
compressor cycling is prevented. The unit can operate function), and remote control via a communication
safely with a low water volume, and this frequently bus (RS 485 serial port).
makes a buffer tank unnecessary (see minimum water
volume later in this document).

182 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

Operating limits
30WG

30WG Min Max 30WG + drycooler Min Max


Evaporator Evaporator
Entering water temperature at start-up °C 7.5* 27 Entering water temperature at start-up °C 7.5* 27
Leaving water temperature during °C 5** 20 Leaving water temperature during °C 5** 20
operation operation
Entering/leaving water temperature K 2.5 7 Entering/leaving water temperature K 2.5 7
difference difference
Condenser Condenser without hydronic kit
Entering water temperature at start-up °C 15*** 55**** Entering air temperature at start-up + °C 10-15*** 40-45****

COOLING
Leaving water temperature during °C 20 60 during operation
operation Condenser with option 270V (kit with variable-speed pump)
Entering/leaving water temperature K 2.5 18 Entering air temperature at start-up+ °C -10† 40-45****
difference during operation
* For entering water temperatures below 7.5 °C at start-up, contact Carrier. * For entering water temperatures below 7.5 °C at start-up, contact Carrier.
** If the leaving water temperature is below 5 °C, a frost protection solution must ** If the leaving water temperature is below 5 °C, a frost protection solution must be used.
be used. Please refer to option 6 for evaporator leaving water low-temperature Please refer to option 6 for evaporator leaving water low-temperature applications (< 5 °C).
applications (< 5 °C). *** The minimum entering air temperature is based on the drycooler selection.
*** For applications with a condenser entering temperature below 15 °C the use of a **** The maximum entering air temperature is based on the drycooler selection.
three-way valve is recommended. This three-way valve can be controlled by the 0-10 V † For applications with a low condenser entering air temperature the use of a three-way
analogue output of the Pro-Dialog+ control. valve is recommended. This thre-way valve can be controlled by the 0-10 V analogue
**** For a water flow rate that corresponds to a maximum water-side temperature output of the Pro-Dialog+ control.
difference of 5 K.
30WGA
30WG + option 6 Min Max 30WGA Min Max
Evaporator Evaporator
Entering water temperature at start-up °C -9.5* 27 Entering water temperature at °C 7.5* 27
Leaving water temperature during °C -12* 20 start-up

HEATING HEATING
operation Leaving water temperature during °C 5** 20
Entering/leaving water temperature K 2.5 3 operation
difference Entering/leaving water temperature K 2,5 7
Condenser
difference
Entering water temperature at start-up °C 15** 55***
Air entering temperature
Leaving water temperature during °C 20 60
(at start-up and during operation)***
operation
Air entering temperature (fixed- °C 0*** 35 to 48‡
Entering/leaving water temperature K 2.5 18
speed fan)
difference
Note: Do not exceed the maximum operating temperature. Air entering temperature (variable- °C -10 to -20† 35 to 48‡
* A frost protection solution must be used. speed fan)
** For applications with a condenser entering temperature below 15 °C the use of a
three-way valve is recommended. This three-way valve can be controlled by the 0-10 V * For entering water temperatures below 7.5 °C at start-up, contact Carrier.
analogue output of the Pro-Dialog+ control. ** 30WGA unit can operate down to 0 °C if the configuration of the fluid type used is
*** For a water flow rate that corresponds to a maximum water-side temperature modified. If the leaving water temperature is below 5 °C, a frost protection solution
difference of 5 K. must be used.
*** The minimum temperature range is based on the condenser selected. If the condenser
only has a few fan stages, the use of variable-speed fans is recommended from 10 °C.

Air treatment
† The minimum temperature range is based on the condenser selected.
‡ The maximum temperature range is based on the condenser selected.

Operating ranges
30WG 30WGA
Condenser leaving water temperature, °C

65 65
60 60
Condensing temperatre, °C

55 55
50 50 Medium
45 temperature
45 Standard
application
40 Option 6 Standard 40
35
35
30
30
25
25
20
15 20
CONTROLS

-14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C

30WG standard unit 30WGA standard unit


30WG unit with option 6 (brine) 30WGA unit for medium temperature application (% glycol < 25%)
Option 6: Very low-temperature glycol solution

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 183
Hydronic module (options 116T, 270T)
Typical water piping diagram
2

4 5 15
1 PT TT

Unit water inlet Components of unit and hydronic module


7 9
3 6
1 Victaulic screen filter (option 293 or 293A only)
2 Expansion tank (option 293 or 293A only)
Condenser water loop (30WG) 3 Safety valve (option 293 or 293A only)
4 Water pump
TT PT 5 Air vent
COOLING

6 Water drain valve


Unit water outlet 7/8 Entering/leaving pressure sensor
2 10 8 9/10 Entering/leaving temperature probe
6 12 Flow switch 61WG option 272 (sizes 020-045 only)
13 16 13 Compressor
4 5 14 14 Evaporator
1 PT TT 15 Condenser
16 Expansion device
Unit water inlet
7 9 NOTE: Units without hydronic module include a flow switch.
6
3

Evaporator water loop (30WG/30WGA)


TT PT
Unit water outlet
12 10 8
6

Physical data, units with hydronic module


30WG/30WGA 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090
Operating weight, 30WG/61WG (options 116V and 270V)* kg 305 313 313 321 327 334 513 521 533 544 574
Operating weight, 30WGA (option 116V)* kg 250 258 258 263 266 271 431 435 442 449 465
Height** mm 1463 1463 1463 1463 1463 1463 1463 1463 1463 1463 1463
Hydronic module
Maximum operating pressure kPa 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
Water filter (max. removed particle diameter) mm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Expansion tank capacity*** l 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12
Water connections in 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 2
* Weight shown is a guideline only.
** The length and width dimensions are the same as for the standard unit.
*** When delivered, the standard pre-inflation of the tanks is not necessary the optimal value for the system. To permit changing the water volume, change the inflation pressure to a
pressure that is close to the static head of the system. Fill the system with water (purging the air) to a pressure value that is 10 to 20 kPa higher than the pressure in the tank.

Electrical data, options 116T, 270T


The original pumps that are factory-installed in these units This regulation regards the application of directive 2005/32/
have motors with efficiency class IE2. The additional electrical CE on the eco-design requirements for electric motors.
data required by regulation 640/2009 are given in the
installation, operation and maintenance instructions.
Pump curve, 30WG/30WGA (options 116, 270)
Data applicable for: -- T
he curves represented below are in normal
-- Fresh water 20 °C conditions: leaving water on the back side of the unit
-- In case of use of the glycol, the maximum water flow (without option 274).
is reduced
Fixed-speed low-pressure pumps Variable-speed high-pressure pumps
(options 116T - 270T) (options 116V - 270V)
220
1 30WG-30WGA 020-080 3 30WG-30WGA 020-045
200
2 30WG-30WGA 090 4 30WG-30WGA 050-090
180 4
2
Pressure head, kPa

160
Pressure head, kPa

1 140 3
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s
184 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

Plate heat exchanger pressure drop


(includes internal piping)
Evaporator - standard unit without hydronic module - Water only

30WG/30WGA 020-045 30WG/30WGA 050-090

150 180
140 170
130 160
150

COOLING
120 140

Pressure drop, kPa


110 130
Pressure drop, kPa

100 120
90 110
100
80 90
70 80
60 70
60
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
10
10 0
0 -10
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

1 30WG/30WGA 020 6 30WG/30WGA 050


2 30WG/30WGA 025 to 30WG/30WGA 030 7 30WG/30WGA 060
3 30WG/30WGA 035 8 30WG/30WGA 070
4 30WG/30WGA 040 9 30WG/30WGA 080
5 30WG/30WGA 045 10 30WG/30WGA 090

HEATING HEATING
Condenser - standard unit without hydronic module - Water only

30WG 020-045 30WG 050-090

150 180
140 170
130 160
150
120 140
110 130
Pressure drop, kPa
Pressure drop, kPa

100 120
90 110
100
80 90
70 80

Air treatment
60 70
50 60
50
40
40
30 30
20 20
10 10
0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

1 30WG 020 6 30WG 050


2 30WG 025 to 030 7 30WG 060
3 30WG 035 8 30WG 070
4 30WG 040 9 30WG 080
5 30WG 045 10 30WG 090
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 185
Available external static pressure,
units with hydronic module
(variable-speed high-pressure pumps)
Data applicable for:
-- Fresh water (without antifreeze) 20 °C
-- In case of use of the glycol, the maximum water flow is reduced
160 210
-- The curves represented below are in normal conditions: leaving water on the back side of the unit (without option 274).
150
COOLING

190
140
Evaporator 170
130
120 150
30WG/30WGA
110 020-045 30WG/30WGA
130 050-090
100
90 110
160 210
80 90
150
70 190
140 70
60 170
130
Pressure head, kPa

50
Pressure head, kPa

50
120 150
110 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
130
100
90 110
80 90
70
60 70
50 50
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

1 30WG/30WGA 020 6 30WG/30WGA 050


2 30WG/30WGA 025 to 030 7 30WG/30WGA 060
3 30WG/30WGA 035 8 30WG/30WGA 070
4 30WG/30WGA 040 9 30WG/30WGA 080
5 30WG/30WGA 045 10 30WG/30WGA 090

Condenser

30WG 020-045 30WG 050-090


160 210 1
150 190 1
140 1
130 170 1
Pressure head, kPa
Pressure head, kPa

120 150 1
110 1
130
100 1
160 110
90 210
150
80 90
190
140
70
130 70
170
60
120
50 150
50
110
8 100 0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 130 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
90 110
80 Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s
70 90
1 30WG 020 6 30WG 050
2
60
30WG 025 to 030 7 70 060
30WG
3 50 035
30WG 8 30WG 070
4 30WG 040 9 50 080
30WG
5 0.0
30WG 045 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 10 30WG 090
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

186 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

Available external static pressure,


units with hydronic module
(fixed-speed low-pressure pumps)
Data applicable for:
-- Fresh water 20 °C
-- In case of use of the glycol, the maximum water flow is reduced
-- The curves represented below are in normal conditions: leaving water on the back side of the unit (without option 274).

COOLING
Evaporator

30WG/30WGA 020-045 30WG/30WGA 050-090


Pressure head, kPa
Pressure head, kPa

HEATING HEATING
Water flow rate, l/s
Water flow rate, l/s

1 30WG/30WGA 020 6 30WG/30WGA 050


2 30WG/30WGA 025 to 030 7 30WG/30WGA 060
3 30WG/30WGA 035 8 30WG/30WGA 070
4 30WG/30WGA 040 9 30WG/30WGA 080
5 30WG/30WGA 045 10 30WG/30WGA 090

Condenser

Air treatment
30WG 020-045 30WG 050-090
Pressure head, kPa
Pressure head, kPa

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s


CONTROLS

1 30WG 020 6 30WG 050


2 30WG 025 to 030 7 30WG 060
3 30WG 035 8 30WG 070
4 30WG 040 9 30WG 080
5 30WG 045 10 30WG 090

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 187
Dimensions/clearances
30WG 020-045 - standard unit
Only for option 70F
160 237 625
5

2 1

901
470

470

3
COOLING

153

153

161 237 600


2 1 1044

1058

900 700

4
700

3
4 4
700

30WG 020-045 - unit with top connections (option 274)

4
700

901

938

600
1044
Legend:
900 86 700 All dimensions are in mm.
Evaporator
Condenser
4
700

Safety valve
Clearances required for maintenance (see note)
Control box
105

Water inlet
104

1
Water outlet
4 4
Power wiring connection
2
105
143
700

4 Note: Non-contractual drawings. Refer to the certified dimensional drawings available


on request, when designing an installation.

188 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

30WG 020-045 - unit with evaporator hydronic module (option 116)


Only for option 70F
379 625

1 5
2

1463
868

704
470

COOLING
153

153

161 237 600


2 1 1044
1058

900 700

4
700

3
4 4

4
700

HEATING HEATING
30WG 020-045 - unit with condenser hydronic module (option 270)
142
2

2
398

161
470
623

Air treatment
153

398

1
30WG 020-045 - unit with evaporator/condenser hydronic modules (options 116 + 270)
142 237
Legend:
All dimensions are in mm.
2 1 Evaporator
Condenser
2 Safety valve
Clearances required for maintenance (see note)
Control box
Water inlet
CONTROLS
1021

Water outlet
161
1 Power wiring connection
623

153

Note: N
 on-contractual drawings. Refer to the certified dimensional
398 drawings available on request, when designing an installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 189
30WG 020-045 - unit with hydronic module and top connections
(options 116 + 274 or 270 + 274 or 116 + 270 + 274)
4

700

1463

1500
COOLING

1474

900 172 80
1

4
700

4 4

282
278
700

2
172 80 700
2

30WG 020-045 - stackable unit (option 273)

Note: The water and electrical connections are identical to those of the standard unit.

1841
1014

1014

1058 600

900 700 Legend:


All dimensions are in mm.
Evaporator
Condenser
700

4
Safety valve
Clearances required for maintenance (see note)
Control box
Water inlet
4 4
Water outlet
Power wiring connection

Note: Non-contractual drawings. Refer to the certified dimensional drawings


700

4 available on request, when designing an installation.

190 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

30WG 050-090 - standard unit


Only for option 70F
252 310 905
5 3
1
2

901
450
456

451
204
201

880

COOLING
2 253 310 1474
1
1489

900 700
700

4 4

4
700

HEATING HEATING
30WG 050-090 - unit with top connections (option 274)
700

4
938
901

Air treatment
1474 880

900 80 700

900 80 700
700

4
700

1
142 168 142

Legend:
4 4
All dimensions are in mm.
2 Evaporator
142 168 142

Condenser
253

1
4 4
Safety valve
2 Clearances required for maintenance (see note)
700

4
CONTROLS

Control box
253

Water inlet
Water outlet
4 Power wiring connection
700

Note: Non-contractual drawings. Refer to the certified dimensional


drawings available on request, when designing an installation.
41 80

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 191
30WG 050-090 - unit with evaporator hydronic module (option 116)
Only for option 70F
558 905

2 1 5

1463
1021

252

704
657

204

880
COOLING

253 307 1474


2
1
1488
900 700

4
700

3
4 4

4
700

30WG 050-090 - unit with condenser hydronic module (option 270)

277
2

1
1021

252
657

204

559 1

30WG 050-090 - unit with evaporator/condenser hydronic modules (options 116 + 270)

277 282
2 Legend:
1 All dimensions are in mm.

2
Evaporator
Condenser
Safety valve
Clearances required for maintenance (see note)
Control box
1021

252
Water inlet
Water outlet
657

Power wiring connection


204

1
Note: Non-contractual drawings. Refer to the certified dimensional
559 drawings available on request, when designing an
installation.

192 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

30WG 050-090 - unit with hydronic module and top connections


(options 116 + 274 or 270 + 274 or 116 + 270 + 274)

700

1500
1463

COOLING
1044

167 86
900 1

4 1
700

143 237 221


4
4

HEATING HEATING
700

4
2

167 86 700 2

30WG 050-090 - stackable unit (option 273)

Note: The water and electrical connections are identical to those of the standard unit.

Air treatment
1841
1014

1014

880
1489

Legend:
All dimensions are in mm.

900 700 Evaporator


Condenser
Safety valve
700

4 Clearances required for maintenance (see note)


Control box
Water inlet
CONTROLS

Water outlet

4 Power wiring connection


4

Note: Non-contractual drawings. Refer to the certified dimensional


700

4 drawings available on request, when designing an


installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 193
30WGA 020-045 - standard unit
625
397

901
470
153
146

50
COOLING

144 203 600


1044
1058

900 700
700

Legend:
All dimensions are in mm

Evaporator

Safety valve

Clearances required for maintenance (see note)

Control box

6 Refrigerant inlet
700

7 Refrigerant outlet

Water inlet
30WGA 020-045 - unit with evaporator hydronic module (option 116)
Water outlet

Power wiring connection

For option 70F only


379
625

5
1
1463
868

704

3
153
146

51
144 203 600
7 1 1044
6 1058

900
700

4
700

3
4 4

Note: N
 on-contractual drawings. Refer to the
4 certified dimensional drawings available on
700

request, when designing an installation.

194 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

30WGA 020-045 - stackable unit (option 273)

Note: The water and electrical connections are identical to those of the standard unit.

1840
1014

1014

COOLING
1058 600

Legend:
All dimensions are in mm
900 700

Evaporator
700

4 Safety valve

Clearances required for maintenance (see note)

Control box

4 4
6 Refrigerant inlet

HEATING HEATING
7 Refrigerant outlet

Water inlet
700

Water outlet
4
Power wiring connection

30WGA 050-090 - standard unit

For option 70F only


247 315 905
5 3
7 1

Air treatment
901
461

450

451
192

204

1474 880
6 238 321 1488
1

900 700
700

3
CONTROLS

4 4

Note: Non-contractual drawings. Refer to the certified dimensional


drawings available on request, when designing an installation.
700

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 195
30WGA 050-090 - unit with evaporator hydronic module (option 116)

For option 70F only

558 905
5

7 1

1463HT
1021
COOLING

247
3
704
653

204
192

238 321
6
880
1474
1
1488HT
Legend:
900 700 All dimensions are in mm
700

4 Evaporator

Safety valve

4 3 4 Clearances required for maintenance (see note)

Control box

6 Refrigerant inlet
700

7 Refrigerant outlet

Water inlet

30WGA 050-090 - stackable unit (option 273) Water outlet

Power wiring connection


Note: The water and electrical connections are identical to those of the standard unit.

1841
1014

1014

1488 880

900 700
700

4 4

Note: Non-contractual drawings. Refer to the certified dimensional


drawings available on request, when designing an installation.
700

196 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS
LIQUID CHILLERS 30WG/30WGA 020-090

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 197
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS LIQUID CHILLERS
WITH INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE

30RW/30RWA
Nominal cooling capacity 109 -315 kW
COOLING

The 30RW/30RWA Aquasnap liquid chiller range features the latest technological innovations:
scroll compressors, digital auto-adaptive Pro-Dialog control and non-ozone depleting
refrigerant HFC-407C.

Aquasnap can be supplied with hydronic evaporator and condenser modules as standard,
limiting the installation to simple operations such as the entering and leaving water piping
connection.

An autoadaptive control algorithm intelligently controls the condenser water pump speed and
the operation of the glycol cooler fans (30RW) or of the air-cooled condenser fans (30RWA) to
ensure reliable and economical operation under any climate conditions.

198 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RW/30RWA 110-300

Physical data
30RW/RWA 110 120 135 150 160 185 210 245 275 300

Cooling
30RW
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 109.6 124.52 141.48 151.49 164.45 186.36 219.43 251.27 288.28 315.1
C1 EER kW/kW 4.05 3.90 4.00 3.92 4.49 4.25 4.35 4.28 4.32 4.31
C1 Eurovent Energy Class D D D D C D C C C C
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 4.79 4.56 4.74 4.66 5.36 5.06 5.17 5.01 5.27 5.15
Operating weight
30RW unit without pump kg 864 937 956 977 1079 1144 1357 1471 1557 1557

COOLING
30RWA unit without pump kg 773 836 845 855 948 996 1159 1273 1311 1311
Extra weight
30RW: single evaporator pump (option 116B) kg 15 15 15 15 245 245 245 245 245 245
30RWA: single evaporator pump (option 116B) kg 15 15 15 15 245 245 245 285 285 285
30RW/RWA: dual evaporator pump (option 116C) kg 130 130 130 130 300 300 358 358 358 358
30RW: single condenser pump (option 270B) kg 80 80 80 80 250 250 265 265 265 265
30RW: dual condenser pump (option 270C) kg 140 140 140 140 310 310 368 368 368 368
Dimensions (length x depth x height)
Standard unit with or without hydronic module mm 2013 x 922 x 1963
Unit with hydronic module (options 116B, 116C, 270B, 270C) mm 2950 x 922 x 1993
Refrigerant** 30RW R-407C
Compressors 30RW/30RWA Hermetic scroll, 48.3 r/s
Control Pro-Dialog Plus
Condensers (30RW) Welded plate heat exchangers, max. water-side operating pressure with hydronic module
1000 kPa, without hydronic module 400 kPa
Hydronic condenser module (30RW) Removable screen filter, variable-speed water pump, expansion tank, safety valve, pressure
gauge, and purge valve

HEATING HEATING
Condenser pump Single or twin-head composite centrifugal pump, according to option used, variable speed
by frequency converter (48.3 r/s)
Evaporator (30RW/30RWA) Welded direct-expansion plate heat exchanger, max. water-side operating pressure with
hydronic module 1000 kPa, without hydronic module 400 kPa
Hydronic evaporator module (30RW/30RWA) Removable screen filter, water pump, expansion tank, water flow switch, safety valve,
pressure gauge, purge valve and control valve
Evaporator pump Single or twin-head composite centrifugal pump, according to option used (48.3 r/s)
Water connections (30RW/30RWA) Victaulic***
Field refrigerant connections (30RWA) Welded copper tube
C1 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature
30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only. The dimensions shown are for the standard unit. For other unit types please refer to the dimensional drawings.

Eurovent certified data

Air treatment
** The RWA units only have a nitrogen holding charge.
*** With tubular sleeve, supplied with the unit, consisting of a Victaulic connection at one end and a plain section at the other end.

Electrical data
30RW/RWA (without hydronic module) 110 120 135 150 160 185 210 245 275 300

Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit supply 24 V via internal transformer
Maximum unit power input, 30RW + 30RWA* kW 42.4 48.8 54.0 59.1 63.2 72.2 84.9 97.6 107.9 118.2
Nominal unit current draw 30RW** A 48.1 54.0 61.0 68.0 71.7 84.2 96.1 108.0 122.0 136.0
Nominal unit current draw 30RWA*** A 51.4 58.0 64.7 71.4 76.3 89.6 102.8 116.0 129.4 142.8
Maximum start-up current, (standard unit without electronic starter)
30RW + 30RWA† A 245.2 254.0 309.0 318.0 212.6 245.7 314.5 332.0 396.0 414.0
Maximum start-up current, (electronic-starter option)
30RW + 30RWA‡ A 159.2 168.0 201.0 210.0 158.6 183.7 228.5 246.0 288.0 306.0
CONTROLS

* Power input of the compressor(s) at maximum unit operating conditions: entering/leaving evaporator water temp. 15°C/10°C, maximum condensing temp. 65°C, and 400 V nominal
voltage.
** Nom. unit current draw at standard conditions: evaporator entering/leaving water temp. 12°C/7°C, condenser entering/leaving water temp. 30°C/35°C. The current values are given at
400 V nom. voltage.
*** Nom. unit current draw at standard conditions: evaporator entering/leaving water temp. 12°C/7°C, saturated condensing temp. (dew point) 45°C, subcooling 5 K. The current values are
given at 400 V nom. voltage.
† Max. instantaneous starting current at 400 V nom. voltage and with compressor in across-the-line start (max. operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + locked rotor current of the
largest compressor).
‡ Max. instantaneous starting current at 400 V nom. voltage and with compressor with electronic starter (max. operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + reduced start-up current of
the largest compressor).

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 199
Options
■■ High-pressure single or dual pump, evaporator ■■ Electronic starter for reduced startup current
■■ Condenser hydronic module with variable-speed single or ■■ RS485 communications and “CCN Clock Board” time
dual pump schedule board
■■ Heat pump (hot-water control) ■■ Very low temperature glycol solution down to -10°C
■■ Field water connections at the unit top

Features and advantages


■■ T en sizes with nominal cooling capacities from 109 to ■■ The variable-speed condenser water pump automatically
COOLING

315 kW. adjusts the water flow rate to maintain the ideal
■■ Aquasnap chillers with scroll compressors, digital condensing conditions.
auto-adaptive Pro-Dialog control and Non-ozone ■■ High-performance plate heat exchangers maximise the
depleting refrigerant HFC-407C. thermodynamic properties of refrigerant HFC-407C. From
■■ Can be supplied with integrated hydronic evaporator and size 30RW 160 the evaporator and the condenser have
condenser modules, limiting the installation to simple two interlaced refrigerant circuits.
operations such as the entering and leaving water piping ■■ Space-saving design.
connection. ■■ No plant room required – unit can be installed in a place
■■ Intelligent control of condenser water pump speed and that is open to the public, if local regulations permit.
operation of glycol cooler (30RW) or air-cooled condenser ■■ The refrigerant circuit is completely leak-proof.
fans (30RWA) to ensure reliable and economical
■■ Used with Carrier 09 series glycol coolers or air-cooled
operation.
condensers, supplied ready for installation with a control
■■ Quick electrical connections. box. All control components are installed and tested in
■■ Units can operate down to -20°C outside temperature. the factory.

Operating limits
30RW 30RWA
Leaving condenser water temperature, °C

Condensing temperature, °C

64
52
50 60
45 55
40 50
C B A A
35 45
30 40
25 35
20 30

-10 -5 0 5 10 15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
Leaving evaporator water temperature, °C Leaving evaporator water temperature, °C
Leaving remote condenser air temperature, °C

45
Leaving drycooler air temperature, °C

40 D 50
35 45
B
30 40
25 35
20 30
15 25
10 E 20 C
5 15
0 10
-5 5
-10 0
-15 -5 D

-20 -10

-10 -5 0 5 10 15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
Leaving evaporator water temperature, °C Leaving evaporator water temperature, °C
Notes 30RW Notes 30RWA
1. Evaporator and condenser ∆T = 5 K 1. Evaporator ∆T = 5 K
2. For 30RW units without hydronic module with an entering condenser water temperature below 20°C a 2. Unit operation is limited by the maximum compressor condensing temperature of 64°C.
three-way valve is required to allow operation, while maintaining the correct condensing temperature. A Standard unit operation with the anti-freeze solution required and special control configuration.
3. For 30RW units equipped with a hydronic module the minimum entering water temperature is -15°C. B Operation at high air temperature is based on the condenser selected.
4. Maximum leaving condenser water temperature is 52°C (at full load) C Operating range down to 0°C, if the air-cooled condenser is not equipped with a variable-speed head fan.
A Standard unit with without antifreeze solution D Extended operating range with variable-speed fan.
B Standard unit operation with the anti-freeze solution required and control configuration for a leaving
water temperature down to 0°C.
C Standard unit operation with the anti-freeze solution required and control configuration for a leaving
water temperature down to -10°C.
D Operation at high air temperature is based on the drycooler selected.
E Operation at low air temperature is possible down to -20°C with a drycooler.
200 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RW/30RWA 110-300

Available static pressure, evaporator side


30RW/30RWA
Single pump Dual pump

250
250

Available static pressure, kPa


Available static pressure, kPa

200
200

150

COOLING
150
4
100

100 50
1 2 3 5 6 7
11
7
0 5 10 15 20 25
12
50
4 8 Water flow rate, l/s
1 2 3 5 6 9 10 13 14 15

0 5 10 15 20

Water flow rate, l/s


Legend Legend
9 30RW/RWA 110 5 30RW/RWA 110
10 30RW/RWA 120 6 30RW/RWA 120
11 30RW/RWA 135 7 30RW/RWA 135
12 30RW/RWA 150 8 30RW/RWA 150
13 30RW/RWA 160-185 9 30RW/RWA 160-185

HEATING HEATING
14 30RW/RWA 210-245 10 30RW/RWA 210-245
15 30RW/RWA 275-300 11 30RW/RWA 275-300

Available static pressure, condenser side


30RW
Single pump Dual pump

250 250

Air treatment
Available static pressure, kPa
Available static pressure, kPa

200 200

150 150

4
100 100
4

50 50
1 2 3 5 6 7 1 2 3 5 6 7

0 5 10 15 20 25 0 5 10 15 20 25

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

Legend Legend
1 30RW 110 1 30RW 110
2 30RW 120 2 30RW 120
3 30RW 135 3 30RW 135
4 30RW 150 4 30RW 150
5 30RW 160-185 5 30RW 160-185
6 30RW 210-245 6 30RW 210-245
CONTROLS

7 30RW 275-300 7 30RW 275-300


C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 201
Dimensions/clearances
30RW 110-150/30RWA 060-150 - unit with or without hydronic module

A B

895
COOLING

1750

1 1 1
700 2004 700 900

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding. Before designing an installation, consult the Legend
certified dimensional drawings, available on request.

All dimensions are given in mm.

Water inlet

Water outlet


A Condenser (water inlet/outlet for 30RW unit)

Evaporator
B


C Refrigerant inlet/outlet (30RWA units only)


1 Required clearances for maintenance

Power supply

202 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED/CONDENSERLESS LIQUID CHILLERS WITH
INTEGRATED HYDRONIC MODULE 30RW/30RWA 110-300

30RW/30RWA 160-300 - unit without hydronic module (standard)


922 2300

1963

COOLING
B A C

1 1 1
1100 700 700
2013 (RW) - 2048 (RWA)

30RW/30RWA 160-300 - unit with hydronic module (option)

922
2950

HEATING HEATING
A
1993

1 1 1
700

Air treatment
1100 700

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding. Before designing an installation, consult the Legend
certified dimensional drawings, available on request.

All dimensions are given in mm.

Water inlet

Water outlet

A Condenser (water inlet/outlet for 30RW unit)

Evaporator
B

C Refrigerant inlet/outlet (30RWA units only)

1 Required clearances for maintenance

Power supply
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 203
WATER-COOLED SCREW COMPRESSOR LIQUID CHILLERS

30HXC
Nominal cooling capacity 286-1302 kW
COOLING

The 30HXC units are water-cooled chillers, designed from the ground up to meet the needs of
today and tomorrow:
-- Non-ozone depleting HFC-134a refrigerant
-- Screw compressors
-- Fits through a standard door with no disassembly required- - mechanically cleanable
evaporators and condensers

All units are equipped with Pro-Dialog Plus control to optimise the efficiency of the refrigerant
circuit.

204 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED SCREW COMPRESSOR
LIQUID CHILLERS 30HXC 080-375

Physical data
30HXC 080 090 100 110 120 130 140 155 175 190 200 230 260 285 310 345 375

Cooling
Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 287 312 348 375 413 450 510 543 600 652 701 814 899 987 1109 1207 1302
performances* C1 EER kW/kW 5.03 4.79 4.82 4.60 4.87 4.72 4.74 4.57 4.68 4.73 4.74 4.74 4.46 4.77 4.76 4.56 4.66
C1 Eurovent Energy Class B B B C B B B C B B B B C B B C B
Seasonal ESEER kW/kW
5.56 5.41 5.31 5.28 5.23 5.21 5.17 4.85 5.03 4.97 5.08 5.06 5.01 5.11 5.49 5.39 5.34
Efficiency*

COOLING
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 94 94 94 94 94 97 98 100 101 101 99 101 102 102 103 104 104
Operating weight kg 2274 2279 2302 2343 2615 2617 2702 2712 3083 3179 3873 4602 4656 4776 5477 5553 5721
Dimensions, standard unit
Depth mm 2558 2558 2558 2565 3275 3275 3275 3275 3275 3275 3903 3924 3924 3924 4533 4533 4533
Length mm 980 980 980 980 980 980 980 980 980 980 1015 1015 1015 1015 1015 1015 1015
Height mm 1800 1800 1800 1850 1816 1816 1816 1816 1940 1940 1980 2060 2060 2060 2112 2112 2112
Refrigerant R-134a
Compressors 06N semi-hermetic twin-screw compressor
Quantity - Circuit A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Quantity - Circuit B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
Capacity control Pro-Dialog Plus control
No. of control steps 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10
Evaporator Shell and tube with internally finned copper tubes

HEATING HEATING
Water connections Victaulic
Inlet/outlet in 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 8
Condenser Shell and tube with internally finned copper tubes
Water connections Victaulic
Inlet/outlet in 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature
30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
Weight shown is a guideline only. The dimensions shown are for the standard unit. For other unit types please refer to the dimensional drawings.

Eurovent certified data

Electrical data
30HXC 080 090 100 110 120 130 140 155 175 190 200 230 260 285 310 345 375 Air treatment
Power circuit
Nominal power supply (Un)* V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%

Control circuit supply The control circuit is supplied via the factory-installed transformer

Nominal current drawn* A 101 115 127 143 149 168 190 207 226 234 255 294 337 354 399 448 477

Maximum starting current*** A 181 206 223 249 267 298 333 355 382 442 841 978 1027 1200 1129 1184 1373

Circuit A** A - - - - - - - - - - 712 822 871 1028 844 871 1028

Circuit B** A - - - - - - - - - - 605 715 715 856 844 871 1028

* Standard Eurovent conditions: Evaporator entering/leaving water temperature 12°C and 7°C. Condenser entering/leaving water temperature 30°C/35°C.
** Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input.
*** Maximum instantaneous starting current (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + locked rotor current or reduced starting current of the largest compressor).
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 205
Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use 30HXC

Low-temperature brine solution 6 Low-temperature glycol solution production Covers specific applications such as ice storage 090, 110, 130,
down to -10°C and industrial processes 155, 175, 200,
230, 260, 310,
345
IP44C electrical protection level 20 Control box tightness reinforced Permits unit installation in more severe 080-375
environments
Tropicalisation 22 Unit control box suitable for tropical climates Reduced relative humidity in the control boxes 080-375
for operation in tropical climates (warm and humid)
Soft starter 25 Electronic compressor starter Reduced compressor start-up current 200-375
COOLING

Unit supplied in two assembled parts 51 Unit supplied in two assembled parts. The Facilitates installation in plant rooms with limited 080-375
unit is equipped with flanges that allow access
disassembly of the unit on site.
460-3-60 power supply 60 Power supply of 460 V-3 ph-60 Hz Permits unit connection to a power network with 080-375
specific characteristics
380-3-60 power supply 61 Power supply of 380 V-3 ph-60 Hz Permits unit connection to a power network with 080-375
specific characteristics
Evaporator pump electrical power/ 84 Unit equipped with an electrical power/control Quick and easy installation 080-375
control circuit circuit for single evaporator pumps
Dual evaporator pump electrical 84D Unit equipped with an electrical power/control Quick and easy installation 080-375
power/control circuit circuit for dual evaporator pumps
Condenser pump electrical power/ 84R Unit equipped with an electrical power/control Quick and easy installation 080-375
control circuit circuit for single condenser pumps
Compressor suction valve 92 Valve set for the compressor suction side to Simplified service and maintenance 080-375
isolate it in the refrigerant circuit.
Evaporator with one pass 100C Evaporator with one pass on the water-side. Quick and easy installation. Reduced evaporator 080-375
Evaporator inlet and outlet on opposite sides. pressure losses.
Condenser with one pass 102C Condenser with one pass on the water-side. Quick and easy installation. Reduced condenser 080-375
Condenser inlet and outlet on opposite sides. pressure losses.
21 bar evaporator 104 Reinforced evaporator for extension of the Covers applications with a high water column 080-375
maximum water-side service pressure to 21 (high buildings)
bar
21 bar condenser 104A Reinforced condenser for extension of the Covers applications with a high water column 080-375
maximum water-side service pressure to 21 bar (high buildings)
Reversed evaporator water 107 Evaporator with reversed water inlet/outlet Simplification of the water piping 080-375
connections
Reversed condenser water 107A Condenser with reversed water inlet/outlet Simplification of the water piping 080-375
connections
JBus/ModBus gateway 148B Two-directional communications board, Easy connection by communication bus to a 080-375
complies with JBus/ModBus protocol building management system
BacNet gateway 148C Two-directional communications board, Easy connection by communication bus to a 080-375
complies with BacNet protocol building management system
LON gateway 148D Two-directional communications board, Easy connection by communication bus to a 080-375
complies with LON protocol building management system
High condensing temperature 150 Increased condenser leaving water tempe- Allows applications with high condensing 080-375
rature up to 63°C. Control of the condenser temperature (for heat reclaim or dry cooler
leaving water temperature. applications)
High condensing temperature in non- 150A Operation in heat pump mode only with Allows applications with high condensing 080-375
reversible applications condenser leaving water temperature up to temperature (for heat reclaim or dry cooler
63°C. applications)
Control for low condensing 152 Output signal (0-10 V) to control the Used for applications with cold water at 080-375
temperature systems condenser water inlet valve condenser inlet (well water). In this case the
valve controls the water entering temp. to
maintain an acceptable condensing pressure.
RS 485 communication interface with 155 Additional RS 485 communication board Communication via CCN protocol 080-375
open protocol
Dual discharge valve installed with 194 Three-way valve upstream of the discharge Vallve change and inspection facilitated without 080-190
three-way valve valves on the evaporator and the oil separator refrigerant loss. Complies with European
standard EN 378/BGVD4.
Code compliance for Switzerland in 197 Additional tests on the water heat exchangers. Conformance with Swiss regulations in addition 080-375
addition to PED code Additional supply of PED documents, supple- to the PED code
mentary certificates and test certificates.
Russian code compliance 199 GOST certification Conformance with Russian regulations (GOST) 080-375
Water connection kit for welded 266 Victaulic piping connections with welded Easy installation 080-375
evaporator connections joints.
Water connection kit for welded 267 Victaulic piping connections with welded Easy installation 080-375
condenser connections joints.
Water connection kit for flanged 268 Victaulic piping connections with flanged Easy installation 080-375
evaporator connections joints.
Water connection kit for flanged 269 Victaulic piping connections with flanged Easy installation 080-375
condenser connections joints.

206 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED SCREW COMPRESSOR
LIQUID CHILLERS 30HXC 080-375

Features and advantages


■■ Quality design and construction make the 30HXC unit the ■■ All units are also available as high condensing
preferred choice. temperature and non-reversible heat pump versions
■■ Non-controlled, Non-ozone depleting HFC-134a refrigerant. (options 150 and 150A). Their application range is the
same as for the standard units, on which they are based,
■■ HCF-134a is a proven, non-toxic, non-flammable refrigerant.
but they also allow condenser leaving water temperatures
■■ Medium-pressure refrigerant HFC-134a minimises stress of up to 63°C. Pro-Dialog control offers all the advantages
on the compressors and ensures their long operating life. of the standard units, plus control of the leaving
■■ The 30HXC units are equipped with screw compressors condenser water temperature.
for extremely quiet operation and low-vibration levels.
■■ The 30HXC units exceed the efficiency level of average Easy installation
industry standards for both full- and part-load operation, ■■ The 30HXC has a compact design that fits through a

COOLING
saving on operating costs, through lower electrical costs. standard door opening and requires minimal indoor
■■ Part of the 30HXC product range is available equipped space. The 30HXC is supplied as a complete package
with the very low temperature option that permits for easy installation. There are no extra controls, timers,
evaporator leaving water temperatures down to -10°C starters or other items to install.
with ethylene glycol or down to -7°C with propylene glycol. ■■ 30HXC units have a single power point and one main
■■ The 30HXC control is fully automatic. The leaving water disconnect/isolator switch for sizes 30HXC 080 to
temperature is continuously monitored to detect load 190, and one power point and one main disconnect/
and flow changes. This combination provides the most isolator switch per circuit for sizes 30HXC 200 to 375.
precise temperature control available. The hydraulic connections are simple and facilitated by
■■ Two independent refrigerant circuits - the second one the use of Victaulic connections for the evaporator and
takes over automatically, when the first one malfunctions, condenser.
maintain-ing partial cooling under all circumstances.
■■ Easy installation - the 30HXC chillers are supplied with Simple to service
a full refrigerant charge, and conveniently located power ■■ Mechanically-cleanable evaporator and condenser
supply and water inlet and outlet connections. ■■ Twin-screw compressors which require minimum routine

HEATING HEATING
■■ Auto-diagnostics - quick display of the machine status. service or maintenance.
■■ Multiple compressor concept for optimised part-load ■■ Easily accessed suction and discharge pressure and
efficiency and minimised starting current. temperature information via a display module.
■■ Series star/delta starter, limiting the start-up current on
30HXC 080-190 units.

Controls
Pro-Dialog Plus control
Pro-Dialog Plus is an advanced numeric control system that Pro-Dialog Plus ensures preventive protection and
combines intelligence with great operating simplicity. enhances chiller reliability.

Air treatment
■■ Equalisation of compressor operating hours
Pro-Dialog Plus ensures intelligent leaving ■■ No capillary tubes or pressostats (except as safety device)
water temperature control and optimises energy ■■ Pro-Dialog Plus monitors all chiller safety parameters.
requirements.
■■ The fault history function and the fault codes facilitate
■■ The PID control algorithm with permanent compensation immediate location of faults and in certain cases the
for the difference between the heat exchanger entering and condi-tions causing the alarm. Prognostic and preventive
leaving temperature, anticipates load variations, guarantees mainte-nance functions (incorrect water loop, oil filter dirty
leaving water temperature stability and prevents unneces- etc.) permit anticipation of possible problems.
sary compressor cycling.
■■ The long-stroke electronic expansion valves (EXV),
Pro-Dialog Plus operator interface
together with refrigerant level control via heat exchange Water cooled mono circuit

in the evaporator, allows a significant energy efficiency


improvement at part load conditions, and faultless chiller A
operation in a wider temperature range.
■■ Adjustable ramp loading, according to the inertia of
the application, avoids load increases that are too fast A
CONTROLS

and too frequent, increasing unit life and limiting power


consump-tion peaks.
■■ Several capacity loading possibilities ensure improved
start-up at low outdoor air temperature, and permit use of
one of the refrigerant circuits as a back-up circuit.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 207
Operating limits, standard units
Condenser water flow rates Evaporator water flow rates

Minimum flow rate, l/s* Maximum flow Minimum flow rate, Maximum flow rate,
30HXC
30HXC Open loop Closed rate, l/s** l/s l/s*
loop 080-090 5.2 20.8
080-110 2.3 7 28.2 100 6.5 25.9
120-130 3.1 9.3 37.1 110 7.4 29.6
140-155 3.7 11.1 44.5 120-130 8.3 33.4
175-190 4.3 13 51.9 140-155 9.4 37.8
200 4.9 14.8 59.2 175-190 11.5 45.9
COOLING

230-285 6.7 20.1 80.4 200 14.1 56.3


310-375 8 24 95.9 230 16.3 65.2
* Based on a velocity of 0.3 m/s in a closed loop and 0.9 m/s in an open loop. 260-285 18.3 73.4
** Based on a water velocity of 3.6 m/s. 310 20.9 83.7
345-375 23 91.9
* The maximum flow rate corresponds to a pressure drop of 100 kPa.

Operating range, standard units


58
Condenser entering water temperature, °C

50

B
45

35 Notes:
1. Evaporator and condenser Δ T = 5 K
2. For start-up at full load with a condenser water entering temperature below 20°C, a
30 three-way valve must be used to maintain the correct condensing temperature.
3. Maximum condenser water leaving temperature 50°C (at full load).
4. For low evaporator leaving water temperatures <+4°C and >-10°C please order option 6.
25 A Standard unit operating at full load.
B Standard unit operating at reduced load.
20 C Units operating with head pressure control with analogue water control valve.
C For transient operating modes (start-up and part load) the unit can operate down to a
15 condenser entering water temperature of 13°C.
13

4 5 10 13 15 °C Additional operating range for high condensing temperature units and non-reversible heat
pumps.
Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C

208 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED SCREW COMPRESSOR
LIQUID CHILLERS 30HXC 080-375

Operating limits,
units for very low temperature (option 6)
Evaporator water flow rate with 35% ethylene For very low temperature applications the amount of
glycol antifreeze solution added is critical for the unit operation.
The following amounts are required:
30HXC Minimum flow rate, l/s* Maximum flow rate, l/s**
090 8 15.7
Evaporator leaving Ethylene glycol, % Propylene glycol, %
110 10.6 21.3
water temperature, °C
130 12.4 25.1
-6 25 27
155 14.5 28.1
-7 28 30

COOLING
175 15.6 33
-8 30 NA
200 20.5 38
-9 33 NA
230 21 39.7
-10 35 NA
260 24.1 48.3
310 29.6 62
345 30.2 63
* Based on a Reynolds number of 4000.
** Based on a water velocity of 3.6 m/s.

Evaporator water flow rate with 30% propylene


glycol
30HXC Minimum flow rate, l/s* Maximum flow rate, l/s**
090 11.1 15.7
110 14.2 21.3
130 16.7 25.1
155 19.1 28.1

HEATING HEATING
175 21.1 33
200 25.1 38
230 27.4 39.7
260 32.3 48.3
310 40 62
345 40.6 63
* Based on a Reynolds number of 4000.
** Based on a water velocity of 3.6 m/s.

Operating range,
units for very low temperature (option 6)

Air treatment
Operating range 35% ethylene glycol Operating range 30% propylene glycol

50
Condenser entering water temperature, °C
Condenser entering water temperature, °C

48
44

20
15 C
13
CONTROLS

-7 0 4 13 15
Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C

Notes: Legend
1. Evaporator ΔT = 4 K max. - condenser ΔT = 5 K C Unit operating with condensing pressure control with an analogue water control valve.
2. Operating range applicable for full and reduced load. For transient operating modes (start-up and part load), the unit can operate down to a
3. At full load with a condenser water entering temperature below 20°C, a three-way condenser entering water temperature of 13°C.
valve must be used to maintain the correct condensing temperature. D Operation permitted, but performance is not optimised.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 209
Dimensions/clearances
COOLING

The 30HXC fits through a standard door opening, minimising installation cost.

30HXC 080-190

3
600

Legend
All dimensions are given in mm.

Evaporator

Condenser

1
Required clearances for maintenance
C

30HXC-080
30HXC-090 Recommended space for tube removal (clearances
30HXC-100 D and E can be either on the right or the left-hand
30HXC-110 side).
Water outlet
2 Water inlet

� Power supply connection

D A E
Notes:
Non-certified drawings.
3 Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied
500

with the unit or available on request, when designing an


installation.

For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and


coordinates of the centre of gravity refer to the certified
dimensional drawings.
4 4
B

3
700

30HXC A B C D E F
080-100 2558 980 1800 2200 1000 385
110 2565 980 1850 2200 1000 385
120-155 3275 980 1816 2990 1000 689
175-190 3275 980 1940 2990 1000 689

210 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
WATER-COOLED SCREW COMPRESSOR
LIQUID CHILLERS 30HXC 080-375

30HXC 200-375

500
1

COOLING
2

D A E

500
4 4

HEATING HEATING
3
700

Legend Notes:
All dimensions are given in mm. Non-certified drawings.
Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available on
request, when designing an installation.
Evaporator
For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and coordinates of the centre of
Condenser
gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
Required clearances for maintenance

Air treatment
Recommended space for tube removal (clearances D and E can be either on the
right or the left-hand side).
Water outlet

Water inlet
30HXC A B C D E F
� Power supply connection
200 3903 1015 1980 3600 1000 489
230-285 3924 1015 2060 3600 1000 489
310-375 4533 1015 2112 4200 1000 503
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 211
Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers

30XW
Nominal cooling capacity 273-1756 kW
COOLING

The 30XW liquid chillers are the premium solution for industrial and commercial applications
where installers, consultants and building owners require optimal perfor-mances and
maximum quality.

The 30XW liquid chillers are designed to meet current and future requirements in terms of
energy efficiency, flexibility of use and compactness. They use the most reliable technologies
available today:
-- Twin-rotor screw compressors with a variable capacity valve
-- Single refrigerant R-134a
-- Pro-Dialog control system
-- Flooded heat exchangers that are mechanically cleanable

To meet to all environmental and economic requirements, the 30XW is available in two
efficiency classes:
-- Standard-efficiency 30XW units that offer an optimised balance of technical and
economical aspects, while at the same time boasting superior energy efficiency.
-- High-efficiency 30XW-P units that offer unequalled energy efficiency to satisfy the most
stringent demands of building owners wanting to reduce operating costs to the
minimum.

212 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XW 254-1762

Physical data
Standard-efficiency units 30XW-- 254 304 354 402 452 552 602 652 702 802

Cooling
Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 273 307 359 459 473 532 538 677 730 792
­performances*
C1 EER kW/kW 5.32 5.30 5.24 5.21 5.35 5.21 5.17 5.39 5.30 5.19
C1 Eurovent Energy Class A A A A A A A A A A
C2 Nominal capacity kW 345 365 458 585 566 596 656 845 884 887
C2 EER kW/kW 6.72 6.24 6.57 6.40 6.28 5.74 6.21 6.50 6.21 5.70
Seasonal ESEER kW/kW 5.67 5.58 5.58 5.75 5.77 5.78 5.66 6.06 6.02 5.79

COOLING
Efficiency *
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 95 95 95 99 99 99 99 99 99 99
Operating weight† kg 2017 2036 2072 2575 2575 2613 2644 3247 3266 3282
Dimensions
Depth mm 928 928 928 936 936 936 936 1040 1040 1040
Length mm 2724 2724 2724 2741 2741 2741 2741 3059 3059 3059
Height mm 1567 1567 1567 1692 1692 1692 1692 1848 1848 1848

Standard-efficiency units 30XW-- 852 1002 1052 1154 1252 1352 1452 1552 1652 1702

Cooling
Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 839 1017 1060 1141 1257 1342 1453 1547 1654 1728
­performances* C1 EER kW/kW 5.39 5.26 5.20 5.30 5.69 5.51 5.36 5.29 5.59 5.60
C1 Eurovent Energy Class A A A A A A A NA NA NA
C2 Nominal capacity kW 922 1297 1348 1351 1678 1837 1916 1903 1944 2009

HEATING HEATING
C2 EER kW/kW 5.84 6.44 6.34 6.14 7.25 7.13 6.70 6.24 6.35 6.30
Seasonal ESEER kW/kW 5.94 6.30 6.34 6.23 6.73 6.44 6.27 6.06 6.40 6.34
Efficiency *
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 99 102 102 102 102 102 102 102 102 102
Operating weight† kg 3492 5370 5408 5698 7066 7267 7305 7337 8681 8699
Dimensions
Depth mm 1042 1036 1036 1036 1156 1156 1156 1156 1902 1902
Length mm 2780 4025 4025 4025 4730 4730 4730 4730 4790 4790
Height mm 1898 1870 1870 1925 2051 2051 2051 2051 1515 1515

High-efficiency units 30XW-P 512 562 712 812 862 1012 1162 1314 1464 1612 1762

Full load C1 Nominal capacity kW 509 577 737 786 861 1039 1157 1323 1452 1626 1756

Air treatment
­performances* C1 EER kW/kW 5.71 5.64 5.83 5.62 5.65 5.73 5.78 5.8 5.58 5.87 5.79
C1 Eurovent Energy Class A A A A A A A A A NA NA
C2 Nominal capacity kW 616 705 936 1007 1088 1251 1395 1683 1926 2062 2215
C2 EER kW/kW 6.85 6.81 7.24 7.01 6.92 6.85 6.83 7.15 7.10 7.21 7.00
Seasonal ESEER kW/kW 6.09 6.14 6.41 6.24 6.17 6.74 6.83 6.65 6.36 6.8 6.60
Efficiency *
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 99 99 99 99 99 102 102 102 102 102 102
Units 30XW-P/ Operating weight† kg 2981 3020 3912 3947 3965 6872 6950 7542 7752 10910 10946
Dimensions
Depth mm 936 936 1069 1069 1069 1039 1039 1162 1162 2129 2129
Length mm 3059 3059 3290 3290 3290 4730 4730 4730 4730 4832 4832
Height mm 1743 1743 1950 1950 1950 1997 1997 2051 2051 1562 1562
Physical data for all units
Compressors Semi-hermetic 06T screw compressors, 50 r/s
Refrigerant R-134a
Capacity control Pro-Dialog, electronic expansion valves (EXV)
Evaporator
CONTROLS

Flooded multi-pipe type, maximum operating pressure 1000 kPa, 3/8” NPT drain and vent connections
Condenser Multi-pipe type
C1 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving
temperature 30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
C2 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving
temperature 30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only. The dimensions shown are for the standard unit.

Eurovent certified data

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 213
Electrical data
Standard-efficiency units 30XW-- 254 304 354 402 452 552 602 652 702 802
Nominal power supply, all units V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit, all units 24 V via the built-in transformer
Maximum start-up current*
Circuit A A 233 233 303 414 414 414 414 587 587 587
Circuit B A - - - - - - - - - -
Maximum power input**
Circuit A kW 76 89 97 128 135 151 151 184 200 223
COOLING

Circuit B kW - - - - - - - - - -
Maximum current drawn (Un)**
Circuit A A 123 145 160 206 217 242 242 295 317 351
Circuit B A - - - - - - - - - -

Standard-efficiency units 30XW-- 852 1002 1052 1154 1252 1352 1452 1552 1652 1702

Nominal power supply, all units V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%


Control circuit, all units 24 V via the built-in transformer
Maximum start-up current*
Circuit A A 587 414 414 414 587 587 587 587 587 587
Circuit B - 414 414 414 414 587 587 587 587 587
Maximum power input**
Circuit A kW 223 150 151 151 184 184 200 223 223 223
Circuit B - 135 151 151 151 184 200 223 202 223
Maximum current drawn (Un)**
Circuit A A 351 242 242 242 295 295 317 351 351 351
Circuit B - 217 242 242 242 295 317 351 317 351

High-efficiency units 30XW-P 512 562 712 812 862 1012 1162 1314 1464 1612 1762

Maximum start-up current*


Circuit A/B A 414/- 414/- 587/- 587/- 587/- 414/414 414/414 587/414 587/587 587/587 587/587
Maximum power input**
Circuit A/B kW 135/- 151/- 184/- 200/- 223/- 134/134 151/151 184/151 184/184 200/200 223/223
Maximum current drawn (Un)**
Circuit A/B A 217/- 242/- 295/- 317/- 351/- 217/217 242/242 295/242 295/295 317/317 351/351

* Instantaneous start-up current (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + locked rotor current or reduced start-up current of the largest compressor). Values obtained at
operation with maximum unit power input.
** Values obtained at operation with maximum unit power input. Values given on the unit name plate.

214 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XW 254-1762

Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XW
Medium-temperature brine 5 Implementation of new algorithms of control and Covers specific applications such as ice Only sizes
solution evaporator redesign to allow chilled brine solution storage and industrial processes 512/562/
production down to -6°C when ethylene glycol is 1012/1154
used (-3°C with propylene glycol)
Low-temperature brine solution 6 Implementation of new algorithms of control and Covers specific applications such as ice Only sizes
evaporator redesign to allow chilled brine solution storage and industrial processes 512/562/
production down to -12°C when ethylene glycol is 1012/1154
used (-8°C with propylene glycol)
Light-brine solution, down to 8 Implementation of new algorithms of control Matches with most application requirements for 254-1762

COOLING
-3°C to allow chilled brine solution production down ground-sourced heat pumps and fits with many
to -3°C when ethylene glycol is used (0°C with industrial processes requirements
propylene glycol)
Unit supplied in two assembled 51 The unit is equipped with flanges that allow Facilitates installation in plant rooms with limited Only sizes
parts disassembly of the unit on site access 1612/1652/
1702/1762
Master/slave operation 58 Unit equipped with supplementary water outlet Optimised operation of two chillers connected 254-1762
temperature sensor kit to be field-installed allowing in parallel with operating time equalisation
master/slave operation of two units connected in
parallel
Single power connection point 81 Unit power connection via one main supply Quick and easy installation 1002-1762
connection
No disconnect switch, but 82A Unit without disconnect switch, but with short- Permits an external electrical disconnect 254-1762
short circuit protection circuit protection device system for the unit (field-supplied), while
ensuring unit short circuit protection
Evaporator pump electrical 84 Unit equipped with an electrical power and control Quick and easy installation: the control of fixed 252-1252,
power / control circuit circuit for one pump evaporator side speed pumps is embedded in the unit control 1314
Evaporator dual pumps 84D Unit equipped with an electrical power and control Quick and easy installation: the control of fixed 252-1252,

HEATING HEATING
electrical power / control circuit circuit for two pumps evaporator side speed pumps is embedded in the unit control 1314
Condenser pump electrical 84R Unit equipped with an electrical power and control Quick and easy installation: the control of fixed 252-1252,
power / control circuit circuit for one pump condenser side speed pumps is embedded in the unit control 1314
Condenser insulation 86 Thermal condenser insulation Minimizes thermal dispersions condenser side 254-1762
(key option for heat pump or heat recovery
applications) and allows compliancy with
special installation criteria (hot parts insulated)
Service valve set 92 Liquid line valve (evaporator inlet) and compressor Allow isolation of various refrigerant circuit 254-1762
suction line valve components for simplified service and
maintenance
Evaporator with one pass 100C Evaporator with one pass on the water side. Easy to install, depending on site. Reduced 254-1762
Evaporator inlet and outlet on opposite sides. pressure drops
Condenser with one pass 102C Condenser with one pass on the water side. Easy to install, depending on site. Reduced 254-1762
Condenser inlet and outlet on opposite sides. pressure drops
21 bar evaporator 104 Reinforced evaporator for extension of the Covers applications with a high water column 254-1762

Air treatment
maximum water-side service pressure to 21 bar evaporator side (typically high buildings)
(standard 10 bar)
21 bar condenser 104A Reinforced condenser for extension of the Covers applications with a high water column 254-1762
maximum water-side service pressure to 21 bar condenser side (typically high buildings)
(standard 10 bar)
Reversed evaporator water 107 Evaporator with reversed water inlet/outlet Easy installation on sites with specific 254-1762
connections requirements
Reversed condenser water 107A Condenser with reversed water inlet/outlet Easy installation on sites with specific 254-1762
connections requirements
JBus gateway 148B Two-directional communication board complying Connects the unit by communication bus to a 254-1762
with JBus protocol building management system
LON gateway 148D Two-directional communication board complying Connects the unit by communication bus to a 254-1762
with Lon Talk protocol building management system
Bacnet over IP gateway 149 Two-directional high-speed communication using Easy and high-speed connection by ethernet 254-1762
BACnet protocol over Ethernet network (IP) line to a building management system. Allows
access to multiple unit parameters
High condensing temperature 150 Optimized compressor for operation at high Increased condenser leaving water temperature 254-1762
condensing temperature up to 63°C. Allows applications with high
condensing temperature (heat pumps,
installations with not generously sized dry-
CONTROLS

coolers or more generally, installations with dry-


coolers in hot climate). NOTE: to ensure control
of the condenser leaving water temperature,
this option must be fitted with 30XWH units.
Condensing temperature 150B Limitation of the maximum condenser leaving water Reduced maximum power input and current 254-1762
limitation temperature to 45°C absorption: power cables and protection
elements can therefore be downsized

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 215
Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XW
Control for low condensing 152 Output signal (0-10 V) to control the condenser Simple installation: for applications with cold 254-1762
temperature systems water inlet valve water at condenser inlet (ex. ground-source,
groundwater-source, superficial water-source
applications) the signal permits to control a 2
or 3-way valve to maintain condenser water
temperature (and so condensing pressure) at
acceptable values
Energy Management Module 156 Control board with additional inputs/outputs. See Extended remote control capabilities (Set-point 254-1762
EMM Energy Management Module option chapter reset, ice storage end, demand limits, boiler on/
off command...)
Touch Pilot control, 7” user 158A Touch Pilot control supplied with a 7 inch colour Enhanced ease of use 254-1762
interface touch screen user interface
Leak detection 159 0-10 V signal to report any refrigerant leakage in Immediate customer notification of refrigerant 254-1762
COOLING

the unit directly on the controlller (the leak detector losses to the atmosphere, allowing timely
itself must be supplied by the customer) corrective actions
Compliance with Swiss 197 Additional tests on the water heat exchangers: Conformance with Swiss regulations 254-1762
regulations supply (additional of PED documents)
supplementary certificates and test certifications
Compliance with Australian 200 Unit approved to Australian code Conformance with Australian regulations 254-1762
regulations
Low noise level 257 Evaporator and suction piping sound insulation 3 dB(A) quiter than standard unit 254-1762
Welded evaporator water 266 Victaulic piping connections with welded joints Easy installation 254-1762
connection kit
Welded condenser water 267 Victaulic piping connections with welded joints Easy installation 254-1762
connection kit
Flanged evaporator water 268 Victaulic piping connections with flanged joints Easy installation 254-1762
connection kit
Flanged condenser water 269 Victaulic piping connections with flanged joints Easy installation 254-1762
connection kit
Thermal compressor insulation 271 The compressor is covered with a thermal Prevents air humidity to condensate on the 254-1762
insulation layer compressor surface
230V electrical plug 284 230V AC power supply source provided with plug Permits connection of a laptop or an electrical 254-1762
socket and transformer (180 VA, 0,8 Amps) device during unit commissioning or servicing
Carrier Connect link (BSS 298 3G router board Enabler for Carrier Connect service offer 254-1762
regions only) NOTE 1: require option 149
NOTE 2: when more than one machine is installed
on site, only one of them shall be equipped with
option 298 while all of them must be equipped with
option 149
NOTE 3: if a CARRIER-PSM is on site, option 298
shall be integrated in the PSM while option 149 is
still mandatory for each single unit.

Accessories
Accessories Description Advantages Use 30XW

Very low noise level (-20 dB(A) Sound absorbing cabinet for Significantly quieter (-20 dB(A)) than a 254-862
compared to standard unit) single-circuit units unit without this option
Very low noise level (-20 dB(A) Sound absorbing cabinet for Significantly quieter (-20 dB(A)) than a 1002-1252,
compared to standard unit) twin-circuit units unit without this option 1352, 1452,
1552, 1314,
1464

Remote management (EMM option)


The Energy Management Module offers extended remote -- User safety: this contact can be used for any
control possibilities: customer safety loop; opening of the contact
-- Room temperature: permits set-point reset based generates a specific alarm
on the building indoor air temperature (with Carrier -- Ice storage end: when ice storage has finished,
thermostat) this input permits return to the second set-point
-- Set point reset: ensures reset of the cooling set-point (unoccupied mode)
based on a 4–20 mA or 0–10 V signal -- Time schedule override: closing of this contact
-- Demand limit: permits limitation of the maximum cancels the time schedule effects
chiller power or current based on a 0–10 V signal -- Out of service: this signal indicates that the chiller
-- Demand limit 1 and 2: closing of these contacts is completely out of service
limits the maximum chiller power or current to two -- Chiller capacity: this analogue output (0–10 V)
predefined values gives an immediate indication of the chiller
capacity
216 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XW 254-1762

Features and advantages


Superior operating economy Absolute reliability
■■ Full load and part load energy efficiency that surpasses ■■ Screw compressors
the industry average: -- Industrial-type screw compressors with oversized
-- Eurovent energy efficiency class “A” bearings and motor cooled by suction gas.
-- EER of up to 6.15 kW/kW (30XW-P) -- All compressor components are easily accessible on
-- ESEER of up to 8.0 kW/kW (30XW-P) site minimising down-time.
-- New twin-rotor screw compressor equipped with a -- Protection increased by an electronic board.
high-efficiency motor and a variable capacity valve that ■■ Refrigerant circuit
permits exact matching of the cooling capacity to the -- Two independent refrigerant circuits (from 1000 kW
load. upwards); the second one automatically takes over,

COOLING
-- Flooded multi-pipe evaporator and condenser for if the first one develops a fault, maintaining partial
increased heat exchange efficiency. cooling under all circumstances.
-- Electronic expansion device permitting operation at a ■■ Evaporator
lower condensing pressure and improved utilisation of
-- Electronic paddle-free flow switch. Auto-setting
the evaporator heat exchange surface.
according to cooler size and fluid type.
-- Economizer system with electronic expansion device
■■ Auto-adaptive control
for increased cooling capacity (30XW-P).
-- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor cycling
Low operating sound levels (Carrier patent)
-- Automatic compressor unloading in case of
■■ Compressors
abnormally high condensing pressure.
-- Silencers on the discharge line. ■■ Exceptional endurance tests
-- Silencers on the economiser return line.
-- Partnerships with specialised laboratories and use of
-- Acoustic insulation on the components that are most
limit simulation tools (finite element calculation) for the
subjected to radiated noise.
design of critical components.
-- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a vibrating
Easy and fast installation

HEATING HEATING
table and then on an endurance circuit (based on a
■■ Compact design military standard).
-- The 30XW units are designed to offer the most
compact dimensions on the market. Remote management (standard)
-- With a width of approximately 1 m up to 1500 kW the The 30XW is equipped with an RS485 serial port that
units can pass through standard door openings and offers multiple remote control, monitoring and diagnostic
only require minimum floor space in the plant room. possibilities. Carrier offers a vast choice of control
■■ Simplified electrical connections products, specially designed to control, manage and
-- Main disconnect switch with high trip capacity supervise the operation of an air conditioning system.
-- Transformer to supply the integrated control circuit Please consult your Carrier representative for more
(400/24 V) information.
■■ Simplified hydronic connections
-- Victaulic connections on the evaporator and The 30XW also communicates with other building manage-

Air treatment
condenser ment systems via optional communication gateways.
-- Practical reference marks for entering and leaving
water connections
-- Possibility to reverse the heat exchanger water inlet A connection terminal allows remote control of the 30XW
and outlet at the factory by wired cable:
-- Possibilty to modify the number of heat exchanger -- Start/stop: opening of this contact will shut down the
passes unit
■■ Fast commissioning -- Dual set-point: closing of this contact activates a
-- Systematic factory operation test before shipment second set-point (example: unoccupied mode)
-- Quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the -- Demand limit: closing of this contact limits the
instruments, expansion devices and compressors maximum chiller capacity to a predefined value
-- Operation indication: this volt-free contact indicates
Environmentally balanced that the chiller is operating (cooling load) or that it is
ready to operate (no cooling load)
■■ R-134a refrigerant -- Alert indication: this volt-free contact indicates the
-- HFC refrigerant with zero ozone depletion potential necessity to carry out a maintenance operation or the
■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit presence of a minor fault
-- Reduction of leaks as no capillary tubes and flare -- Alarm indication: this volt-free contact indicates the
CONTROLS

connections are used presence of a major fault that has led to the shut-
-- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature down of one or several refrigerant circuits
sensors without transferring refrigerant charge
-- Discharge line shut-off valve and liquid line service
valve for simplified maintenance.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 217
New generation 06T screw A variable control valve controlled by the oil pressure permits
infinitely variable capacity.
compressor
Among the other advantages: if a fault occurs e.g. if the
condenser is fouled or at very high water temperature, the
compressor does not switch off, but continues operation with
a reduced capacity (unloaded mode).

The silencer in the discharge line considerably reduces


discharge gas pulsations for much quieter operation.

The condenser includes an oil separator that minimises the


COOLING

amount of oil in circulation in the refrigerant circuit and re-


directs it to the compressor function.

The new generation of the Carrier 06T screw compressors


benefits from Carrier’s long experience in the development of
twin-rotor screw compressors. The compressor is equipped
with bearings with oversized rollers, oil pressure lubricated for
reliable and durable operation, even at maximum load.

Controls
■■ Pro-Dialog control Operator interfaces for
-- Pro-Dialog combines intelligence with operating
simplicity. The control constantly monitors all machine 30XW 254-1762 units
parameters and precisely manages the operation of ■■ Pro-Dialog + interface (standard)
compressors, electronic expansion devices and of the The standard interface includes five keys to allow
evaporator water pump for optimum energy efficiency. Pro-Dialog+ navigation using the intuitive menu structure.
■■ Energy management All information is thus quickly accessible.
-- Internal time schedule clock: controls chiller on/off
times and operation at a second setpoint
-- Setpoint reset based on the return water temperature
-- Master/slave control of two chillers operating in
parallel with operating time equalisation and automatic \\MAINMENU\STATUS
change-over in case of a unit fault. CAPB_T 0 %

■■ Ease-of-use
DEM_LIM 100 %
SP 4.2 °C
CTRL_PNT -28.9 °C
EMSTOP dsable
-- User interface with large touch screen (120 x 99 mm) Circuit B Total Capacity

for intuitive access to the operating parameters. The START/STOP ENTER

informa-tion is in clear text and can be displayed in


local language (please contact your distributor). PRO-DIALOG+

218 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XW 254-1762

Operating limits
Standard units
Standard 30XW-- and 30XW-P units Minimum Maximum
Evaporator

Condenser leaving water temperature, °C


Entering temperature at start-up - 35.0°C
55
Leaving temperature during operation 3.3°C* 20.0°C
50
Entering/leaving temperature difference at 2.8 K 11.1 K
full load 45
Condenser 40
Entering temperature at start-up 13.0°C** - 35
Leaving temperature during operation 19.0°C** 50.0°C***
30

COOLING
Entering/leaving temperature difference at 2.8 K 11.1 K
full load 25 From approx. 45% to full load
20
* For low-temperature applications, where the leaving water temperature is below 3.3°C,
a frost protection solution must be used. Please refer to option 5 and option 6. Part load limit approx. 35%
15
** For lower condenser temperatures, a water flow control valve must be used at the 0 5 10 15 20
condenser (two or three-way valve). Please refer to option 152 to ensure the correct
condensing temperature. Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C Minimum load limit approx. 15%
*** Please refer to option 150 for applications with a high condenser leaving temperature
(up to 63°C).

Units with option 150 Option 150


30XW--/30XW-P Minimum Maximum
Evaporator 70
Entering temperature at start-up - 35.0°C 65
Condenser leaving water temperature, °C

Leaving temperature during operation 3.3°C* 15.0°C 60


Entering/leaving temperature difference at 2.8 K 11.1 K 55
full load

HEATING HEATING
50
Condenser
45
Entering temperature at start-up 13.0°C** -
40
Leaving temperature during operation 23.0°C** 63.0°C
35
Entering/leaving temperature difference at 2.8 K 11.1 K
30 From approx. 60% to full load
full load
25

* For low-temperature applications, where the leaving water temperature is below 3.3°C, 20 Part load limit approx. 50%
a frost protection solution must be used. Please refer to option 5 and option 6. 0 5 10 15 20
** For lower condenser temperatures, a water flow control valve must be used at the
condenser (two or three-way valve). Please refer to option 152 to ensure the correct Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C Minimum load limit approx. 30%
condensing temperature.

Units with options 5 and 6 Options 5 and 6


30XW-- (1154)/30XW-P (512-562-1012) Minimum Maximum 70

Air treatment
Evaporator 65
Entering temperature at start-up - 35.0°C
Condenser leaving water temperature, °C

60
Leaving temperature during operation*
55
EG 5 Option 5 with ethylene glycol -6°C 15.0°C
50
PG 5 Option 5 with propylene glycol -3°C 15.0°C
45
EG 6 Option 6 with ethylene glycol -12°C 15.0°C
PG 6 Option 6 with propylene glycol -8°C 15.0°C 40 EG 6

Entering/leaving temp. difference at full load 2.8 K 11.1 K*** 35 PG 6

Condenser 30
EG 5

Entering temperature at start-up 13.0°C** - PG 5


25
Leaving temperature during operation 19.0/ 55.0/
23.0°C** 63.0°C**** 20

Entering/leaving temp. difference at full load 2.8 K 11.1 K 15


-15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20
* The operating range with evaporator leaving temperatures above 3°C is permitted, but Evaporator leaving glycol temperature, °C
the performances are not optimised.
** For lower condenser temperatures, a water flow control valve must be installed at the
CONTROLS

condenser (two-way or three-way). Please refer to option 152 to ensure the correct
condensing temperature.
*** Please refer to chapter 10.5 of the installation manual for the minimum recommended Operating range permitted, but performances are not optimised
evaporator glycol flow rate.
**** Depends on the conditions at the evaporator and the load conditions. Full load with option 5/6 and ethylene or propylene glycol

Part load limit approx. 80%

Notes: Ambient temperatures: During storage and transport of the 30XW units (including Part load limit approx. 50%
by container) the minimum and maximum permissible temperatures are -20°C and
72°C (and 65°C for option 200). Part load limit approx. 30%
For more precise details refer to the unit selection program.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 219
Pressure drop curves
Evaporator pressure drop curves
Units with two evaporator passes Units with one evaporator pass
(standard): 30XW--/30XW-P (option 100C): 30XW/30XW-P
120 123 4 5 6 7 8 9/10 11 13/14 15 36 2/4 5 67 8 10/11 13
110 12 33 1 3 9 12
14
100 30
90 27
80 24
Pressure drop, kPa

Pressure drop, kPa


15
COOLING

70 21
60 18
50 15
40 12
30 9
20 6
10 3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

Legend Legend

1. 254 1. 254
2. 304 2. 304
3. 354 3. 354
4. 402, 452, 552, 602 4. 402, 452, 552, 602
5. 512, 562 5. 512, 562
6. 652, 702, 802 6. 652, 702, 802
7. 852 7. 852
8. 1002, 1052 8. 1002, 1052
9. 1154 9. 1012,1162
10. 712, 812, 862 10. 712, 812, 862
11. 1012,1162 11. 1252, 1352, 1452, 1552
12. 1252, 1352, 1452, 1552 12. 1154
13. 1314, 1464 13. 1314, 1464
14. 1652, 1702 14. 1652, 1702
15. 1612, 1762 15. 1612, 1762

Condenser pressure drop curves


Units with two condenser passes Units with one condenser pass
(standard): 30XW/30XW-P (option 102C): 30XW/30XW-P
1 2 3 4 5/6 7/8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
120 36
110 33
100 30
11 27
90
11
24
Pressure drop, kPa
Pressure drop, kPa

80
12 21
70
18 12
60
15
50
12
40 9
30 6
20 3
10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Water flow rate, l/s
Water flow rate, l/s

Legend Legend

1. 254, 304, 354 1. 254, 304, 354


2. 402, 452, 552, 602 2. 402, 452, 552, 602
3. 512, 562 3. 512, 562
4. 652, 702, 802 4. 652, 702, 802
5. 712, 812, 862 5. 712, 812, 862
6. 852 6. 852
7. 1154 7. 1002, 1052
8. 1002, 1052 8. 1154
9. 1012,1162 9. 1012,1162
10. 1252, 1352, 1452, 1552, 1314, 1464 10. 1252, 1352, 1452, 1552, 1314, 1464
11. 1652, 1702 11. 1652, 1702
12. 1612, 1762 12. 1612, 1762

220 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XW 254-1762

Dimensions/clearances
30XW-- 254-852
30XW-P 512-862

Evaporator

COOLING
Condenser

Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F G
Standard-efficiency units 30XW--
254 1567 800 928 2724 141.3 141.3 2600
304 1567 800 928 2724 141.3 141.3 2600
354 1567 800 928 2724 141.3 141.3 2600

HEATING HEATING
402 1693 810 936 2742 141.3 141.3 2600
452 1693 810 936 2742 141.3 141.3 2600
552 1693 810 936 2742 141.3 141.3 2600
602 1693 810 936 2742 141.3 141.3 2600
652 1848 968 1044 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
702 1848 968 1044 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
802 1848 968 1044 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
852 1898 828 1044 2780 219.1 168.3 2600
High-efficiency units 30XW-P
512 1743 968 936 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
562 1743 968 936 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
712 1950 1083 1065 3290 219.1 219.1 3100
812 1950 1083 1070 3290 219.1 219.1 3100
862 1950 1083 1070 3290 219.1 219.1 3100
Standard-efficiency units 30XW-- (option 150)

Air treatment
254 1567 800 928 2724 141.3 141.3 2600
304 1567 800 928 2724 141.3 141.3 2600
354 1567 800 928 2724 141.3 141.3 2600
402 1693 810 936 2742 141.3 141.3 2600
452 1693 810 936 2742 141.3 141.3 2600
552 1693 810 936 2742 141.3 141.3 2600
602 1693 810 936 2742 141.3 141.3 2600
652 1868 968 1090 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
702 1868 968 1090 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
802 1868 968 1090 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
852 1920 828 1090 2780 168.3 219.1 2600
High-efficiency units 30XW-P (option 150)
512 1743 968 936 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
562 1743 968 936 3059 168.3 168.3 2800
712 1970 1083 1105 3290 219.1 219.1 3100
812 1970 1083 1105 3290 219.1 219.1 3100
862 1970 1083 1105 3290 219.1 219.1 3100

Legend:
CONTROLS

All dimensions are in mm.

1 Required clearance for maintenance

2 Recommended clearance for tube removal


Note: Drawings are not contractually binding. Before designing an installation, consult the certified
dimensional drawings, available on request. Water inlet

Water outlet

Power supply connection

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 221
30XW-- 1002-1552
30XW-P 1012-1464

Evaporator
COOLING

Condenser

Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F G
Standard-efficiency units 30XW--
1002 1870 950 1036 4025 219.1 168.3 3800
1052 1870 950 1036 4025 219.1 168.3 3800
1152 1925 950 1036 4025 219.1 219.1 3800
1252 2051 1512 1162 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1352 2051 1512 1162 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1452 2051 1512 1162 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1552 2051 1512 1162 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
High-efficiency units 30XW-P
1012 1997 1512 1039 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1162 1997 1512 1039 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1314 2051 1512 1162 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1464 2051 1512 1162 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
Standard-efficiency units 30XW-- (option 150)
1002 1870 950 1036 4025 219.1 168.3 3800
1052 1870 950 1036 4025 219.1 168.3 3800
1154 2925 950 1036 4025 219.1 219.1 3800
1252 2071 1512 1202 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1352 2071 1512 1202 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1452 2071 1512 1202 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1552 2071 1512 1202 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
High-efficiency units 30XW-P (option 150)
1012 1997 1512 1039 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1162 1997 1512 1039 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1314 2071 1512 1202 4730 219.1 219.1 4500
1464 2071 1512 1202 4730 219.1 219.1 4500

Legend:

All dimensions are in mm.

1 Required clearance for maintenance

2 Recommended clearance for tube removal


Note: Drawings are not contractually binding. Before designing an installation, consult the certified
dimensional drawings, available on request. Water inlet

Water outlet

Power supply connection

222 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers  30XW 254-1762

30XW-- 1652-1702
30XW-P 1612-1762

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Evaporator

Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F G
Standard-efficiency units 30XW--
1652 1515 1568 1902 4790 219.1 219.1 4500
1702 1515 1568 1902 4790 219.1 219.1 4500
High-efficiency units 30XW-P
1612 1562 1591 2129 4832 273.1 273.1 4600

Air treatment
1762 1562 1591 2129 4832 273.1 273.1 4600
Standard-efficiency units 30XW-- (option 150)
1652 1535 1568 1947 4790 219.1 219.1 4500
1702 1535 1568 1947 4790 219.1 219.1 4500
Condenser High-efficiency units 30XW-P (option 150)
1612 1585 1591 2174 4832 273.1 273.1 4600
1762 1585 1591 2174 4832 273.1 273.1 4600

Legend:

All dimensions are in mm.

1 Required clearance for maintenance

2 Recommended clearance for tube removal


CONTROLS

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding. Before designing an installation, consult the certified
dimensional drawings, available on request. Water inlet

Water outlet

Power supply connection

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 223
Variable-Speed Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers

30XW-V NEW
Nominal cooling capacity 587-1741 kW
COOLING

The 30XW-V water-sourced units are the premium solution for commercial and industrial
applications where installers, consultants and building owners require maximum quality and
optimal performances, especially at part load.

The 30XW-V units are designed to meet current and future requirements in terms of
energy efficiency, versatility and compactness. They feature exclusive inverter-driven screw
compressors - an evolution of the proven traditional Carrier twin-rotor screw compressor
design. Other features include:
-- The new Touch Pilot control
-- Mechanically cleanable flooded heat exchangers
-- Refrigerant R-134a

The 30XW-V/30XWHV range is split into two versions:


-- 30XW-V for air conditioning applications
-- 30XWHV for heating applications

As standard, the unit can provide an evaporator leaving water temperature down to 3.3°C.

224 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Variable-Speed Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30XW-V 580-1710

Physical data
30XW-V 580 630 810 880 1150 1280 1470 1570 1710

Cooling
Full load performances* C1 Nominal capacity kW 587 652 812 858 1140 1305 1461 1604 1741
C1 EER kW/kW 5.44 5.31 5.25 5.07 5.45 5.50 5.38 5.05 4.94
C1 Eurovent Energy Class A A A A A A A NA NA
C2 Nominal capacity kW 791 846 1023 970 1528 1688 1703 2093 2273
C2 EER kW/kW 6.96 6.50 6.22 5.63 6.85 6.64 5.99 6.00 6.00

COOLING
Seasonal Efficiency* ESEER kW/kW 7.80 7.60 8.04 7.76 7.79 7.59 7.30 7.15 6.85
Sound Power Level Standard Unit dB(A) 105 105 105 105 106 106 106 106 106
Operating weight† kg 3152 3190 4157 4161 7322 7398 7574 7770 7808
Dimensions
Length mm 3059 3290 4730 4730
Depth mm 1087 1237 1164 1255
Height mm 1743 1950 1997 2051
Compressor Semi-hermetic 06T screw compressor, 60 r/s
Quantity, circuit A/B 1/- 1/- 1/- 1/- 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1 1/1
Capacity control Touch Pilot, inverter-driven compressor. electronic expansion valve (EXV)
Minimum capacity % 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10
Refrigerant* R-134a
Evaporator Multi-tube type flooded

HEATING HEATING
Condenser Multi-tube type

C1 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 12°C/7°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving
temperature 30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
C2 Cooling mode conditions: Evaporator Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving temperature 23°C/18°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W. Condenser Water heat exchanger, entering/leaving
temperature 30°C/35°C, fouling factor 0 m2 K/W.
* In accordance with standard EN14511-3:2013
† Weight shown is a guideline only. The dimensions shown are for the standard unit.

Eurovent certified data

Electrical data
30XW-V 580 630 810 880 1150 1280 1470 1570 1710

Air treatment
Power circuit
Nominal voltage V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 ± 10%
Control circuit supply 24 V, via internal transformer
Start-up current* Negligible (lower than maximum current drawn)
Maximum power factor 0.91-0.93 0.91-0.93 0.91-0.93 0.91-0.93 0.91-0.93 0.91-0.93 0.91-0.93 0.91-0.93 0.91-0.93
Maximum power input, circuit A/B*** kW 155/- 193/- 222/- 246/- 155/155 193/193 222/193 222/222 246/246
Eurovent current draw, circuit A/B** A 175/- 200/- 240/- 265/- 175/175 200/200 240/200 240/240 265/265
Maximum current draw (Un), circuit A/B*** A 270/- 330/- 380/- 421/- 270/270 330/330 380/330 380/380 421/421

* Instantaneous start-up current


** Eurovent unit operating conditions: evaporator entering/leaving water temperature 12°C/7°C, condenser entering/leaving water temperature 30°C/35°C.
*** Values obtained at operation with maximum unit power input. Values given on the unit name plate.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 225
Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XW-V

Light-brine solution, down 8 Implementation of new algorithms of Matches with most application 580-1710
to -3°C control to allow chilled brine solution requirements for ground-sourced heat
production down to -3°C when ethylene pumps and fits with many industrial
glycol is used (0°C with propylene glycol) processes requirements
Master/slave operation 58 Unit equipped with supplementary water Optimised operation of two chillers 580-1710
outlet temperature sensor kit to be field- connected in parallel with operating time
installed allowing master/slave operation equalisation
of two units connected in parallel
Single power connection 81 Unit power connection via one main Quick and easy installation 1150-1710
point supply connection
Evap. pump power/control 84 Unit equipped with an electrical power Quick and easy installation: the control of 580-1710
COOLING

circuit and control circuit for one pump fixed speed pumps is embedded in the
evaporator side unit control
Evaporator dual pumps 84D Unit equipped with an electrical power Quick and easy installation: the control of 580-1710
electrical power / control and control circuit for two pumps fixed speed pumps is embedded in the
circuit evaporator side unit control
Cond. pump power/ 84R Unit equipped with an electrical power Quick and easy installation: the control of 580-1710
control circuit and control circuit for one pump fixed speed pumps is embedded in the
condenser side unit control
Cond. dual pumps power/ 84T Unit equipped with an electrical power Quick and easy installation: the control of 580-1710
control circuit and control circuit for two pumps fixed speed pumps is embedded in the
condenser side unit control
Condenser insulation 86 Thermal condenser insulation Minimizes thermal dispersions condenser 580-1710
side (key option for heat pump or
heat recovery applications) and allows
compliancy with special installation criteria
(hot parts insulated)
Service valve set 92 Liquid line valve (evaporator inlet) and Allow isolation of various refrigerant circuit 580-1710
compressor suction line valve components for simplified service and
maintenance
Evaporator with one pass 100C Evaporator with one pass on the water Easy to install, depending on site. 580-1710
less side. Evaporator inlet and outlet on Reduced pressure drops
opposite sides.
Condenser with one pass 102C Condenser with one pass on the water Easy to install, depending on site. 580-1710
less side. Condenser inlet and outlet on Reduced pressure drops
opposite sides.
21 bar evaporator 104 Reinforced evaporator for extension of the Covers applications with a high water 580-1710
maximum water-side service pressure to column evaporator side (typically high
21 bar (standard 10 bar) buildings)
21 bar condenser 104A Reinforced condenser for extension of the Covers applications with a high water 580-1710
maximum water-side service pressure to column condenser side (typically high
21 bar (standard 10 bar) buildings)
Reversed evaporator 107 Evaporator with reversed water inlet/outlet Easy installation on sites with specific 580-1710
water connections requirements
Reversed condenser water 107A Condenser with reversed water inlet/outlet Easy installation on sites with specific 580-1710
connections requirements
JBus gateway 148B Two-directional communication board Connects the unit by communication bus 580-1710
complying with JBus protocol to a building management system
LON gateway 148D Two-directional communication board Connects the unit by communication bus 580-1710
complying with LON protocol to a building management system
Bacnet over IP gateway 149 Two-directional high-speed Easy and high-speed connection by 580-1710
communication using BACnet protocol ethernet line to a building management
over Ethernet network (IP) system. Allows access to multiple unit
parameters

226 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Variable-Speed Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30XW-V 580-1710

Options No. Description Advantages Use 30XW-V

Condensing temperature 150B Limitation of the maximum condenser Reduced maximum power input and 580-1710
limitation leaving water temperature to 45°C current absorption: power cables and
protection elements can therefore be
downsized
Control for low condensing 152 Output signal (0-10 V) to control the Simple installation: for applications with 580-1710
temperature systems condenser water inlet valve cold water at condenser inlet (ex. ground-
source, groundwater-source, superficial
water-source applications) the signal
permits to control a 2 or 3-way valve to
maintain condenser water temperature
(and so condensing pressure) at
acceptable values

COOLING
Energy Management 156 Control board with additional inputs/ Extended remote control capabilities 580-1710
Module EMM outputs. See Energy Management (Set-point reset, ice storage end, demand
Module option chapter limits, boiler on/off command...)
Leak detection 159 0-10 V signal to report any refrigerant Immediate customer notification of 580-1710
leakage in the unit directly on the refrigerant losses to the atmosphere,
controlller (the leak detector itself must be allowing timely corrective actions
supplied by the customer)
Compliance with Swiss 197 Additional tests on the water heat Conformance with Swiss regulations 580-1710
regulations exchangers: supply (additional of PED
documents) supplementary certificates
and test certifications
Low noise level 257 Evaporator and suction piping sound 3 dB(A) quiter than standard unit 580-1710
insulation
Welded evaporator water 266 Victaulic piping connections with welded Easy installation 580-1710
connection kit joints

HEATING HEATING
Welded condenser water 267 Victaulic piping connections with welded Easy installation 580-1710
connection kit joints
Flanged evaporator water 268 Victaulic piping connections with flanged Easy installation 580-1710
connection kit joints
Flanged condenser water 269 Victaulic piping connections with flanged Easy installation 580-1710
connection kit joints
Thermal compressor 271 The compressor is covered with a thermal Prevents air humidity to condensate on 580-1710
insulation insulation layer the compressor surface
EMC classification C2, as 282 Additional RFI filters on the unit power line Reduces electromagnetic interferences. 580-1710
per EN 61800-3 Increase the variable frequency drive
(VFD) immunity level according to first
environment (so called, residential
environment) requirements and allow its
compliancy with emissions level required

Air treatment
in category C2
Fast Capacity Recovery QM295 New software algorithms to allow quick Full capacity recovery in less than 5 580-1710
restart and fast loading while preserving minutes after power failure. Matches
unit-reliability requirements of typical critical missions
applications
Carrier Connect 298 3G router board Enabler for Carrier Connect service offer 580-1710
(BSS regions only) NOTE 1: Require option 149
NOTE 2: When more than one machine is
installed on site, only one of them shall be
equipped with
option 298 while all of them must be
equipped with option 149
NOTE 3: If a CARRIER-PSM is on site,
option 298 shall be integrated in the PSM
while option 149 is still mandatory for
each single unit.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 227
Features and advantages
Low energy consumption ■■ Exceptional endurance tests
■■ The 30XW-V/30XWHV was designed for high performance -- Partnerships with specialised laboratories and use of
both at full load and at part load. Exceptional ESEER values limit simulation tools (finite element calculation) for the
set new benchmarks for low energy consumption. design of critical components.
-- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a vibrating
-- Eurovent energy class A table and then on an endurance circuit (based on a
-- Eurovent certified values per EN14511-3:2011: EER up military standard).
to 5.5 and ESEER up to 8.0
-- EER up to 5.8 kW/kW and ESEER up to 9.5 kW/kW
(gross adjusted performances, not taking into account
Easy and fast installation
the water pump and heat exchanger pressure drops, ■■ Compact design
COOLING

given as a reference for comparison). -- The 30XW-V/30XWHV units are designed to offer
■■ High energy efficiency compact dimensions for easy installation.
-- Inverter-driven twin-rotor screw compressors allow -- With a width of approximately 1.25 m up to 1000 kW
precise capacity matching of building load changes the units can pass through standard door openings
and signifi-cantly reduce unit power input, especially and only require minimum floor space in the plant
at part-load. room.
-- Flooded multi-pipe heat exchangers for increased ■■ Simplified electrical connections
heat exchange efficiency. -- Main disconnect switch with high trip capacity
-- Electronic expansion device permits operation at a -- Transformer supply to the integrated control circuit
lower condensing pressure and improved utilisation of (400/24 V)
the evaporator heat exchange surface. ■■ Simplified water connections
■■ Optimised electrical performance -- Victaulic connections on the evaporator and
All 30XW-V/30XWHV units comply with class 3 of condenser
standard EN61800-3. Category C3 refers to industrial -- Practical reference marks for entering and leaving
environments. With option 282 category C2 compliance water connections
is possible. -- Possibility to reverse the heat exchanger water inlet
-- Inverter-driven motors ensure negligible start-up and outlet at the factory
current (value is lower than the maximum unit -- Possibilty to modify the number of heat exchanger
current draw) passes
■■ Fast commissioning
Designed to support green -- Systematic factory operation test before shipment
­building design Quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the
instruments, expansion devices and compressors.
■■ Design teams increasingly focus on designing “green
buildings” to address today's energy efficiency and
environmental sustainability needs. The air conditioning
Minimised operating sound levels
system uses between 30% and 40% of the annual ■■ The inverter technology used for the compressor motors
building energy consumption. Selection of the right air minimises noise levels at part load operation. In two-
conditioning unit is one the main aspects to consider compressor units at 25% of the maximum load the unit
when designing a green building. For buildings with a sound power level is reduced by 10 dB(A).
variable load throughout the year 30XW-V/30XWHV units ■■ Standard unit features include:
offer the solution to this important challenge. For more -- Silencers on the compressor discharge line.
details refer to page 4. -- Sound insulation on the components that are most
subjected to radiated noise.
High reliability ■■ Option 257 further reduces the global unit sound level.
■■ Inverter-driven screw compressors
-- Industrial-type screw compressors with oversized New inverter-driven Thunderbolt screw
bearings and motor cooled by suction gas. compressor
-- The inverter is optimised for each compressor motor
to ensure reliable operation and easy maintenance.
-- All compressor components are easily accessible on
site minimising down-time.
■■ Refrigerant circuits
-- Two independent refrigerant circuits (from 1000 kW
upwards); the second one automatically takes over,
if the first one develops a fault, maintaining partial
cooling under all circumstances.
■■ Evaporator
-- Electronic paddle-free flow switch. Auto-setting
according to cooler size and fluid type.
■■ Auto-adaptive control
-- Control algorithm prevents excessive compressor cycling
-- Automatic compressor unloading in case of abnormally
high condensing pressure or discharge temperature.
228 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Variable-Speed Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30XW-V 580-1710

■■ The new generation of Carrier inverter-driven screw Carrier products and green
compressors benefits from Carrier’s long experience in
the development of twin-rotor screw compressors. The ­building certification
design of the Thunderbolt compressors is based on the ■■ Introduction
successful 06T screw compressors. Energy usage and costs combined with increasing
■■ Advanced control algorithms combine inverter frequency concerns to reduce CO2 emissions are among the most
output with motor input logic to minimise mechanical part important environmental challenges in today’s world.
stress, resulting in best compression performance and New and existing buildings are one area where energy
high chiller reliability. The compressor is equipped with efficiency and the conservation of natural resources is a
bearings with oversized rollers, oil pressure lubricated for high priority.
reliable and durable operation, even at maximum load. ■■ Green building design
■■ Other advantages: Design teams increasingly focus on designing “green
-- If a fault occurs e.g. if the condenser is fouled or at buildings” to address today’s energy efficiency and
environ-mental sustainability needs. A green building is a

COOLING
very high water temperature, the compressor does not
switch off, but continues operation at reduced capacity building that is environmentally sustainable and has been
(unloaded mode). designed, constructed and is operated to minimise the
-- The silencer in the discharge line considerably total impact of the environment.
reduces discharge gas pulsations for much quieter
operation. The underlying principles of this approach: the resulting
-- The condenser includes an oil separator that building will be economical to operate, offer increased
minimises the amount of oil in circulation in the comfort and create a healthier environment for the people
refrigerant circuit and re-directs it to the compressor who live and work there, increasing productivity.
function.

Environmentally balanced The main strategies* adopted to achieve a green building


design include:
■■ R-134a refrigerant
-- Sustainable Sites (SS)
-- HFC-refrigerant with zero ozone depletion potential -- Water Efficiency (WE)
■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit -- Energy & Atmosphere (EA)
-- Reduction of leaks as no capillary tubes and flare

HEATING HEATING
-- Materials & Resources (MR)
connections are used -- Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)
-- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature -- Innovation in Design (ID)
sensors without transferring refrigerant charge ■■ Green building certification
-- Discharge line shut-off valve and liquid line service A number of green building certification programs exist
valve for simplified maintenance. in the market and offer third-party assessment of green
building measures for a wide variety of building types. Some
Remote management examples of existing programs include:
(EMM option) -- LEED (Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design)
-- BREEAM
The Energy Management Module offers extended remote
-- ESTIDAMA PEARL
control possibilities:
-- NABERS (National Australian Built Environment Rating
-- Room temperature: permits set-point reset based System)
on the building indoor air temperature (with Carrier ■■ HVAC products and systems

Air treatment
thermostat) Carrier HVAC products are built to high energy efficiency
-- Set point reset: ensures reset of the cooling set-point and indoor air quality standards. They assist building
based on a 4-20 mA or 0-10 V signal designers and owners by offering high-performance heating,
-- Demand limit: permits limitation of the maximum ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems and
chiller power or current based on a 0-10 V signal products with reduced energy consumption and enhanced
-- Demand limit 1 and 2: closing of these contacts limits indoor air quality for the occupants, contributing to
the maximum chiller power or current to two predefined optimised green building performance.
values
-- User safety: this contact can be used for any
customer safety loop; opening the contact generates a Each certification program may address and prioritise
specific alarm different green building design strategies according to local
-- Ice storage end: when ice storage has finished, this and regional needs and legislation. The following example
input permits return to the second set-point (unoccupied looks at how Carrier’s new 30XW-V/30XWHV range helps
mode) customers involved in LEED building certification.
-- Time schedule override: closing of this contact
cancels the time schedule effects * Source USGBC: LEED
-- Out of service: this signal indicates that the chiller is
completely out of service
CONTROLS

-- Chiller capacity: this analogue output (0-10 V) gives an


immediate indication of the chiller capacity
-- Alert indication: this volt-free contact indicates the
necessity to carry out a maintenance operation or the
presence of a minor fault.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 229
Example: 30XW-V/30XWHV and Overview of LEED for new construction and
major renovations
LEED® certification Water efficiency
The LEED® (Leadership in Energy and Environmental (10 points)
Design) green building certification programme is a pre- Regional priority
eminent programme to rate the design, construction and Energy & atmosphere
(4 points)
(35 points)
operation of green buildings with points assigned in seven HVAC contribution
credit categories: Sustainable site 26 of 35 points
(25 points)
-- Sustainable Sites (SS)
-- Water Efficiency (WE)
-- Energy & Atmosphere (EA) Material & Resources
-- Materials & Resources (MR) Innovation & (14 points)
-- Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ) design process
(6 points)
-- Innovation in Design (ID)
COOLING

Indoor environmental
-- Regional Priority (RP) quality (15 points)
HVAC contribution
6 of 15 points
There are a number of different LEED® products. Whilst the
strategies and categories assessed remain the same, the
point distribution varies to address different building types The new 30XWHV units from Carrier can assist building
and application needs, for example according to New owners to earn LEED® points in the Energy & Atmosphere
Construction, Schools, Core & Shell, Retail and Healthcare. (EA) credit category and help address the following
All programmes now use the same point scale. prerequisites and credit requirements:
■■ EA prerequisite 3: Fundamental Refrigerant
110 possible LEED points Management
80-110 points The 30XWHV does not use chlorofluorocarbon (CFC)
refrigerants satisfying the prerequisite statement
Platinum
■■ EA credit 1: Optimise energy performance
60-79 points (1 to 19 points)
Gold One component for this credit requires the energy cost
50-59 points
reduction of the proposed building compared to ASHRAE
90.1-2007 minimum tables and beyond the performance
Silver level required to meet EA prerequisite 2.
40-49 points

Certified
The 30XWHV is designed for efficient part-load
performance and therefore satisfies this LEED® credit. In
addition, the Carrier HAP (Hourly Analysis Program) can
be used in the energy analysis component of this credit.
The HAP program can run analysis programs that comply
The majority of credits in LEED® rating systems are with the modeling requirements for this credit and produce
performance-based and achieving them is dependent on the reports that are easily transferable to LEED® templates.
impacts to the overall building. The contribution any product ■■ EA credit 4: Enhanced refrigerant management
or system may make to the points achieved depends on how it (2 points)
impacts the entire building and its operations. With this credit, LEED® awards systems that minimise the
Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) and Global Warming
Potential (GWP) of the system.
Whilst the LEED® green building certification programme does
not certify products or services, the selection of products or
The 30XWHV uses a reduced R134a charge and
service programmes is critical to obtaining LEED® certification
therefore contributes toward satisfying this credit under
for a registered project because the right products or service
LEED®.
programmes can help meet the goals of green construction
and ongoing operation and maintenance.
Note: This section describes the prerequisites and
credit requirements in LEED® for New Construction and
The choice of heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC) is directly related to the 30XWHV. Other prerequisites and
products in particular can have a significant impact on credit requirements are not directly and purely related to
LEED® certification, as the HVAC system directly impacts two the air-conditioning unit itself, but more to the control of
categories that together influence 40% of the available points. the complete HVAC system. i-Vu®, Carrier’s open control
system, has features that can be valuable for:
-- EA prerequisite 1: Fundamental commissioning of
energy management systems
-- EA credit 3: Enhanced commissioning (2 points)
-- EA credit 5: Measurements and verification (3 points)

Note: Products are not reviewed or certified under


LEED®. LEED® credit requirements cover the performance
of materials in aggregate, not the performance of
individual products or brands. For more information on
LEED®, visit: www.usgbc.org.

230 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Variable-Speed Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30XW-V 580-1710

Controls
Touch Pilot control Remote management (standard)
Units with Touch Pilot control can be easily accessed from
the internet, using a PC with an Ethernet connection. This
makes remote control quick and easy and offers significant
advantages for service operations.

The 30XWHV is equipped with an RS485 serial port that


offers multiple remote control, monitoring and diagnostic
possibilities. Carrier offers a vast choice of control products,
specially designed to control, manage and supervise the

COOLING
Touch Pilot operator interface
operation of an air conditioning system. Please consult your
Carrier representative for more information.

■■ New innovative smart control for variable-drive screw-


compressor chillers. With the ultimate touch screen interface The 30XWHV also communicates with other building
the Touch Pilot includes: management systems via optional communication gateways.
-- An intuitive and user-friendly interface. Concise and
clear information is available in local languages. A connection terminal allows remote control of the 30XWHV by
-- Complete menu, customised for different users (end wired cable:
user, service personnel or Carrier engineers). -- A digital input allows verification of condenser water
-- Safe operation and unit setting: password protection flow (the flow switch must be supplied by the installer).
ensures that unauthorised people cannot modify any This function is required to control operation of the
advanced parameters. condenser pumps.
-- General access without password to the most -- Start/stop: opening of this contact will shut down the
important operating parameters. unit
-- Touch Pilot combines intelligence with operating -- Dual set-point: closing of this contact activates a

HEATING HEATING
simplicity. For optimum energy efficiency the control second set-point (example: unoccupied mode)
constantly monitors all machine parameters and -- Demand limit: closing of this contact limits the
precisely manages the operation of compressors, maximum chiller capacity to a predefined value
electronic expansion devices and of the evaporator and -- Operation indication: this volt-free contact indicates
condenser water pumps. that the chiller is operating (cooling load) or that it is
■■ Energy management ready to operate (no cooling load)
-- Internal time schedule clock: controls chiller on/off -- Alarm indication: this volt-free contact indicates the
times and operation at a second set-point presence of a major fault that has led to the shut-
-- Set-point reset based on the return water temperature down of one or several refrigerant circuits.
-- The DCT (Data Collection Tool) records the alarms
history to simplify and facilitate service operations.

Air treatment
Operating limits
55
30XW-V Minimum Maximum
Condenser leaving water temperature, °C

50
Evaporator
Entering temperature at start-up - 35.0°C 45
Leaving temperature during operation 3.3°C* 20.0°C
40
Entering/leaving temperature difference at full load 2.8 K 11.1 K
Condenser 35
Entering temperature at start-up 13.0°C** -
30
Leaving temperature during operation 19.0°C** 50.0°C
Entering/leaving temperature difference at full load 2.8 K 11.1 K 25

* Options 5/6 not available


20
** For lower condenser temperatures, a water flow control valve must be installed at the
condenser (two-way or three-way). Please refer to option 152 to ensure the correct
condensing temperature. 15
CONTROLS

Notes: 0 5 10 15 20
Ambient temperatures: During storage and transport of the units (including by
container) the minimum and maximum permissible temperatures are -20°C and 72°C Evaporator leaving water temperature, °C
(and 65°C for option 200). From approx. 50% to full load
For more precise details refer to the unit selection program.
Part load limit approx. 50%

Minimum load limit

For more precise details please refer to the unit selection program.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 231
Pressure drop curves
Units with two evaporator passes (standard) Units with one evaporator pass (option 100C)

1 2 3 1 2 3
120 36
110 33
100 30
90 27
80
Pressure drop, kPa

24

Pressure drop, kPa


70 21
60 18
COOLING

50 15
40 12
30 9
20 6
10 3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

1 Sizes 580, 630 1 Sizes 580, 630


2 Sizes 810, 880 2 Sizes 810, 880
3 Sizes 1150, 1280, 1470, 1570, 1710 3 Sizes 1150, 1280, 1470, 1570, 1710

Units with two condenser passes (standard) Units with one condenser pass (option 102C)

1 2 3 1 2 3
120 36
110 33
100 30
90 27
Pressure drop, kPa

80 24
Pressure drop, kPa

70 21
60 18
50 15
40 12
30 9
20 6
10 3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Water flow rate, l/s Water flow rate, l/s

1 Sizes 580, 630 1 Sizes 580, 630


2 Sizes 810, 880 2 Sizes 810, 880
3 Sizes 1150, 1280, 1470, 1570, 1710 3 Sizes 1150, 1280, 1470, 1570, 1710

232 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Variable-Speed Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30XW-V 580-1710

Dimensions/clearances
30XW-V 580-880

Evaporator

COOLING
Condenser

HEATING HEATING
Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F G
30XW-V
580 1743 968 1087 3059 168.3 168.3 2900
630 1743 968 1087 3059 168.3 168.3 2900
810 1950 1083 1237 3290 219.1 219.1 3100
880 1950 1083 1237 3290 219.1 219.1 3100

Legend: Air treatment


All dimensions are in mm.

1 Required clearance for maintenance

2 Recommended clearance for tube removal

Water inlet

Water outlet

Power supply connection


CONTROLS

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding. Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available on request.
C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 233
30XW-V 1150-1710

Evaporator
COOLING

Condenser

Dimensions in mm
A B C D E F
30XW-V
1150 1997 1514 1164 4730 219.1 219.1
1280 1997 1514 1164 4730 219.1 219.1
1470 2051 1514 1255 4730 219.1 219.1
1570 2051 1514 1255 4730 219.1 219.1
1710 2051 1514 1255 4730 219.1 219.1

Legend:

All dimensions are in mm.

1 Required clearance for maintenance

2 Recommended clearance for tube removal

Water inlet

Water outlet

Power supply connection

Note: Drawings are not contractually binding. Before designing an installation, consult the certified dimensional drawings, available on request.

234 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Variable-Speed Water-Cooled Liquid Chillers 
30XW-V 580-1710

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 235
High-Efficiency ChillerS with screw compressors

23XR/XRV
Nominal cooling capacity 970 to 1880 kW
COOLING

The 23XRV Evergreen range offers superior solutions with record capacities from 970 to
1880 kW, EERs up to 6.5 and ESEERs up to 10.0.

Innovative triple-rotor screw compressor design that features a balanced rotor geometry and
shorter screw lengths.

Variable-frequency drive compressor to maximise machine energy efficiency. Achieves ­


ultra-high efficiency levels whilst lowering the cost of ownership.

Combination of the reliability of a screw compressor with the energy savings of a variable-
frequency drive (VFD).

236 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
High-Efficiency ChillerS with screw compressors 
23XR/XRV

Features and advantages


■■ Combination of the reliability of a screw compressor with
Features the energy savings of a variable-frequency drive (VFD).
■■ The 23XRV Evergreen range offers superior solutions with ■■ Unparalleled operational envelope that permits the chiller
record capacities from 970 to 1880 kW, EERs up to 6.5 to operate under real-world adverse conditions.
and ESEERs up to 10.0.
■■ Ideal for both new construction and replacement using
■■ Innovative triple-rotor screw compressor design that environmentally sound refrigerant (R-134a) at superior
features a balanced rotor geometry and shorter screw efficiency and with powerful controls.
lengths.
■■ Mix-match capability with wide range of heat exchangers
■■ Variable-frequency drive compressor to maximise for unit performance optimisation.
machine energy efficiency. Achieves ultra-high efficiency

COOLING
levels whilst lowering the cost of ownership.

Evaporator tubes Condenser tubes

Micro-grooved heat exchanger tubes to ensure optimised heat exchange between the
refrigerant and the heat exchange medium.

HEATING HEATING
23XRV units are equipped with unique triple-rotor Variable-frequency drive with active filtering
screw compressor technology Cooling ensured by refrigerant

Air treatment

New generation screw compressor


Hermetic motor, cooled by Reduced length triple rotor
suction gas for increased compression
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 237
Controls
CCN - Carrier Comfort Network
COOLING

Dimensions/clearances
Heat exchanger size Length A Width B Height C
One pass Two passes Three passes
30 to 32 mm 4350 4172 4350 1930 2200
35 to 37 mm 4870 4693 4870 1930 2200
40 to 42 mm 4496 4347 4420 2045 2299
45 to 47 mm 5017 4867 4940 2045 2299
50 to 52 mm 4521 4382 4432 2127 2305
55 to 57 mm 5042 4902 4953 2127 2305

A B

238 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
High-Efficiency ChillerS with screw compressors 
23XR/XRV

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 239
CENTRIFUGAL LIQUID CHILLERS

19XR/XRV
Nominal cooling capacity 1000-5300 kW
COOLING

The Carrier 19XR/19XRV centrifugal chillers provide exceptional value by achieving energy
efficiency levels as high as 6.8 (EER) utilising proven technology designed specifically for
chlorine-free refrigerants:
■■ Unique concept of the hermetic compressor:
-- Single-stage aerodynamic impeller
-- Tunnel diffusers, based on aircraft engine technology
-- Motor cooled by refrigerant gas injection
■■ Possibility to control the compressors using a variable frequency drive (19XRV) to
maximise machine energy efficiency.
■■ Use of high-efficiency evaporator and condenser tubes
■■ Expansion sub-cooler integrated into the condenser
■■ Patented float valve technology for optimised sub-cooling and refrigerant level in the
evaporator
These advantages, together with the modularity of the units and their efficiency, economical
operation and dimensional constraints allow the use of the Carrier 19XR/19XRV centrifugal
chillers in any high-capacity water cooling applications.

240 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CENTRIFUGAL LIQUID CHILLERS 19XR/XRV

Physical data
Dimensions, mm
Nominal capacity, Heat exchanger Average operating
kW size Length* - Standard Length* - Extended Width (excl. 19XRV) Height** weight, kg
19XR/XRV 3 4230 4754 1670 2127 8000
1000-5300 4 4230 4754 1880 2294 10204
5 4230 4754 2054 2781 12698
6 4230 4754 2124 2879 15420
7 4919 5525 2530 3276 17765
8 4919 5525 2530 3343 25712
* With two-pass nozzle-in-head water boxes.
** Maximum height

COOLING
Options/accessories
■■ Two types of unit-mounted variable frequency drives ■■ Unit-mounted starter reduces machine installation time
(VFDs): standard and high tier, to match different and expense
customer requirements in terms of cost and electrical
■■ High-voltage motors available: 3000 V, 3300 V, 6300 V
performances
■■ CCN/JBus: remote connection
■■ Refrigerant isolation valves allow the refrigerant to be
stored inside the chiller during service ■■ 21 bar water heat exchanger
■■ Pumpdown unit, combined with the refrigerant isolation ■■ Nozzle with flanges (water inlet/outlet with flanges)
valves, eliminates complex connections to portable ■■ Delivered in four sections to facilitate the installation

HEATING HEATING
transfer systems

Features and advantages


■■ Nominal cooling capacities from 1000 to 5300 kW. ■■ Variable speed compressor capability – improvement of
■■ Mix-match capabilities – a complete line of compressors part load efficiency and electrical performance.
and heat exchangers to ensure the optimal combination ■■ Heat exchangers certified by the European pressure

Air treatment
of machine components regardless of capacity, lift and vessels code (PED).
efficiency specifications. ■■ Carrier numerical product integrated control offers
■■ Hermetic compressor – elimination of leak risks from the unmatched flexibility and functionality. Each unit
compressor/motor shaft sealing in an open compressor. integrates directly with the Carrier Comfort Network
■■ Single-stage compressor with special features – (CCN), providing a system solution to controls
aerodynamically contoured impellers, variable inlet guide applications.
vanes and movable diffusers for better product reliability
and compressor part and full-load operating efficiency.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 241
19XR refrigeration cycle
Flasc chamber

Condenser water
Condenser

Float valve chamber


Condenser isolation valve (optional)

Transmission
Motor
COOLING

Diffuser
Filter drier Guide vane motor
Stator

Rotor
Orifice

Refrigerant liquid
Oil pump Guide vanes
Oil filter
Refrigerant vapour
Impeller
Oil cooling Compressor
Refrigerant
Thermal expansion valve (TXV) liquid/vapour
Back pressure orifice

Cooler Chilled water

Distribution pipe
Cooler isolation valve (optional)

Controls

Numerical control

242 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CENTRIFUGAL LIQUID CHILLERS 19XR/XRV

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 243
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/ FLUID COOLERS

09AD/FCAD
Nominal cooling capacity 6 to 316 kW
COOLING

ADAGIO

The ADAGIO remote condensers cover a capacity range from 6 to 316 kW designed for
commercial use in refrigeration and air conditioning applications. All models are available with
vertical or horizontal air flow.

The ADAGIO FC dry-coolers cover a capacity range from 5 to 266 kW for use in commercial
and industrial applications, working with fluids that are copper compatible. All models are
available with vertical or horizontal air flow.

The ADAGIO range is designed for outdoor installation, for maximum working temperature of
55°C.

The propeller fans ensure a significant sound reduction, while maintaining high air flow
performances. Motors have high-efficiency shrouds to reduce sound levels and increase the
air flow efficiency.

244 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/ FLUID COOLERS 
09AD/FCAD

Physical data
ADAGIO AD60 R410A VERSION FOR CHILLER MODEL 30WGA

MODEL Single Row CAPACITY kW(1) SOUND LEVEL dB(A)(2)

PH PL PH PL
09AD60SR 1MSB 4PH/4PL 29 24 51 45
09AD60SR 1MSC 4PH/4PL 33 29 51 45
09AD60SR 2MSB 4PH/4PL 55 48 54 48

COOLING
09AD60SR 2MSC 4PH/4PL 64 57 54 48
09AD60SR 3MSB 4PH/4PL 83 71 56 50
09AD60SR 3MSC 4PH/4PL 95 85 56 50
09AD60SR 4MSB 4PH/4PL 110 95 57 51
09AD60SR 4MSC 4PH/4PL 127 113 57 51
09AD60SR 1MSB 6PH/6PL 22 19 41 36
09AD60SR 1MSC 6PH/6PL 26 22 41 36
09AD60SR 2MSB 6PH/6PL 45 37 44 39
09AD60SR 2MSC 6PH/6PL 52 44 44 39
09AD60SR 3MSB 6PH/6PL 67 56 46 41
09AD60SR 3MSC 6PH/6PL 77 65 46 41
09AD60SR 4MSB 6PH/6PL 90 74 47 42

HEATING HEATING
09AD60SR 4MSC 6PH/6PL 103 87 47 42

ADAGIO AD60 R410A VERSION FOR CHILLER MODEL 30WGA

MODEL Double Row CAPACITY kW(1) SOUND LEVEL dB(A)(2)

PH PL PH PL

Air treatment
09AD60SR 2MDB 4PH/4PL 55 48 54 48
09AD60SR 2MDC 4PH/4PL 64 57 54 48
09AD60SR 4MDB 4PH/4PL 110 95 57 51
09AD60SR 4MDC 4PH/4PL 127 113 57 51
09AD60SR 6MDB 4PH/4PL 166 142 59 53
09AD60SR 6MDC 4PH/4PL 191 169 59 53
09AD60SR 2MDB 6PH/6PL 45 37 44 39
09AD60SR 2MDC 6PH/6PL 52 44 44 39
09AD60SR 4MDB 6PH/6PL 90 74 47 42
09AD60SR 4MDC 6PH/6PL 103 87 47 42
09AD60SR 6MDB 6PH/6PL 133 111 49 44
09AD60SR 6MDC 6PH/6PL 154 130 49 44

Legends Notes
(1) Refrigerant R410A - Condensing temperature +40°C - ΔT = 10K SR = 5K. SH / Horizontal air flow
CONTROLS

(2) Sound pressure level at 10 m according to EN13487 standard. SV / Vertical air flow
AD60 : Ø 650 mm
AD60 : RAL9016

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 245
ADAGIO AD90 R410A VERSION FOR CHILLER MODEL 30WGA
MODEL Single Row CAPACITY kW(1) SOUND LEVEL dB(A)(2)

PH PL PH PL
09AD90SR1MSC6PH 57 - 55 -
09AD90SR1MSD6PH 65 - 55 -
09AD90SR1MSE6PH 70 - 55 -
09AD90SR2MSC6PH 114 - 58 -
09AD90SR2MSD6PH 128 - 58 -
09AD90SR2MSE6PH 141 - 58 -
COOLING

09AD90SR1MSC8PH/8PL 46 37 48 41
09AD90SR1MSD8PH/8PL 52 43 48 41
09AD90SR1MSE8PH/8PL 57 46 48 41
09AD90SR2MSC8PH/8PL 93 76 51 44
09AD90SR2MSD8PH/8PL 103 85 51 44
09AD90SR2MSE8PH/8PL 112 92 51 44
09AD90SR3MSC8PH/8PL 140 115 53 46
09AD90SR3MSD8PH/8PL 158 128 53 46
09AD90SR1MSC12PH/12PL 33 26 36 27
09AD90SR1MSD12PH/12PL 37 29 36 27
DESCRIPTIF TECHNIQUE
09AD90SR1MSE12PH/12PL
tEChNICAL fEAtuRES 39 30 36 27
tEChNISChE EIgENSChAftEN
09AD90SR2MSC12PH/12PL 66 50 39 30
09AD90SR2MSD12PH/12PL 73 55 39 30
APPLICATION
09AD90SR2MSE12PH/12PL APPLICAtION
78 59 ANWENDuNgSBEREICh
39 30
Les condenseurs de la gamme ADAGIO sont The ADAGIO air condensers cover a large Die Verflüssiger der Reihe ADAGIO
09AD90SR3MSC12PH/12PL 99
prévus pour des installations extérieures, pour range of capacity for commercial75 and 41 32
wurden entwickelt für die Aufstellung
toutes les applications de réfrigération et de industrial applications. im Außenbereich, für sämtliche
09AD90SR3MSD12PH/12PL 110 84 41 32
conditionnement d’air. The ADAGIO condensers are designed for Anwendungsgebiete im Bereich Klima- und
Tous les modèles fonctionnent en soufflage external installations, for all applications in Kältetechnik.
Legends vertical ou horizontal (option à préciser à la refrigeration and air conditioning.
Notes Alle Modelle arbeiten mit vertikaler oder
(1) Refrigerant R410A - Condensing temperature +40°C - ΔT = 10K SR
commande). All=models
5K. are availableSHwith
/ Horizontal
verticalairorflow horizontaler Luftführung (gewünschte
(2) Sound pressure
MarquagelevelCE
at 10 m tous
sur according to EN13487 standard. horizontal airflow (to beSVspecified
les condenseurs. / Vertical air
inflow
the Ausführung bitte in der Bestellung angeben).
AD60 : Ø 900 mm
(ERP compris. Directive 2009/125/CE). order). AD60 : RAL7035
Sämtliche Verflüssiger sind mit
All units are CE marked. CE-Kennzeichnung versehen.
(Including ERP. Directive 2009/125/CE). (Mit ERP. Direktive 2009/125/CE).

DESIGNATION MODEL
MODEL DESIGNATION
DESIgNAtION BEZEIChNuNg

Moteurs à commutation de pôles


(BRUSHLESS)
BRUSHLESS motors Type de moteur
Motor mit zeitversetzter Type of motor
Brushless(BRUSHLESS).
Polumschaltung motors Type of motor
Motortyp

EC M1

AD 60 2 MS S B / SV

Condenseur
Condenser
Condenser
Ventilation
Fan
Fan Nb. dequantity
Motor moteurs Type de of
Model module
row
Motor quantity Model of row
SousSub cooling
Refroidissement
Type deCoilbatterie
Coil type
type
6PH Type
Typede
of soufflage
airflow
SV = Vertical airflow
Type of airflow
SH = Horizontal airflow
Verflüssiger Lüfter Anzahl Modultyp Subcooling Art des Typ Luftführung
Motoren Unterkühlung Verflüssigerpakets
MS = Module simple SV = Soufflage vertical
Single row Vertical airflow
Einreihiges Modul Vitesse de rotation
Rotation speed Vertikale Luftführung
Rotation speed SH = Soufflage horizontal
Horizontal airflow
Drehzahl Horizontale Luftführung

CARROSSERIE CASINg gEhÄuSE


L'ensemble des condenseurs de la gamme Built in galvanised steel sheet, white painted Verzinkte Stahlbleche – Polyester
246 ADAGIO, bénéficie d'une excellente by the application of a polyester powder C –A und
pulverbeschichtet R weiß
R Ilackierte
E R 2 0 1 5
résistance à la corrosion et d'une excellente oven baked, as well as white prepainted Stahlbleche sorgen für eine hohe
tenue lors d'expositions aux UV, obtenues par steel sheets, ADAGIO condensers casings Beständigkeit der Verflüssiger gegen
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/FLUID COOLERS 
09AD/FCAD

Options/accessories
■■ Multiple circuits ■■ Stainless steel screws
■■ Horizontal discharge ■■ EC Motors for significant energy savings (fans 630 mm
■■ Extra-high feet (2 sizes) to comply with specific site diameter)
configurations ■■ Motor power supplies 230 V-3 ph-50 Hz and
■■ Special fin spacings 400 V-3 ph-60 Hz.
■■ Mounted electrical panel ■■ Alternative fin materials for saline and polluted
atmospheres
■■ Emergency switch
-- Copper tubes/aluminium fins with vinyl coating
■■ Special motors (selected models)
-- Copper tubes/aluminium fins with a wide choice of
■■ Fan isolator switch anti-corrosion coatings such as Blygold to suit site

COOLING
■■ Sub-cooling circuits (vertical air flow only) conditions

Features and advantages


■■ The ADAGIO remote condensers cover a capacity ■■ The propeller fans ensure a significant sound reduction,
range from 6 to 316 kW designed for commercial use in while maintaining high air flow performances. Motors
refrigeration and air conditioning applications. All models have high-efficiency shrouds to reduce sound levels and
are available with vertical or horizontal air flow. increase the air flow efficiency.
■■ The ADAGIO FC dry-coolers cover a capacity range ■■ All condensers and fluid coolers are Eurovent certified
from 5 to 266 kW for use in commercial and industrial (excluding remote condensers with R410A, which are out
applications, working with fluids that are copper of the scope of Eurovent Certification program) and tested
compatible. All models are available with vertical or by independent laboratories in accordance with European
horizontal air flow. Standards. The performances comply with EN 327 for air-

HEATING HEATING
■■ The ADAGIO range is designed for outdoor installation, for cooled condensers and EN 1048 for fluid coolers.
maximum working temperature of 55°C. ■■ Dry coolers are suitable for cooling water or other fluids
■■ Several fans configuration possible to match cooling that do not corrode with copper.
capacity and sound requirements. ■■ Electrical connections in weatherproof boxes, easy
■■ Single or double raws coils to match pressure drops access for maintenance.
requirement. ■■ Air-cooled condensers are available with refrigerant
■■ Casing in galvanised sheet steel, resisting UV radiation R-134a, R-407C, R-410A. and R-404A.
and offering excellent corrosion protection. ■■ The sound power levels are in accordance with ISO 3741
and ISO 3744.
Note: Contact Carrier for selections. ADAGIO covers a capacity range from 5 to 300 kW.

Air treatment
Fan data
Asynchronous Motors

Diameter Number of poles Speed* Wiring Power input (kW) Full load current (A)
H ∆ 0.67 1.31
4P
L Y 0.52 0.94
H ∆ 0.24 0.63
500 mm 6P
L Y 0.18 0.31
H ∆ 0.13 0.31
8P
L Y 0.09 0.16
H ∆ 1.04 2.3
4P
L Y 0.76 1.4
600 mm
H ∆ 0.54 1.2
CONTROLS

6P
L Y 0.38 0.65
* H: High, L: Low

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 247
EC-Motors
Diameter Number of poles Speed Wiring Power input (kW) Full load current (A)
1140 0.83 1.5
1000 0.56 1.1
930 0.47 0.85
750 0.28 0.55
700 0.24 0.45
630 mm NA NA
540 0.13 0.28
455 0.09 0.23
380 0.06 0.19
DIMENSIONS (soufflage vertical)
COOLING

200 0.02 0.16


DIMENSIONS (vertical airflow)
155 0.01 0.16
ABMESSUNGEN (vertikale Luftführung)

Dimensions/clearances
AD60
H

X1 *
X2
1MSC
P

1564
1918 1137

B SECTION A-A
SECTION AA
SECTION A-A
2MSB 2316 SCHNITT A-A

2670

4 trous Ø16,5
200

4
4 holes
holesØ16.5
150

Ø16.5
100

4 Löcher Ø16,5
2MSC
50

3066
3420 50
100
150
200

DETAIL B
DETAIL
DETAILBB

3MSC DETAIL B
4567
4921

Legs height H P X1* X2


Standard feet 1440 1546 588 684 750
Long feet 1670 1776 818 914 980
Long feet 2075 2181 1223 1319 1385
Dimension data are given in mm with ±10mm tolerance.
* + 22 mm for Subcooling version.

248 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hauteur Pieds
Legs height H P X1* X2
DIMENSIONS (soufflage vertical)
DIMENSIONS (vertical airflow)
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/FLUID
ABMESSUNGEN (vertikale Luftführung) COOLERS 

09AD/FCAD

AD90

H
A A

X1*
X2
P
1MSC 1564 1696
1918

COOLING
B SECTION A-A
SECTION AA
SECTION A-A
SCHNITT A-A

1MSD
1939
2293
200
150
100
50

4 trous Ø16,5

HEATING HEATING
4 holes Ø16.5
4 holes Ø16.5
50 4 Löcher Ø16,5
2MSC 3066 100
3420
150
200

DETAIL B
DETAIL
DETAILB B
DETAIL B

2MSD 3816
4170

Air treatment

3MSC 4567
4921
Hauteur Pieds
Legs height H P X1* X2
Höhe der Füße
Pieds standard
Standard feet 1530 1430 588 684 750
Legs height H P X1* X2 Standard-Füße
Pieds surélevés
Standard feet 1530 1430 588 684 750 Long feet 1760 1660 818 914 980
Höhere Füße
Long feet 1760 1660 818 914 980
Pieds surélevés
Long feet 2165 2065 1223 1319 1385 Long feet 2165 2065 1223 1319 1385
Höhere Füße
Dimension data are given in mm with ±10mm tolerance. Les dimensions sont données en mm avec une tolérance de ±10mm.
CONTROLS

* + 22 mm for Subcooling version. Dimension data are given in mm with ±10mm tolerance.
Abmessungsangaben mit Toleranz von +/- 10 mm.

* + 22 mm pour la version Sous-Refroidissement.


* + 22 mm for Subcooling version.
* + 22 mm fur.

21

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 249
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/ FLUID COOLERS

09TE/FCTE
Nominal cooling capacity 64 to 1915 kW
COOLING

TENOR

The TENOR remote condensers cover a capacity range from 64 to 1915 kW and are
designed for commercial and industrial use in refrigeration and air conditioning applications.

The TENOR FC dry-coolers cover a capacity range from 51 to 1642 kW for use in commercial
and industrial applications, working with fluids that are copper compatible.

The TENOR range is designed for outdoor installation, for maximum working temperature of
60°C and outdoor air temperature from -30°C to +45°C.

The propeller fans ensure a significant sound reduction, while maintaining high air flow
performances. Motors have high-efficiency shrouds to reduce sound levels and increase the
air flow efficiency and are designed to work with frequency speed control from 50 to 20 Hz.

250 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/ FLUID COOLERS
09TE/FCTE

Physical data
Fans/poles 6PH (Delta) 6PL (Star) 8PH (Delta)
Models Fan arrangement CAP kW AF Lw/Lpa CAP kW AF Lw/Lpa CAP kW AF Lw/Lpa
l/s dB(A) l/s dB(A) l/s dB(A)
Single row
09-TE90 2MSB 1 x 2 - ø900 238 15483 90/58 201 12083 84/52 186 11194 83/51
09-TE90 3MSB 1 x 3 - ø900 357 23225 92/60 301 18125 86/54 279 16792 85/53
09-TE90 4MSB 1 x 4 - ø900 477 30967 93/61 402 24167 87/55 372 22389 86/54
09-TE90 5MSB 1 x 5 - ø900 597 38708 94/62 502 30208 88/56 465 27986 87/55
09-TE90 6MSB 1 x 6 - ø900 717 46450 95/63 603 36250 89/57 559 33583 88/56
09-TE90 7MSB 1 x 7 - ø900 836 54192 96/63 704 42292 90/57 652 39181 89/56

COOLING
Double row
09-TE90 4MDB 2 x 2 - ø900 399 27475 93/61 335 21142 87/55 326 20375 86/54
09-TE90 6MDB 2 x 2 - ø900 599 41213 95/63 502 31713 89/57 489 30563 88/56
09-TE90 8MDB 2 x 2 - ø900 800 54950 96/64 670 42283 90/58 653 40750 89/57
09-TE90 10MDB 2 x 3 - ø900 1001 68688 97/65 838 52854 91/59 817 50938 90/58
09-TE90 12MDB 2 x 3 - ø900 1201 82425 98/65 1006 63425 92/59 980 61125 91/58
09-TE90 14MDB 2 x 3 - ø900 1400 96163 99/66 1173 73996 93/60 1145 71313 92/59
09-TE90 16MDB 2 x 4 - ø900 1602 109900 99/66 1341 84567 93/60 1308 81500 92/59

Fans/poles 8PL (Star) 12PH (Delta) 12PL (Star)


Models Fan arrangement CAP AF Lw/Lpa CAP AF Lw/Lpa CAP AF Lw/Lpa
kW l/s dB(A) kW l/s dB(A) kW l/s dB(A)
Single row
09-TE90 2MSB 1 x 2 - ø900 154 8561 76/44 136 7189 71/39 106 5236 62/30

HEATING HEATING
09-TE90 3MSB 1 x 3 - ø900 231 12842 78/46 204 10783 73/41 159 7729 64/32
09-TE90 4MSB 1 x 4 - ø900 308 17122 79/47 272 14378 74/42 212 10306 65/33
09-TE90 5MSB 1 x 5 - ø900 385 21403 80/48 340 17972 75/43 265 12882 66/34
09-TE90 6MSB 1 x 6 - ø900 463 25683 81/49 408 21567 76/44 318 15458 67/35
09-TE90 7MSB 1 x 7 - ø900 540 29964 82/49 476 25161 77/44 371 18035 68/35
Double row
09-TE90 4MDB 2 x 2 - ø900 258 14686 79/47 227 12561 74/42 175 8753 65/33
09-TE90 6MDB 2 x 2 - ø900 387 22029 81/49 341 18842 76/44 263 13129 67/35
09-TE90 8MDB 2 x 2 - ø900 517 29372 82/50 455 25122 77/45 351 17506 68/36
09-TE90 10MDB 2 x 3 - ø900 646 36715 83/51 569 31403 78/46 439 21882 69/37
09-TE90 12MDB 2 x 3 - ø900 776 44058 84/51 684 37683 79/46 527 26258 70/37
09-TE90 14MDB 2 x 3 - ø900 905 51401 85/52 798 43964 80/47 615 30635 71/38
09-TE90 16MDB 2 x 4 - ø900 1035 58744 85/52 912 50244 80/47 703 35011 71/38

Air treatment
CAP - Nominal capacity AF - Air flow Lw - Sound power level Lpa - Sound pressure level at 10 m
Note: Performance data given for units with AC-motor fans, 400-3-50 power supply, refrigerant R-404A, Δt1 =15 K, operating pressure 26 bar, ENV327. For performance data for units with
other refrigerants or fans, and for 09FCTE 90 dry coolers, see technical documentation or electronic selection program.

Correction factors for different refrigerants


Temperature difference ΔT, K
Refrigerant
8 10 12 15 17 20
R-404A – R-22 – R-134a – R-507 0.53 0.67 0.80 1.00 1.13 1.33
R-407C, R-407A 0.46 0.62 0.77 1.00 1.15 1.38
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 251
Options/accessories
■■ Multiple circuits ■■ Motor power supplies 230 V-3 ph-50 Hz and
■■ Special fin spacings 400 V-3 ph-60 Hz.
■■ Mounted electrical panel ■■ Higher motor insulation for ambient temperatures above
45°C
■■ Emergency switch
■■ Alternative fin materials for saline and polluted
■■ Special motors (selected models)
atmospheres
■■ Fan isolator switch
-- Copper tubes/aluminium fins with vinyl coating
■■ Stainless steel screws -- Copper tubes/aluminium fins with a wide choice of
■■ Two speed connections for the motors anti-corrosion coatings such as Blygold to suit site
■■ EC motors for significant energy savings conditions
COOLING

Features and advantages


■■ The TENOR remote condensers cover a capacity range have high-efficiency shrouds to reduce sound levels and
from 64 to 1915 kW and are designed for commercial increase the air flow efficiency and are designed to work
and industrial use in refrigeration and air conditioning with frequency speed control from 50 to 20 Hz.
applications. ■■ All condensers and fluid coolers are Eurovent certified
■■ The TENOR FC dry-coolers cover a capacity range from and tested by independent laboratories in accordance
51 to 1642 kW for use in commercial and industrial with European Standards. The performances comply with
applications, working with fluids that are copper EN 327 for air-cooled condensers and EN 1048 for fluid
compatible. coolers.
■■ The TENOR range is designed for outdoor installation, for ■■ Dry coolers are suitable for cooling water or other fluids
maximum working temperature of 60°C and outdoor air that do not corrode with copper.
temperature from -30°C to +45°C. ■■ Electrical connections in weatherproof boxes, easy
■■ Several fans configuration possible to match cooling access.
capacity and sound requirements. ■■ Air-cooled condensers are available with refrigerant
■■ Casing in galvanised sheet steel, powder-painted R-134a, R-407C and R-404A.
polyester, resisting UV radiation and offering excellent ■■ The sound power levels are in accordance with ISO3741
corrosion protection. and ISO3744.
■■ The propeller fans ensure a significant sound reduction,
while maintaining high air flow performances. Motors

Fan data
Asynchronous Motors
Diameter Number of poles Speed* Wiring Power input (kW) Full load current (A)
6P H ∆ 2.2 5.3
H ∆ 1.3 3.5
8P
900 mm L Y 0.8 1.7
H ∆ 0.5 1.5
12P
L Y 0.25 0.65
‘* H: High, L: Low

EC-Motors
Diameter Number of poles Speed (rpm) Wiring Power input (kW) Full load current (A)
1000 3.12 4.9
910 2.26 3.5
910 mm NA 750 NA 1.28 2.0
690 1.01 1.7
560 0.56 1.1
610 0.6 1.2
560 0.45 0.9
910 mm NA 470 NA 0.26 0.6
330 0.1 0.3
200 0.04 0.2

252 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/ FLUID COOLERS
09TE/FCTE

Dimensions/clearances
Single-row models

2209

COOLING
A 2200

Double-row models

HEATING HEATING
1636

Air treatment
A 1200

Dimensions and weights


Models Max. length A, mm Net weight, kg
09TE 90 2MSB 2465 469
09TE 90 3MSB 3590 691
09TE 90 4MSB 4715 872
09TE 90 5MSB 5840 1072
09TE 90 6MSB 6965 1273
09TE 90 7MSB 8090 1472
09TE 90 4MDB 2465 882
CONTROLS

09TE 90 6MDB 3590 1301


09TE 90 8MDB 4715 1650
09TE 90 10MDB 5840 2018
09TE 90 12MDB 6965 2390
09TE 90 14MDB 8090 2785
09TE 90 16MDB 9215 3256

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 253
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/ FLUID COOLERS

09AL/FCAL
Nominal cooling capacity 24 to 1128 kW
COOLING

ALTO

The ALTO remote condensers cover a capacity range from 24 to 1128 kW designed for
commercial and industrial use in refrigeration and air conditioning applications. All models are
available with vertical or horizontal air flow.

The ALTO FC dry-coolers cover a capacity range from 17 to 1104 kW for use in commercial
and industrial applications, working with fluids that are copper compatible. All models are
available with vertical or horizontal air flow.

The ALTO range is designed for outdoor installation, for maximum working temperature of 60°C
and outdoor air temperature from -30°C to +45°C.

The propeller fans ensure a significant sound reduction, while maintaining high air flow
performances. Motors have high-efficiency shrouds to reduce sound levels and increase the air
flow efficiency and are designed to work with frequency speed control from 50 to 20 Hz.

254 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/ FLUID COOLERS 
09AL/FCAL

Physical data
Fans/poles 6PH (Delta) 6PL (Star) 8PH (Delta)
Models Fan arrangement CAP AF Lw/Lpa CAP AF Lw/Lpa CAP AF Lw/Lpa
kW l/s dB(A) kW l/s dB(A) kW l/s dB(A)
Single row
09AL 91 3MSC 1 x 3 - ø900 224 19571 92/60 190 15050 86/54 182 14025 85/53
09AL 91 3MSD 1 x 3 - ø900 273 22458 92/60 231 17279 86/54 214 15400 85/53
09AL 91 3MSE 1 x 3 - ø900 326 23833 92/60 275 18333 86/54 253 16225 85/53
09AL 91 4MSC 1 x 4 - ø900 299 26094 93/61 253 20067 87/55 242 18700 86/54
09AL 91 4MSD 1 x 4 - ø900 364 29944 93/61 308 23039 87/55 285 20533 86/54

COOLING
09AL 91 4MSE 1 x 4 - ø900 434 31778 93/61 366 24444 87/55 337 21633 86/54
09AL 91 5MSC 1 x 5 - ø900 373 32618 94/61 316 25083 88/56 303 23375 87/55
09AL 91 5MSD 1 x 5 - ø900 455 37431 94/60 385 28799 88/55 356 25667 87/54
09AL 91 5MSE 1 x 5 - ø900 543 39722 94/60 458 30556 88/55 421 27042 87/54
09AL 91 6MSC 1 x 6 - ø900 448 39142 95/63 379 30100 89/57 363 28050 88/56
09AL 91 6MSD 1 x 6 - ø900 546 44917 95/62 482 34558 89/56 427 30800 88/55
Double row
09AL 91 4MDC 2 x 2 - ø900 300 26094 93/61 254 20067 87/55 252 18700 86/54
09AL 91 4MDD 2 x 2 - ø900 364 29944 93/61 308 23039 87/55 286 20533 86/54
09AL 91 4MDE 2 x 2 - ø900 434 31778 93/61 366 24444 87/55 338 21633 86/54
09AL 91 6MDC 2 x 3 - ø900 448 39142 95/63 380 30100 89/57 364 28050 88/56
09AL 91 6MDD 2 x 3 - ø900 546 44917 95/63 462 34558 89/57 428 30800 88/56
09AL 91 6MDE 2 x 3 - ø900 652 47667 95/63 550 36667 89/57 506 32450 88/56
09AL 91 8MDC 2 x 4 - ø900 598 52189 96/64 506 40133 90/58 484 37400 89/57

HEATING HEATING
09AL 91 8MDD 2 x 4 - ø900 728 59889 96/63 616 46078 90/58 570 41067 89/56
09AL 91 8MDE 2 x 4 - ø900 868 63556 96/63 732 48889 90/57 674 43267 89/56
09AL 91 10MDC 2 x 5 - ø900 746 65236 97/64 632 50167 91/58 606 46750 90/57
09AL 91 10MDD 2 x 5 - ø900 910 74861 97/64 770 57597 91/58 712 51333 90/57
09AL 91 10MDE 2 x 5 - ø900 1086 79444 97/64 916 61111 91/58 842 54083 90/57
09AL 91 12MDC 2 x 6 - ø900 896 78283 98/65 758 60200 92/59 726 56100 91/58
09AL 91 12MDD 2 x 6 - ø900 1092 89833 98/65 924 69117 92/59 854 61600 91/58

Fans/poles 8PL (Star) 12PH (Delta) 12PL (Star)


Models Fan arrangement CAP AF Lw/Lpa CAP AF Lw/Lpa CAP AF Lw/Lpa
kW l/s dB(A) kW l/s dB(A) kW l/s dB(A)
Single row

Air treatment
09AL 91 3MSC 1 x 3 - ø900 153 10771 78/46 131 8617 73/41 102 6142 64/32
09AL 91 3MSD 1 x 3 - ø900 178 11825 78/46 152 9625 73/41 119 6875 64/32
09AL 91 3MSE 1 x 3 - ø900 207 12467 78/46 180 10358 73/41 138 7379 64/32
09AL 91 4MSC 1 x 4 - ø900 204 14361 79/47 175 11489 74/42 136 8189 65/33
09AL 91 4MSD 1 x 4 - ø900 237 15767 79/47 202 12833 74/42 158 9167 65/33
09AL 91 4MSE 1 x 4 - ø900 276 16622 79/47 240 13811 74/42 184 9839 65/33
09AL 91 5MSC 1 x 5 - ø900 255 17951 80/48 218 14361 75/43 170 10236 66/34
09AL 91 5MSD 1 x 5 - ø900 296 19708 80/47 253 16028 75/42 198 11458 66/33
09AL 91 5MSE 1 x 5 - ø900 344 20778 80/47 300 17264 75/42 230 12299 66/33
09AL 91 6MSC 1 x 6 - ø900 306 21542 81/49 262 17233 76/44 203 12283 67/35
09AL 91 6MSD 1 x 6 - ø900 355 23650 81/48 303 19250 76/43 237 13750 67/34

CAP - Nominal capacity   AF  - Air flow   LwA  - Sound power level   LpA  - Sound pressure level at 10 m
Note: Performance data given for units with AC-motor fans, 400-3-50 power supply, refrigerant R-404A, Δt1 =15 K, operating pressure 26 bar, ENV327. For performance data for units with
other refrigerants or fans and for 09FCAL 91 dry coolers, see technical documentation or electronic selection program.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 255
Fans/poles 8PL (Star) 12PH (Delta) 12PL (Star)
Models Fan arrangement CAP AF Lw/Lpa CAP AF Lw/Lpa CAP AF Lw/Lpa
kW l/s dB(A) kW l/s dB(A) kW l/s dB(A)
Double row
09AL 91 4MDC 2 x 2 - ø900 204 14361 79/47 176 11489 74/42 136 8189 65/33
09AL 91 4MDD 2 x 2 - ø900 238 15767 79/47 202 12833 74/42 158 9167 65/33
09AL 91 4MDE 2 x 2 - ø900 276 16622 79/47 240 13811 74/42 184 9839 65/33
09AL 91 6MDC 2 x 3 - ø900 306 21542 81/49 262 17233 76/44 204 12283 67/35
09AL 91 6MDD 2 x 3 - ø900 356 23650 81/49 304 19250 76/44 238 13750 67/35
09AL 91 6MDE 2 x 3 - ø900 414 24933 81/49 360 20717 76/44 276 14758 67/35
09AL 91 8MDC 2 x 4 - ø900 408 28722 82/50 350 22978 77/45 272 16378 68/36
09AL 91 8MDD 2 x 4 - ø900 474 31533 82/49 404 25667 77/44 295 18333 68/35
COOLING

09AL 91 8MDE 2 x 4 - ø900 552 33244 82/49 480 27622 77/44 368 19678 68/35
09AL 91 10MDC 2 x 5 - ø900 510 35903 83/50 436 28722 78/45 340 20472 69/36
09AL 91 10MDD 2 x 5 - ø900 592 39417 83/50 506 32083 78/45 396 22917 69/36
09AL 91 10MDE 2 x 5 - ø900 688 41556 83/50 600 34528 78/45 460 24597 69/36
09AL 91 12MDC 2 x 6 - ø900 612 43083 84/51 524 34467 79/46 406 24567 70/37
09AL 91 12MDD 2 x 6 - ø900 710 47300 84/51 606 38500 79/46 474 27500 70/37

CAP - Nominal capacity   AF  - Air flow   LwA  - Sound power level   LpA  - Sound pressure level at 10 m
Note: Performance data given for units with AC-motor fans, 400-3-50 power supply, refrigerant R-404A, Δt1 =15 K, operating pressure 26 bar, ENV327. For performance data for units with
other refrigerants or fans and for 09FCAL 91 dry coolers, see technical documentation or electronic selection program.

Correction factors for different refrigerants


Temperature difference ΔT, K
Refrigerant
8 10 12 15 17 20
R-404A – R-22 – R-134a – R-507 0.53 0.67 0.80 1.00 1.13 1.33
R-407C, R-407A 0.46 0.62 0.77 1.00 1.15 1.38

Options/accessories
■■ Multiple circuits ■■ Higher motor insulation for ambient temperatures above 45°C
■■ Horizontal discharge ■■ Two speed connections for the motors
■■ Extra-high feet (2 sizes) to comply with specific site ■■ Alternative fin materials for saline and polluted
configurations atmospheres
■■ Special fin spacings -- Copper tubes/aluminium fins with vinyl coating
■■ Mounted electrical panel -- Copper tubes/aluminium fins with a wide choice of
anti-corrosion coatings such as Blygold to suit site
■■ Emergency switch
conditions
■■ Special motors (selected models) ■■ Motor power supplies 230 V-3 ph-50 Hz and
■■ Fan isolator switch 400 V-3 ph-60 Hz.
■■ Sub-cooling circuits (vertical air flow only)
■■ Stainless steel screws
■■ EC Motors for significant energy savings

256 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/ FLUID COOLERS 
09AL/FCAL

Features and advantages


■■ The ALTO remote condensers cover a capacity range ■■ The propeller fans ensure a significant sound reduction,
from 24 to 1128 kW designed for commercial and while maintaining high air flow performances. Motors
industrial use in refrigeration and air conditioning have high-efficiency shrouds to reduce sound levels and
applications. All models are available with vertical or increase the air flow efficiency and are designed to work
horizontal air flow. with frequency speed control from 50 to 20 Hz.
■■ The ALTO FC dry-coolers cover a capacity range from ■■ All condensers and fluid coolers are Eurovent certified
17 to 1104 kW for use in commercial and industrial and tested by independent laboratories in accordance
applications, working with fluids that are copper with European Standards. The performances comply with
compatible. All models are available with vertical or EN 327 for air-cooled condensers and EN 1048 for fluid
horizontal air flow. coolers.
■■ The ALTO range is designed for outdoor installation, for ■■ Dry coolers are suitable for cooling water or other fluids

COOLING
maximum working temperature of 60°C and outdoor air that do not corrode with copper.
temperature from -30°C to +45°C. ■■ Electrical connections in weatherproof boxes, easy
■■ Several fans configurations possible to match cooling access for maintenance.
capacity and sound requirements. ■■ Air-cooled condensers are available with refrigerant
■■ Single or double raws coils to match pressure drops R-134a, R-407C and R-404A.
requirements ■■ The sound power levels are in accordance with ISO 3741
■■ Casing in galvanised sheet steel, powder-painted polyester, and ISO 3744.
resisting UV radiation and offering excellent corrosion
protection.

Fan data
Asynchronous Motors

HEATING HEATING
Diameter Number of poles Speed* Wiring Power input (kW) Full load current (A)
6P H ∆ 2.2 5.3
H ∆ 1.3 3.5
8P
900 mm L Y 0.8 1.7
H ∆ 0.5 1.5
12P
L Y 0.25 0.65
‘* H: High, L: Low

Air treatment
EC-Motors
Diameter Number of poles Speed (rpm) Wiring Power input (kW) Full load current (A)
1000 3.12 4.9
910 2.26 3.5
910 mm NA 750 NA 1.28 2.0
690 1.01 1.7
560 0.56 1.1
610 0.6 1.2
560 0.45 0.9
910 mm NA 470 NA 0.26 0.6
330 0.1 0.3
200 0.04 0.2
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 257
Dimensions/clearances
Single-row models
A

1430

779
688
588
COOLING

200 G F 200
C 1118

Double-row models
A

1430

779
688
588
200 G F 200
C 2182

Dimensions and weights


Models Dimensions, mm Net weight, kg

A C F G
09AL 91 3MSC 4921 4567 - - 566
09AL 91 3MSD 6046 5692 - - 680
09AL 91 3MSE 7171 6817 2285 - 765
09AL 91 4MSC 6422 6068 3036 - 755
09AL 91 4MSD 7922 7568 3786 - 886
09AL 91 4MSE 9422 9068 4536 - 1001
09AL 91 5MSC 7924 7570 3036 1502 945
09AL 91 5MSD 9799 9444 3787 1876 1109
09AL 91 5MSE 11674 11320 4536 2252 1250
09AL 91 6MSC 9426 9072 3037 3003 1115
09AL 91 6MSD 11676 11322 3787 3753 1314
09AL 91 4MDC 3420 3066 - - 695
09AL 91 4MDD 4170 3816 - - 807
09AL 91 4MDE 4920 4566 - - 903
09AL 91 6MDC 4921 4567 - - 1014
09AL 91 6MDD 6046 6692 - - 1195
09AL 91 6MDE 7171 6817 2285 - 1341
09AL 91 8MDC 6422 6068 3036 - 1351
09AL 91 8MDD 7922 7568 3789 - 1569
09AL 91 8MDE 9422 9068 4536 - 1762
09AL 91 10MDC 7924 7570 3036 1502 1683
09AL 91 10MDD 9799 9445 3787 1876 1958
09AL 91 10MDE 11674 11320 4536 2252 2207
09AL 91 12MDC 9426 9072 3037 3003 2007
09AL 91 12MDD 11676 11322 3787 3753 2333
Note: Dimension A is the maximum length.

258 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR-COOLED CONDENSERS/ FLUID COOLERS 
09AL/FCAL

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 259
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS

16LJ
Nominal cooling capacity 80-4000 kW
COOLING

SUPER ABSORPTION

The Carrier Corporation has more than 100 years experience in providing HVAC systems and
equipment around the world and offers a complete product solutions for many different type of
applications: From residential to industrial.
Complete range
80 to 4000 kW For all cases where power grid is not available on site or either not extensively developed, or
where thermal energy sources (water or steam) are available on site, Carrier offers a complete
HFC-refrigerant range of absorption chillers.

free

Hot water source


from 110 to 80 °C

COP up to 0.7

260 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

Physical data
Single effect hot-water absorption chillers

16LJ 01 02 03 11 12 13 14 21 22 23 24 31 32
Cooling capacity kW 83 131 166 264 316 387 475 545 633 738 844 949 1055
Chilled water system*
Flow rate l/s 3.58 5.64 7.14 11.4 13.6 16.7 20.4 23.5 27.3 31.8 36.3 40.8 45.6
Pressure drops kPa 73 60 60 56 61 36 40 35 38 74 77 75 78
Connection (ANSI) in 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6

COOLING
Retention volume m3 0.06 0.08 0.08 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.17 0.22 0.25 0.28 0.30 0.35 0.38
Cooling water system*
Flow rate l/s 5.4 8.5 10.8 17.0 20.4 25.0 30.7 35.2 40.9 47.7 54.4 61.4 68.1
Pressure drops kPa 23 16 15 38 39 67 72 68 71 42 45 36 37
Connection (ANSI) in 3 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 8 8 8 8
Retention volume m3 0.13 0.18 0.23 0.33 0.37 0.40 0.45 0.58 0.63 0.69 0.76 0.98 1.05
Hot-water system*
Flow rate l/s 3.28 5.17 6.56 10.4 12.5 15.2 18.7 21.5 24.9 29.0 33.0 37.0 42.0
Pressure drops kPa 58 41 41 31 12 29 32 31 37 30 31 30 30
Connection (ANSI) in 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 6
Retention volume m3 0.04 0.04 0.07 0.11 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.20 0.22 0.25 0.28 0.33 0.36
Rupture disk connection in 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Dimensions
Length mm 1745 2450 2450 2740 2740 3750 3750 3850 3850 4870 4870 4920 4920
Height mm 2115 2115 2115 2200 2200 2200 2200 2350 2350 2370 2370 2610 2610

HEATING HEATING
Width mm 1255 1255 1435 1400 1400 1400 1400 1560 1560 1560 1560 1630 1630
Tube removal space mm 900 1350 1350 2400 2400 3400 3400 3400 3400 4500 4500 4500 4500
Weight
Operating weight kg 2070 2680 3150 4200 4400 5400 5600 6800 7300 8300 8900 10700 11300
Max shipping weight** kg 1820 2380 2720 3600 3700 4700 4800 5800 6200 7100 7500 9100 9500
Power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50
Apparent power kVA 3.1 3.1 3.1 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.8 5.8 5.9 5.9 7.3 7.3
Total electric current A 4.8 4.8 4.8 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 8.8 8.8 8.9 8.9 10.9 10.9
Absorbent pump, power input kW 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.0 3.0
Absorbent pump, electric current A 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5
Refrigerant pump, power input kW 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Refrigerant pump, electric current A 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Purge pump, power input kW 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4

Air treatment
Purge pump, electric current A 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
PD cell heater kW 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038
Control circuit kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

* In accordance with ARI 560 - 2000


12.2 / 6.7 °C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
29.4 / 38.4 °C (fouling factor = 0.044 m2 K/kW)
95.0 / 86 °C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
** All sizes except 63/72/82 shipped as one-piece; sizes 63/72/82 shipped in two pieces.

Notes: These performance data are provided to support early design activity. For selection outside ARI operating conditions contact Carrier.

When high pressure vessels are requested, refer to the table below for dimensions and weight:

16LJ-P 01 02 03 11 12 13 14 21 22 23 24 31 32
Hot-water system*
Retention volume m3 NA NA NA 0.14 0.15 0.17 0.19 0.25 0.27 0.3 0.33 0.4 0.44
Dimensions
Length mm 2650 2650 3650 3650 3710 3710 4730 4730 4870 4870
CONTROLS

Height mm 2310 2310 2310 2310 2440 2440 2460 2460 2660 2660
Width mm 1400 1400 1400 1400 1560 1560 1560 1560 1620 1620
Tube removal space mm 2400 2400 3400 3400 3400 3400 4500 4500 4500 4500
Weight
Operating weight kg 4500 4700 5700 6000 7300 7600 8800 9200 11400 11900
Max shipping weight** kg 3900 4100 5000 5200 6300 6500 7600 7900 9700 10100
* 110 / 90 °C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
** All sizes except 63/72/82 shipped as one-piece; sizes 63/72/82 shipped in two pieces.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 261
Single effect hot-water absorption chillers

16LJ 41 42 51 52 53 63 72 82
Cooling capacity kW 1178 1319 1477 1653 1846 2637 3165 3956
Chilled water system*
Flow rate l/s 50.8 56.7 63.6 71.1 79.4 114 136 170
Pressure drops kPa 74 64 54 73 96 46 105 46
Connection (ANSI) in 8 8 8 8 8 10 12 14
Retention volume m3 0.49 0.56 0.7 0.77 0.83 1.21 1.53 1.94
Cooling water system*
Flow rate l/s 76.1 85.3 95.3 107 119 170 205 256
COOLING

Pressure drops kPa 38 40 92 86 45 58 44 68


Connection (ANSI) in 10 10 12 12 12 14 16 16
Retention volume m3 1.31 1.41 1.97 2.13 2.27 3.24 4.1 5.11
Hot-water system*
Flow rate l/s 46 52 58 65 73 94.4 113 142
Pressure drops kPa 30 30 28 38 50 19 19 25
Connection (ANSI) in 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10
Retention volume m3 0.44 0.48 0.56 0.61 0.66 1.08 1.27 1.55
Rupture disk connection in 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
Dimensions
Length mm 5070 5070 5210 5750 6250 6750 6990 7590
Height mm 2860 2860 3210 3210 3210 3660 3780 3990
Width mm 1700 1700 1990 1990 1990 2420 2650 2820
Tube removal space mm 4500 4500 4600 5200 5700 6200 6200 6700
Weight
Operating weight kg 13100 13600 18500 20000 21400 31100 39100 46600
Max shipping weight** kg 11000 11400 15300 16600 17800 13100 x 2 16900 x 2 19700 x 2
Power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50
Apparent power kVA 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 20.7 25.8 27.2
Total electric current A 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 30.2 37.5 39.6
Absorbent pump, power input kW 3 3 3 3 3 8.5 + 1.8 8.5 + 3.7 8.5 + 3.7
Absorbent pump, electric current A 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 20.5 + 6.4 20.5 + 11.8 20.5 + 11.8
Refrigerant pump, power input kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.75 1.2
Refrigerant pump, electric current A 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 2.5 4.6
Purge pump, power input kW 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.75 0.75
Purge pump, electric current A 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.9 1.9
PD cell heater kW 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038
Control circuit kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

* In accordance with ARI 560 - 2000


12.2 / 6.7 °C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
29.4 / 38.4 °C (fouling factor = 0.044 m2 K/kW)
95.0 / 86 °C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
** All sizes except 63/72/82 shipped as one-piece; sizes 63/72/82 shipped in two pieces.

Notes: These performance data are provided to support early design activity. For selection outside ARI operating conditions contact Carrier.

When high pressure vessels are requested, refer to the table below for dimensions and weight:

16LJ-P 41 42 51 52 53 63 72 82
Hot-water system*
Retention volume m3 0.51 0.54 0.66 0.71 0.76 1.08 1.27 1.55
Dimensions
Length mm 4890 4890 4990 5530 6030 6750 6990 7590
Height mm 2920 2920 3260 3260 3260 3660 3780 3990
Width mm 1700 1700 1990 1990 1990 2420 2650 2820
Tube removal space mm 4500 4500 4600 5200 5700 6200 6200 6700
Weight
Operating weight kg 13900 14600 19200 20900 22400 31100 39100 46600
Max shipping weight** kg 11700 12100 16000 17400 18600 13100 x 2 16900 x 2 19700 x 2
* 110 / 90 °C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
** All sizes except 63/72/82 shipped as one-piece; sizes 63/72/82 shipped in two pieces.

262 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

Nomenclature
16LJ - 11
Capacity code

Unit type: Single-effect, hot water-fired absorption chillers

Component identification

COOLING
1 2

HEATING HEATING
7
6

Legend
8
1. Condenser
2. Hot-water outlet
3. Generator
4. Hot-water inlet
5. Chilled-water outlet
6. Evaporator
7. Control panel
8. Chilled-water inlet
9 9. Cooling water inlet

Air treatment
10
10. Heat exchanger
11. Absorber

11

CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 263
Scope of supply
1. Standards met 3. Factory test
The units comply with the following standards: 1. Check of external dimensions
-- ARI 560-2000 2. H
 ydraulic pressure test of water headers
-- 2006/42/EC (machine directive) Test pressure is 1.5 times of maximum working
-- 2006/95/EC (low-voltage directive) pressure
-- 2004/108/EC (electromagnetic compatibility directive) 3. Vacuum-side leak test
-- 97/23/EC (pressure equipment directive).
4. Electric insulation resistance test
5. Dielectric breakdown test
2. Absorption chiller, comprising:
6. Function test of electric circuit and safety devices
1. Lower shell
COOLING

-- Evaporator and refrigerant dispersion tray


-- Absorber and absorbent dispersion tray 4. Scope of supply of the purchaser
-- Eliminators 1. Building and foundations
-- Bases. 2. E
 xternal chilled water, cooling water and hot water
2. Upper shell piping work including various safety valves, isolation
-- Generator with eliminators valves, mating flanges, gaskets, bolts and nuts, etc.
-- Condenser with eliminators 3. E
 xternal wiring and piping for the chillers including
-- Low temperature (LT) generator necessary parts
-- Rupture disk.
3. Heat exchangers with refrigerant drain heat reclaimer 4. Insulation for the chillers including necessary parts.
4. Pumps 5. Finish painting of the chillers (if needed)
-- Absorbent pump with isolating valves 6. Cooling water entering temperature control device
-- Refrigerant pump with isolating valves 7. Cooling water treatment device
-- Purge pump. 8. V
 arious temperature/pressure gauges for steam and
5. Purge unit water lines.
-- Purge tank with ejector device 9. C
 ooling tower(s), chilled-water pump(s) and hot-water
-- Diaphram valves and piping with liquid trap three-way control valve
-- Pressure sensor
10. Electric power supply (as specified)
-- Palladium cell with heater.
6. Control panel 11. S upply of chilled water, cooling water, steam and air*
at rated conditions
-- Controller with data display
-- LEDs and operation buttons 12. Maintenance of the chiller
-- Inverter for absorbent pump (option) 13. N ecessary tools, labour and materials for installation
-- Circuit breaker and site test operation
-- Transformer 14. A ny other item not specifically mentioned in the scope
-- Relays and terminal blocks of supply
-- Purge pump operation switch.
7. Locally mounted parts * If pneumatic hot-water valve control is used.

-- Temperature sensors
-- Chilled-water flow switch.
8. Interconnecting piping and wiring
-- Refrigerant and absorbent piping
-- Internal power and control wiring.
9. Initial charge
-- Absorbent (lithium bromide)
-- Refrigerant (water)
-- Inhibitor (lithium molybdate).
10. Painting
-- Main unit: Rust-preventive paint
-- Control panel: Finish paint.
11. Accessories
-- Operation manual
-- Washer (for fixing foundation bolts)
-- Gasket and sealant for rupture disk
-- Purge pump oil
-- Matching flanges, gaskets, bolts and nuts.

264 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

Scope of order
Item Standard Option
Chilled water Entering: 12.2 °C, leaving: 5 °C through 12 °C
Temperature Leaving: 6.7 °C, temperature difference 3 K through 10 K
Flow rate 0.043 l/s x kW - Temperature difference (min. 50%)
Max. working pressure Sizes 01/02/03 784 kPa. 1034 kPa, 1540 kPa and 2068 kPa
All other sizes 1034 kPa.
Hydraulic test pressure Max.working pressure x 1.5 Max working pressure x 1.5
Fouling factor 0.018 m2 K/kW Max. 0.18 m2 K/kW
Tube material Copper tube Cu Ni tube

COOLING
Water quality Refer to JRA-GL02E-1994 No option
Structure of water header Removable type and epoxy treated No option
Manufacturing standard of water header Flanges ANSI (except sizes 01/02/03: Flanges DIN) No option
Cooling water
Temperature Entering: 29.4 °C, entering: 20 °C through 40 °C
Leaving: 38.4 °C
Flow rate 0.065 l/s x kW, within water flow rate range of each model
Max. working pressure Sizes 01/02/03 784 kPa. 1034 kPa, 1540 kPa and 2068 kPa
All other sizes 1034 kPa.
Hydraulic test pressure Max. working pressure x 1.5 Max. 0.18 m2 K/kW
Fouling factor 0.044 m2 K/kW Cu Ni tube
Tube material Copper tube No option
Water quality Refer to JRA-GL02E-1994 No option
Structure of water header Hinged type and epoxy treated No option
Manufacturing standard of water header Flanges ANSI
Hot water

HEATING HEATING
Temperature Entering: 95.0 °C, entering: 80 °C through 110 °C
Leaving: 86.0 °C, leaving: min. 75 °C
Flow rate 0.039 l/s x kW, within water flow rate range of each model
Max. working pressure Sizes 01/02/03 784 kPa. Sizes 01/02/03 784 kPa.
All other sizes 1034 kPa. All other sizes 1034 kPa.
Hydraulic test pressure Max. working pressure x 1.5 No option
Fouling factor 0.018 m2 K/kW No option
Tube material Copper tube No option
Water quality Refer to JRA-GL02E-1994 No option
Structure of water header Removable type No option
Manufacturing standard of water header Flanged ANSI
Electricity
Power supply 400 V - 3 phase - 50Hz No option
(Voltage control within ±10%, frequency control within ±5%)

Air treatment
Shipment One section Multi-shipment
Control
Safety functions Refrigerant temperature Cooling water flow switch
Chilled water freeze protection
Chilled water flow switch
Cooling water temperature
Generator temperature
Crystallisation protection
Motor protection
Capacity control Digital PID control by chilled-water temperature No option
Parts Selected by Carrier No option
Control panel
Paint finish Munsell 5Y-7/1 No option

Indication lights Operation No option


Stop No option
Alarm No option
Display LED No option
CONTROLS

External terminals Operation indication No option


(volt-free normally open contact) Stop indication
Alarm indication
Feedback indication
Cooling mode indication
Structure Indoor type No option
Parts Selected by Carrier No option

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 265
Item Standard Option

Electrical wiring and piping


Wire: 600 V polyvinyl grade No option
chloride-insulated wires
Pipe: Plicatube No option
(flexible metal conduits)
Insulation condition
Place Indoor No option
Ambient temperature 5 °C through 40 °C No option
Ambient humidity Relative humidity: Max. 90 % at 45 °C No option
Atmosphere Be sure the following are not present No option
- Corrosive gas
COOLING

- Explosive gas
- Poisonous gas
Factory test
Vacuum-side leak test Performance test at full load
Electric insulation resistance test
Dielectric breakdown test
Function test of electric circuit

Features and advantages


■■ The Carrier 16LJ single-effect absorption chillers are ■■ They reduce the contribution to global warming and
designed to provide chilled water from waste heat minimise the global impact by greatly reducing electricity
sources generated from industrial processes and consumption and production of greenhouse gases.
cogeneration systems. ■■ The solution inhibitor has no impact on the environment.
■■ Carrier absorption chillers allow diversification of critical ■■ An absorption chiller does not utilise mechanical moving
cooling requirements. Critical cooling loads are met with parts, and this leads to quiet, vibration-free operation.
minimal electrical power input.
■■ The use of high-efficiency heat transfer surfaces has
■■ They allow smaller emergency generators compared to reduced the space required for installation of the
an electrical driven chiller. absorption chiller, resulting in a smaller footprint.
■■ The units are ozone-safe and CFC-free. Cooling
requirements are met without chlorine-based refrigerants.

Controls
Expert self-diagnosis function
■■ The expert function is provided to monitor operating
conditions, predict chiller information and maintain stable
operation.

Predictive maintenance information


Graph 1 - Fouling of heat transfer tubes in Graph 2 - Trend of absorbent concentration
cooling water system
8
Abnormal stop zone
7
Maintenance zone
6 at cooling water 27 °C
8
Maintenance zone
Concentrated indicator

Maintenance line
Maintenance zone
5 at cooling water 31 °C

6
4
Fouling factor

4 3
Notice line Normal line
at cooling water 31 °C
2
2 Normal line
Normal line 1 at cooling water 27 °C

0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 0 20 40 60 80 100
Cooling load factor (%) Cooling load factor (%)

266 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

Graph 3 - Vacuum condition monitoring Display and control board


Figure 2 - Indication lights
1.0 8
Pressure increase indicator

Maintenance zone
at storage tank

0.6 Notice 1
zone
2
STOP RUN
CHILLER / HEATER
#1ABS PUMP
Normal zone #2ABS PUMP
REF PUMP
SET BACK
0 7 PURGE PUMP

0 20 60 80 100 4
8 REMOTE

COOLING
Storage ratio (%)
STAND BY
9 DILUTION
BUZZER STOP LOCAL
Legend SAFETY CIRCUIT

1. Storage tank
2. Diluted solution 10 CHILLER ALARM
STOP
OPERATION
RUN

3. Purge nozzle POWER 5


4. Pd cell
5. Pressure sensor 3

Control system Legend


Name
LED colour
Green
1. Operation indication light Orange
■■ The Carrier control system surpasses other proportional 2. Stop indication light Red
only control systems available today. The digital PID 3. Alarm indication light Green
4. Remote/local select button with LED Green
(proportional plus integral plus derivative) control 5. Operation select button with LED 7 segment LED (red)
maximises unit performance by maintaining a ±0.5 K 6. Data display Green
7. Stand-by indication light Green
variance in leaving chilled-water temperature from the 8. Dilution indication light Green
setpoint. Proportional controls can typically only maintain 9. Safety circuit indication light Orange
10. Power indication light Green
a ±1 K variance from the setpoint. The controller’s

HEATING HEATING
GL. Purge indication light
innovative design also incorporates the ability to start and 43P. Purge pump on-off switch
43ES. Emergency stop switch
stop the system chilled/hot and cooling water pumps.
During shutdown these pumps are sequenced to ensure
a complete dilution cycle.
■■ The leaving chilled-water temperature is measured every
five seconds and steam input is changed according to the Fast digital PID control
gradient of the leaving chilled-water temperature curve. The introduction of new digital PID control stabilises the
System temperatures, setpoints, and operational records chilled/hot water temperature with high accuracy. It quickly
are displayed along with indicator lights for the chiller and responds to the load fluctuation and supplies stable chilled/
pumps. hot water temperature. It is suitable for air-conditioning
■■ The Carrier control system offers its users selfdiagnostics intelligent buildings which require sophisticated control.
by constantly monitoring the chiller status and will
automatically shut the chiller down if a fault occurs.

Air treatment
The cause of shutdown will be retained in the memory
and can be displayed for immediate operator review.
Saving energy with the inverter
The controller’s memory will also retain and display the (option)
cause of the last three system fault conditions. This Balancing the load and flow rate with the absorbent pump’s
method of retaining fault conditions is extremely useful for inverter control enables efficient and energy-saving operation.
maintaining an accurate record of unit performance and As a result, it reduces input energy and electric power
fault history. consumption. Running cost is decreased by 5% compared to
non-inverter control.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 267
Graph 4 - Running cost curve Graph 5 - Hot water valve opening control

Variable (5-30 minutes) Example

100 15 minutes
30 minutes

Hot water consumption


80
Non-inverter

Hot water control opening ratio (%)


Energy consumption ratio (%)

control

Temperature (°C)
Hot water control valve

Hot water consumption (%)


60 opening ratio

Cooling water entering temp.


Chilled water entering temp.
COOLING

40

Inverter Setting
control 7 °C Chilled water leaving temp.
20

Time
(minutes)
0 20 40 60 80 100
Cooling load factor (%)

Notes:
Expansion of safe operating zone
1. Chilled-water leaving temperature 7 °C constant ■■ This ensures quick response to rapid changes and
2. Cooling water entering temperature: maintains stable operation.
■■ The safe operating zone is between 19 °C and 34 °C
Load factor (%) Temperature (°C)
cooling water temperature (for a nominal cooling water
100 32 entering temperature of 32 °C).
50 27
30 25

Graph 6 - Safe operating zone chart

Purge system 100

■■ The high-performance purge system maintains


Maximum input (%)

80
the required operating pressure, preserves chiller
performance characteristics, minimises chiller 60
maintenance to one purge operation per season (for year-
round operation). 40

20

Hot-water valve opening control 0


H--13 H--4 H H+2
■■ At the start-up, the opening angle of the hot-water control Cooling water entering temperature (°C)
valve is controlled in three stages, reducing the amount of
H = 32 °C (variable from 20 °C to 33 °C)
hot water and the time needed to reach the desired level,
compared with the previous model.
■■ Adjusting the opening speed of the hot-water control Crystallisation protection
valve at the second and third stage, it is possible to ■■ A microprocessor monitors the absorbent concentration.
set up the most suitable conditions for the site auxiliary Steam supply is stopped, and the unit is returned to
equipment. normal operation, when the concentration is over a
certain limit, to prevent the crystallisation of absorbent.

268 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

Dimensions/clearances
16LJ 01

NOTES
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED. Tube removal
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

720
(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM)

(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE

200
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM

COOLING
900
¥TOP :200 MM
1745 (L)
¥OTHERS:500 MM

1255 (W)

3
Tube removal
6

1809 1822
7
5
1610

1482
2
4

1300
1283 1288
2115(H)

819

8
363

690
295

0 0 0

Control panel

46
0
50
Power box

1094
1140
1190
0

290
370

1595
1635
1705

HEATING HEATING
16LJ 02

Tube removal
720
200

1350
2450 (L)

Air treatment
1255 (W)

Tube removal

6 3

1901

1788
7
5
1571 1591

4 2
1300

1229 1235
2115 (H)

764

8
363
690

295

0 0 0

Control panel
Power box
100

0
33

1007
1040
0

1140
290
370

2300
2340
2410

CONTROLS

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 269
16LJ 03
NOTES
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
Tube removal
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

840
(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY
CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM)

(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE


¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM

250
¥TOP :200 MM
¥OTHERS:500 MM 1350

2450 (L)

1435 (W)

Tube removal
COOLING

6 3
1953

5 1788

7
1571 1591

4
2

1300
1229 1235
2115 (H)

764

8
363

690
295

0 0 0

Control panel
Power box

0
33
100
0

1320
290
370

1220
2300
2340
2410

1187
16LJ 11 through 16LJ 12
1896
745
330

800 765
Wire connection
OD 35 hole

170
0 0

265
2400
0
60

Tube removal
R

1400(W) 2740(L)

HTW outlet 4 inch Rupture Disk


2125 2085
COW outlet 5 inch 2075 2 inch
1995

HTW inlet 4 inch 1611


1550

CHW outlet 3 inch 1278


2200(H)

•¥ •£

CHW inlet 3 inch


910
785
COW inlet 5 inch
595

250

0 0 0
0

200
882
910

107

330

2249
2076
2096
0

Rupture HTW outlet


HTW outlet CHW out COW in/out
disk CHW in/HTW inlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

270 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

16LJ 13 through 16LJ 14

2916

3246
745
0
NOTES
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
800 765
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER Wire connection
170 OD 35 hole
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER. 0 0

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY 265


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) 3400

0
Tube removal

60
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE

R
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM
¥TOP :200 MM
¥OTHERS:500 MM

1400(W) 3750(L)

COOLING
HTW outlet 4 inch 2125
COW outlet 5 inch 2075 2085
1995
2 inch
Rupture Disk
HTW inlet 4 inch 1611
1550

CHW outlet 4 inch 1263


2200(H)
•¥ •£

CHW inlet 4 inch 923


785
COW outlet 5 inch
595

250

0 0 0

0
468
353
180
200

3096
3116
0
882
910

126

COW outlet COW inlet


HTW outlet CHW outlet CHW inlet
HTW inlet
HTW outlet

16LJ 21 through 16LJ 22

HEATING HEATING
2866

3221
870
0

1000
935

Wire connection
OD 35 hole

0 22
0
245

3400
0
60

Tube removal
R

Air treatment
1560(W) 3850(L)
HTW outlet 5 inch 2293 RuptureDisk 2255
COW outlet 6 inch 2210 2 inch
2135

HTW inlet 5inch


1724
1550
CHW outlet 5 inch 1346
2350(H)

CHW inlet 5 inch


1006 PURGE PURGE PUMP

835
COW inlet 6 inch
605

250

0 0 0
0
0
272
190

428
237
220

3103
1090
1065

3086

HTW outlet COW outlet


COW inlet CHW inlet
HTW outlet CHW outlet/HTW inlet
CONTROLS

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 271
16LJ 23 through 16LJ 24

1090

3886

4241
NOTES

0
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER 1000
935
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) Wire connection
OD 35 hole
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM 0 22
0
¥TOP :200 MM
¥OTHERS:500 MM 245

4500

0
60
Tube removal

R
COOLING

1560(W) 4870(L)

HTW outlet 6 inch 2295 RuptureDisk 2255


COW outlet 8 inch 2210 2 inch
2135

HTW inlet 6inch 1724


1550
CHW outlet 5 inch
1346 •¥ •£
2370(H)

CHW inlet 5 inch


1006
PURGE PURGE PUMP

835
COW inlet 8 inch
605

250

0 0 0
220
428
237
270
190

4106
4123
0
1090
1065

COW inlet
COW outlet CHW inlet/HTW inlet
HTW 0utlet CHW 0utlet

16LJ 31 through 16LJ 32


1075

3836
0

1100
1025
260

Wire connection
OD 35 hole

65
0 0
225
4500
0
60

Tube removal
R

1630(W) 4970(L)

HTW outlet 6 inch 2545


COW outlet 8 inch 2495 Rupture Disk 2500
2365 2 inch

HTW inlet 6 inch 1918

CHW outlet 6 inch 1550


1476
2610(H)

¥
• £

CHW inlet 6 inch


1066

815
COW inlet 8 inch
611

250

0 0 0
0
242
1170
1156

275

4121
4216
4111
504

269
0

HTW outlet
Rupture Disk
HTW outlet COW inlet CHW inlet/HTW inlet COW outlet
CHW outlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.
272 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

16LJ 41 through 16LJ 42


NOTES
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.

1075

3836

4216
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.

0
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE 1150
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER. 1110

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM)

275
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE Wire connection
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM OD 35 hole
¥TOP :200 MM 0 50
0
¥OTHERS:500 MM
240
4500
Tube removal

0
60
R

COOLING
5070(L)
1700(W)
HTW outlet 8 inch
2803 2780
COW outlet 10 inch 2715 Rupture Disk
2595 2 inch

HTW inlet 8 inch


2117

CHW outlet 8 inch


1612
1550
2860(H)

• •¥£
CHW inlet 8 inch
1142

820
COW inlet 10 inch
577

250

0 0 0
0
275

555
301
269
1253
1221

4105
4137

HEATING HEATING
0

HTW outlet COW inlet


HTW outlet CHW outlet COW outlet HTW inlet
CHW inlet

16LJ 51
3836
3966

4281
1160
130
0

1600
1410

Wire connection
450

Air treatment
OD 35 hole
173
0
140 0
00

4600
R6

Tube removal

5210(L)
1990(W)

HTW outlet 8 inch 3157 Rupture Disk 3120


COW outlet 12 inch 2947 3008 2 inch

HTW inlet 8 inch 2332

CHW outlet 8 inch


1760
3210(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch 1170


¥
• £

880
COW inlet 12 inch
651

250

0 0 0
CONTROLS
383
1700

4211
550

240
0

HTW outlet HTW outlet CHW outlet


CHW/HTW inlet
COW outlet COW inlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 273
16LJ 52

4378
4508

4823
1160
130
0
NOTES
1600
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE. 1410
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE Wire connection
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER. 450
OD 35 hole
(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY 173
CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) 0
140 0

(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE

00
5200

R6
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM
¥TOP :200 MM Tube removal
¥OTHERS:500 MM
COOLING

5750(L)
1990(W)

HTW outlet 8 inch 3157 Rupture Disk 3120


COW outlet 12 inch 3008 2 inch
2947

HTW inlet 8 inch 2332

CHW outlet 8 inch


1760
3210(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch


1170
¥
• £

880
COW inlet 12 inch
651

250

0 0 0
383
1700

4748
4753
250

550

240
0

HTW outlet HTW outlet CHW outlet HTW inlet


COW in/outlet CHW inlet

16LJ 53

4876
5006

5321
1160
130
0

1600
1410

Wire connection
450
OD 35 hole
173
0
0
140
0
R60

5700
Tube removal

1990(W) 6250(L)

HTW outlet 8 inch


3157 Rupture Disk 3120
COW outlet 12inch 3008 2 inch
2947

HTW inlet 8 inch


2332

CHW outlet 8 inch


1760
3210(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch


1170
¥
• £

880
COW inlet 12 inch
651

250

0 0 0
383

250
1700

5251
550

240
0

HTW outlet HTW outlet CHW outlet COW outlet


COW inlet HTW inlet
CHW inlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

274 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

16LJ 63 HTW inlet


COW outlet
NOTES 0
60

5625
5661
R
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.

0
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
1630
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.
Wire connection
(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY OD 35 hole
CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM)

(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE 478


¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM
170
¥TOP :200 MM 0
¥OTHERS:500 MM
6200
(Tube removal)

COOLING
0

4040

5625
5686
HTW outlet
2420(W)
6750(L)

COW outlet 3566


14inch 3350 3470
Rupture Disk
2 inch
HTW inlet HTW outlet
10 inch 10 inch
2676 2676

CHW outlet
10 inch
2025
3660(H)

CHW inlet
10 inch
1315

COW inlet 1025


14 inch
751

300

0 0 0
0
72

0
2020
1872
1800

HEATING HEATING
432
430

140

5351
5211
COW inlet
CHW inlet/outlet

16LJ 72 R
60
0

2490

2188
Wire connection
OD 35 hole

656

212
0 0

6700
0

(Tube removal)
675

3580

Air treatment
2820(W) 7590(L)

Rupture Disk
COW outlet 2 inch 3840
3736
16 inch 3590

HTW inlet HTW outlet


10 Inch 2818 2818
10 inch

CHW outlet
14 Inch
3990(H)

2040

CHW inlet
14 Inch 1430

1110
COW inlet
16 inch 757

300

0 0 0 0
0
670
614

140
0
3

5451

6161
1131

5311
2600
2403
2400

1200

HTW inlet/outlet COW inlet


COW outlet
CONTROLS

CHW inlet/outlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 275
16LJ 82

NOTES
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
0
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED. 60
R
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE 2490
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER. 2188
Wire connection
(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY OD 35 hole
CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM)

(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE


¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM
¥TOP :200 MM
¥OTHERS:500 MM 656

212
0 0
COOLING

6700

0
(Tube removal)

675

3580
2820(W) 7590(L)

Rupture Disk
COW outlet 2 inch 3840
3736
16 inch 3590

HTW inlet HTW outlet


10 Inch 2818 2818
10 inch

CHW outlet
14 Inch
3990(H)

2040

CHW inlet
14 Inch 1430

1110
COW inlet
16 inch 757

300

0 0 0 0
0
670
614

140
0
3

5451

6161
1131

5311
2600
2403
2400

1200

HTW inlet/outlet COW inlet


COW outlet
CHW inlet/outlet

16LJ-P 11 through 16LJ-P 12


1896

2226
745
0

800 765
Wire connection
OD 35 hole

170
0 0

265
2400
0
60

Tube removal
R

1400(W)
2650(L)

2187 Rupture Disk 2197


COW outlet 5 inch 2107 2 inch
1900
HTW inlet
HTW inlet 4 inch 1616 1658 4inch

¥
• £

CHW outlet 3 inch 1278


2310(H)

CHW inlet 3 inch


910
785
COW inlet 5 inch
595

300

0 0 0
0

200
180
910
882

110

2096
0

COW in/outlet

CHW out CHW inlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

276 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

16LJ-P 13 through 16LJ-P 14

2916
NOTES

745
0
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER 800 765
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY Wire connection


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) OD 35 hole
170
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE 0 0
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM
¥TOP :200 MM
¥OTHERS:500 MM
265
3400

0
Tube removal

60
R

COOLING
1400(W) 3650(L)

2187 Rupture Disk 2197


COW outlet 5 inch 2107 2 inch
1900
HTW outlet
HTW inlet 4 inch 1658
4inch
1616
• •¥ £

CHW outlet 4 inch


1263
2310(H)

PURGE PURGE PUMP

CHW inlet 4 inch


923
785
COW inlet 5 inch
595

300

HEATING HEATING
0 0 0
0
200
180
0

3096
3116
912
884

112

COW inlet COW outlet CHW inlet


HTW outlet CHW outlet
HTW in/outlet

16LJ-P 21 through 16LJ-P 22


2866
355

870
0

1000 955

Wire connection
OD 35 hole

Air treatment
0 24
0
245

0 3400
60 Tube removal
R

1560(W) 3720(L)

RuptureDisk
2296 2 inch 2339
COW outlet 6 inch
2221

1900 HTW outlet


HTW inlet 5inch 1745 5inch
1729

CHW outlet 5 inch


¥
• £

1346
2440(H)

PURGE PURGE PUMP

CHW inlet 5 inch


1006
835
COW inlet 6 inch
605
CONTROLS

300

0
0 0
237
225
220

3091
3103
0
0
90
270
1090
1065

COW inlet
COW outlet CHW inlet
CHW outlet HTW inlet/outlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 277
16LJ-P 23 through 16LJ-P 24

‚P‚O‚X‚O

3886
NOTES

0
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
1000
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE 935
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) Wire connection
OD 35 hole
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM 0 22
0
¥TOP :200 MM
¥OTHERS:500 MM 245

4500

0
60
Tube removal

R
COOLING

1560(W) 4740(L)

RuptureDisk 2339
COW outlet 8 inch 2296 2 inch
2221

HTW inlet 5inch HTW outlet


1729 1745
5 inch

• •¥ £
CHW outlet 5 inch 1346
2460(H)

PURGE PURGE PUMP

CHW inlet 5 inch


1006
835
COW inlet 8 inch
605

300

0
0 0
0
90

237
225
270

4106
4123
1090
1065

COW inlet CHW inlet


CHW outlet HTW in/outlet
COW outlet

16LJ-P 31 through 16LJ-P 32 3836


1075
380

1100
1025

Wire connection
OD 35 hole
260
65
0 0
225
4500
0

Tube removal
60
R

1620(W) 4870(L)

2526 Rupture 2569


COW outlet 8 inch 2416 Disk 2inch

2202 HTW outlet


6inch
HTW inlet 6 inch 1923

CHW outlet 6 inch 1550


1476
2660(H)

¥
• £

CHW inlet 6 inch


1066

815
COW inlet 8 inch 611

250

0 0 0
0
113
1213

1156

275
269

4106
4111
0

HTW inlet HTW outlet


CHW outlet
COW outlet
COW inlet CHW inlet
HTW in/outlet
COW outlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

278 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

16LJ-P 41 through 16LJ-P 42

3836
1075
380
NOTES

0
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS. 1150
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER 1110
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY Wire connection


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) 275
OD 35 hole
0 50
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE 0
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM 240
¥TOP :200 MM 4500

0
¥OTHERS:500 MM Tube removal

60
R
1700(W)

COOLING
4890(L)

2858
2753 Rupture Disk
COW outlet 10 inch 2656 2 inch
2431 HTW outlet
6inch
HTW inlet 6 inch
2109

CHW outlet 8 inch


1612
2920(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch


1142

820
COW inlet 10 inch
577

250

0 0 0
0
148

301
269
1298
1255
1221

4105
4137
0

HTW outlet COW outlet


HTW in/outlet COW inlet CHW inlet

HEATING HEATING
CHW outlet

16LJ-P 51 3966
315

1160
0

1600
1410

Wire connection
450
OD 35 hole
173
0

Air treatment
140 0
00

4600
R6

Tube removal

1990(W) 4990(L)

Rupture 3156
COW outlet 12 inch 2982 3043 Disk 2inch
HTW outlet
2688 8inch

HTW inlet 8 inch 2337

CHW outlet 8 inch


1760
3260(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch


1170
¥
• £

880
COW inlet 12 inch
651

250
0 0 0
CONTROLS
100
250
1700

4206
240
0

HTW outlet
HTW in/outlet CHW inlet
COW outlet
CHW outlet
COW inlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 279
16LJ-P 52

4508
1160
315

0
NOTES
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED. 1600
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS. 1410
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY Wire connection


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) 450
OD 35 hole
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE 173
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM 0
140 0
¥TOP :200 MM
¥OTHERS:500 MM

00
5200

R6
Tube removal
COOLING

1990(W) 5530(L)

Rupture Disk 3156


COW outlet 12 inch 2982 3043
2 inch

2688 HTW outlet


8inch
HTW inlet 8 inch 2337

CHW outlet 8 inch


1760
3260(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch


1170
¥
• £

880
COW inlet 12 inch
651

250

0 0 0
100
250
1700

4748
240
0

HTW outlet CHW outlet COW outlet


COW inlet CHW inlet
HTW in/outlet

16LJ-P 53

5006
1160
315

1600
1410

Wire connection
450
OD 35 hole
173
0
140 0
0

5700
R60

Tube removal

1990(W) 6030(L)

Rupture Disk 3156


COW outlet 12inch 2982 3043
2 inch

2688 HTW outlet


8inch
HTW inlet 8 inch 2337

CHW outlet 8 inch


1760
3260(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch


1170
•¥ •£

880
COW inlet 12 inch 651

250

0 0 0
100
250
1700

5246
240
0

HTW outlet
CHW outlet COW inlet
COW outlet CHW inlet
HTW in/outlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

280 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

Foundation dimensions, mm
Figure 3 - LJ 11 to LJ 42 Figure 5 - LJ 51 to LJ 53
A A

B B B B

F
F

AA AA
BB BB

K
G

E
K
E

COOLING
C C
J J
D D

150
150

Figure 4 - Details of weld


Nut
Washer
Weld Base
80

HEATING HEATING
A

A = 150 mm and more

Notes: 4. The floor surface should be made waterproof to facilitate maintenance work.
1. The machine base has ø50-mm hole for the anchor bolt. 5. The surface of the foundation should be made flat.
2. The anchor bolt should be fixed as shown in the detail drawing.Washer should be welded 6. Anchor bolts and nuts are to be supplied by customer.
to the base (see Fig. 4)
3. There should be a drain channel around the foundation.

Dimensional data

Air treatment
16LJ Weight, kg Dimensions. mm
AA + BB AA BB A B C D E F G J K
11 4000 2000 2000 1896 - 185 360 800 150 1100 160 900
12 4200 2100 2100 1896 - 185 360 800 150 1100 160 900
13 5200 2600 2600 2916 - 185 360 800 150 1100 160 900
14 5500 2750 2750 2916 - 185 360 800 150 1100 160 900
21 6700 3350 3350 2866 - 200 400 1000 150 1300 200 1100
22 7100 3550 3550 2866 - 200 400 1000 150 1300 200 1100
23 8200 4100 4100 3886 - 200 400 1000 150 1300 200 1100
24 8700 4350 4350 3886 - 200 400 1000 150 1300 200 1100
31 10600 5300 5300 3836 - 225 450 1100 150 1400 250 1200
32 11100 5550 5550 3836 - 225 450 1100 150 1400 250 1200
41 12900 6450 6450 3836 - 225 450 1150 150 1450 250 1250
CONTROLS

42 13400 6700 6700 3836 - 225 450 1150 150 1450 250 1250
51 18200 9100 9100 3706 130 190 510 1600 180 1960 250 1700
52 19700 9850 9850 4248 130 190 510 1600 180 1960 250 1700
53 21100 10550 10550 4746 130 190 510 1600 180 1960 250 1700

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 281
Control panel dimensions, mm
300 600

A A
COOLING

BZ GL 43P
1300

Power
Power
supply Remote control
Section A-A supply
OD OD 22
OD3535
190

Rubber

80 80

282 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT HOT WATER-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16LJ 01-82

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 283
SINGLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS

16TJ
Nominal cooling capacity 350-2500 kW
COOLING

SUPER ABSORPTION

The Carrier Corporation has more than 100 years experience in providing HVAC systems and
equipment around the world and offers a complete product solutions for many different type of
applications: From residential to industrial.
Complete range
350 to 2500 kW For all cases where power grid is not available on site or either not extensively developed, or
where thermal energy sources (water or steam) are available on site, Carrier offers a complete
HFC-refrigerant range of absorption chillers.

free

Steam supply
pressure
50 to 100 kPa

284 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16TJ 11-53

Physical data
Single effect steam-fired absorption chillers

16TJ 11 12 13 14 21 22 23 24

Cooling capacity kW 352 422 527 633 738 844 985 1125
Chilled water system*
Flow rate l/s 15.1 18.2 22.7 27.3 31.7 36.4 42.5 48.3
Pressure drops kPa 50 51 64 67 60 64 42 45
Connection (ANSI) in 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6

COOLING
Retention volume m3 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.17 0.22 0.25 0.29 0.31
Cooling water system*
Flow rate l/s 22.7 27.3 34.2 40.8 47.8 54.4 63.6 72.8
Pressure drops kPa 34 37 32 36 32 35 65 70
Connection (ANSI) in 5 5 5 5 6 6 8 8
Retention volume m3 0.33 0.37 0.41 0.45 0.58 0.63 0.69 0.76
Steam system
Consumption kg/h 780 940 1170 1410 1640 1880 2190 2500
Steam inlet (ANSI) in 5 5 5 5 6 6 8 8
Drain outlet (ANSI) in 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2
Control valve in 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 4
Shutoff valve in 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 3 3 4
Dimensions
Length mm 2690 2690 3690 3690 3790 3790 4850 4850

HEATING HEATING
Height mm 2200 2200 2200 2200 2350 2350 2370 2370
Width mm 1400 1400 1400 1400 1560 1560 1560 1560
Tube removal space mm 2400 2400 3400 3400 3400 3400 4500 4500
Weight
Operating weight kg 4000 4300 5100 5400 6700 6900 7900 8300
Max shipping weight** kg 3500 3700 4500 4700 5800 6000 6900 7200
Power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50
Apparent power kVA 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.8 5.8 5.9 5.9
Total electric current A 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 8.8 8.8 8.9 8.9
Absorbent pump, power input kW 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
Absorbent pump, electric current A 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5
Refrigerant pump, power input kW 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3

Air treatment
Refrigerant pump, electric current A 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4
Purge pump, power input kW 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
Purge pump, electric current A 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
PD cell heater kW 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038
Control circuit kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

* In accordance with ARI 560 - 2000


12.2 / 6.7 °C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
29.4 / 38.4°C (fouling factor = 0.044 m2 K/kW)
Saturated steam 100 kPa
** All sizes shipped as one-piece

Notes: These performance data are provided to support early design activity. For selection outside ARI operating conditions contact Carrier.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 285
16TJ 31 32 41 42 51 52 53

Cooling capacity kW 1266 1407 1582 1758 1969 2215 2461


Chilled water system*
Flow rate l/s 54.4 60.6 68.1 75.8 84.7 95.3 106.1
Pressure drops kPa 48 51 44 39 35 47 61
Connection (ANSI) in 6 6 8 8 8 8 8
Retention volume m3 0.35 0.38 0.49 0.56 0.7 0.77 0.83
Cooling water system*
Flow rate l/s 81.7 90.8 102.2 113.6 127.2 143.1 158.9
Pressure drops kPa 54 57 59 63 39 52 68
Connection (ANSI) in 8 8 10 10 12 12 12
COOLING

Retention volume m3 0.98 1.05 1.31 1.41 1.98 2.13 2.28


Steam system
Consumption kg/h 2810 3120 3510 3900 4370 4920 5460
Steam inlet (ANSI) in 8 8 8 8 10 10 10
Drain outlet (ANSI) in 2 2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-1/2
Control valve in 4 4 4 4 4 5 5
Shutoff valve in 4 4 4 4 4 5 5
Dimensions
Length mm 4940 4940 4990 4990 5060 5600 6100
Height mm 2610 2610 2860 2860 3210 3210 3210
Width mm 1630 1630 1700 1700 1990 1990 1990
Tube removal space mm 4500 4500 4500 4500 4600 5200 5700
Weight
Operating weight kg 10300 10600 12500 12800 17500 18900 20200
Max shipping weight** kg 8900 9100 10700 10900 14800 16000 17100
Power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50
Apparent power kVA 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3
Total electric current A 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9
Absorbent pump, power input kW 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Absorbent pump, electric current A 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
Refrigerant pump, power input kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Refrigerant pump, electric current A 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Purge pump, power input kW 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
Purge pump, electric current A 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
PD cell heater kW 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038 0.038
Control circuit kW 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

* In accordance with ARI 560 - 2000


12.2 / 6.7 °C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
29.4 / 38.4°C (fouling factor = 0.044 m2 K/kW)
Saturated steam 100 kPa
** All sizes shipped as one-piece

Notes: These performance data are provided to support early design activity. For selection outside ARI operating conditions contact Carrier.

Nomenclature
16TJ - 11
Capacity code

Unit type: Single-effect, steam-fired absorption chillers

286 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16TJ 11-53

Component identification
1 2

COOLING
5

7
6

Legend
8
1. Condenser
2. Steam inlet
3. Generator
4. Chilled-water outlet
5. Control panel
6. Evaporator
7. Chilled-water inlet
8. Cooling water inlet

HEATING HEATING
9 10 9. Heat exchanger
10. Heat reclaimer
11. Absorber

11

Scope of supply
1. Standards met 5. Purge unit

Air treatment
The units comply with the following standards: -- Purge tank with ejector device
-- ARI 560-2000 -- Diaphram valves and piping with liquid trap
-- 2006/42/EC (machine directive) -- Pressure sensor
-- 2006/95/EC (low-voltage directive) -- Palladium cell with heater.
-- 2004/108/EC (electromagnetic compatibility directive) 6. Control panel
-- 97/23/EC (pressure equipment directive). -- Controller with data display
-- LEDs and operation buttons
2. Absorption chiller, comprising: -- Inverter for absorbent pump (option)
-- Circuit breaker
1. Lower shell
-- Transformer
-- Evaporator and refrigerant dispersion tray -- Relays and terminal blocks
-- Absorber and absorbent dispersion tray with -- Purge pump operation switch.
eliminators 7. Locally mounted parts
-- Bases.
-- Temperature sensors
2. Upper shell
-- Chilled-water flow switch.
-- Generator with eliminators 8. Interconnecting piping and wiring
-- Condenser with eliminators
-- Refrigerant and absorbent piping
-- Rupture disk.
CONTROLS

-- Internal power and control wiring.


3. Heat exchangers with refrigerant drain heat reclaimer
9. Initial charge
4. Pumps
-- Absorbent (lithium bromide)
-- Absorbent pump with isolating valves -- Refrigerant (water)
-- Refrigerant pump with isolating valves -- Inhibitor (lithium molybdate).
-- Purge pump.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 287
10. Painting 3. External wiring and piping for the chillers including
-- Main unit: Rust-preventive paint necessary parts
-- Control panel: Finish paint. 4. Insulation for the chillers including necessary parts.
11. Accessories 5. Finish painting of the chillers (if needed)
-- Operation manual 6. Cooling water entering temperature control device
-- Washer (for fixing foundation bolts)
7. Cooling water treatment device
-- Gasket and sealant for rupture disk
-- Purge pump oil 8. Various temperature/pressure gauges for steam and
-- Matching flanges, gaskets, bolts and nuts. water lines.
9. Cooling tower(s), chilled-water pump(s) and steam
3. Factory test control valve and steam shut-off valve
1. Check of external dimensions 10. Electric power supply (as specified)
2. Hydraulic pressure test of water headers Test pressure 11. S upply of chilled water, cooling water, steam and air*
COOLING

is 1.5 times of maximum working pressure at rated conditions


3. Vacuum-side leak test 12. Maintenance of the chiller
4. Electric insulation resistance test 13. N ecessary tools, labour and materials for installation
and site test operation
5. Dielectric breakdown test
14. A ny other item not specifically mentioned in the scope
6. Function test of electric circuit and safety devices
of supply
* If pneumatic steam valve control is used.
4. Scope of supply of the purchaser
1. Building and foundations
2. External chilled water, cooling water and steam piping
work including various safety valves, isolation valves,
mating flanges, gaskets, bolts and nuts, etc.

Scope of order
Item Standard Option
Chilled water
Temperature Entering: 12.2 °C, leaving: 5 °C through 12 °C
Leaving: 6.7 °C, temperature difference 3 K through 10 K
Flow rate 0.043 l/s x kW - Changes depending on chilled water
temperature difference (min 50%)
Max. working pressure 1034 kPa 1540 kPa, 2068 kPa
Hydraulic test pressure Max.working pressure x 1.5 Max working pressure x 1.5
Fouling factor 0.018 m2 K/kW Max. 0.18 m2 K/kW
Tube material Copper tube Cu Ni tube
Water quality Refer to JRA-GL02E-1994 No option
Structure of water header Removable type and epoxy treated No option
Manufacturing standard of water header Flanged ANSI No option
Cooling water
Temperature Entering: 29.4 °C
Leaving: 38.4 °C, entering: 20 °C through 33 °C
Flow rate 0.065 l/s per kW. Within the water flow rate range of each
model
Max. working pressure 1034 kPa 1540 kPa, 2068 kPa
Hydraulic test pressure Max. working pressure x 1.5
Fouling factor 0.044 m2 K/kW. Max. 0.18 m2 K/kW
Tube material Copper tube Cu Ni tube
Water quality Refer to JRA-GL02E-1994 No option
Structure of water header Hinged type and epoxy treated No option
Manufacturing standard of water header Flanges ANSI No option
Steam
Supply pressure 100 kPa, 50 kPa through 100 kPa, max. 5 K superheat
Specific steam consumption 2.22 kg/h/kW. Changes depend on the specifications.
Max. working pressure 146 kPa No option
Hydraulic test pressure Max. working pressure x 1.5 No option
Tube material 9/1 Copper nickel tube No option
Steam quality Refer to JIS-B-8223 No option
Manufacturing standard of water header Flanged ANSI No option

288 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16TJ 11-53

Item Standard Option


Electricity
Power supply 400 V - 3 phase - 50Hz Contact the Carrier representative
(Voltage control within ±10%, frequency control within ±5%)
Shipment One section Multi-shipment
Control
Safety functions Refrigerant temperature Cooling water flow switch
Chilled water freeze protection
Chilled water flow switch
Cooling water temperature
HT generator temperature
HT generator pressure
HT generator solution level

COOLING
Crystallisation protection
Motor protection
Capacity control Digital PID control by chilled-water temperature Inverter control of #1 absorbent pump
Parts Selected by Carrier No option
Control panel
Painting Munsell 5Y-7/1 No option
Indication lights Operation No option
Stop No option
Alarm No option
Display LED No option
External terminals Operation indication No option
(volt-free normally open contact) Stop indication
Alarm indication
Feedback indication
Cooling mode indication

HEATING HEATING
Structure Indoor type No option
Parts Selected by Carrier No option
Electrical wiring and piping
Wire: 600 V polyvinyl grade (chloride-insulated wires) No option
Pipe: Plicatube (flexible metal conduits) No option
Insulation condition
Place Indoor No option
Ambient temperature 5 °C through 40 °C No option
Ambient humidity Relative humidity: Max. 90 % at 45 °C No option
Atmosphere Be sure the following are not present: No option
- Corrosive gas
- Explosive gas
- Poisonous gas

Air treatment
Features and advantages
■■ The Carrier 16TJ single-effect absorption chillers are ■■ They reduce the contribution to global warming and
designed for cooling applications where low-pressure minimise the global impact by greatly reducing electricity
steam is available as waste heat. consumption and production of greenhouse gases.
■■ They can tie into district steam systems. ■■ The solution inhibitor has no impact on the environment.
■■ Carrier absorption chillers allow diversification of critical ■■ An absorption chiller does not utilise mechanical moving
cooling requirements. Critical cooling loads are met with parts, and this leads to quiet, vibration-free operation.
minimal electrical power input. ■■ The use of high-efficiency heat transfer surfaces has
■■ They allow smaller emergency generators compared to reduced the space required for installation of the
an electrical driven chiller. absorption chiller, resulting in a smaller footprint.
■■ The units are ozone-safe and CFC-free. Cooling
requirements are met without chlorine-based refrigerants.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 289
Controls
Expert self-diagnosis function Carrier control system
■■ The expert function is provided to monitor operating ■■ The Carrier control system surpasses other proportional
conditions, predict chiller information and maintain stable only control systems available today. The digital PID
operation. (proportional plus integral plus derivative) control
maximises unit performance by maintaining a ±0.5 K
Predictive maintenance information variance in leaving chilled-water temperature from the
setpoint. Proportional controls can typically only maintain
Graph 1 - Fouling of heat transfer tubes in cooling a ±1 K variance from the setpoint. The controller’s
water system innovative design also incorporates the ability to start
COOLING

and stop the system chilled and cooling water pumps.


During shutdown these pumps are sequenced to ensure
8
Maintenance line a complete dilution cycle.
Maintenance zone ■■ The leaving chilled-water temperature is measured every
Fouling factor

6
five seconds and steam input is changed according to the
gradient of the leaving chilled-water temperature curve.
4 System temperatures, setpoints, and operational records
Notice line
are displayed along with indicator lights for the chiller and
2 pumps.
Normal line
■■ The Carrier control system offers its users selfdiagnostics
0 by constantly monitoring the chiller status and will
0 20 40 60 80 100
automatically shut the chiller down if a fault occurs.
Cooling load factor (%)
The cause of shutdown will be retained in the memory
and can be displayed for immediate operator review.
The controller’s memory will also retain and display the
Graph 2 - Trend of absorbent concentration cause of the last three system fault conditions. This
method of retaining fault conditions is extremely useful for
8 maintaining an accurate record of unit performance and
Abnormal stop zone fault history.
7

6
Maintenance zone Display and control board
at cooling water 27 °C
Figure 2 - Indication lights
Concentrated indicator

Maintenance zone
5 at cooling water 31 °C
8
4

3
Normal line
at cooling water 31 °C
2 1
Normal line
1 at cooling water 27 °C 2
STOP RUN

0 CHILLER / HEATER

0 20 40 60 80 100 #1ABS PUMP


#2ABS PUMP

Cooling load factor (%) REF PUMP


SET BACK
7 PURGE PUMP

4
8 REMOTE

Graph 3 - Vacuum condition monitoring 9


STAND BY
DILUTION
BUZZER STOP LOCAL
SAFETY CIRCUIT

10 CHILLER ALARM
STOP
OPERATION
RUN

5
1.0 POWER
Pressure increase indicator

Maintenance zone 3
at storage tank

0.6 Legend
Notice Name LED colour
zone 1. Operation indication light Green
2. Stop indication light Orange
3. Alarm indication light Red
4. Remote/local select button with Green
Normal zone LED Green
5. Operation select button with LED 7 segment LED (red)
6. Data display Green
0 7. Stand-by indication light Green
0 20 60 80 100 8. Dilution indication light Green
Storage ratio (%) 9. Safety circuit indication light Orange
10. Power indication light Green
GL. Purge indication light
43P. Purge pump on-off switch
Legend 43ES. Emergency stop switch
1. Storage tank
2. Diluted solution
3. Purge nozzle
4. Pd cell
5. Pressure sensor

290 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16TJ 11-53

Fast digital PID control Graph 5 - Steam valve opening control


The introduction of new digital PID control stabilises the Variable (5-30 minutes) Example:

chilled water temperature with high accuracy. It quickly 15 minutes


responds to the load fluctuation and supplies stable chilled 30 minutes
water temperature. It is suitable for air-conditioning intelligent
buildings which require sophisticated control. Steam consumption

Saving energy with the inverter

Temperature (°C)

Steam control opening ratio (%)


Steam control valve
(option) opening ratio

Steam consumption (%)


Balancing the load and flow rate with the absorbent pump’s Cooling water entering temp.
inverter control enables efficient and energy-saving operation. Chilled water entering temp.
As a result, it reduces input energy and electric power

COOLING
consumption. Running cost is decreased by 5% compared to Setting
7 °C
non-inverter control. Chilled water leaving temp.

Graph 4 - Running cost curve


Time
(minutes)

100

Expansion of safe operating zone


80 ■■ This ensures quick response to rapid changes and
maintains stable operation.
Energy consumption ratio (%)

Non-inverter
control
■■ The safe operating zone is between 19 °C and 34 °C
60 cooling water temperature (for a nominal cooling water
entering temperature of 32 °C).

40
Graph 6 - Safe operating zone chart

HEATING HEATING
Inverter
control
20 100
Maximum input (%)

80

0 60
20 40 60 80 100
Cooling load factor (%) 40
Notes:
1. Chilled-water leaving temperature 7 °C constant 20
2. Cooling water entering temperature:

0
Load factor (%) Temperature (°C) H--13 H--4 H H+2

100 32 Cooling water entering temperature (°C)

Air treatment
50 27 H = 32 °C (variable from 20 °C to 33 °C)

30 25

Crystallisation protection
Purge system ■■ A microprocessor monitors the absorbent concentration.
■■ The high-performance purge system maintains Steam supply is stopped, and the unit is returned to
the required operating pressure, preserves chiller normal operation, when the concentration is over a
performance characteristics, minimises chiller certain limit, to prevent the crystallisation of absorbent.
maintenance to one purge operation per season (for year-
round operation).

Steam valve opening control


■■ At the start-up, the opening angle of the steam control
valve is controlled in three stages, reducing the amount
of steam and the time needed to reach the desired level,
compared with the previous model.
CONTROLS

■■ Adjusting the opening speed of the steam control valve


at the second and third stage, it is possible to set up the
most suitable conditions for the site auxiliary equipment.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 291
Dimensions/clearances
16TJ 11 through 16TJ 12

745

1896

2226
NOTES

230
129
0
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER 800 780
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE Wire connection
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER. OD 35 hole

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) 170
0 0
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM
COOLING

265
¥TOP :200 MM
¥OTHERS:500 MM 2400

0
60
Tube removal

R
1400(W) 2690(L)

Steam inlet 5 inch Rupture Disk


2125 2075 2 inch 2085
COW outlet 5 inch
1995
1900

Drain outlet
1-1/2 inch
1410
¥
• £

CHW outlet 4 inch


1263
2200(H)

CHW inlet 4 inch


923
785
COW inlet 5 inch
595

300

0 0 0
0
910
882

190

250

200
180

2076

2310
0

Steam inlet Drain outlet COW inlet


CHW in/out COW outlet

16TJ 13 through 16TJ 14


2916

3146
2983
330

745
0

800 780

Wire connection
170 OD 35 hole
0 0

265

3400
0
60

Tube removal
R

1400(W)
3690(L)

Steam inlet 5 inch


2125 2085
COW outlet 5 inch 2075
1995
1900 Rupture Disk
2 inch

Drain outlet
1-1/2 inch • •¥ £
1410
CHW outlet 4 inch
1263
2200(H)

PURGE PURGE PUMP

CHW inlet 4 inch


923
785
COW inlet 5 inch
595

300

0 0 0
0
200
180
0

3271
3096
3116
910
882

250
190

COW inlet
Steam inlet CHW outlet CHW inlet
Drain outlet
COW outlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

292 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16TJ 11-53

16TJ 21 through 16TJ 22

2866
2962
3141
355

870
NOTES

0
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS. 1000
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER 926
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY Wire connection


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) 270 OD 35 hole
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE 0 22
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM 0
¥TOP :200 MM 245
¥OTHERS:500 MM
0 3400
60
R
Tube removal

COOLING
1560(W) 3790(L)

Steam inlet 6 inch


2295 2255
COW outlet 6 inch 2210
2135 RuptureDisk
2 inch
1900

Drain outlet
1510
1-1/2 inch
CHW outlet 5 inch
¥
• £

1346
2350(H)

PURGE PURGE PUMP

CHW inlet 5 inch


1006
835
COW inlet 6 inch
605

300

0
0 0
0
0

237
220
250

285

3084
3103
1065
1090

3281
COW inlet
Steam inlet

HEATING HEATING
Drain outlet COW outlet
CHW outlet
COW outlet

16TJ 23 through 16TJ 24


3312

3886

4189
1090
355

1000
926

Wire connection
270 OD 35 hole

0 22
0
245

Air treatment
4500
0
60

Tube removal
R

1560(W) 4850(L)

Steam inlet 8 inch RuptureDisk


2295 2255
COW outlet 8 inch 2210 2 inch
2135

1900

Drain outlet
1-1/2 inch
1510
• •¥ £
CHW outlet 6 inch
1333
2370(H)

PURGE PURGE PUMP

CHW inlet 6 inch


1019
835
COW inlet 8 inch
605

300

0
0 0
CONTROLS
0

220
250

285

4104

4354
1065
1090

250

COW inlet
Steam inlet Drain outlet COW outlet
CHW in/out

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 293
16TJ 31 through 16TJ 32

1075

3315

3836

4164
380

0
NOTES
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
1100
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS. 1022
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.
Wire connection
(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY 270
OD 35 hole
CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM) 65
0 0
(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE 225
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM
4500
¥TOP :200 MM

0
60
¥OTHERS:500 MM
Tube removal

R
COOLING

4940(L)
1630(W)

Steam inlet 8 inch 2545 Rupture Disk


2495 2500
COW outlet 8 inch 2 inch
2365

Drain outlet
2 inch
1660
CHW outlet 6 inch 1550
1476
2610(H)

¥
• £

CHW inlet 6 inch


1066

815
COW inlet 8 inch
611

250

0 0 0
0
260

335
1170
1156

270

4105
4329
0
275

Steam inlet Drain outlet


CHW in/out COW inlet COW outlet

16TJ 41 through 16TJ 42


3315

3836

4164
1075
380

1150 1110

Wire connection
275
OD 35 hole
0 50
0
240
4500
0

Tube removal
60
R

4990(L)
1700(W)

Steam inlet 8 inch


2805 2755 2780
COW outlet 10 inch
2595 Rupture Disk
2 inch

Drain outlet
2-1/2 inch
1810
CHW outlet 8 inch
1612
1550
2860(H)

CHW inlet 8 inch


¥
• £

1142

820
COW inlet 10 inch
577

250

0 0 0
0
275

350

301
269
1255
1221

4105

4335
0

Steam inlet Drain outlet COW inlet


CHW in/out COW outlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

294 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16TJ 11-53

16TJ 51
NOTES

3402

3836
3966

4266
1160
315

130
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.

0
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
1600
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE 1410
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM)

(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE Wire connection


450
¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM OD 35 hole
¥TOP :200 MM 173
¥OTHERS:500 MM 0
0
140

00
4600

R6
Tube removal

COOLING
5060(L)
1990(W)
Steam inlet 10 inch 3158 Rupture Disk 3100
COW outlet 12 inch 3038 2 inch
2947

Drain outlet
2-1/2 inch
2010
CHW outlet 8 inch
1760
3210(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch


¥
• £

1170

880
COW inlet 12 inch
651

250

0 0 0
435

250
1700

4206
240
0

Steam inlet Drain outlet CHW in/out COW outlet

HEATING HEATING
COW inlet

16TJ 52
1160

3402

4378
4508

4808
315

130
0

1600
1410

Wire connection
450
OD 35 hole
173
0
140 0
00

5200
R6

Air treatment
Tube removal

5600(L)
1990(W)

Steam inlet 10 inch 3158 Rupture Disk 3100


COW outlet 12 inch 3038 2 inch
2947

Drain outlet
2-1/2 inch
2010
CHW outlet 8 inch
1760
3210(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch


¥
• £

1170

880
COW inlet 12 inch
651

250

0 0 0
435

250
1700

4748
240
0

CONTROLS

Steam inlet Drain outlet CHW in/out COW outlet


COW inlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 295
16TJ 53
NOTES

1160

3402

4876
5006

5306
315

130
(1) DIMENSIONS (L),(W),(H),ARE FOR STANDARD MACHINE.

0
THE DIMENSIONS ARE CHANGED BY PARTS ADDED.
(2) INDICATES THE POSITION OF ANCHOR BOLTS.
(3) CLEARANCE SPACE MUST BE SAVED EITHER SIDE OF THE CHILLER
1600
(4) MATING FLANGE OF ALL EXTERNAL WATER PIPING ARE
1410
PROVIDE WELDED ANSI 150LB FLANGE WITH CHILLER.

(5) INDICATES THE POSITION OF THE POWER SUPPLY


CONNECTION ON CONTROL PANEL.(DIA. 35 MM)

(6) INSTALLATION CLEARANCE Wire connection


¥LONGITUDINAL DISTANCE:1000 MM 450
OD 35 hole
¥TOP :200 MM 173
¥OTHERS:500 MM 0
0
140

0
R60
5700
Tube removal
COOLING

6100(L)
1990(W)
Steam inlet 10 inch 3158
3038
Rupture Disk 3100
COW outlet 12 inch 2947 2 inch

Drain outlet
2-1/2 inch
2010
CHW outlet 8 inch
1760
3210(H)

1550

CHW inlet 8 inch


¥
• £

1170

880
COW inlet 12 inch
651

250

0 0 0

5251
435

250
1701

240
0

Steam inlet Drain outlet CHW in/out COW outlet


COW inlet

Note: Dimensions are for guidance only. Always refer to the certified drawings supplied upon request when designing an installation.

296 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16TJ 11-53

Foundation dimensions, mm
Figure 3 - 16TJ-11 through 16TJ-42 Figure 5 - 16TJ-51 through 16TJ-53

D D
C J

F
AA

BB AA
BB

G
E
K

E
K

COOLING
C

A
150

B A B

150
Figure 4 - Details of weld
Nut
Washer
Weld Base
80

HEATING HEATING
A

A = 150 mm and more

Notes: 4. The floor surface should be made waterproof to facilitate maintenance work.
1. The machine base has ø50-mm hole for the anchor bolt. 5. The surface of the foundation should be made flat.
2. The anchor bolt should be fixed as shown in the detail drawing.Washer should be 6. Anchor bolts and nuts are to be supplied by customer.
welded to the base (see Fig. 4)
3. There should be a drain channel around the foundation.

Dimensional data

Air treatment
16TJ Weight, kg Dimensions. mm
AA + BB AA BB A B C D E F G J K
11 3800 1900 1900 1890 -- 175 360 800 150 1100 160 900
12 4000 2000 2000 1890 -- 175 360 800 150 1100 160 900
13 4900 2450 2450 2916 -- 175 360 800 150 1100 160 900
14 5100 2550 2550 2916 -- 175 360 800 150 1100 160 900
21 6200 3100 3100 2866 -- 200 400 1000 150 1300 200 1100
22 6500 3250 3250 2866 -- 200 400 1000 150 1300 200 1100
23 7600 3800 3800 3886 -- 200 400 1000 150 1300 200 1100
24 8000 4000 4000 3886 -- 200 400 1000 150 1300 200 1100
31 9800 4900 4900 3836 -- 225 450 1100 150 1400 250 1200
32 10200 5100 5100 3836 -- 225 450 1100 150 1400 250 1200
41 11800 5900 5900 3836 -- 225 450 1150 150 1450 250 1250
CONTROLS

42 12300 6150 6150 3836 -- 225 450 1150 150 1450 250 1250
51 16900 8450 8450 3706 130 190 510 1600 180 1960 250 1700
52 18300 9150 9150 4248 130 190 510 1600 180 1960 250 1700
53 19600 9800 9800 4746 130 190 510 1600 180 1960 250 1700

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 297
Control panel dimensions, mm
300 600

A A
COOLING

BZ GL 43P
1300

Power
Power
supply Remote control
Section A-A supply
OD OD 22
OD 35
35
190

Rubber

80 80

298 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
SINGLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16TJ 11-53

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 299
DOUBLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS

16NK
Nominal cooling capacity 345 to 4652 kW
COOLING

SUPER ABSORPTION

Eighteen sizes with nominal cooling capacities from 345 to 4652 kW.

The 16NK absorption chillers are designed for cooling applications where low-pressure steam
is available as waste heat.

Minimises global warming effect by greatly reducing power consumption and eliminating the
generation of greenhouse gases.

Allows diversification of critical cooling requirements. Critical cooling loads are met with
minimal electrical power input.

Allows use of smaller emergency generators since the electrical load associated with an
absorption chiller is minimal.

300 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
DOUBLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16NK 11-81

Physical data
16NK 11 12 13 21 22 31 32 41 42

Cooling capacity kW 345 447 549 689 861 1034 1238 1378 1551
Chilled water system*
Flow rate l/s 14.8 19.2 23.6 29.7 37.2 44.4 53.3 59.4 66.7
Pressure drop kPa 44 64 64 57 42 41 49 46 41
Connection (ANSI) in 4 4 4 5 6 6 6 8 8
Retention volume m3 0.13 0.15 0.17 0.24 0.28 0.34 0.36 0.46 0.48
Cooling water system*

COOLING
Flow rate l/s 24.7 31.9 39.4 49.4 61.9 74.2 88.9 98.9 111.4
Pressure drop kPa 68 40 49 109 74 53 65 67 73
Connection (ANSI) in 5 5 5 6 8 8 8 10 10
Retention volume m 3
0.34 0.38 0.42 0.58 0.63 0.89 0.95 1.11 1.9
Steam system Saturated steam 784 kPa
Consumption kg/h 400 510 630 790 980 1180 1410 1570 1770
Dimensions mm
Length A 2810 3850 3850 3880 4920 5040 5040 5100 5100
Height B 2200 2200 2200 2250 2250 2390 2390 2600 2600
Width C 2050 1910 1910 2240 2070 2170 2170 2400 2400
Operating weight kg 4600 5800 6100 7500 8800 11200 11800 13900 14500
Power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50
Total current drawn A 10.8 10.8 10.8 13.3 13.3 13.6 13.6 20.7 20.7

HEATING HEATING
16NK 51 52 53 61 62 63 71 72 81

Cooling capacity kW 1723 1927 2170 2412 2757 3101 3446 3963 4652
Chilled water system*
Flow rate l/s 74.2 83.1 93.9 103.9 118.6 133.6 148.3 170.6 200.3
Pressure drop kPa 98 46 61 123 83 78 54 81 84
Connection (ANSI) in 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 14
Retention volume m3 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.99 1.06 1.13 1.41 1.61 1.94
Cooling water system*
Flow rate l/s 123.6 138.3 155.6 173.1 197.8 222.5 247.2 284.4 333.9

Air treatment
Pressure drop kPa 53 71 94 61 83 111 77 113 122
Connection (ANSI) in 12 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 16
Retention volume m3 1.87 2.01 2.14 2.79 2.97 3.15 3.67 4.11 4.76
Steam system Saturated steam 784 kPa
Consumption kg/h 1960 2200 2470 2750 3140 3530 3920 4510 5300
Dimensions mm
Length A 5330 5870 6370 6100 6190 6710 6440 7460 7460
Height B 2900 2900 2900 3330 3330 3330 3450 3450 3650
Width C 2770 2800 2800 2970 3000 3000 3300 3300 3500
Operating weight kg 18800 20800 22300 26500 30000 32100 38000 42300 47300
Power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50
Total current drawn A 22.7 24.5 24.5 25.5 25 25 33.5 33.5 33.5

Cooling per ARI 560 2000:


* 12.2 —> 6.7°C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
** 29.4 —> 35.4°C (fouling factor = 0.044 m2 K/kW)
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 301
Features and advantages
■■ Eighteen sizes with nominal cooling capacities from 345 ■■ Reduced noise and vibration levels. The absorption chiller
to 4652 kW. does not use a large motor-compressor, leading to quiet,
■■ The 16NK absorption chillers are designed for cooling vibration-free operation.
applications where low-pressure steam is available as ■■ Small footprint. The high efficiency associated with
waste heat. double-effect chillers results in a reduction of the required
■■ Can tie into district steam systems. installation space.
■■ Allows diversification of critical cooling requirements. ■■ Auto-diagnosis system monitors operating conditions,
Critical cooling loads are met with minimal electrical predicts chiller information and maintains stable operation.
power input. ■■ Advanced high-precision control system.
COOLING

■■ Allows use of smaller emergency generators since the ■■ Absorption pump with inverter control for efficient,
electrical load associated with an absorption chiller is energy-saving operation.
minimal. ■■ High-performance purge system minimises maintenance
■■ Ozone-friendly and CFC-free. requirements.
■■ Minimises global warming effect by greatly reducing ■■ State-of-the-art protection devices guarantee enhanced
power consumption and eliminating the generation of operating safety.
greenhouse gases.

Controls
Display and control board
8

B
1

2
STOP RUN
CHILLER / HEATER
#1ABS PUMP
#2ABS PUMP
5
REF PUMP
SET BACK
9 PURGE PUMP

6
10
A
BURNER
REMOTE

STAND BY COOLING
11 DILUTION HEATING
BUZZER STOP LOCAL
SAFETY CIRCUIT
COMBUSTION

12 CHILLER/HEATER ALARM
STOP
OPERATION
RUN 4
BURNER ALARM

C POWER 7
3

1 Operation indication
2 Stop indication
3 Alarm indication
4 Combustion indication
5 Cooling/heating indication
6 Remote/local select button
7 Operation mode selection
8 Data display
9 Stand-by indication
10 Dilution indication
11 Safety circuit indication
12 Power indication

302 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
DOUBLE-EFFECT STEAM-FIRED ABSORPTION CHILLERS
16NK 11-81

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 303
DIRECT-FIRED DOUBLE-EFFECT ABSORPTION CHILLERS/ HEATERS

16DJ
Nominal cooling capacity 352 to 5274 kW
COOLING

SUPER ABSORPTION

Twenty-three sizes with nominal cooling capacities from 352 to 5274 kW and heating
capacities from 268 to 4026 kW.

The 16DJ absorption chillers/heaters offer building owners a better solution for many new and
retrofit applications. Installation of a direct-fired chiller/heater eliminates the need for a boiler,
reducing the initial cost of the system.

Allows diversification of critical cooling requirements. Critical loads are met with minimal
electrical power input.

Allows use of smaller emergency generators since the electrical load associated with an
absorption chiller is minimal.

Reduced noise and vibration levels. The absorption chiller does not use a large motor-
compressor, leading to quiet, vibration-free operation.

304 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
DIRECT-FIRED DOUBLE-EFFECT ABSORPTION
CHILLERS/ HEATERS  16DJ 11-82

Physical data
16DJ 11 12 13 14 21 22 23 24 31 32 41 42

Cooling capacity kW 352 422 527 633 738 844 985 1125 1266 1407 1582 1758
Heating capacity kW 268 322 403 483 564 644 751 859 966 1074 1208 1342
Chilled/hot-water system*
Flow rate l/s 15.1 18.2 22.7 27.3 31.8 36.3 42.4 48.4 54.5 60.6 68.1 75.7
Pressure drop kPa 70 71 90 94 85 89 61 65 69 72 62 65
Connection (ANSI) in 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8
Retention volume m3 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.17 0.22 0.24 0.28 0.3 0.34 0.36 0.46 0.48

COOLING
Cooling water system*
Flow rate l/s 25.2 30.3 37.9 45.4 53 60.6 70.7 80.7 90.8 100.9 113.6 126.2
Pressure drop kPa 33 36 50 56 43 46 88 94 76 80 85 89
Connection (ANSI) in 5 5 5 5 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10
Retention volume m3 0.31 0.34 0.38 0.42 0.53 0.58 0.63 0.69 0.89 0.95 1.11 1.19
Fuel type Natural gas
Consumption (cooling/ kW 320 384 479 575 671 767 895 1023 1151 1279 1438 1598
heating)**
Dimensions mm
Length A 3080 3080 3810 3810 3980 3980 4980 4980 5000 5000 5040 5040
Height B 1960 1960 1960 1960 2160 2160 2160 2160 2390 2390 2600 2600
Width C 1810 1810 1910 1910 2090 2090 2130 2130 2290 2290 2490 2490
Operating weight kg 5200 5500 6600 7100 8300 8800 10100 10700 13200 13900 16300 17100
Power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50

HEATING HEATING
Total current drawn A 10.8 10.8 10.8 16.3 16.3 16.3 19.2 19.2 19.2 19.2 26 32.9

16DJ 51 52 53 61 62 63 71 72 73 81 82

Cooling capacity kW 1969 2215 2461 2813 3165 3516 3868 4220 4571 4923 5274
Heating capacity kW 1503 1691 1879 2147 2415 2684 2952 3221 3489 3757 4026
Chilled/hot-water system*
Flow rate l/s 84.8 95.4 106 121.2 136.3 151.4 166.5 181.7 196.8 212 227.1
Pressure drop kPa 56 75 98 69 91 120 74 94 116 94 115
Connection (ANSI) in 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14
Retention volume m3 0.65 0.71 0.77 0.99 1.06 1.13 1.41 1.51 1.61 1.83 1.94

Air treatment
Cooling water system*
Flow rate l/s 141.3 159 176.6 201.9 227.1 252.3 277.6 302.8 328 353.3 378.5
Pressure drop kPa 68 92 121 83 112 146 90 115 142 117 142
Connection (ANSI) in 12 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16
Retention volume m3 1.87 2.01 2.14 2.79 2.97 3.15 3.67 3.9 4.11 4.51 4.76
Fuel type Natural gas
Consumption (cooling/ kW 1790 2014 2237 2557 2877 3196 3516 3836 4155 4475 4795
heating)**
Dimensions mm
Length A 5310 5850 6350 6110 6600 7130 6490 7020 7520 7010 7510
Height B 2900 2900 2900 3330 3330 3330 3450 3450 3450 3650 3650
Width C 2990 2990 2990 3250 3250 3250 4100 4100 4100 4450 4450
Operating weight kg 22800 24600 26300 32700 35200 37900 46100 49500 52500 57200 60200
Power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50
Total current drawn A 34.9 34.9 34.9 41.4 48.7 56.7 58.7 58.7 66.8 68.8 68.8
CONTROLS

* Cooling per ARI 560 2000:


12.2 —> 6.7°C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)
29.4 —> 35.3°C (fouling factor = 0.044 m2 K/kW)

Heating:
55.8 —> 60°C (fouling factor = 0.0176 m2 K/kW)

** Consumption in Nm3/h of gas = Consumption


High gas calorific value (kW/h/Nm3)

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 305
Features and advantages
■■ Twenty-three sizes with nominal cooling capacities from ■■ Reduced noise and vibration levels. The absorption chiller
352 to 5274 kW and heating capacities from 268 to does not use a large motor-compressor, leading to quiet,
4026 kW. vibration-free operation.
■■ The 16DJ absorption chillers/heaters offer building owners ■■ Small footprint. The high efficiency associated with
a better solution for many new and retrofit applications. double-effect chillers results in reducing the required
Installation of a direct-fired chiller/heater eliminates the installation space.
need for a boiler, reducing the initial cost of the system. ■■ Auto-diagnosis system monitors operating conditions,
■■ Excellent for peak shaving during high electrical demand predicts chiller information and maintains stable operation.
periods. ■■ Advanced high-precision control system.
■■ Allows diversification of critical cooling requirements.
COOLING

■■ Absorption pump with inverter control for efficient,


Critical loads are met with minimal electrical power input. energy-saving operation.
■■ Allows use of smaller emergency generators since the ■■ High-performance purge system minimises maintenance
electrical load associated with an absorption chiller is requirements.
minimal.
■■ State-of-the-art protection devices guarantee enhanced
■■ Ozone-friendly and CFC-free. operating safety.
■■ Minimises global warming effect by greatly reducing
power consumption.

Controls
C Display and control board
8

2
STOP RUN
CHILLER / HEATER
#1ABS PUMP
#2ABS PUMP
5
B 9
REF PUMP
PURGE PUMP
SET BACK

6
10 BURNER
REMOTE

STAND BY COOLING
11 DILUTION HEATING
BUZZER STOP LOCAL
SAFETY CIRCUIT
COMBUSTION

12 CHILLER/HEATER ALARM
STOP
OPERATION
RUN 4
BURNER ALARM
POWER 7
3

1 Operation indication
2 Stop indication
A 3 Alarm indication
4 Combustion indication
5 Cooling/heating indication
6 Remote/local select button
7 Operation mode selection
8 Data display
9 Stand-by indication
10 Dilution indication
11 Safety circuit indication
12 Power indication

306 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
DIRECT-FIRED DOUBLE-EFFECT ABSORPTION
CHILLERS/ HEATERS  16DJ 11-82

COOLING
HEATING HEATING
Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 307
d e s i g n i n g i n n o v a t i v e s o l u t i o n s

A i r c o n d i t i o n i n g S O L U TION S

Simplicity or I N T E LLI G E N C E ?
Aquasnap® with greenspeed® Intelligence,
Bec ause you should not have to choose.

Since Willis Carrier developed the world’s first modern air conditioning system
in 1902, Carrier’s engineering teams have been designing advanced solutions for your
 nhanced chiller
E
business. And because you should not have to choose between simplicity or
energy efficiency
intelligence, Carrier incorporated the experience, efficiency and adaptability of the
 asy to install
E AquaSnap range with the smartest innovative technology: Greenspeed intelligence.
and compact
The 30RBM and 30RBP units are the ultimate solutions for industrial and commercial
Acoustic comfort applications where maximum adaptability and high efficiency are required.

Advanced control

Adaptability

www.carrier.com
d e s i g n i n g i n n o v a t i v e s o l u t i o n s

The art
of the invisible
PRESERVING THE ARTWORK OF THE SISTINE CHAPEL: Our aim now is not restoration,
A MASTERPIECE OF TECHNOLOGY BY CARRIER but conservation. This is why
we have chosen Carrier, because
Every year, approximately 6 million people visit the Sistine Chapel to view a masterpiece like the Sistine Chapel
Michelangelo’s frescoes. Since their completion more than 500 years ago, the Sistine needs a comparable masterpiece
Chapel has welcomed an increasing number of visitors, bringing with them heat, of technology. Excellence chose
humidity, dust and CO2. Faced with substantial damage, the museum’s curators excellence.”
sounded the alarm, calling on Carrier to provide a solution to save this historic
masterpiece. Carrier’s expert teams worked closely with the Vatican to design a Professor Antonio Paolucci,
Director of the Vatican Museums
system that both cools and preserves the Sistine Chapel.
The result is a unique and innovative system that maintains optimal
climate conditions within the chapel, preserving the past for the benefit of
generations to come. Discover the story of this extraordinary
project on www.youtube.com/UTCBIS
Air 483

treatment Cooling Heating Fresh


capacity, capacity, Air flow,
Type Range kW kW l/s Page
Hybrid Terminal NEW 36XB 0.27-2 0.25-8 8-42 484

Cooling Heating
capacity, capacity, Air flow,
Type Range kW kW l/s Page
Chilled-water terminal units
Cassette Cabinet Concealed Ducted
X 42GW 1.6-8.7 2.2-14.5 100-400 488
X X 42N 0.8-6.4 1.1-9.5 35-422 502
X 42EM 0.7-6.8 1.1-7.8 66-237 522
X NEW 42NH 4-12.6 5.1-17.5 147-597 536
X 42DW 4.4-11.7 6.5-19.8 220-726 546
X 42BJ 0.5-4.9 0.5-5.8 16-200 560
X 42GM 2.2 1.7 94 572
X 42GR 3.1 2.9-3.5 103-109 576
Air systems and terminal units

Air treatment
Linear air diffusers: Moduboot 35BD/SR - - 28-180 586
System-powered linear VAV air diffusors:
Moduline 37AG - - 19-173 590
37AH - - 47-236 590
37AS - - 19-78 590
Air handling units
Compact heat recovery units 39SQ - - 400-7300 594
Standard units 39SQC/R/P - - 200-8200 598
Standard energy recovery units 39HQ - - 1500-35000 604
Modular units 39MQ - - - 608

Cooling Heating
capacity, capacity, Air flow,
CONTROLS

Type Refrigerant Range kW kW l/s Page


Split systems
Outdoor units, axial fan R-410A 38RBS 40 - 162 - - 612
Rooftop units R-410A 48/50 UA/UH 44-115 44-112 2528-5550 620

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
HYBRID Terminal

36XB NEW

The 36XB Hybrid Terminal combines the advantages of both chilled beams and fan coils:
energy efficiency, high levels of comfort, extremely low noise and high indoor air quality.
Air treatment

The low height profile (<200mm) of the unit facilitates installation in low height ceilings and
allows increased room heights for refurbishment projects.

Unit aesthetics can be tailored to suit site specific ceiling layouts, colour schemes and return
air grill design.

Unlike conventional chilled beams, the Carrier 36XB Hybrid terminal is fitted with a coil
condensate drain pan as standard. Even if the cooling coil is supplied with chilled water at
6°C, there is no danger of condensate falling into the occupied space.

484 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
HYBRID Terminal  36XB

Physical data
Cooling capacities
Room Temperature: Dry bulb = 27°C and humidity = 47% - Fresh air temperature 14°C
Chilled water temperature 7-12°C Chilled water temperature 14-17°C
Air Noise
LEC Total Sensible Coil Water Total Sensible Coil Water Fan pres- Pres-
Air Fan cooling cooling Water pressure cooling cooling Water pressure consump- sure sure Noise
flow speed capacity capacity flow drop capacity capacity flow drop tion drop level level
m3/h V W W l/h KPa W W l/h KPa W Pa dB(A)* NR*
30 0 269 249 43 1 256 252 36 1 0 9 < 20 < 20
2 537 416 68 2 330 325 58 1 3.7 10 < 20 < 20
5 891 672 130 4 508 503 108 3 5.7 11 32 27
8 1297 977 202 10 719 714 169 7 10.6 14 44 39
60 0 753 609 83 2 504 499 68 1 0 28 < 20 < 20
2 830 664 97 2 542 537 79 2 3.7 29 < 20 < 20
5 1145 895 151 6 703 697 126 4 5.7 30 32 27
8 1465 1136 205 10 870 865 173 7 10.6 32 44 39
90 0 1107 902 122 4 748 743 101 2 0 57 < 20 < 20
3 1128 917 126 4 759 754 104 3 3.7 57 < 20 < 20
5 1414 1129 173 7 906 901 144 5 5.7 59 32 27
8 1698 1346 223 12 1055 1051 187 9 10.6 61 44 39
120 0 1443 1184 158 6 985 989 130 4 0 98 35 30
2 1508 1233 169 7 1018 1013 140 5 3.7 98 35 30
5 1730 1401 205 10 1135 1130 173 7 5.7 99 35 30
8 1987 1600 252 15 1271 1268 212 11 10.6 100 45 40
150 0 1767 1460 191 9 1217 1212 158 6 0 149 41 36
2 1797 1484 194 9 1233 1228 162 7 3.7 149 41 36
5 1980 1624 227 12 1329 1325 191 9 5.7 150 42 37
8 2194 1791 263 71 1444 1441 223 12 10.6 151 46 41
Preliminary Data :
* Sound Level guidance with acoustic atenuation -9 dB(A)

Heating capacities
Room Temperature: 20°C - Fresh air temperature 20°C
Hot water temperature 70-50°C Hot water temperature 45-40°C
Air Noise
LEC Total Coil Water Total Coil Water Fan pres- Pres-
Air Fan heating Water flow pressure heating Water flow pressure consump- sure sure Noise
flow speed capacity l/h drop capacity l/h drop tion drop level level
m3/h V W KPa W KPa W Pa dB(A)* NR*

Air treatment
30 0 444 18 1 241 43 1 0 9 < 20 < 20
2 718 32 1 390 68 1 3.7 10 < 20 < 20
5 1365 61 1 749 130 4 5.7 11 32 27
8 2127 94 2 1179 205 9 10.6 14 44 39
60 0 873 40 1 475 83 2 0 28 < 20 < 20
2 1009 43 1 551 97 1 3.7 29 < 20 < 20
5 1593 68 1 877 151 5 5.7 30 32 27
8 2195 97 2 1219 212 9 10.6 32 44 39
90 0 1275 58 1 699 122 3 0 57 < 20 < 20
3 1316 61 1 722 126 4 3.7 57 < 20 < 20
5 1849 83 2 1021 176 7 5.7 59 32 27
8 2383 104 2 1327 230 11 10.6 61 44 39
120 0 1654 72 1 912 158 6 0 98 35 30
2 1777 79 1 981 169 6 3.7 98 35 30
5 2195 97 2 1219 212 9 5.7 99 35 30
8 2684 119 3 1500 259 13 10.6 100 45 40
CONTROLS

150 0 2013 90 2 1115 194 8 0 149 41 36


2 2070 94 2 1148 198 8 3.7 149 41 36
5 2416 104 3 1346 234 11 5.7 150 42 37
8 2829 126 3 1583 274 15 10.6 151 46 41
Preliminary Data :
* Sound Level guidance with acoustic atenuation -9 dB(A)

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 485
Options
Communicating controller Aquasmart System Manager
■■ BMS compatible controller
■■ For 2 pipe, 2 pipe + electric heater and 4 pipe
applications
■■ Aquasmart Evolution System compatible
■■ Variable fan speed control, demand based ventilation
(CO2 monitoring) and coil condensation control.
■■ Integrated window blind and lighting control.
■■ Motorised blinds & lighting control

Features and advantages


Features Principals of Operation
■■ The 36XB Hybrid Terminal combines the advantages of ■■ Primary ventilation air is supplied to each unit inducing
both chilled beams and fan coils: energy efficiency, high secondary (room) air flow over the cooling / heating coil
levels of comfort, extremely low noise and high indoor air without the need to run the unit fan.
quality. ■■ During periods of peak demand, the unit fan may be
■■ The low height profile (<200mm) of the unit facilitates energised to increase secondary air flow hence and
installation in low height ceilings and allows increased boosting the unit cooling / heating output.
room heights for refurbishment projects. ■■ Unique Carrier supply air diffuser design ensures
■■ Unit aesthetics can be tailored to suit site specific ceiling excellent air distribution, no ‘dumping’ and minimal room
layouts, colour schemes and return air grill design. temperature gradients in both cooling and heating.
■■ Unlike conventional chilled beams, the Carrier 36XB ■■ The primary ventilation air volume can be controlled
Hybrid terminal is fitted with a coil condensate drain pan based on room CO2 levels to maximise comfort and
as standard. Even if the cooling coil is supplied with minimise system energy consumption
chilled water at 6°C, there is no danger of condensate ■■ The CO2 sensor (optional) mounted in the secondary
falling into the occupied space. (room) air flow can modulate the supply of primary
■■ A unit mounted changeover valve allows the coil to be ventilation air to the unit from 2.8 to 33 l/s, depending on
connected to a 4 pipe water system so providing either room occupancy.
cooling or heating, as required. ■■ Using the unit fan only when there is a peak demand in
■■ If required, the Carrier 36XB Hybrid Terminal can be the occupied space offers energy savings for up to 80%
fitted with a room air return filter G3 to F5. This filter is of the annual building occupancy.
accessible for cleaning / replacement without disturbing ■■ Based on a typical office profile & loads this economy
the unit / ceiling. can result in an average annual unit specific fan power
Air treatment

(A-SFP) <0.05 W/l/s


■■ Assured air quality; in addition to varying the quantity of
hygienic air, the hybrid terminal 36XB may receive a filter
on the return air available from the grid.
■■ Energy efficiency, easy installation, comfort, low noise
and high indoor air quality.

486 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
HYBRID Terminal  36XB

Dimensions/clearances

Duct connection (external)

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 487
HYBRID Terminal

42GW
Nominal cooling capacity 1.5-8.7 kW
Nominal heating capacity 1.3-11.6 kW

The Carrier Idrofan cassette 42GW_AC/LEC offers a modern solution for a wide
variety of small and medium- sized commercial and residential applications. It is ideally
Air treatment

suited for large offices, shops, restaurants and bars, hotel receptions, meeting rooms,
Easy installation banks, laboratories, showrooms, etc.

Central air d
­ iffusion The product series incoporates innovative technologies, resulting in a product that is easy to
select with fast, simple and economical system installation.

Low energy
consumption

Improved comfort

Elegant air inlet


grille

Extremely quiet
operation

488 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CASSETTE FAN COIL UNITS  42GW

Physical data
42GW 200C 300C 400C
Coil type 2 pipes 2 pipes 2 pipes
Fan speed* 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Air flow l/s 183 125 100 204 140 89 249 173 134
Cooling mode
Total cooling capacity kW 2.40 1.80 1.55 4.00 2.90 1.90 4.70 3.50 2.85
Sensible cooling capacity kW 2.01 1.49 1.31 3.10 2.20 1.41 3.70 2.70 2.10
Water flow rate l/s 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.19 0.14 0.09 0.22 0.17 0.14
l/h 413 310 267 688 499 327 808 602 490
Water pressure drop kPa 11.1 6.5 4.9 11.0 6.2 2.9 14.7 8.6 6.0
Heating mode
Heating capacity kW 3.20 2.50 2.20 5.00 4.00 2.50 6.20 4.60 3.70
Water pressure drop kPa 10.9 5.6 4.0 11.1 5.2 1.9 16.2 8.1 5.0
Water content l 0.55 1.1 1.1
Sound power level dB(A) 49 41 36 52 44 32 57 48 42
Sound pressure level** dB(A) 40 32 27 43 35 23 48 39 33
Power input W 58 35 25 54 32 16 94 55 35
Current input A 0.27 0.17 0.12 0.24 0.14 0.07 0.41 0.24 0.16
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP D/D C/C D/D
Electric heater (high capacity) W 1500 2500 2500
Current input (high capacity) A 6.3 10.4 10.4

42GW 500C 600C 701C


Coil type 2 pipes 2 pipes 2 pipes
Fan speed* 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Air flow l/s 272 199 147 321 229 139 402 299 166
Cooling mode
Total cooling capacity kW 6.30 4.50 3.40 7.20 5.50 3.70 8.70 6.60 4.05
Sensible cooling capacity kW 4.80 3.60 2.70 5.50 4.10 2.70 6.40 4.85 3.00
Water flow rate l/s 0.30 0.22 0.16 0.34 0.26 0.18 0.42 0.32 0.19

Air treatment
l/h 1084 774 585 1238 946 636 1496 1135 697
Water pressure drop kPa 23.3 13.6 8.7 11.6 7.0 3.4 19 12 5
Heating mode
Heating capacity kW 8.11 6.00 4.50 10.00 7.40 4.60 11.60 9.30 5.20
Water pressure drop kPa 18.1 10.1 6.2 10.5 6.6 3.3 17.96 11.15 4.80
Water content l 1.6 2.4 2.4
Sound power level dB(A) 47 40 34 53 46 37 59 52 40
Sound pressure level** dB(A) 38 31 25 44 37 28 59 52 40
Power input W 63 39 27 85 59 33 123 90 43
Current input A 0.30 0.17 0.12 0.46 0.27 0.14 0.63 0.41 0.19
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP C/C C/C C/C
Electric heater (high capacity) W 3000 3000 3000
Current input (high capacity) A 12.5 12.5 12.5
CONTROLS

Based on Eurovent conditions:


Cooling mode (2 and 4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 27°C db/1 9°C wb, entering/leaving water temperature 7/12°C, high fan speed.
Heating mode (2-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 50°C, high fan speed, water flow rate as cooling mode.
Heating mode (4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 70°C, high fan speed, water ∆t = 10 K
* Fan speeds: 1 = high, 2 = medium, 3 = low
** Sound pressure level and NR values are based on a hypothetical sound attenuation for the room of -9 dB(A).

Note: Electrical heater version is available on all 2-pipe units.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 489
42GW 200D 300D 400D
Coil type 4 pipes 4 pipes 4 pipes
Fan speed* 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
Air flow l/s 183 125 100 204 140 89 249 173 134
Cooling mode
Total cooling capacity kW 2.20 1.65 1.45 3.50 2.70 2.00 4.10 3.25 2.60
Sensible cooling capacity kW 2.00 1.48 1.27 2.70 2.10 1.50 3.30 2.60 2.05
Water flow rate l/s 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.20 0.16 0.12
l/h 378 284 249 602 464 344 705 559 447
Water pressure drop kPa 13.7 8.2 6.6 10.1 6.6 4.0 13.1 8.9 6.2
Water content l 0.4 1.1 1.1
Heating mode
Heating capacity kW 1.90 1.44 1.24 6.37 5.10 3.60 6.80 5.80 5.00
Water flow rate l/s 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.16 0.14 0.12
l/h 163 124 107 548 439 310 585 499 430
Water pressure drop kPa 31.4 21.1 17.0 25.5 16.1 7.8 29.2 21.0 15.4
Water content l 0.1 0.6 0.6
Sound power level dB(A) 47 37 32 54 45 33 57 48 42
Sound pressure level** dB(A) 38 28 23 45 36 24 48 39 33
Power input W 58 35 25 54 32 16 94 55 35
Current input A 0.27 0.17 0.12 0.24 0.14 0.07 0.41 0.24 0.16
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP E/E C/B D/C

42GW 600D 701D


Coil type 4 pipes 4 pipes
Fan speed* 1 2 3 1 2 3
Air flow l/s 321 229 139 402 299 166
Cooling mode
Total cooling capacity kW 6.70 5.00 3.00 8.20 6.80 3.80
Sensible cooling capacity kW 5.10 3.80 2.20 6.20 5.20 2.70
Air treatment

Water flow rate l/s 0.32 0.24 0.14 0.39 0.32 0.18
l/h 1152 860 516 1410 1170 654
Water pressure drop kPa 23.2 14.1 5.9 33 24 9
Water content l 2.4 2.4
Heating mode
Heating capacity kW 11.50 8.90 6.00 14.50 11.50 7.30
Water flow rate l/s 0.27 0.21 0.14 0.35 0.27 0.17
l/h 989 765 516 1247 989 628
Water pressure drop kPa 13.6 8.9 4.6 20 14 6
Water content l 1.2 1.2
Sound power level dB(A) 53 46 37 59 52 40
Sound pressure level** dB(A) 44 37 28 50 43 31
Power input W 85 59 33 123 90 43
Current input A 0.46 0.27 0.14 0.63 0.41 0.19
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP C/B C/C

Based on Eurovent conditions:


Cooling mode (2 and 4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 27°C db/1 9°C wb, entering/leaving water temperature 7/12°C, high fan speed.
Heating mode (2-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 50°C, high fan speed, water flow rate as cooling mode.
Heating mode (4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 70°C, high fan speed, water ∆t = 10 K
* Fan speeds: 1 = high, 2 = medium, 3 = low
** Sound pressure level and NR values are based on a hypothetical sound attenuation for the room of -9 dB(A).

Note: Electrical heater version is available on all 2-pipe units.

490 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CASSETTE FAN COIL UNITS  42GW

Electrical data
42GW 209C 309C 409C
Coil type 2 pipes 2 pipes 2 pipes
Voltage (d.c.) V 10 6 2 10 6 2 10 6 2
Air flow l/s 183 125 100 204 140 89 249 173 134
Power input W 23 10 7 33 14 7 57 23 13
Current input A 0.19 0.10 0.08 0.27 0.13 0.08 0.46 0.20 0.12
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP A/A A/A B/B

Dimensions and weights


All units 42GW 200/209 42GW 300/309 42GW 400/409
Dimensions
Height mm 298 298 298
Length mm 569/627 569/627 569/627
Depth mm 569/627 569/627 569/627
Grille dimensions
Height mm 36 36 36
Length mm 720 720 720
Depth mm 720 720 720
Weight unit/weight grille kg 14.8/3 16.5/3 16.5/3

42GW 509C 609C 709C


Coil type 2 pipes 2 pipes 2 pipes
Voltage (d.c.) V 10 6 2 10 6 2 10 6 2
Air flow l/s 272 199 147 321 229 139 443 299 166
Power input W 25 12 7 46 23 9 115 40 11

Air treatment
Current input A 0.23 0.12 0.08 0.40 0.22 0.10 0.89 0.35 0.12
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP A/A A/A A/A

Dimensions and weights


All units 42GW 500/509 42GW 600/609 42GW 700/709
Dimensions
Height mm 302 302 302
Length mm 822/879 822/879 822/879
Depth mm 822/879 822/879 822/879
Grille dimensions
Height mm 37 37 37
Length mm 960 960 960
Depth mm 960 960 960
CONTROLS

Weight unit/weight grille kg 37/5 39.6/5 39.6/5

Note: Where two values are given the second value applies to units with two or four-way valves.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 491
Options/accessories
■■ Two- or four-way valves
■■ Fresh air inlet
■■ Conditioned air to adjacent room kit
■■ Electric heater
■■ Auxiliary drain pan

Features and advantages


Features -- Reduced energy costs - the LEC motor reduces
cassette power consumption by 50 to 75%. The LEC
■■ The 42GW_AC is available with a new-generation three
option meets the new building energy management
speed AC motor. The 42GW_LEC is available with a
regulations.
variable-speed Low Energy Consumption EC motor.
-- Improved comfort - the LEC motor with variable fan
■■ The 42GW is normally installed in suspended ceilings and speed reduces operating noise levels compared to
offers two, three or four way air distribution. The units multi-speed fans, offering ultra-quiet air flow down
maintain precise temperature and humidity conditions to very low operating levels. With the NTC controller, a
preventing draughts and stale air zones. maximum fan speed can be set to allow better sound
■■ The elegant air inlet grille blends aesthetically with any level management.
room decor. -- Maximum flexibility - auto-adaptive air flow rate adjust-
■■ The Carrier hydronic cassette is available in six sizes suitable ment from 0 to 100% ensures perfect cooling and
for a wide range of applications, with air flows from 100 to heating conditions in the room.
402 l/s (360 to 1450 m3/h). The Idrofan cassette offers an -- Extended life time - LEC motors with brushless
ultra-low-noise solution for applications where a low noise techno-logy use a lower fan motor temperature for
level is the most important selection parameter. extended operating life.

General features Filters


■■ The standard filter for the Idrofan cassette range has a
■■ The low-profile 42GW is light and easy to install. pleated filtration surface, resulting in a 87% larger surface
The small chassis fits neatly with standard ceiling tiles and than a conventional filter, with the following additional
is simple to install wherever it is needed. advantages:
■■ Four-way air distribution gives individual comfort while for -- Lower air flow per unit area, resulting in lower pressure
localised control each diffuser may be adjusted or even drop and reduced noise level.
shut down completely. -- The average interval between filter cleaning is three
■■ Integrated, factory-mounted cooling and heating coils, times longer, compared to standard filters.
two-pipe or two-pipe with electric heater, and four-pipe -- The filter material is polypropylene and the grade
applications. is EU1.
■■ In the Idrofan cassette range the filter is located inside
Designed for silence
Air treatment

the grille of the unit. Cleaning cannot be easier: the


filter can be manually unclipped from the grille support.
■■ The 42GW units were designed for extremely quiet
The filter frame is pulled down and the filter can then be
operation with sound levels that set new comfort standards
removed easily. Re-assembly is just as easy, reversing the
for buildings. The unique Carrier design of the centrifugal
sequence. Washable filters are supplied as standard.
fan ensures extra-quiet operation.
■■ The new fan/motor assembly design ensures whisper-
quiet operation, two times less than the previous
generation. Particular attention has been given to the low
fan speed.
■■ The special design of the diffuser ensures rapid blending
of the supply and room air. Conditioned air is directed
along the ceiling then evenly distributed throughout the
room. Return air enters the cassette unit through a large
grille. It is then cleaned by an easily removable, washable
synthetic filter, treated and recirculated.

Motors
■■ The Idrofan cassette is available with a three-speed AC
motor, with ultra-low noise levels to make it one of the
quietest cassettes on the market.
■■ The Idrofan cassette is also available with variable-speed
LEC (Low Energy Consumption) EC motors, that meet
the new building energy performance objectives. The LEC
solution enhances unit performance offering:
492 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CASSETTE FAN COIL UNITS  42GW

Drain pump The following Features are available as setting:


■■ High-performance autonomous condensate drain pump ■■ Auto fan: The fan speed is automatically set by the
encased in a special sound-insulating material for improved control; when the room temperature is far from the
fast and quiet condensate removal. set point, high fan speed is selected. As the room
temperature approaches the desired value, the fan speed
■■ The main Idrofan cassette drain pan has been improved decreases until the minimum speed is reached.
using the latest composite material for increased noise
absorption, easier cleaning and coil drain water transfer ■■ Automatic changeover: Automatic changeover from the
to the drain pump. cooling to heating mode, based on the water temperature,
ensures that the ideal room temperature is maintained.
■■ Remote changeover: Automatic changeover from
Control box cooling to heating mode, based on the remote signal from
■■ All units are equipped with a control box containing the the monitoring system.
terminal blocks. The box is positioned on the outside of
■■ Warm and cold draught protection: This feature stops
the unit with a fuse for unit and control protection. The
the fan when the set point condition is satisfied and the
control box panel can easily be opened by simply removing
water temperature is too low or too high, ensuring that air
one fixing screw. For wiring connection details, please refer
that is too cold or too warm does not cause discomfort to
to the appropriate wiring diagrams.
the room occupants.
■■ Air sensor: This is unit-mounted – if the control is wall
mounted, a second air sensor located in the control can
be used for fine tuning of the desired room temperature.
■■ Frost protection: This function ensures that the room
temperature is kept above a minimum level. If the unit is in
off mode, and the room temperature drops below
7 °C, frost protection is enabled and the unit operates
in heating mode until the temperature rises above 9 °C.
At this point the unit is switched off again.
■■ Booster heating management optimization (available
with electric heater option): If the water temperature
is below 30 °C the system will work in the heat demand
mode and the electric heater will be the only available
heating source. If the water temperature is above 35 °C the
system will work in the booster heating mode, energising
the water valve and electric heater together. The booster
heating function will be deactivated if the water temperature
Carrier controller range is above 45 °C (the electric heater will be de-energised).
■■ The Idrofan cassette is available with the complete range of ■■ Energy saving: This feature allows saving energy when
Carrier controllers. Several tests ensure easy installation. The the room is unoccupied, without the need to switch off
number of available controllers offers more and enhanced the unit. When the energy-saving button is pressed,
features, and easy selection according to application the actual set point will be modified as follows, without
needs. changing the position of the set point selection knob:
-- Cooling mode: Set point raised by 4 °C
Electronic thermostat -- Heating mode: Set point lowered by 4 °C

Air treatment
The unit will resume normal operation, once the energy
A-B-C-D types saving button is pressed again.
■■ Carrier electronic thermostat range is available for all ■■ LED intensity: For offices or light commercial applications,
Carrier hydronic terminals ranges: 10 seconds after the latest use of the user interface, all
-- Type A: Two-pipe application with AC motors the necessary LEDs are lighted on at a reduced intensity.
-- Type B: Four-pipe or two-pipe applications with As soon as the user touches again the user interface, LED
electric heaters with AC motors have to come back to normal light. In order not to disturb
-- Type C: Two-pipe application with EC motors hotels customers, the thermostat can be configured from
-- Type D: Four-pipe or two-pipe applications with Night Mode to Dark Mode: 10 seconds after the latest use
electric heaters with EC motors of user interface, all the LEDs are switched off. As soon
■■ The thermostat for FCU with EC motors option is as the user touches again the user interface, LEDs of the
managing 3 configurable discrete speeds through 0-10 V current condition are switched on with normal light.
signal. ■■ Air sampling: If no fan request is made and the Air
■■ The thermostats have an elegant square shape with a sampling jumper is in ON position, the control performs
coaxial knob to set room temperature and 3 buttons to the Air sampling function: the air is moved in the room,
set up fan speed, cooling or heating mode, and On/Off, thermal stratification is reduced, ensuring a more reliable
as desired by the customer. ambient temperature reading.
CONTROLS

■■ Wall-mounted controls are easily and discreetly integrated ■■ Continuous fan: If there is no fan request and the
in any room environment. Continuous fan jumper is in ON position, the control
■■ The electronic thermostats set range is from selects fan speed Low, Medium or High according to
10 °C to 30 °C with the possibility to limit the temperature the fan-speed selection, regardless of thermal station
in public buildings where low energy consumption is a key conditions. If the fan is controlled in Auto fan mode
requirement via a dip-switch inside the control (Cooling and the control is not in the demand phase, the fan is
range 23 °C/30 °C, heating range 10 °C/21 °C). permanently activated at Low speed.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 493
■■ External contact: A high voltage input signal for external Moulded valve insulating shell
contact is present. If the external contact is activated,
device behaviour depends on its configuration on site:
-- Presence detection (empty room with hotel door
card), Energy saving mode is activated, internal
temperature is raised by 4 °C in cooling mode and
reduced by 4 °C in heating mode.
-- Window Contact: During OFF mode (window open),
all outputs are disconnected (fan, valves, etc.) and
only the frost protection function is active if it has been
enabled by its corresponding dip-switch.
■■ Master/Slave control:
-- Thermostat type A_AC and B_AC: the Control Board
for grouping accessory (42N9006) is allowing fan
speed relay only (water valves have to be wired/
relayed separately) up to 300 units with control on Air ■■ Valve actuators: a wide choice of actuators is available with
temperature (no water valve), or 10 units 2 pipe with two or four-way valve bodies to offer the right solution for
water control, or 5 units 4 pipe with water control any controller type and customer requirement, from on/
-- Thermostat type C_EC and D_EC: The Thermostat off to proportional types, with either 230 V or 24 V power
EC motor version can control up to 10 LEC units supply:
by wiring in parallel the analogue 0-10 two-wires -- On/off 230 V actuator
output signal (water valves have to be wired/relayed -- On/off 24 V actuator
separately). -- Floating 3-point 230 V actuator
-- Floating 3-point 24 V actuator
NTC controller ■■ When combined with LEC motors and the NTC controller,
floating three-point 230-V actuators are recommended to
■■ This is a communicating PID controller, combining energy
increase energy savings and enhance comfort.
saving algorithms and full control function solutions,
compatible with the Aquasmart Evolution system package.
■■ The NTC controller can manage the EC motor option, Auxiliary drain pan
and combines energy savings with optimised comfort. ■■ An auxiliary drain pan is available as an accessory if
the water valves, stop valves or balancing valves are
Valve options customer-supplied. The auxiliary drain pan is not required
with Carrier factory-fitted water valves, as they are factory-
■■ Valve body: both the two-way or four-way (three-way supplied with the valve body insulated (moulded insulating
with integrated bypass) valve options are factory-fitted and shell) to prevent condensation.
tested. The chilled-water valves are fully insulated within a
moulded insulating shell, preventing condensation on the
valve body. This new shell reduces the complexity of the
offer and prevents water leakage risk. Valves are factory-
fitted on the unit side.
Auxiliary drain pan for compact 42GW_S/E 200/209,
300/309, 400/409 units
Air treatment

Auxiliary drain pan for large 42GW_S/E 500/509,


600/609, 701/709 units

Electric heater option


■■ Electric heater option is available only with 2-pipe coil
versions. One heating capacity is available per Idrofan
cassette size, factory-fitted to ensure safe and reliable
operation.

Fresh air inlet option


■■ All units have connections for fresh air ducts that can
considerably improve indoor air quality while fresh air
volume is managed by the CO2 sensor through NTC
control.
■■ The fresh air flow must be less than 10% of the total air
flow, to avoid operating problems and excessive noise.
For higher air flow a primary air kit is available that uses
the pre-punched hole for air ducting to an adjacent room
and a baffle so that the fresh air is introduced into the
room through a diffuser.

494 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CASSETTE FAN COIL UNITS  42GW

Supply of conditioned air duct to Serviceability


an adjacent room ■■ All the key components (motors, fans and drain pump) are
accessible from the bottom by simply removing the grille.
■■ This option allows supply of conditioned air to a room
These components can be removed without disturbing
located close to the Idrofan cassette through an air duct
the other components or any surrounding ceiling tiles.
(customer-supplied). If this option is used, the outlet corre-
sponding to the duct must be closed, using the air supply
outlet obstruction kit provided. The kit cannot be used in
units equipped with electric heater. An air inlet grille must be
fitted (if possible near the floor) between the air-conditioned
room (where the unit is situated) and the adjacent room or,
alternatively, the door must be undercut.
■■ The duct lengths can be calculated in accordance with
the “air distribution to an adjacent room” diagram in the
IOM, also taking into account the pressure drop through
air diffusers and fresh air filters.

Operating limits
Water circuit Maximum water-side pressure: 1400 kPa (142 m WG) Minimum entering water temperature: 2°C
Maximum entering water temperature: 80°C
Indoor temperature Minimum temperature: 5°C
Maximum temperature: 32°C for units with electric heaters
Power supply Nominal operating limits 230 V - 1 ph - 50 Hz
Min.207 - Max.253 V for units without electric heaters
Min.216 - Max.244 V for units with electric heaters

Air throw, m
42GW Louvres all open One louvre closed Two louvres closed
High speed Medium Low speed High speed Medium Low speed High speed Medium Low speed
speed speed speed
200/209 3.8 3.2 2.7 4.3 3.7 3.0 4.8 4.1 3.4
300/309 4.0 3.4 2.8 4.5 3.8 3.2 5.0 4.3 3.5
400/409 4.8 4.1 3.4 5.3 4.5 3.7 5.8 4.9 4.1
500/509 3.0 2.6 2.1 3.5 3.0 2.5 4.0 3.4 2.8
600/609 3.4 2.9 2.4 3.9 3.3 2.7 4.4 3.7 3.1
701/709 4.3 3.7 3.0 4.8 4.1 3.4 5.3 4.5 3.7
Notes:
1. The louvres were adjusted to use the Coanda effect to obtain an air flow pattern that adheres as closely as possible and parallel to the ceiling.

Air treatment
2. The air throw is defined as the distance at which air flow speed falls to 0.2 m/s, when the air flow leaves the unit parallel to the ceiling.
3. The values are to be considered as indicative, as they may vary according to the type of ceiling, room dimensions and even the furniture used.

Valve kit
Valve kit 42GW 9029 42GW 9031 42GW 9030 42GW 9032 42GW 9033 42GW 9035 42GW 9034 42GW 9036
Unit option (10th digit) H - 4 ways H - 4 ways H - 4 ways H - 4 ways G - 2 ways G - 2 ways G - 2 ways G - 2 ways
Description 3/4" cold 1" cold 3/4" cold + 1" cold + 3/4" cold 1" cold 3/4" cold + 1" cold +
1/2" hot 3/4" hot 1/2" hot 3/4" hot
Valve pitch, mm 40 73 40/40 73/40 40 73 40/40 73/40
Valve face Flat Flat Flat Flat Flat Flat Flat Flat
2 pipes
200C, 300C, 400C X - - - X - - -
209C, 309C, 409C X - - - X - - -
500C, 600C, 701C - X - - - X - -
CONTROLS

509C, 609C, 709C - X - - - X - -


4 pipes
200D, 300D, 400D - - X - - - X -
209D, 309D, 409D - - X - - - X -
600D, 701D - - - X - - - X
609D, 709D - - - X - - - X

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 495
Coil pressure drops
Two-pipe units, cooling

1000

200C Cooling
300C Cooling
400C Cooling
Pressure drop, kPa

100 500C Cooling


600C Cooling
701C Cooling

10

1
0.01 0.10 1.00
Water flow rate, l/s

Two-pipe units, heating

1000

200C Heating
300C Heating
400C Heating
Pressure drop, kPa

100 500C Heating


600C Heating
701C Heating

10
Air treatment

1
0.01 0.10 1.00
Water flow rate, l/s

Four-pipe units, cooling

1000
200D Cooling
300D Cooling
400D Cooling
600D/701D Cooling
Pressure drop, kPa

100

10

1
0.01 0.10 1.00
Water flow rate, l/s

496 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CASSETTE FAN COIL UNITS  42GW

Four-pipe units, heating

1000
200D Heating
300D Heating
400D Heating
600 D/701D Heating
100
Pressure drop, kPa

10

1
0.01 0.10 1.00
Water flow rate, l/s

2-way valve pressure drop

100.0

1/2", Hot

3/4" Cold / Hot


10.0
Pressure drop, kPa

1" Cold

1.0

0.1

Air treatment
0.01 0.10 1.00

Water flow (l/s)

3-way valve pressure drop

100.00
1/2" by pass hot
1/2" open hot
3/4" by pass cold/hot
3/4" open cold/hot
1" by pass cold
10.00 1" open cold
Pressure drop, kPa

1.00
CONTROLS

0.10
0.01 0.10 1.00

Water flow (l/s)

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 497
Dimensions/clearances
42GW 200/209 - 300/309 - 400/409 (compact chassis)
Unit without valves
569
627
107 230
569

0
15
35
90
51
102

119
148

157
220

155
298

70
36

See detail A Flexible drain hose ø 16 400

720
550

Detail A

Water in
40

Water in
515
720
40

Water out Water out


3/4” G
1/2” G
Hot-water circuit

51

Unit with two-way valves

627
569
107 370 569
0
51

90
35

15
Air treatment

102

119
148

157
220

167
298

70
36

See detail B Flexible drain hose ø 16


400

3/4” - 2-way valve Detail B 720

1/2” - 2-way valve 550

Water in
515
720
40

Water out Water


in
40

Water
3/4” G out

1/2” G 51

Hot-water circuit

498 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CASSETTE FAN COIL UNITS  42GW

42GW 200/209 - 300/309 - 400/409 (compact chassis)


Unit with four-way valves
627
569

107 370 569

0
15
90
51

34
102

119
148

157
220

167
298

70
36

See detail C Flexible drain hose ø 16 400

Detail C
720

3/4” - 4-way valve 550

Water in
40

Water out Water


in
515
720
40

3/4” G
Water
out
1/2” G
Hot-water circuit
1/2” - 4-way valve

51

42GW 500/509 - 600/609 - 701/709 (large chassis)


Unit without valves

822 879
195 230 822
177 302
0
15
47
56
96
109

115
148
172

Air treatment
155

152
302

0
10
37

621
See detail A Flexible drain hose ø 16

Detail A
3/4” G
960

Hot-water circuit
595

1” G

Water in
Water in
40

74

Water out
Water out
812
960

CONTROLS
73

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 499
42GW 500/509 - 600/609 - 701/709 (large chassis)
Unit with two-way valves

822 879
195 370
822
177

0
302

15
47
56
96
109

115
148
172

167

152
302

0
10
37

621
See detail B Flexible drain hose ø 16

960
595

Detail B

3/4” - 2-way valve 1” - 2-way valve

3/4” G
Hot-water circuit 1” G

812
960
Water in Water in
40

74

Water out
Water out
73

Unit with four-way valves


822 879

195 370 822


177
150
96

47

302
108

56

115
148
172

167

152
302

822 879
Air treatment

195 370 822 100


177
150
96

47

302
108

56
37

115
148
172

See detail C
621
Flexible drain hose ø 16
167

152
302

100

960
595
37

Detail C 621

3/4” - 4-way valve 1” - 4-way valve


3/4” G
40

960
74

Hot-water circuit 595


1” G

Water in
Water in
812

960
40

74

Water out
Water out
73

812

960
73

500 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CASSETTE FAN COIL UNITS  42GW

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 501
Room Fan Coil units

42N
Nominal cooling capacity 1.5-8.7 kW
Nominal heating capacity 1.3-11.6 kW

The 42N_S and 42N_E product ranges combine aesthetic and attractive design with versatility
to satisfy any application need, from large office buildings or hotels to shops and residential
Air treatment

applications.
Extremely quiet
operation This product series is characterised by concentrated, innovative technology, unusual for a fan
coil. The result is a product that is easy to select and install.
Low energy
consumption The 42N_S is available with a new-generation three- or five-speed AC motor. The 42N_E is
available with a variable-speed low energy consumption EC motor.

Simpified The range now includes eleven sizes, with air flows from 35 to 422 l/s (126 to 1520 m3/h).
­installation & large The Idrofan offers an ultra-low-noise option for applications where a low noise level is the most
options choice important selection parameter.

The Idrofan is available with two types of fans, a tangential fan for the smallest sizes and a
Self regulated PTC centrifugal fan for all other sizes.
electrical heater
These versions are available in any combination, from cabinet models for floor, wall or under-
Discreet & elegant ceiling installation to models without cabinet for horizontal or vertical furred-in installation.
consoler

502 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

Physical and electrical data


Two-pipe coil
42N_S, 2-pipe coil 15 20 26
Fan speed 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
Fan type One, tangential One, centrifugal One, centrifugal
Air flow l/s 35 56 69 84 97 59 80 92 107 128 93 149 196
m3/h 125 200 250 300 350 215 285 330 385 460 335 536 706
Cooling mode*
Total cooling capacity kW 0.83 1.07 1.19 1.34 1.49 1.39 1.81 2.08 2.34 2.54 2.10 3.00 3.60
Sensible cooling capacity kW 0.70 0.93 1.03 1.19 1.31 1.03 1.42 1.60 1.85 2.03 1.65 2.35 2.90
Water flow rate l/s 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.10 0.14 0.17
l/h 143 184 205 230 256 239 311 358 402 437 361 516 619
Water pressure drop kPa 6.2 9.6 11.5 14.1 16.9 2.8 4.2 5.3 6.4 7.3 5.4 9.5 12.7
Heating mode**
Heating capacity kW 1.14 1.42 1.66 1.89 2.09 1.70 2.10 2.54 2.87 3.18 2.56 3.68 4.38
Water pressure drop kPa 4.9 7.8 9.4 11.6 14.0 2.2 3.4 4.3 5.2 6.0 4.4 7.8 10.6
Water content l 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Sound levels
Sound power level dB(A) 28 37 42 47 51 29 38 42 46 50 44 54 61
Sound pressure level*** dB(A) 19 28 33 38 42 20 29 33 37 41 35 45 52
NR value 15 24 28 34 39 14 24 29 33 36 31 40 48
Electrical data
Power input W 16 17 19 23 30 29 30 31 34 36 45 55 65
Current drawn A 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.11 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.21 0.25 0.30
Electric heater
High capacity W 800 1000 1000
Current drawn A 3.48 4.35 4.35
Low capacity W 500 500 500
Current drawn A 2.18 2.18 2.18
Eurovent data
FCEER kW/kW 55 55 50
FCEER energy class D D E
FCCOP kW/kW 76 68 61
FCCOP energy class D E E
Connection diameter in 3/4 gas 3/4 gas 3/4 gas

Air treatment
42N_S, 2-pipe coil 30 42 45 65†
Fan speed 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
Fan type Two, centrifugal Two, centrifugal Two, centrifugal Two, centrifugal
Air flow l/s 97 126 153 182 207 147 222 268 146 185 224 277 333 237 331 422
m3/h 350 455 550 655 745 531 798 965 525 665 805 995 1195 853 1191 1519
Cooling mode*
Total cooling capacity kW 2.07 2.54 3.01 3.46 3.7 3 4 4.5 2.6 3.37 3.98 4.74 5.45 3.9 5.45 6.35
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.4 1.96 2.35 2.84 3.1 2.35 3.3 3.85 2.12 2.78 3.3 3.98 4.55 3.2 4.6 5.1
Water flow rate l/s 0.1 0.12 0.14 0.17 0.18 0.14 0.19 0.22 0.12 0.16 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.19 0.26 0.3
l/h 356 437 518 595 636 516 688 774 447 580 685 815 937 671 937 1092
Water pressure drop kPa 6 8.6 11.5 14.6 16.4 11.4 18.8 23 3.2 5 6.7 9 11.5 6.4 11.5 15
Heating mode**
Heating capacity kW 2.86 3.54 4.18 4.8 5.29 4.05 5.55 6.4 4 5.05 5.9 6.9 8.08 6.1 8 9.5
Water pressure drop kPa 4.8 6.9 9.2 11.7 13.1 9.2 15 18.4 2.7 4.2 5.5 7.5 9.5 5.4 9.5 12.3
Water content l 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1
CONTROLS

* Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 27°C db/19°C wb – entering/leaving water temperature = 7°C/12°C, high fan speed.
** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling mode.
*** Based on a hypothetical acoustic attenuation for the room and the air distribution system of -9 dB(A).

This unit complies with all applicable standards for EC marking (for further details see Declaration of Conformity). Except the unit size 42N_S65 which is not CE labeled due to fan
­efficiency r­egulation 327/2011 but is fully compliant with Machinery (2006/42/EC) and Electromagnetic Compatibility (2004/108/EC) directives.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 503
42N_S, 2-pipe coil 30 42 45 65†
Fan speed 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
Sound levels
Sound power level dB(A) 36 42 47 51 54 47 57 62 41 47 53 57 62 54 62 68
Sound pressure level*** dB(A) 27 33 38 42 45 38 48 53 32 38 44 48 53 45 53 59
NR value 22 29 33 37 40 31 44 49 28 34 40 43 48 40 49 54
Electrical data
Power input W 42 44 46 50 57 45 75 100 69 77 83 92 128 90 125 165
Current drawn A 0.19 0.2 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.21 0.35 0.45 0.31 0.34 0.37 0.41 0.55 0.41 0.55 0.72
Electric heater
High capacity W 2000 2000 2000 2000
Current drawn A 8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7
Low capacity W 1000 1000 1000 1000
Current drawn A 4.35 4.35 4.35 4.35
Eurovent data
FCEER kW/kW 55 59 41 43
FCEER energy class D D E E
FCCOP kW/kW 77 81 63 66
FCCOP energy class D D E E
Connection diameter in 3/4 gas 3/4 gas 3/4 gas 3/4 gas

Four-pipe coil
42N_S, 4-pipe coil 15 20 26
Fan speed 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
Fan type One, tangential One, centrifugal One, centrifugal
Air flow l/s 35 56 69 84 97 59 80 92 107 128 93 149 196
m3/h 125 200 250 300 350 215 285 330 385 460 335 536 706
Cooling mode*
Total cooling capacity kW 0.75 1.05 1.16 1.36 1.47 1.19 1.45 1.66 1.91 2.06 1.7 2.32 2.74
Sensible cooling kW 0.66 0.89 1.01 1.19 1.25 1 1.23 1.41 1.6 1.72 1.4 1.94 2.38
capacity
Water flow rate l/s 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.1 0.08 0.11 0.13
l/h 129 181 200 234 253 205 249 286 329 354 292 399 471
Water pressure drop kPa 5.1 9.1 10.8 14.2 16.3 1.8 2.5 3.1 4 4.5 3.2 5.5 7.3
Water content I 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
Heating mode**
Air treatment

Heating capacity kW 0.6 0.99 1.14 1.35 1.51 1.83 2.21 2.46 2.68 2.87 2.5 3.16 3.85
Water flow rate l/s 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.08 0.09
l/h 52 85 98 116 130 157 190 212 230 247 215 272 331
Water pressure drop kPa 0.6 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.8 4 5.5 6.6 7.7 8.7 6.8 10.3 14.5
Water content l 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Sound levels
Sound power level dB(A) 27 39 43 48 51 29 38 42 46 50 44 54 61
Sound pressure level*** dB(A) 18 30 34 39 42 20 29 33 37 41 35 45 52
NR value 15 24 28 34 39 14 24 29 33 36 31 40 48
Electrical data
Power input W 16 17 19 23 30 29 30 31 34 36 45 55 65
Current drawn A 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.11 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.16 0.21 0.25 0.30
Eurovent data
FCEER kW/kW 52 46 40
FCEER energy class E E E
FCCOP kW/kW 46 69 56
FCCOP energy class F E E
Connection diameter
Cooling in 3/4 gas 3/4 gas 3/4 gas
Heating in 1/2 gas 1/2 gas 1/2 gas
* Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 27°C db/19°C wb – entering/leaving water temperature = 7°C/12°C, high fan speed.
** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling mode.
*** Based on a hypothetical acoustic attenuation for the room and the air distribution system of -9 dB(A).

This unit complies with all applicable standards for EC marking (for further details see Declaration of Conformity). Except the unit size 42N_S65 which is not CE labeled due to fan
­efficiency r­egulation 327/2011 but is fully compliant with Machinery (2006/42/EC) and Electromagnetic Compatibility (2004/108/EC) directives.

504 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

42N_S, 4-pipe coil 30 42 45 65†


Fan speed 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 3 2 1
Fan type Two, centrifugal Two, centrifugal Two, centrifugal Two, centrifugal
Air flow l/s 97 126 153 182 207 147 222 268 146 185 224 277 333 237 331 422
m3/h 350 455 550 655 745 531 798 965 525 665 805 995 1195 853 1191 1519
Cooling mode*
Total cooling capacity kW 2.02 2.45 2.75 3.02 3.33 2.65 3.36 3.78 2.75 3.3 3.9 4.36 5 4.04 4.94 5.73
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.57 1.95 2.22 2.47 2.73 2.13 2.83 3.22 2.15 2.6 3.15 3.55 4.12 3.25 4.08 4.85
Water flow rate l/s 0.1 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.16 0.13 0.16 0.18 0.13 0.16 0.19 0.21 0.24 0.19 0.24 0.27
l/h 347 421 473 519 573 456 578 650 473 568 671 750 860 695 850 986
Water pressure drop kPa 5.1 7.2 8.8 10.3 12.2 8.2 12.4 15.2 9.9 13.6 18.2 22.1 28.1 19.4 27.5 35.6
Water content I 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
Heating mode**
Heating capacity kW 2.73 3.14 3.51 3.82 4.27 3.36 4.39 5 3.9 4.5 5 5.6 6.1 5.12 6.05 7.1
Water flow rate l/s 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.1 0.08 0.1 0.12 0.09 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.12 0.14 0.17
l/h 235 270 302 329 367 289 378 430 335 387 430 482 525 440 520 611
Water pressure drop kPa 10 12.7 15.4 17.9 21.7 14.3 22.7 28.5 20.5 26.4 31.8 38.9 45.2 33.2 44.6 59.2
Water content l 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
Sound levels
Sound power level dB(A) 36 42 47 51 54 47 57 62 41 47 53 57 62 54 62 68
Sound pressure level*** dB(A) 27 33 38 42 45 38 48 53 32 38 44 48 53 45 53 59
NR value 22 29 33 37 40 31 44 49 28 34 40 43 48 40 49 54
Electrical data
Power input W 42 44 46 50 57 45 75 100 69 77 83 92 128 90 125 165
Current drawn A 0.19 0.2 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.21 0.35 0.45 0.31 0.34 0.37 0.41 0.55 0.41 0.55 0.72
Eurovent data
FCEER kW/kW 52 51 42 42
FCEER energy class E E E E
FCCOP kW/kW 69 66 57 53
FCCOP energy class E E E E
Connection diameter
Cooling in 3/4 gas 3/4 gas 3/4 gas 3/4 gas
Heating in 1/2 gas 1/2 gas 1/2 gas 1/2 gas

Units with LEC motors, two and four-pipe coils

Air treatment
42N_E, 2-pipe coil 19 29 39
Fan speed % 20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100
Fan type One, tangential One, centrifugal Two, centrifugal
Air flow l/s 35 56 69 84 97 59 80 92 107 128 97 126 153 182 207
m3/h 125 200 250 300 350 215 285 330 385 460 350 455 550 655 745
Cooling mode*
Total cooling capacity kW 0.83 1.07 1.19 1.34 1.49 1.39 1.81 2.08 2.34 2.54 2.07 2.54 3.01 3.46 3.70
Sensible cooling capacity kW 0.70 0.93 1.03 1.19 1.31 1.03 1.42 1.60 1.85 2.03 1.40 1.96 2.35 2.84 3.10
Water flow rate l/s 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.12 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.17 0.18
l/h 143 184 205 230 256 239 311 358 402 437 356 437 518 595 636
Water pressure drop kPa 6.2 9.6 11.5 14.1 16.9 2.8 4.2 5.3 6.4 7.3 6.0 8.6 11.5 14.6 16.4
Heating mode**
Heating capacity kW 1.14 1.42 1.66 1.89 2.09 1.70 2.10 2.54 2.87 3.18 2.86 3.54 4.18 4.80 5.29
Water pressure drop kPa 4.9 7.8 9.4 11.6 14.0 2.2 3.4 4.3 5.2 6.0 4.8 6.9 9.2 11.7 13.1
CONTROLS

Water content l 0.6 1.4 1.8

* Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 27°C db/19°C wb – entering/leaving water temperature = 7°C/12°C, high fan speed.
** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling mode.
*** Based on a hypothetical acoustic attenuation for the room and the air distribution system of -9 dB(A).

This unit complies with all applicable standards for EC marking (for further details see Declaration of Conformity). Except the unit size 42N_S65 which is not CE labeled due to fan
­efficiency r­egulation 327/2011 but is fully compliant with Machinery (2006/42/EC) and Electromagnetic Compatibility (2004/108/EC) directives.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 505
42N_E, 2-pipe coil 19 29 39
Sound levels
Sound power level dB(A) 28 37 42 47 51 29 38 42 46 50 36 42 47 51 54
Sound pressure level*** dB(A) 19 28 33 38 42 20 29 33 37 41 27 33 38 42 45
NR value 15 24 28 34 39 14 24 29 33 36 22 29 33 37 40
Electrical data
Power input W 3 4 7 10 14 3 5 7 10 15 5 9 15 23 35
Current drawn A 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.15 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.10 0.12 0.16 0.21 0.29
Electric heater
High capacity W 800 1000 2000
Current drawn A 3.48 4.35 8.70
Low capacity W 500 500 1000
Current drawn A 2.18 2.18 4.35
Eurovent data
FCEER kW/kW 204 345 256
FCEER energy class A A A
FCCOP kW/kW 283 422 356
FCCOP energy class A A A
Connection diameter in 3/4 gas 3/4 gas 3/4 gas

42N_E, 2-pipe coil 49 69

Fan speed % 20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100


Fan type Two, centrifugal Two, centrifugal
Air flow l/s 146 185 224 277 333 214 267 310 358 406
m3/h 525 665 805 995 1195 770 960 1115 1290 1460
Cooling mode*
Total cooling capacity kW 2.60 3.37 3.98 4.74 5.45 3.57 4.26 4.83 5.44 6.02
Sensible cooling capacity kW 2.12 2.78 3.30 3.98 4.55 2.97 3.58 4.11 4.62 5.13
Water flow rate l/s 0.12 0.16 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.17 0.20 0.23 0.26 0.29
l/h 447 580 685 815 937 615 733 830 935 1031
Water pressure drop kPa 3.2 5.0 6.7 9.0 11.5 5.5 7.8 9.9 12.6 15.3
Heating mode**
Heating capacity kW 4.00 5.05 5.90 6.90 8.08 5.62 6.69 7.53 8.43 9.26
Water pressure drop kPa 2.7 4.2 5.5 7.5 9.5 4.5 6.4 8.2 10.4 12.7
Air treatment

Water content l 2.1 2.1


Sound levels
Sound power level dB(A) 41 47 53 57 62 53 57 62 65 68
Sound pressure level*** dB(A) 32 38 44 48 53 44 48 53 56 59
NR value 28 34 40 43 48 40 43 48 51 54
Electrical data
Power input W 8 14 25 39 65 22 37 59 90 130
Current drawn A 0.10 0.15 0.22 0.35 0.52 0.21 0.31 0.46 0.68 0.94
Electric heater
High capacity W 2000 2000
Current drawn A 8.70 8.7
Low capacity W 1000 1000
Current drawn A 4.35 4.35
Eurovent data
FCEER kW/kW 198 106
FCEER energy class A C
FCCOP kW/kW 299 171
FCCOP energy class A B
Connection diameter in 3/4 gas 3/4 gas
Based on Eurovent conditions:
* Cooling mode (2-pipe and 4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 27°C db/19°C wb, entering/leaving water temperature 7°C/12°C, high fan speed.
** Heating mode (2-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 50°C, high fan speed, same water flow rate as in cooling mode.
Heating mode (4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 70°C, high fan speed, water temperature difference = 10 K.
*** Based on a hypothetical acoustic attenuation for the room and the air distribution system of -9 dB(A).

506 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

42N_E, 4-pipe coil 19 29 39

Fan speed % 20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100


Fan type One, tangential One, centrifugal Two, centrifugal
Air flow l/s 35 56 69 84 97 59 80 92 107 128 97 126 153 182 207
m3/h 125 200 250 300 350 215 285 330 385 460 350 455 550 655 745
Cooling mode*
Total cooling capacity kW 0.75 1.05 1.16 1.36 1.47 1.19 1.45 1.66 1.91 2.06 2.02 2.45 2.75 3.02 3.33
Sensible cooling capacity kW 0.66 0.89 1.01 1.19 1.25 1.00 1.23 1.41 1.60 1.72 1.57 1.95 2.22 2.47 2.73
Water flow rate l/s 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.14 0.16
l/h 129 181 200 234 253 205 249 286 329 354 347 421 473 519 573
Water pressure drop kPa 5.1 9.1 10.8 14.2 16.3 1.8 2.5 3.1 4.0 4.5 5.1 7.2 8.8 10.3 12.2
Water content l 0.6 1.1 1.5
Heating mode**
Heating capacity kW 0.60 0.99 1.14 1.35 1.51 1.83 2.21 2.46 2.68 2.87 2.73 3.14 3.51 3.82 4.27
Water flow rate l/s 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.09 0.10
l/h 52 85 98 116 130 157 190 212 230 247 235 270 302 329 367
Water pressure drop kPa 0.6 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.8 3.9 5.5 6.6 7.7 8.7 10.0 12.7 15.4 17.9 21.7
Water content l 0.2 0.3 0.4
Sound levels
Sound power level dB(A) 28 37 42 47 51 29 38 42 46 50 36 42 47 51 54
Sound pressure level*** dB(A) 19 28 33 38 42 20 29 33 37 41 27 33 38 42 45
NR value 15 24 28 34 39 14 24 29 33 36 22 29 33 37 40
Electrical data
Power input W 3 4 7 10 14 3 5 7 10 15 5 9 15 23 35
Current drawn A 0.08 0.09 0.1 0.11 0.15 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.13 0.16 0.1 0.12 0.16 0.21 0.29
Eurovent data
FCEER kW/kW 191 286 243
FCEER energy class A A A
FCCOP kW/kW 170 431 320
FCCOP energy class B A A
Connection diameter
Cooling in 3/4 gas 3/4 gas 3/4 gas
Heating in 1/2 gas 1/2 gas 1/2 gas

Air treatment
42N_E, 4-pipe coil 49 69

Fan speed % 20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100


Fan type Two, centrifugal Two, centrifugal
Air flow l/s 146 185 224 277 333 214 267 310 358 406
m3/h 525 665 805 995 1195 770 960 1115 1290 1460
Cooling mode*
Total cooling capacity kW 2.75 3.30 3.90 4.36 5.00 3.81 4.36 4.74 5.14 5.48
Sensible cooling capacity kW 2.15 2.60 3.15 3.55 4.12 3.03 3.54 3.91 4.30 4.65
Water flow rate l/s 0.13 0.16 0.19 0.21 0.24 0.18 0.21 0.23 0.25 0.27
l/h 473 568 671 750 860 646 745 819 900 970
Water pressure drop kPa 9.9 13.7 18.2 22.1 28.1 18.4 24.5 29.6 35.6 41.4
Water content l 1.8 1.8
Heating mode**
Heating capacity kW 3.90 4.50 5.00 5.60 6.10 4.71 5.44 5.97 6.49 6.94
Water flow rate l/s 0.09 0.11 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.12 0.13 0.15 0.16 0.17
CONTROLS

l/h 335 387 430 482 525 413 463 494 574 610
Water pressure drop kPa 20.5 26.4 31.8 38.9 45.2 32.4 43.2 51.6 60.7 68.8
Water content l 0.5 0.5
Based on Eurovent conditions:
* Cooling mode (2-pipe and 4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 27°C db/19°C wb, entering/leaving water temperature 7°C/12°C, high fan speed.
** Heating mode (2-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 50°C, high fan speed, same water flow rate as in cooling mode.
Heating mode (4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 70°C, high fan speed, water temperature difference = 10 K.
*** Based on a hypothetical acoustic attenuation for the room and the air distribution system of -9 dB(A).

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 507
42N_E, 4-pipe coil 49 69
Sound levels
Sound power level dB(A) 41 47 53 57 62 53 57 62 65 68
Sound pressure level*** dB(A) 32 38 44 48 53 44 48 53 56 59
NR value 28 34 40 43 48 40 43 48 51 54
Electrical data
Power input W 8 14 25 39 65 22 37 59 90 130
Current drawn A 0.1 0.15 0.22 0.35 0.52 0.21 0.31 0.46 0.68 0.94
Eurovent data
FCEER kW/kW 201 108
FCEER energy class A C
FCCOP kW/kW 272 140
FCCOP energy class A C
Connection diameter
Cooling in 3/4 gas 3/4 gas
Heating in 1/2 gas 1/2 gas

Based on Eurovent conditions:


* Cooling mode (2-pipe and 4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 27°C db/19°C wb, entering/leaving water temperature 7°C/12°C, high fan speed.
** Heating mode (2-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 50°C, high fan speed, same water flow rate as in cooling mode.
Heating mode (4-pipe coil): entering air temperature 20°C, entering water temperature 70°C, high fan speed, water temperature difference = 10 K.
*** Based on a hypothetical acoustic attenuation for the room and the air distribution system of -9 dB(A).

Features and advantages


Features -- Maximum flexibility - auto-adaptive air flow rate
adjust-ment from 0 to 100% ensures perfect cooling
■■ With its sleek styling the 42N encased units blend in and heating conditions in the room.
perfectly with any room décor. The pre-painted steel -- Extended life time - LEC motors with brushless
panels are protected by a high-quality paint finish. techno-logy use a lower fan motor temperature for
■■ The flexibility of the plastic-moulded unit drain pan allows extended operating life.
the same unit to be installed in a vertical or horizontal ■■ Filters
position without the need for a dedicated accessory. The standard filter for the Idrofan series has a pleated
■■ Integrated, factory-mounted cooling and heating coil for filtration surface, resulting in a 87% larger surface than a
four-pipe applications. conventional filter, with the following additional advantages:
■■ The 42N units were designed for extremely quiet operation -- Lower air flow per unit area, resulting in lower
with sound levels that set new comfort standards for pressure drop and reduced noise level.
buildings. The new fan/motor assembly design ensures -- The average interval between filter cleaning is three
Air treatment

whisper-quiet operation (10 dB(A) less compared to the times longer, compared to standard filters.
previous version). Particular attention has been given to -- The filter material is polypropylene and the grade is G1.
the low fan speed, typically used at night.
In the Idrofan series the filter is located at the bottom
■■ Motors
of the unit. Cleaning is easy: after removing a safety
The Idrofan is available with a multi-speed motor, extended
screw, the filter sides can be manually unclipped. The
to five fixed speeds to improve its flexibility and cover all
filter frame can be pulled down and the filter can then be
customer applications. The Idrofan is now available with
removed easily. Re-assembly is just as easy, reversing
ultra-low noise levels to make it one of the quietest fan
the sequence.
coils on the market.
The filter and filter position within the unit are designed to
prevent air bypass around the filter, to ensure that the air
The Idrofan is also available with variable-speed LEC (= low
is always filtered and clean.
energy consumption) motors, that meet the new building
energy performance objectives. ■■ Ease of installation
The Idrofan series fan coils are extremely easy to install.
For horizontal under-ceiling installations with cabinet or
The LEC solution enhances unit performances offering:
ducted ceiling-void applications the installer’s task is
-- Reduced energy costs - the LEC motor reduces significantly simplified.
fan coil consumption by 50 to 75%. The LEC
option meets the new building energy management
Robust hooks allow easy and fast attachment of the
regulations.
unit. No calculations are needed to determine the correct
-- Improved comfort - the LEC motor with variable fan
slope for proper condensate water drainage.
speed reduces noise levels compared to multi-speed fans,
offering ultra-quiet air flow down to very low operating
For concealed ducted applications, the outlet flange can
levels. With the NTC controller, a maximum fan speed
be mounted on the unit before installing them together as
can be set to allow better sound level management.
a single piece in the false ceiling.
508 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

Even the installation of floor-mounted units is simple, the in heating mode until the temperature rises above 9 °C.
new hook dimensions and positions help fixing the units At this point the unit is switched off again.
firmly against the wall. ■■ Booster heating management optimization
(available with electric heater option): If the water
All these design aspects minimise installation time and temperature is below 30 °C the system will work in the
improve the long-term reliability, avoiding small mistakes heat demand mode and the electric heater will be the
that could impair the reliability of installed units over time. only available heating source. If the water temperature is
above 35 °C the system will work in the booster heating
Carrier controller range mode, energising the water valve and electric heater
together. The booster heating function will be deactivated
The Idrofan fan coil is available with the complete range of if the water temperature is above 45 °C (the electric
Carrier controllers. Several tests ensure easy installation. heater will be de-energised).
The number of available controllers offers more and ■■ Energy saving: This feature allows saving energy when
improved features, and easy selection according to the room is unoccupied, without the need to switch off
application needs. the unit. When the energy-saving button is pressed,
the actual set point will be modified as follows, without
Electronic thermostat A-B-C-D changing the position of the set point selection knob: -
types Cooling mode: Set point raised by 4 °C - Heating mode:
Set point lowered by 4 °C The unit will resume normal
■■ Carrier electronic thermostat range is available for all operation, once the energy saving button is pressed
Carrier hydronic terminals ranges: again.
-- Type A: Two-pipe application with AC motors ■■ LED intensity: For offices or light commercial
-- Type B: Four-pipe or two-pipe applications with applications, 10 seconds after the latest use of the user
electric heaters with AC motors interface, all the necessary LEDs are lighted on at a
-- Type C: Two-pipe application with EC motors reduced intensity. As soon as the user touches again the
-- Type D: Four-pipe or two-pipe applications with user interface, LED have to come back to normal light.
electric heaters with EC motors In order not to disturb hotels customers, the thermostat
■■ The thermostat for FCU with EC motors option is managing can be configured from Night Mode to Dark Mode:
3 configurable discrete speeds through 0-10 V signal. 10 seconds after the latest use of user interface, all the
■■ The thermostats have an elegant square shape with a LEDs are switched off. As soon as the user touches
coaxial knob to set room temperature and 3 buttons to again the user interface, LEDs of the current condition are
set up fan speed, cooling or heating mode, and On/Off, switched on with normal light.
as desired by the customer. ■■ Air sampling: If no fan request is made and the Air
■■ Wall-mounted controls are easily and discreetly integrated sampling jumper is in ON position, the control performs
in any room environment. the Air sampling function: the air is moved in the room,
■■ The electronic thermostats set range is from10 °C to thermal stratification is reduced, ensuring a more reliable
30 °C with the possibility to limit the temperature in ambient temperature reading.
public buildings where low energy consumption is a key ■■ Continuous fan: If there is no fan request and the
requirement via a dip-switch inside the control (Cooling Continuous fan jumper is in ON position, the control
range 23 °C/30 °C, heating range 10 °C/21 °C). selects fan speed Low, Medium or High according to
the fan-speed selection, regardless of thermal station
conditions. If the fan is controlled in Auto fan mode
The following Features are available as setting: and the control is not in the demand phase, the fan is

Air treatment
■■ Auto fan: The fan speed is automatically set by the permanently activated at Low speed.
control; when the room temperature is far from the ■■ External contact: A high voltage input signal for external
set point, high fan speed is selected. As the room contact is present. If the external contact is activated,
temperature approaches the desired value, the fan speed device behaviour depends on its configuration on site: -
decreases until the minimum speed is reached. Presence detection (empty room with hotel door card),
■■ Automatic changeover: Automatic changeover Energy saving mode is activated, internal temperature
from the cooling to heating mode, based on the water is raised by 4 °C in cooling mode and reduced by 4 °C
temperature, ensures that the ideal room temperature is in heating mode. - Window Contact: During OFF mode
maintained. (window open), all outputs are disconnected (fan, valves,
■■ Remote changeover: Automatic changeover from etc.) and only the frost protection.
cooling to heating mode, based on the remote signal from ■■ Master/Slave control: Thermostat type A_AC and B_
the monitoring system. AC: the Control Board for grouping accessory (42N9006)
■■ Warm and cold draught protection: This feature stops is allowing fan speed relay only (water valves have to be
the fan when the set point condition is satisfied and the wired/relayed separately) up to 300 units with control
water temperature is too low or too high, ensuring that air on Air temperature (no water valve), or 10 units 2 pipe
that is too cold or too warm does not cause discomfort to with water control, or 5 units 4 pipe with water control -
the room occupants. Thermostat type C_EC and D_EC: The Thermostat EC
CONTROLS

■■ Air sensor: This is unit-mounted – if the control is wall motor version can control up to 10 LEC units by wiring in
mounted, a second air sensor located in the control can parallel the analogue 0-10 two-wires output signal (water
be used for fine tuning of the desired room temperature. valves have to be wired/relayed separately).
■■ Frost protection: This function ensures that the room
temperature is kept above a minimum level. If the unit
is in off mode, and the room temperature drops below
7 °C, frost protection is enabled and the unit operates
C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 509
NTC controller Feet mounting
■■ This is a communicating PID controller, combining energy- ■■ The installation of feet has been greatly simplified and
saving algorithms and full control function solutions, both sides are painted. Just one clip is needed to fix the
compatible with the Aquasmart Evolution system package. feet to the units. For this reason and for better reliability
The NTC controller can manage the EC motor option, during transport, the feet are sold as options - supplied
and combines energy savings with optimised comfort. with the unit from the factory (ordering codes Z or P in the
4th digit). They are included with the unit, but not factory-
Valve options mounted.
■■ Valve body: both the two-way or four-way (three-way with
integrated bypass) valve options are factory-fitted and Reversibility
tested. The chilled-water valves are fully insulated within a ■■ If the unit received is not as required, the coil and the
moulded insulating shell, preventing condensation on the control box can be switched on site from left to right or
valve body, for both vertical and horizontal applications. vice versa (except units equipped with valves - since their
This new shell reduces the complexity of the offer and installation is optimised for each side, the valve package
prevents water leakage risk. Valves can be factory-fitted must be replaced by a new valve kit).
on the left or right-hand side.
■■ Valve actuators: a wide choice of actuators is available Simplified accessories
with two or four-way valve bodies to offer the right ■■ The number of accessories has been reduced to simplify
solution for any controller type and customer requirement, selection and reduce the inventory level. The accessories
from on/off to proportional types, with either 230 V or offered remain unchanged to satisfy any application
24 V power supply: needs, but the number of codes has been greatly
-- On/off 230 V actuator reduced.
-- On/off 24 V actuator ■■ Aesthetics
-- Floating 3-point 230 V actuator
-- Floating 3-point 24 V actuator -- Supporting feet
-- Modulating 0-10 V/24 V actuator -- Supporting feet and cover panel
■■ When combined with LEC motors and the NTC controller, -- Return air grille for cabinet unit
floating three-point 230-V actuators are recommended to -- Rear closing panel
increase energy savings and enhance comfort. -- Cabinet on concealed units,
-- Discharge air sleeve (concealed units only)
-- Supporting brackets (20 + 20 pieces left and right)
Main drain pan and insulation ■■ Controllers and user interfaces
■■ The main drain pan incorporates innovative technological -- A/B/C/D-type thermostat
solutions: -- Kit for 33TA0001/33TB0001 installation on 42NM/Z
-- Horizontal installation: the units can be installed -- Cold draught prevention kit - all two-pipe sizes
perfectly horizontal - the drain pan structure takes -- Automatic changeover switch - all units
care of the slope, so that the installer avoids complex -- Air sensor with 15 m cable
and time-consuming computations to correctly install -- Water sensor kit with 15 m cable
the units. -- Infrared remote controller (IR2)
-- Left or right-hand condensate connection is standard -- Infrared remote receiver kit (IRR)
- the installer can easily choose unit connection on -- ZUI1 interface 1 - Wago
one side or the other, just by fixing the plastic cap on -- ZUI2 interface 2 - RJ11
the opposite side. -- SUI1 (with fan speed selection)
Air treatment

-- Insulation: the drain pan design allows much tighter -- SUI2 (without fan speed selection)
contact between drain pan and insulation, reinforced ■■ The units comply with international standards EN60335-
by metal clips to keep the insulation in place. This 1 and EN60335-2-40 and are certified according to the
improves reliability and prevents water dripping from applicable Eurovent standards for the non-ducted fan coil
the unit. programme.
-- The drain pan for the whole range is made of moulded
plastic, i.e. more robust, easier and safer to service.
Aquasmart System Manager
PTC electric heater
■■ Electric heater options have been enhanced with the
latest PTC (positive temperature coefficient) technology.
Their resistance increases as their temperature increases,
so the capacity goes down accordingly. This electric
heater feature allows fast heating at start-up, the heating
capacity is adjusted automatically, whilst ensuring safe
and reliable operation. This option is available in low and
high capacity for each Idrofan size.

510 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

Operating limits
Water circuit Maximum water side pressure: 1400 kPa (142 m WG) Minimum entering water temperature: 2°C
Maximum entering water temperature: 80°C
Indoor temperature Minimum temperature: 5°C
Maximum temperature: 32°C*
Power supply Nominal supply 230 V - 1 ph - 50 Hz
Operating limits Min. 207 V - max. 253 V for units without electric heaters
Min. 218 V - max. 244 V for units with electric heaters
Maximum available R1 super-high speed, dry coil** Size 15: 30 Pa Size 39: 40 Pa
static pressure Size 19: 20 Pa Size 45: 110 Pa
Size 20: 50 Pa Size 49: 65 Pa
Size 29: 30 Pa Size 69: 110 Pa
Size 30: 50 Pa
R3 medium speed, dry coil** Size 15: 20 Pa Size 30: 45 Pa
Size 19: 10 Pa Size 39: 25 Pa
Size 20: 35 Pa Size 45: 85 Pa
Size 29: 15 Pa Size 49: 30 Pa
R5 ultra-low speed, dry coil** Size 15: 5 Pa Size 39: 10 Pa
Size 19: 5 Pa Size 45: 50 Pa
Size 20: 20 Pa Size 49: 10 Pa
Size 29: 5 Pa Size 69: 30 Pa
Size 30: 40 Pa
R1 high speed, dry coil** Size 26: 110 Pa Size 65: 120 Pa
Size 42: 120 Pa
R2 medium speed, dry coil** Size 26: 80 Pa Size 65: 110 Pa
Size 42: 110 Pa
R3 low speed, dry coil** Size 26: 25 Pa Size 65: 75 Pa
Size 42: 60 Pa
* In heating mode with electric heater.
** When using dehumidification, reduce by 5 Pa. For other selectable speeds, refer to the fan performance curves.

Two-pipe coil pressure drop


Cooling conditions (entering water temperature = 7°C)
1000

Air treatment
1

100

2
Pressure drop, kPa

10
CONTROLS

1
0,01 0,10 1,00
Water flow, l/s
1 42N_S 15-E 19
2 42N_S 30-E 39-S 42
3 42N_S 20-S 26-E 29
4 42N_S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 511
Heating conditions (entering water temperature = 50°C)

1000

100
Pressure drop, kPa

10

1
0,01 0,10 1,00
Water flow, l/s
1 42N_S 15-E 19
2 42N_S 30-E 39-S 42
3 42N_S 20-S 26-E 29
4 42N_S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69

Four-pipe coil pressure drop


Cooling conditions (entering water temperature = 7°C)
1000
Air treatment

100

2
3
Pressure drop, kPa

10

1
0,01 0,10 1,00
Water flow, l/s
1 42N_S 15-E 19
2 42N_S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69
3 42N_S 30-E 39-S 42
4 42N_S 20-S 26-E 29

512 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

Heating conditions (entering water temperature = 70°C)

1000

1
2

3
100 4
Pressure drop, kPa

10

1
0,01 0,10 1,00
Water flow, l/s
1 42N_S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69
2 42N_S 30-E 39-S 42
3 42N_S 20-S 26-E 29
4 42N_S 15-E 19

Two-way valve pressure drop


100,0

Air treatment
2

10,0
Pressure drop, kPa

1,0
CONTROLS

0,1
0,01 0,10 1,00
Water flow, l/s

1 1/2", cold and hot


2 3/4"

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 513
Four-way valve pressure drop
100 1
2
3

10
Pressure drop, kPa

0,1
0,01 0,10 1,00
Water flow, l/s

1 1/2" bypass, cold and hot


2 1/2" open, cold and hot
3 3/4" bypass
4 3/4" open

Notes:
Pressure drop values are based on a water temperature of 20°C.
For other water temperature values, use a correction factor of 0.4% per °C.

Air throw
The air throw value gives the position where the air velocity is 0.2 m/s when the air is blown horizontally with the grille pointing
upwards. Air throw values are given as a guideline only, and change with room dimensions and furniture used in the room.
Air treatment

42N 42N_S 15-E 19 42N_S 15-E 19 42N_S 20-E 29 42N_S 26


Two-pipe Four-pipe
S 15-S 20-S 30-S 45 S 26-S 42-S 65 m l/s m3/h m l/s m3/h m l/s m3/h m l/s m3/h
E 19-E 29-E 39-E 49-E 69
Speed 5 - 0.4 35.8 129 0.4 35.4 127 0.9 59.1 213 - - -
Speed 4 - 1.7 55.6 200 1.7 56.2 202 1.8 79.8 287 - - -
Speed 3 Speed 3 2.3 69.4 250 2.3 69.2 249 2.2 91.9 331 2.2 93.0 335
Speed 2 Speed 2 2.8 83.6 301 2.8 84.6 304 2.7 107.4 387 3.6 148.9 536
Speed 1 Speed 1 3.2 97.2 350 3.2 97.8 352 3.2 127.6 459 4.4 190.3 685

42N 42N_S 30-E 39 42N_S 42 42N_S 45-E 49 42N_S 65-E 69


S 15-S 20-S 30-S 45 S 26-S 42-S 65 m l/s m3/h m l/s m3/h m l/s m3/h m l/s m3/h
E 19-E 29-E 39-E 49-E 69
Speed 5 - 0.5 97.1 350 - - - 0.8 145.6 524 0.8 145.6 524
Speed 4 - 2.1 126.0 454 - - - 2.9 185.3 667 2.9 185.3 667
Speed 3 Speed 3 3.2 153.2 552 3.0 147.5 531 4.6 223.6 805 5.1 236.9 853
Speed 2 Speed 2 4.3 181.8 654 5.4 221.7 798 6.4 276.7 996 8.0 330.8 1191
Speed 1 Speed 1 5.0 207.2 746 6.6 268.0 965 8.1 332.6 1197 10.2 421.9 1519

514 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

Dimensions, vertical units with cabinet


42N_S 15-20-26-30-42-45-65 and 42N_E 19-29-39-49-69

NR2 (25 x 15) slots for wall fastening

Hot water inlet 1/2”


38 gas female
249 B

Hot water outlet 1/2” gas female Cold water inlet 3/4” gas female
Drain connection o.d.

64
453
NR2 (23.5 x 8.5) slots for

133
557

482
657

Cold water outlet 3/4”


20 mm

164

445
346
wall fastening

302
gas female
229

201
100

100
220 C

Feet cover + support (optional)

All dimensions are in mm.

Air treatment
42N S 15-E 19 S 20-S 26-E 29 S 30-E 39-S 42 S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69
A 830 1030 1230 1430
B 332 532 732 932
C 432 632 832 1032
Filter dimensions 189 x 391 189 x 591 189 x 790 189 x 990
Weight kg 17 19 22 35
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 515
Dimensions, horizontal units with cabinet
42N_S 15-20-26-30-42-45-65 and 42N_E 19-29-39-49-69

Cold water inlet 3/4” gas female


Cold water outlet 3/4” gas female
Hot water inlet 1/2” gas female
Hot water outlet 1/2” gas female

64
133
164
201

38
A

100 302
346
445
482
557
C 657
NR2 (23.5 x 8.5) slots for
Drain connection o.d. 20 mm

168
wall fastening

28,5 28,5
229
252

252
453
NR2 (25 x 15) slots for
wall fastening

249 B

All dimensions are in mm.

42N S 15-E 19 S 20-S 26-E 29 S 30-E 39-S 42 S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69


A 830 1030 1230 1430
Air treatment

B 332 532 732 932


C 432 632 832 1032
Filter dimensions 189 x 391 189 x 591 189 x 790 189 x 990
Weight kg 17 19 22 35

516 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

Dimensions, vertical concealed units


42N_S 15-20-26-30-42-45-65 and 42N_E 19-29-39-49-69

201
164
133 Control
112 161 Cold water inlet
64
38
3/4” gas female

NR2 (25 x 15) slots for wall fastening Hot water inlet
1/2” gas female

Control box

Hot water outlet

4 3
1/2” gas female

40
Drain connection o.d. 20 mm
1

482
44
60 Cold water outlet

346
302
3/4” gas female

22
NR2 (23.5 x 8.5) slots for

16
wall fastening

168
Supports (optional)
Filter
100

100
min
188
Motor (tangential version only) 200
220
220

11

Control
142

All dimensions are in mm.

42N S 15-E 19 S 20-S 26-E 29 S 30-E 39-S 42 S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69


A 415 615 815 1015

Air treatment
B 332 532 732 932
Filter dimensions 189 x 391 189 x 591 189 x 790 189 x 990
Weight kg 13 15 16 28
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 517
Dimensions, horizontal concealed units
42N_S 15-20-26-30-42-45-65 and 42N_E 19-29-39-49-69

Hot water inlet 1/2” gas female


Hot water outlet 1/2” gas female
Cold water inlet 3/4 gas female
Cold water outlet 3/4” gas female

38
64
133
164
201
220

220
150
A Control box 100 22
min 302
346
NR2 (23.5 x 8.5) slots for wall fastening Motor (tangential 445
version only) 482
C 518

NR2 (23.5 x 8.5) slots for wall fastening

68
28,5
252

252

Auxiliary drain pan (optional)


o.d. 20 mm drain conn.
28,5
518
453

NR2 (25 x 15) slots for wall fastening

112,5 B 161,5

All dimensions are in mm.

42N S 15-E 19 S 20-S 26-E 29 S 30-E 39-S 42 S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69


A 415 615 815 1015
Air treatment

B 332 532 732 932


C 432 632 832 1032
Filter dimensions 189 x 391 189 x 591 189 x 790 189 x 990
Weight kg 13 15 16 28

518 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

Typical mounting arrangements


Vertical wall-mounted units Horizontal ceiling-mounted units
NR2 (25 x 15) slots
300 for wall fastening Double screw
min expansion fixing plug

168 252
min

100
min
NR2 (23.5 x 8.5) slots
100 for wall fastening

All dimensions are in mm.


Air inlet and outlet opening dimensions
188
18 14

A1 A
INT

All dimensions are in mm.

Air treatment
42N A1 INT
S 15-E 19 397
S 20-S 26-E 29 597
S 30-E 39-S 42 797
S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69 997
56
139
25

A
A1 INT

Optional air discharge and return ducts Discharge Return


CONTROLS

All dimensions are in mm.


145

196

42N A2 EXT
S 15-E 19 402
S 20-S 26-E 29 602
S 30-E 39-S 42 802
40
A2 EXT 29 91 S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69 1002

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 519
Valves
Two-way valves

UT
O

125

350
273
166

93
104

Four-way valves

350

125
273

166
Air treatment

93
104
133
144
All dimensions are in mm.

Unit option (10th digit) H H H H G G G G


4-way valve 4-way valve 4-way valve 4-way valve 2-way valve 2-way valve 2-way valve 2-way valve
Valve kit 42N9185 42N9186 42N9187 42N9188 42N9194 42N9195 42N9196 42N9197
Description 1/2” cold 3/4” cold 1/2” cold + 3/4” cold + 1/2” cold 3/4” cold 1/2” cold + 3/4” cold +
1/2” hot 1/2” hot 1/2” hot 1/2” hot
2-pipe S 15-E 19 X - - - X - - -
S 20-S 26-E 29 X - - - X - - -
S 30-E 39-S 42 - X - - - X - -
S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69 - X - - - X - -
4-pipe S 15-E 19 - - X - - - X -
S 20-S 26-E 29 - - X - - - X -
S 30-E 39-S 42 - - - X - - - X
S 45-E 49-S 65-E 69 - - - X - - - X

Note: The coil can be switched from left to right on site. The unit is factory-fitted with a water valve, if required a new kit can be ordered.

520 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Room Fan Coil units  42N

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 521
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units

42EM
Nominal cooling capacity 0.65 to 10 kW
Nominal heating capacity 1.1 to 18 kW

The Carrier 42EM Atmosphera is available in different sizes with 2-pipe, 2-pipe plus electric
heater or 4-pipe coils, with an air flow range from 27 to 440 l/s, a total nominal cooling
Air treatment

capacity range from 0.65 to 10 kW and a nominal heating capacity range from 1.1 to 18 kW.
Modular false
Compact ducted unit, designed for false ceiling installation.
­ceiling ducted unit
Reliable and economical for light commercial and office applications.

Extremely quiet Low height of 250 mm.


operation Two versions for increased installation flexibility: modular or compact.
Compatible with the Carrier 35BD diffuser range.
Low energy Air outlet configuration modularity with different plenums.
consumption Extremely low sound levels for ducted applications.
Six-speed fan motor offers a wide choice of medium speeds.
Flexibility for
Available with low-consumption variable-speed EC motor (LEC = low energy consumption).
­simplified
High-pressure centrifugal fan.
­installation
G3 filters as standard.

Improved comfort Safe factory-installed electric heater with multiple capacity stages choices.
Low water pressure drop with factory-installed valves.
Efficient Indoor Air Factory-installed options (valves and controllers) for fast and easy installation in false ceilings.
Quality

522 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42EM

Physical data
42EM 05 09 10 19
Fan speed L M H L M H L M H L M H
Air flow l/s 58 86 90 32 89 121 74 119 132 37 127 151
m3/h 210 309 324 115 320 436 271 438 490 122 456 544
Available static pressure Pa 23 50 58 6 50 93 19 50 62 4 50 75
Cooling mode, two pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 1.57 2.18 2.27 0.91 2.25 2.86 1.87 2.76 3 1.01 2.90 3.31
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.14 1.61 1.68 0.64 1.67 2.17 1.39 2.11 2.31 0.73 2.23 2.59
Water flow rate l/s 0.07 0.10 0.11 0.04 0.11 0.14 0.09 0.13 0.14 0.04 0.14 0.16
l/h 270 374 389 156 387 492 321 475 516 162 499 569
Water pressure drop kPa 13 24 25 4 25 38 11 23 27 3 25 33
Water content l 0.35 0.35 0.5 0.5
Heating mode, two pipes**
Heating capacity kW 1.91 2.69 2.8 1.08 2.77 3.59 2.44 3.75 4.1 1.26 3.97 4.6
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP D/D A/A C/C B/A
Cooling mode, four pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 1.43 1.98 2.06 0.83 2.05 2.6 1.8 2.6 2.8 0.91 2.67 3.01
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.08 1.52 1.58 0.61 1.57 2.03 1.36 2.03 2.21 0.66 2.1 2.4
Water flow rate l/s 0.07 0.09 0.10 0.04 0.10 0.12 0.09 0.12 0.13 0.04 0.13 0.14
l/h 247 342 355 143 353 447 310 446 482 155 457 518
Water pressure drop kPa 9 17 19 3 18 28 14 29 34 4 30 39
Water content l 0.32 0.32 0.45 0.45
Heating mode, four pipes***
Heating capacity kW 1.47 2.00 2.08 0.87 2.06 2.60 2.44 3.46 3.73 1.36 3.63 4.09
Water flow rate l/s 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.02 0.05 0.06 0.04 0.06 0.06 0.02 0.06 0.07
l/h 129 175 182 76 181 228 209 298 320 110 311 352
Water pressure drop kPa 10 17 19 4 19 28 7 14 16 2 16 20
Water content l 0.11 0.11 0.15 0.15
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP D/D B/B C/D B/B
Electric heater 230 V ± 10 % - 1 ph - 50 Hz
Maximum capacity W 1600 1600 1600 1600
Current drawn A 6.95 6.95 6.95 6.95
Sound levels
Sound power level (return and radiated) dB(A) 43 54 57 33 50 57 41 51 53 34 52 57

Air treatment
Sound power level (supply) dB(A) 42 49 50 29 47 54 38 49 51 32 51 56
Electrical data, motor 230 V ± 10 % - 1 ph - 50 Hz
Power input W 45 77 102 4 33 72 44 82 113 6 51 83
Current drawn A 0.2 0.34 0.45 - - - 0.17 0.35 0.48 - - -
Air filter (G3) mm 230 x 420 230 x 420 230 x 570 230 x 570
Technical data (compact model, overall dimensions)
Connection diameter, cold and in 1/2 gas (unit nuts female)
hot-water coils
Spigot connection diameter mm 200 200 200 200
Height mm 250 250 250 250
Depth mm 700 700 850 850
Length mm 870 870 870 870
Unit weight kg 20 20 22 22
Fan speed: L = Low, M = Medium, H = High

* Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 27°C db/47% rh – entering water temperature = 7°C, water temperature difference = 5 K.
** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling.
CONTROLS

*** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 70°C, water temperature difference = 10 K.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 523
42EM 21 22 23 29
Fan speed L M H L M H L M H L M H
Air flow l/s 69 150 163 85 173 199 106 247 263 55 211 237
m3/h 250 540 585 306 623 716 380 890 945 198 760 853
Available static pressure Pa 12 50 58 12 50 66 9 50 56 3 50 63
Cooling mode, two pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 1.85 3.65 3.90 2.32 4.23 4.70 2.70 5.40 5.60 1.56 4.92 5.36
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.36 2.77 2.98 1.70 3.21 3.61 2.03 4.22 4.44 1.13 3.80 4.18
Water flow rate l/s 0.09 0.18 0.19 0.11 0.20 0.22 0.13 0.26 0.27 0.07 0.24 0.26
l/h 324 634 677 399 726 808 472 929 972 269 845 921
Water pressure drop kPa 6 23 26 9 30 36 13 50 54 4 39 45
Water content l 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Heating mode, two pipes**
Heating capacity kW 2.33 4.77 5.12 2.87 5.44 6.13 3.47 7.26 7.63 1.9 6.43 7.08
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP D/C D/C D/C A/A
Cooling mode, four pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 2.21 3.45 3.70 2.23 3.96 4.38 2.61 4.97 5.20 1.51 4.57 4.95
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.69 2.66 2.85 1.65 3.06 3.43 1.97 3.96 4.17 1.1 3.59 3.94
Water flow rate l/s 0.11 0.17 0.18 0.11 0.19 0.21 0.13 0.24 0.25 0.07 0.22 0.24
l/h 392 598 637 382 679 753 450 864 896 260 785 850
Water pressure drop kPa 10 22 25 10 29 35 12 46 50 4 37 43
Water content l 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
Heating mode, four pipes***
Heating capacity kW 1.85 3.50 3.70 2.29 3.98 4.39 2.60 4.90 5.20 1.57 4.57 4.95
Water flow rate l/s 0.05 0.09 0.09 0.06 0.10 0.11 0.07 0.12 0.13 0.04 0.11 0.12
l/h 166 310 328 201 349 386 234 439 457 138 402 435
Water pressure drop kPa 2 6 7 3 9 10 4 13 14 2 11 13
Water content l 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP D/D D/D D/D A/B
Electric heater 230 V ± 10 % - 1 ph - 50 Hz
Maximum capacity W 3200 3200 3200 3200
Current drawn A 13.91 13.91 13.91 13.91
Sound levels
Sound power level (return and radiated) dB(A) 39 53 55 39 54 57 46 59 61 43 52 55
Sound power level (supply) dB(A) 36 48 50 37 52 55 40 55 58 43 51 53
Air treatment

Electrical data, motor 230 V ± 10 % - 1 ph - 50 Hz


Power input W 43 94 104 62 112 128 102 139 149 4 73 96
Current drawn A 0.20 0.43 0.45 0.29 0.52 0.62 0.55 0.63 0.68 0.05 0.61 0.74
Air filter (G3) mm 230 x 990 230 x 990 230 x 990 230 x 990
Technical data (compact model, overall dimensions)
Connection diameter, cold and in 1/2 gas (unit nuts female)
hot-water coils
Spigot connection diameter mm 200 200 200 200
Height mm 250 250 250 250
Depth mm 1270 1270 1270 1270
Length mm 870 870 870 870
Unit weight kg 41 41 41 39
Fan speed: L = Low, M = Medium, H = High

* Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 27°C db/47% rh – entering water temperature = 7°C, water temperature difference = 5 K.
** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling.
*** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 70°C, water temperature difference = 10 K.

524 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42EM

42EM 31 32 33 39
Fan speed L M H L M H L M H L M H
Air flow l/s 69 150 163 85 173 199 106 247 263 55 211 237
m3/h 250 540 585 306 623 716 380 890 945 198 760 853
Available static pressure Pa 12 50 58 12 50 66 9 50 56 3 50 63
Cooling mode, two pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 2.26 4.55 4.90 2.84 5.34 6.02 3.35 7.01 7.35 1.82 6.18 6.8
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.53 3.19 3.44 1.92 3.73 4.23 2.31 4.99 5.26 1.23 4.34 4.81
Water flow rate l/s 0.11 0.22 0.24 0.13 0.26 0.29 0.16 0.34 0.35 0.09 0.30 0.32
l/h 389 792 854 484 918 1034 580 1210 1260 313 1062 1166
Water pressure drop kPa 6 24 28 9 32 41 13 56 61 4 42 49
Water content l 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7
Heating mode, two pipes**
Heating capacity kW 2.48 5.19 5.60 3.05 5.94 6.72 3.75 8.01 8.50 1.99 7.07 7.82
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP C/C C/C C/C A/A
Cooling mode, four pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 2.20 4.40 4.80 2.75 5.18 5.83 3.20 6.70 7.10 1.78 5.99 6.57
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.50 3.13 3.37 1.89 3.65 4.14 2.26 4.87 5.14 1.21 4.26 4.7
Water flow rate l/s 0.11 0.21 0.23 0.13 0.25 0.28 0.16 0.32 0.34 0.09 0.29 0.31
l/h 378 766 824 472 890 1002 565 1160 1224 306 1030 1127
Water pressure drop kPa 8 31 36 12 42 53 17 71 79 5 53 54
Water content l 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
Heating mode, four pipes***
Heating capacity kW 1.85 3.50 3.70 2.29 3.98 4.39 2.60 4.90 5.20 1.47 4.09 4.40
Water flow rate l/s 0.05 0.09 0.09 0.06 0.10 0.11 0.07 0.12 0.13 0.04 0.10 0.11
l/h 166 310 328 201 349 386 234 439 457 130 360 389
Water pressure drop kPa 2 6 7 3 9 10 4 13 14 1 9 11
Water content l 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP C/D C/D C/D A/B
Electric heater 230 V ± 10 % - 1 ph - 50 Hz
Maximum capacity W 3200 3200 3200 3200
Current drawn A 13.91 13.91 13.91 13.91
Sound levels
Sound power level (return and radiated) dB(A) 39 53 55 39 54 57 46 59 61 43 52 55

Air treatment
Sound power level (supply) dB(A) 36 48 50 37 52 55 40 55 58 43 51 53
Electrical data, motor 230 V ± 10 % - 1 ph - 50 Hz
Power input W 43 94 104 62 112 128 102 139 149 4 73 96
Current drawn A 0.20 0.43 0.45 0.29 0.52 0.62 0.55 0.63 0.68 0.05 0.61 0.74
Air filter (G3) mm 230 x 990 230 x 990 230 x 990 230 x 990
Technical data (compact model, overall dimensions)
Connection diameter, cold and in 1/2 gas (unit nuts female)
hot-water coils
Spigot connection diameter mm 200 200 200 200
Height mm 250 250 250 250
Depth mm 1270 1270 1270 1270
Length mm 870 870 870 870
Unit weight kg 43 43 43 41
Fan speed: L = Low, M = Medium, H = High

* Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 27°C db/47% rh – entering water temperature = 7°C, water temperature difference = 5 K.
** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling.
CONTROLS

*** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 70°C, water temperature difference = 10 K.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 525
Features and advantages
Configuration flexibility ■■ One-piece compact in-line units (all sizes) are models
with in-line ducted supply and return air (only 125 mm
Depending on the size, several motor drive selections are
diameter fresh air ducts can be connected on the sides).
available:
■■ Sizes 0 and 1: one multi-speed motor drive (models 05
and 10) and one low-consumption variable-speed motor Sizes 0x Sizes 1x Sizes 2x and 3x
drive (models 09 and 19)
■■ Sizes 2 and 3: three multi-speed motor drive selections
possible (models 21, 22, 23 and 31, 32, 33) and one
low-consumption variable-speed motor drive (models 29
and 39)
There are two unit models available:
■■ Modular models for all sizes, with side connection spigots
This version does not allow the use of 200 mm diameter
for maximised flexibility. This model consists of a non-
spigots on the sides. Filter removal is from below.
ducted base unit. In this configuration filter removal is
from the rear:

Filter
Filter

In models with ducted return air it is possible to add a Low noise levels
factory-assembled return air plenum. In order to further enhance occupant comfort this product
range offers especially low noise levels. The casing of the
Connection possibilities 42EM Atmosphera is made of galvanised sheet steel with full
high-efficiency internal lining for optimised thermal and sound
insulation of the unit.
Sizes 0x Sizes 1x Sizes 2x and 3x
Base unit In order to comply with the various local regulations (fire
Accessory
return air

Base unit
return air plenum

return air plenum


plenum

Base unit
class) the 42EM Atmosphera is available with class M1 type
Accessory

Accessory

insulation (according to NF P 92-507). It is also equipped


with anti-vibration mounts as standard. 42EM is available
on request with insulation material Euroclass level B-s3-d0
Air treatment

(according to EN 13501) compliant with British Class O


requirements.

Compact design
The condensate removal pan height is optimised at 215 mm.
In order to reduce the dimensions of the 42EM Atmosphera to
the minimum, the units are equipped with high-efficiency heat
exchangers with very high cooling capacity/treated air flow
Filter ratios.

Note: Carrier recommends not to exceed an air velocity of 4


m/s (125 l/s 450 m3/h) per spigot.

526 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42EM

Main modules and components


Fan motor assemblies One-piece condensate drain pan
Multi-speed fan motor assembly according to Pan with a 16 mm external drain connection diameter and
ERP 2015 insulation class M1 in accordance with standard NFP 92-507.

Description/codification Filter and filter access


The 42EM includes as standard a non-regenerable G3 filter
according to EN 779, medium fire rating M1, metal wire frame.
Unit size (chassis): 0, 1, 2, 3
Fan wiring solutions
Multi-speed fan motor assembly,
size: 0, 1, 2, 3, 5 Multi-speed unit with bare wires (standard)
Variable speed: 9 The fan motor assembly has six speeds taken from an auto-
transformer offering the unit greater flow control flexibility.
■■ Asynchronous motors, 230 V - 1 ph - 50 Hz, 4 poles with
internal overload protection.
When ordering, three of the six speeds must be selected
■■ Permanent capacitor.
to allow connection of the fan motor in accordance with the
■■ Class B winding insulation, varnish class F. applicable electronic regulations. Three speeds are connected
- the default factory wiring is 5-3-1 (minimum speed = 6,
The 42EM Atmosphera sizes 0x and 1x have a multi-speed maximum speed =1).
fan motor assembly with forward-curved, double-inlet, single-
wheel fans. Sizes 2x and 3x are available with double-wheel
Multi-speed unit with optional 6 speeds bare wires
fans and three speed arrangements (21, 22, 23 and 31, 32,
33), depending on the required air flows/pressures. on connector
All motor fan speeds are factory wired and available as bare
wires on connector.
Six speeds are available as standard. From these three speeds
must be selected to allow connection of the fan motor
in accordance with the applicable electromechanical or Multi-speed unit with optional control box
electronic regulations. This option allows the installer to connect the unit to a
terminal board inside a control box. To comply with the
■■ Minimum speed: terminal 6
applicable regulations, the control box can be opened with a
■■ Maximum speed: terminal 1 screw driver.
■■ 42EM units are supplied with Carrier numerical controls and
prewired to the factory settings, for speeds 1, 3 and 5.
The control box option permits changing the speed wiring
■■ For other fan motor speed wiring combinations refer to without access to the motor. Three of the available six speeds
the unit codification. are connected - the default factory wiring is 5-3-1 (minimum
speed = 6, maximum speed = 1).
Low-consumption fan motor assembly (variable-
speed LEC) Default factory wiring 5-3-1

Air treatment
Atmosphera sizes 09, 19, 29 and 39 are equipped with the
Three speeds available, easy access
variable-speed LEC fan motor, that is controlled by a 0 to 10
V signal, available with the Carrier NTC type electronic control.

Note: In this case the minimum control signal that allows motor
start-up is 2 V for two- and four-pipe versions and 3 V for the
versions equipped with electric heaters. Variable-speed low energy consumption (LEC) fan
motor option with bare wires (standard)
If the product is supplied without a Carrier control device, The variable-speed low energy consumption (LEC) fan motor
verification of EMC conformity is the responsibility of the must be controlled by a 0-10 V d.c. signal.
installer.

Water coil
■■ Aluminium fins mechanically bonded by expansion onto
copper tubes
■■ 1/2” threaded water inlet and outlet connections (female)
CONTROLS

■■ Air purge valves and drain are standard.


■■ Service pressure 1600 kPa.

The coil is integral with the drain pan and coil access door to
ease of removal during service and maintenance.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 527
Variable-speed low energy consumption (LEC) fan Important: If the 42EM includes a return air tempera-ture
motor option with control box option sensor, the constant fresh air flow rate must not exceed 50%
This option allows the installer to connect the unit to a of the unit supply air flow rate at minimum speed.
terminal board inside a control box. To comply with the
applicable regulations, the control box can be opened with a Note: To operate correctly, the 8.5 l/s (30 m3/h) the constant
screw driver. fresh air flow controller requires a differential pressure in the
range of 50 Pa to 200 Pa. The controller with adjustable fresh
The 0-10 V d.c. signal that controls the variable fan speed is air flow from 17 l/s (60 m3/h) to 44 l/s (160 m3/h) requires a
directly accessible at the terminal board. differential pressure in the range of 70 to 200 Pa.

Variable volume fresh air controller


The 42EM Atmosphera can be equipped with an optional
0-10 V factory wiring variable fresh air flow controller from 0-55 l/s (0-200 m3/h).
This is connected to the numeric Carrier controller and can
regulate the fresh air intake in two ways:
■■ either using a fixed rate set by the installer that can be
reconfigured as required
■■ or based on the CO2 level; in this case it is connected to
a CO2 sensor via the Carrier numeric controller (the CO2
Cover only option sensor is located opposite the fresh air inlet).
An accessory plastic cover can be provided for a control
supplied by the customer (max. dimensions L = 200 mm x
D = 100 mm x H = 95 mm) and is installed on site or at the Note: With the variable fresh air flow controller the upstream
factory on a multi-speed unit or a variable-speed low energy pressure in the fresh air duct must be 180 Pa.
consumption (LEC) fan motor.
Electric heater (option)
Note: This option is not compatible with the control box Electric heater-resistance wire type
option. ■■ Supply voltage: 230 V - 1 ph - 50 Hz
■■ Heater size and capacity per unit (+5% ; -10%):

Electrical Heater 500 800 1000 1600 2000 3200


Total capacity (W)
42EM 05/09 1 x 500 1 x 800 1 x 1000 1 x 1600 NA NA
42EM 10/19 1 x 500 1 x 800 1 x 1000 1 x 1600 NA NA
42EM 21 NA NA 2 x 500 2 x 800 NA NA
Fresh air controller 42EM 22/23/29 NA NA 2 x 500 2 x 800 2 x 1000 2 x 1600
Constant volume fresh air controller 42EM 31 NA NA 2 x 500 2 x 800 NA NA
The 42EM Atmosphera can be fitted with a constant fresh 42EM 32/33/39 NA NA 2 x 500 2 x 800 2 x 1000 2 x 1600
air flow controller, fixed at 8.5 l/s (30 m3/h) or adjustable from
17 l/s (60 m3/h) to 44 l/s (160 m3/h) to allow contol of the
■■ The heater is protected with a dual safety device:
introduction of fresh air and of the air change rate. The fresh
Air treatment

air supply is normally located ahead of the water coil. a) Self-holding automatically reset integrated safety
thermostat
b) Destructive thermofuse link

Controllers with adjustable fresh air flow:


Note: Minimum air flow must be maintained to avoid
damaging the electric heaters:
■■ Unit sizes 05, 09, 10, 19: minimum air flow 28 l/s (100 m3/h)
l/s m3/h A B
MR60 17 60 4-4 4-4 ■■ Unit sizes 21, 31: minimum air flow 42 l/s (150 m3/h)
MR75 21 75 4-3 4-3
■■ Unit sizes 22, 23, 29, 32, 33, 39: minimum air flow 55 l/s
12 3 4 43 2 1 MR85 24 85 3-3 3-2
MR90 25 90 3-2 2-2
(200 m3/h)
MR100 28 100 2-1 2-1
A B MR105 29 105 2-1 1-1
MR110 31 110 1-1 1-1
MR120 33 120 3-3 -
12 3 4 43 2 1
MR130 36 130 2-1 -
MR140 39 140 1-1 -
MR160 44 160 - -

The 17 l/s (60 m3/h) or fresh air controller may be modified on


site by relocating or removing two plastic restrictors in order
to increase the maximum constant fresh air flow capacity to
44 l/s (160 m3/h).

528 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42EM

Water coil pressure drop


Water flow rate, l/s 0.03 0.05 0.08 0.11 0.14 0.17 0.19 0.22 0.25 0.28 0.30 0.33 0.36
Water flow rate, l/h 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300
Water coil type
Sizes Two-pipe cooling 2 6 14 26 40 58 79 - - - - - -
05-09 and changeover
Four-pipe cooling 1 6 13 23 36 52 71 - - - - - -
Four-pipe heating 5 22 49 87 - - - - - - - - -
Sizes Two-pipe cooling 1 4 9 16 26 37 50 65 83 - - - -
10-19 and changeover
Four-pipe cooling 1 6 13 23 36 52 71 93 - - - - -
Four-pipe heating 2 6 14 24 38 55 75 - - - - - -
Sizes 21- Two-pipe cooling 1 2 5 9 14 19 26 35 44 54 - - -
22-23-29 and changeover
Four-pipe cooling 1 2 5 10 15 22 29 38 49 60 - - -
Four-pipe heating 1 3 6 11 17 25 34 44 56 69 84 100 117
Sizes 31- Two-pipe cooling
1 1 3 6 9 13 18 24 30 37 44 53 62
32-33-39 and changeover
Four-pipe cooling 1 2 5 8 13 18 25 33 41 51 62 73 86
Four-pipe heating 1 3 6 11 18 26 35 46 58 71 86 - -

Air flow data


Static pressure available (Pa) as a function of the air flow, l/s (m3/h)
Size 05 multi-speed - unit without spigot Size 10 multi-speed - unit without spigot
160
160
140
140
140
120
Available static pressure (Pa)

120
120
Available static pressure (Pa)

100
100
100

80 80
80

60 60
60

Air treatment
40
40
40
R6
R6 R5
R5 R4
R4 R3
R3 R2
R2 R1
R1
20
20
20 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1
0
0
00 50
50 100
100 150
150 200
200
0 (0) (0) (180) (360) (540)
(540) (720)
0 50 100 150 200 (180) (360) (720)
(0) (180) (360) (540) (720)
Air flow, l/s (m3/h) Air flow, l/s (m3/h)

Size 09 (variable-speed LEC motor) - unit without Size 19 (variable-speed LEC motor) - unit without
spigot spigot
Maximum recommended range
Maximum recommended range
160
160
140
Available static pressure (Pa)

140
Available static pressure (Pa)

120
120
100
100
R10 R10
80 R7 R9 80
R6 R6 R7
CONTROLS

6040 R8 40 R8 R9
R5 60 R5
R3 R4 R4
20 20
R2 R2 R3

0 0 0
50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
(0) (180) (360) (540) (720) (900) (0) (180) (360) (540) (720) (900)
Air flow, l/s (m3/h) Air flow, l/s (m3/h)

Pressure too high

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 529
Pressure drop (Pa) for supply and return air plenum boxes as a function
of the number of spigots (ø 200 mm)
Size 0 Size 1
Air flow, l/s 0 28 56 83 111 139 167 Air flow, l/s 28 56 83 111 125 139 153 167 181 194
Air flow, m3/h 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 Air flow, m3/h 100 200 300 400 450 500 550 600 650 700
1 spigot Supply 0 1 2 5 9 14 19 1 spigot Supply 1 4 9 15 19 24 - - - -
Return 0 0 1 2 3 5 6 Return 2 7 15 27 35 43 - - - -
2 spigots Supply 0 0 1 2 3 5 6 2 spigots Supply 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10
Return 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 Return 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 16 18 20
3 spigots Supply 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4
Return 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10

Static pressure available (Pa) as a function of the air flow, l/s (m3/h)
Sizes 21 and 31 - unit without spigot Sizes 22 and 32 - unit without spigot

120 120

100 100
Available static pressure (Pa)

Available static pressure (Pa)

80 80

60 60

40 40

20
20
R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1
R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1
0
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
(0) (180) (360) (540) (720) (900) (0) (180) (360) (540) (720) (900) 1080)
(1080) (1260)
Air flow, l/s (m3/h) Air flow, l/s (m3/h)

Sizes 23 and 33 - unit without spigot Sizes 29 and 39 - unit without spigot
180
180
120
160
160
100
Available static pressure (Pa)

140
140
Available static pressure (Pa)
Air treatment

80 120
120

100
100
60
80
80
40
60
60
R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R9
R9 R10
20 40
40

20
20 R10
0 R2
R2 R3
R3 R4
R4 R5
R5 R6
R6 R7
R7 R8
R8
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 0
(0) (180) (360) (540) (720) (900) (1080) (1260) (1440) (1620) 00 50
50 100
100 150
150 200
200 250
250 300
300 350
350 400
400
(0)
(0) (180)
(180) (360)
(360) (540)
(540) (720)
(720) (900) (1080)
(900) (1080) (1260)
(1260) (1440)
(1440) (1620)
Air flow, l/s (m3/h)
450
(1620)
Air flow, l/s (m3/h)

Pressure too high

Important: The curves were derived by smoothing, based on Note: The data is for units without supply and return
the information shown in the electrical data table. plenums. See chapter “Pressure drop for supply and return air
plenum boxes as a function of the number of spigots” for the
plenum pressure drops.

530 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42EM

Pressure drop (Pa) for supply and return air plenum boxes as a function
of the number of spigots (ø 200 mm)
Sizes 21 - 22 - 23 - 29 - 31 - 32 - 33 - 39
Air flow (l/s) 0 28 56 83 111 139 167 194 222 250 278 306 333 361 389 417
Air flow (m3/h) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
1 spigot Supply 0 0.9 3.5 7.9 14 21.8 31.4
Return 0 0.7 2.7 6.1 10.9 17.1 24.6
2 spigots Supply 0 0.2 0.7 1.6 2.9 4.5 6.5 8.9 11.6 14.7 18.1 21.9
Return 0 0.2 0.7 1.7 3.0 4.6 6.7 9.1 11.9 15.0 18.6 22.5
3 spigots Supply 0 0.1 0.5 1.1 2.0 3.1 4.4 6.0 7.9 10.0 12.3 14.9 17.7 20.8 24.1 27.7
Return 0 0.2 0.7 1.5 2.6 4.1 5.9 8.0 10.5 13.3 16.4 19.8 23.6 27.7 32.1 36.9
4 spigots Supply 0 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.3 1.7 2.3 2.9 3.6 4.3 5.1 6.0 7.0 8.0
Return 0 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.9 2.6 3.4 4.3 5.3 6.5 7.7 9.0 10.4 12.0
5 spigots Supply 0 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.9 3.5 4.1 4.9 5.6 6.5
Return 0 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.7 1.1 1.6 2.1 2.8 3.5 4.3 5.3 6.3 7.3 8.5 9.8

Dimensions/clearances
Size 0 - Modular model (with optional return air plenum)

Return air plenum

Return air spigots ø 200 mm

or

Return air spigots ø 200 mm Fresh-air cutout ø 125 mm

Air treatment
or

Fresh-air cutout ø 125 mm

Air flow direction

All dimensions are in mm.

Note: All drawings shown have the coil connections on the right-hand side. Units with left-hand connections are symmetrical.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 531
Size 0 - Compact in-line model, ducted return air

Fresh-air cutout ø 125 mm

Size 1 - Modular model (with optional return air plenum)

904 Return air plenum


60 234 670 60
622
90
23 650 4
125
250
232

117
117
276 Return air spigots ø 200 mm

or
Return air spigots ø 200 mm
Fresh-air cutout ø 125 mm

300
or 16
600
Air treatment

Fresh-air cutout ø 125 mm 187

Air flow direction

All dimensions are in mm.

Note: All drawings shown have the coil connections on the right-hand side. Units with left-hand connections are symmetrical.

532 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42EM

Size 1 - Compact in-line model, ducted return air

650
75
0

60 750 60
704
23
232

78 78
204 300

600
16
Fresh-air cutout ø 125 mm

187

Sizes 2 and 3 - Modular model (with optional return air plenum)

Return air spigots ø 200 mm Return air plenum

or

Fresh-air cutout ø 125 mm

Filter access
Return air spigots ø 200 mm

or

Air treatment
Fresh-air cutout ø 125 mm

Sizes 2 and 3 - Compact in-line model, ducted return air


CONTROLS

Filter access
Fresh-air cutout ø 125 mm
Air flow direction
All dimensions are in mm.
Note: All drawings shown have the coil connections on the right-hand side. Units with left-hand connections are symmetrical.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 533
Spigot configuration
42EM 05 and 09 42EM 10 and 19 42EM 2x and 3x
Modular models
1 spigot

2 spigots

3 spigots

4 spigots

5 spigots

Modular models with return air plenum


1 spigot

2 spigots

3 spigots

4 spigots
Air treatment

5 spigots

Compact models

1 spigot

2 spigots

3 spigots

Fresh air inlet

534 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42EM

42EM 05 and 09 42EM 10 and 19

U-shaped modular models without return air plenum


Left-hand coil connection Left-hand coil connection

Right-hand coil connection Right-hand coil connection

U-shaped modular models with return air plenum


Left-hand coil connection Left-hand coil connection

Right-hand coil connection Right-hand coil connection

Air treatment

Fresh air inlet

Note: 42EM sizes 29 & 39 are available with plenum U type on special request.
Important: The fresh air inlet is always opposite the spigot side that is by default opposite the coil connection side.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 535
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units

42NH NEW
Nominal cooling capacity 3.7 to 12.6 kW
Nominal heating capacity 5.1 to 17.5 kW

The Carrier 42NH is available in different sizes with 2-pipe, 2-pipe plus electric heater or 4-pipe
coils, with an air flow range from 530 to 2800 m3/h, a total nominal cooling capacity range from
Air treatment

3.7 kW to 12.6 kW and a nominal heating capacity range from 5.1 kW to 17.5 kW.
Modular Horizontal
ducted unit Compact ducted unit, designed for false ceiling installation.

Reliable and economical for light commercial and office applications.


Extremely quiet Low height of 285 mm.
operation
Compatible with the Carrier 35BD diffuser range.

Low energy Extremely low sound levels for ducted applications.


consumption Five-speed fan motor offers a wide choice of medium speeds.

High-pressure centrifugal fan.


Flexibility for
­simplified G1 filters as standard.
­installation Safe factory-installed electric heater with multiple capacity stages choices.

Low water pressure drop with factory-installed valves.


Improved comfort
Factory-installed options (valves and controllers) for fast and easy installation in false ceilings.
Efficient Indoor Air
Quality

536 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42NH

Physical data
42NH 635 645
Fan speed R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1
(Eurovent certification speeds) (L) (M) (H) (L) (M) (H)
Air flow l/s 199 299 403 469 500 199 299 403 469 500
m3/h 715 1075 1450 1690 1800 715 1075 1450 1690 1800
Available static pressure Pa 12 27 50 67 77 12 27 50 67 77
Cooling mode, two pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 4.51 6.12 7.51 8.25 8.57 5.14 7.14 8.90 9.87 10.28
Sensible cooling capacity kW 3.48 4.89 6.10 6.90 7.23 3.78 5.41 6.95 7.83 8.22
Water flow rate l/s 0.22 0.29 0.36 0.39 0.41 0.25 0.34 0.43 0.47 0.49
l/h 776 1054 1291 1419 1474 884 1229 1531 1697 1768
Water pressure drop kPa 12.6 23.2 34.8 42.0 45.4 12.9 24.9 38.6 47.5 51.5
Water content l 1.5 2
Heating mode, two pipes**
Heating capacity kW 6.30 8.90 11.20 12.60 13.20 6.90 10.10 13.05 14.70 15.50
Cooling mode, four pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 4.14 5.58 6.82 7.50 7.80
Sensible cooling capacity kW 3.30 4.61 5.79 6.48 6.78
Water flow rate l/s 0.20 0.27 0.33 0.36 0.37
NA
l/h 712 960 1173 1290 1341
Water pressure drop kPa 10.6 19.4 28.9 35.0 37.8
Water content l 1.3
Heating mode, four pipes***
Heating capacity kW 6.03 7.73 9.18 9.97 10.31
Water flow rate l/s 0.15 0.19 0.22 0.24 0.25
l/h NA 531 680 807 877 907
Water pressure drop kPa 6.59 10.81 15.23 17.99 19.23
Water content l 0.7
Electric heater 230V ±10% - 1ph - 50Hz 230V ±10% - 1ph - 50Hz
Maximum capacity W 3200 3200
Current drawn A 16.4 16.4
Sound levels
Sound power level (return and radiated) dB(A) 50 56 58 61 62 50 56 58 61 62
Sound power level (supply) dB(A) 50 59 62 65 66 50 59 62 65 66

Air treatment
Electrical data, motor
Power input W 183 218 229 247 286 183 218 229 247 286
Current drawn A 0.9 1.04 1.08 1.15 1.25 0.9 1.04 1.08 1.15 1.25
FCEER energy class (2 pipes) 29.8 [D] 35.0 [D]
FCCOP energy class 49.6 [C] 49.8 [C]
FCEER energy class (4 pipes) NA 27.2 [D]
FCCOP energy class NA 36.9 [D]
Air filter (G3/G1) mm 995 x 265 mm 995 x 265 mm
Technical data (overall dimensions)
Connection diameter, cold and hot-water coils in 3/4'' gas (units nuts female) 3/4'' gas (units nuts female)
Height mm 285 285
Depth mm 670 670
Length mm 1292 1292
Unit weight kg 34.9 36.2
Fan speed: L = Low, M = Medium, H = High
CONTROLS

* Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 27°C db/47% rh – entering water temperature = 7°C, water temperature difference = 5 K.
** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling.
*** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 70°C, water temperature difference = 10 K.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 537
42NH 735 745
Fan speed R5 R4 R3 R2 R1 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1
(Eurovent certification speeds) (L) (M) (H) (L) (M) (H)
Air flow l/s 147 218 372 528 597 147 218 372 528 597
m3/h 530 785 1340 1900 2150 530 785 1340 1900 2150
Available static pressure Pa 4 9 25 50 64 4 9 25 50 64
Cooling mode, two pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 3.70 5.20 7.92 10.15 11.06 4.01 5.65 8.80 11.53 12.65
Sensible cooling capacity kW 2.80 3.90 6.20 8.19 9.02 2.89 4.15 6.67 8.98 9.95
Water flow rate l/s 0.18 0.25 0.38 0.48 0.53 0.19 0.27 0.42 0.55 0.60
l/h 635 893 1359 1745 1902 691 972 1512 1983 2175
Water pressure drop kPa 9.0 17.7 41.1 67.8 80.5 8.3 16.5 39.9 68.6 82.6
Water content l 2 2.6
Heating mode, two pipes**
Heating capacity kW 5.16 7.25 11.04 14.54 15.94 5.38 7.58 11.80 15.84 17.49
Cooling mode, four pipes*
Total cooling capacity kW 3.21 4.40 6.59 8.47 9.25 4.10 5.72 8.56 10.71 11.50
Sensible cooling capacity kW 2.51 3.52 5.45 7.17 7.90 2.94 4.18 6.53 8.53 9.27
Water flow rate l/s 0.15 0.21 0.31 0.40 0.44 0.20 0.27 0.41 0.51 0.55
l/h 551 757 1134 1457 1591 705 983 1471 1842 1978
Water pressure drop kPa 8.0 15.1 33.8 55.9 66.6 10.7 20.9 46.7 73.3 84.4
Water content l 1.3 1.7
Heating mode, four pipes***
Heating capacity kW 5.37 7.20 10.31 12.63 13.48 6.34 8.57 12.45 15.58 16.81
Water flow rate l/s 0.13 0.18 0.25 0.31 0.33 0.15 0.21 0.30 0.38 0.41
l/h 472 633 907 1111 1186 558 754 1095 1370 1478
Water pressure drop kPa 6.3 11.4 23.4 35.1 40.0 7.5 13.7 29.0 45.4 52.9
Water content l 0.7 0.9
Electric heater 230V ±10% - 1ph - 50Hz 230V ±10% - 1ph - 50Hz
Maximum capacity W 3200 3200
Current drawn A 16.4 16.4
Sound levels
Sound power level (return and radiated) dB(A) 41 48 57 63 64 41 48 57 63 64
Sound power level (supply) dB(A) 42 48 58 66 68 42 48 58 66 68
Electrical data, motor
Air treatment

Power input W 175 227 279 313 320 175 227 279 313 320
Current drawn A 0.86 1.09 1.31 1.42 1.47 0.86 1.09 1.31 1.42 1.47
FCEER energy class (2 pipes) 30.0 [D] 33.7 [D]
FCCOP energy class 42.0 [C] 45.2 [C]
FCEER energy class (4 pipes) 25.0 [D] 32.1 [D]
FCCOP energy class 38.1 [D] 46.4 [C]
Air filter (G3/G1) mm 1295 x 265 mm 1295 x 265 mm
Technical data (overall dimensions)
Connection diameter, cold and hot-water coils in 3/4'' gas (units nuts female) 3/4'' gas (units nuts female)
Height mm 285 285
Depth mm 670 670
Length mm 1592 1592
Fan speed:
Unit L = Low, M = Medium, H = High
weight kg 40.5 42.0
* Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 27°C db/47% rh – entering water temperature = 7°C, water temperature difference = 5 K.
** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling.
*** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature = 20°C, entering water temperature = 70°C, water temperature difference = 10 K.

538 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42NH

Technical specifications and options


Valves (option) Filters
Note: The motor valve assembly is normally closed. 42NH offers two filters choices:

Valve actuators ■■ G1 filter : supplied as standard


The actuator is available with two or four-way valve bodies ■■ G3 filter : metal wire frame.
(three-way with integral bypass). It provides an on/off control
and is 230 V a.c. supplied.

Two-way valve body 100.00 1


2
Features of the 3/4” two-way valve
■■ 3/4” male BSP connection for union nuts

Pressure drop (Pa)


10.00
■■ Straight valve body with arrow indicating direction of flow

Pressure drop (Pa)


embossed on valve body
■■ Nominal size DN 20 for 3/4’’ valve
■■ Fluid: water and glycol solution (max. 40% glycol) 1.00

■■ Operating range: 2-90°C


■■ Nominal pressure: PN 16 bar
■■ Kvs = 2.5 for size 6-5 and Kvs = 4.0 for size 7-5 0.10

Three-way valve body (with integral bypass)


0.01
Features of the 3/4” three-way valve 100 200 300 400 500 1000
2000 3000
(28) (56) (83) (111)(138) (277)
■■ 3/4” male BSP connection for union nuts (555) (833)
Air Flow m /h, (l/h)
3

■■ Straight valve body with arrow indicating direction of flow Air Flow m3/h, (l/h)
embossed on valve body Legend
1. Additional pressure drop - Filter G3 for size 6-5
■■ Nominal size DN 20 for 3/4’’ valve 2. Additional pressure drop - Filter G3 for size 7-5

■■ Fluid: water and glycol solution (max. 40% glycol)


■■ Operating range: 2-90°C
■■ Nominal pressure: PN 16 bar
■■ Kvs = 2.5 for size 6-5 and Kvs = 4.0 for size 7-5
Water valve pressure drop

100
1 Air treatment
2
Pressure drop (kPa)
Pressure drop (kPa)

10
CONTROLS

1
100 1000 10000
(0.027) (0.27) (2.7)

Water flow l/h, (l/s)


Legend Water flow l/h, (l/s)
1. 3/4’’ valve for size 6-5 (Kvs = 2.5)
2. 3/4’’ valve for size 7-5 (Kvs = 4.0)

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 539
Codification

Motor speed
Modification
Coils & elec

accesories

packaging
Valve and

Filter and
Air outlet

Fresh air
actuator
Product type Size

Air inlet
Control

Sensor

OEM &
heater

wiring
index
Product reference 4 2 N H 7 4 5 T E F A A A - T - V A
Digit number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

6 3 5

Not available
6 4 5
7 3 5
7 4 5

V = G3 filter

- = individual packaging
T = G1 filter
- = without rectangular flange inlet

A = Bundle packaging
Chassis Size

A = withrectangular flange inlet


Coil rows
Motor AC = 5

A 2-pipe coil right-hand


B 2-pipe coil left-hand
C 4-pipe coil right-hand
D 4-pipe coil left-hand
G 2-pipe coil right-hand + elec heater 2x500W
J 2-pipe coil right-hand + elec heater 2x800W

- = without rectangular flange outlet


K 2-pipe coil right-hand + elec heater 2x1000W

A = withrectangular flange outlet


N 2-pipe coil right-hand + elec heater 2x1600W
R 2-pipe coil left-hand + elec heater 2x500W
T 2-pipe coil left-hand + elec heater 2x800W
U 2-pipe coil left-hand + elec heater 2x1000W
X 2-pipe coil left-hand + elec heater 2x1600W

E Electrical box
K NTC

- No valve - No sensor
A 2-way valve + 230V actuator (ON/OFF) A Return Air T°
F 3-way valve + 230V actuator (ON/OFF) C Water T°
E A+C
Air treatment

L M N P Q R S T U V
Low speed R5 R5 R5 R5 R5 R5 R4 R4 R4 R3
Medium speed R4 R4 R4 R3 R3 R2 R3 R3 R2 R2
High speed R3 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R1 R1

540 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42NH

Features and advantages


Configuration Low noise levels
Each of the available sizes can be provided with an In order to further enhance occupant comfort this product
rectangular flange air inlet and outlet (practical to connect the range offers especially low noise levels. The casing of the
fan-coil unit to the air duct network). 42NH is made of galvanised sheet steel with full high-
efficiency internal lining for optimised thermal and sound
insulation of the unit.
In this configuration filter removal is from below (trapdoor).

In order to comply with the various local regulations (fire


class) the 42NH is available with both class M1 type
insulation (according to NF P 92-507) and Euroclass level
B-s3-d0 (according to EN 13501) compliant with British Class
O requirements. It is also equipped with anti-vibration mounts
as standard.

Compact design
In order to reduce the dimensions of the 42NH to the
minimum, the units are equipped with high-efficiency heat
Filter
exchangers with very high cooling capacity/treated air flow
ratios. The condensate drain pan height is optimised.

Without the rectangular flange inlet (plain inlet), the filter


removal is from the rear.

Filter

Main modules and components


Air treatment
Multi-speed fan motor ­assembly ■■ 42NH units can be supplied with Carrier numerical
controls and prewired to a selection of three speeds.
compliant with ErP 2015 ■■ For other fan motor Speed wiring combinaisons refer to
­regulation the unit codification.

Motor description Water coil


■■ Asynchronous motors, 230 V - 1 ph - 50 Hz, 4 poles with ■■ Aluminium fins mechanically bonded by expansion onto
internal overload protection. copper tubes
■■ Permanent capacitor. ■■ 3/4” threaded water inlet and outlet connections (female)
■■ Class B winding insulation, varnish class F. ■■ Air purge valves and drain are standard.
■■ Service pressure 1550 kPa.
The 42NH have a multi-speed fan motor assembly with
forward curved, double inlet, double wheel fans. The coil is integral with the drain pan and coil access door to
ease of removal during service and maintenance.
Five speeds are available as standard. Three speeds must be
One-piece condensate drain pan
CONTROLS

selected to allow connection of the fan motor in accordance


with applicable electromechanical or electronic control. Pan with a 16 mm external drain connection diameter and fire
■■ Minimum speed : terminal 5 rating M1 (according to NFP 92-507).
■■ Maximum speed : terminal 1

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 541
Filter Wiring example: 5-3-1
The 42NH includes as standard a non regenerable G1 filter.
Two other speeds available, easy access

A G3 filter according to EN 779 is also available. It has


medium fire rating M1 (according to NFP 92-507) and a
metal wire frame.

Fan wiring solutions Electric heater (option)


The fan motor has five speeds, offering the unit greater flow Electric heater-resistance wire type
control flexibility.
■■ Supply voltage: 230 V - 1 ph - 50 Hz
■■ Heater size and capacity per unit (+5% ; -10%):
When ordering, three of the five speeds must be selected
to allow connection of the fan motor in accordance wih the
applicable controls (NTC, HDB, Electrical Box). Electrical Heater
1000 1600 2000 3200
Total capacity (W)
42NH 6-5 & 7-5 2 x 500 2 x 800 2x 1000 2 x 1600
With the electrical box option, the installer can connect the Minimal air-flow (m3/h) 400 500 600 850
unit to a terminal board. The electrical box can be opened
with a screw driver.
■■ The heater is protected with a dual safety device:
a) Self-holding automatically reset integrated safety
The electrical box option permits changing the speed wiring thermostat
without access to the motor. Three of the available five b) Destructive thermofuse link
speeds are connected (minimum speed = 5, maximum speed
= 1).
Note: Minimum air flow must be maintained to avoid
damaging the electric heaters.

Water coil pressure drop


Water flow rate, l/s 0.14 0.17 0.19 0.22 0.25 0.28 0.33 0.39 0.44 0.50 0.56 0.61
Water flow rate, l/h 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200
Water coil type Pressure drop (kPa)
Size Two-pipe cooling 5 8 10 13 17 21 30 41 53 68 84 101
635 Two-pipe heating (change-over) 5 7 9 12 15 19 27 37 49 61 76 92
Four-pipe cooling - - - - - - - - - - - -
Four-pipe heating - - - - - - - - - - - -
Size Two-pipe cooling 4 6 8 11 13 16 24 32 42 53 66 80
645 Two-pipe heating (change-over) 4 6 8 10 12 15 22 30 39 50 61 74
Air treatment

Four-pipe cooling 5 8 10 13 17 21 30 41 54 68 84 102


Four-pipe heating 6 8 11 15 19 23 34 46 60 76 94 113
Size Two-pipe cooling 6 8 11 15 19 23 33 45 59 74 92 111
735 Two-pipe heating (change-over) 5 7 10 13 17 21 30 40 53 67 82 100
Four-pipe cooling 7 10 13 17 22 27 39 53 69 88 108 131
Four-pipe heating 7 11 14 19 24 29 42 57 75 95 117 142
Size Two-pipe cooling 4 6 9 12 15 18 26 35 46 58 72 87
745 Two-pipe heating (change-over) 4 6 8 10 13 16 23 32 41 52 64 78
Four-pipe cooling 6 8 11 14 18 22 32 44 57 72 89 107
Four-pipe heating 6 9 12 16 20 25 36 49 64 81 100 120

542 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42NH

Air flow data


Static pressure available (Pa) as a function of the air flow, m3/h (l/s)

Sizes 42NH6-5 (with G1 filter)

140
130
120
110
100
(Pa)
pressure(Pa)

90
staticpressure

80
70
Available static

60
Available

50
40
30
20
R5 R4 R3 R2 R1
10
0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500
(138) (278) (417) (556) (694)

Air Flow, m3/h (l/s)


Air Flow, m3/h (l/s)

Sizes 42NH7-5 (with G1 filter)

160
150
140
130
120
110
Available static pressure (Pa)
Available static pressure (Pa)

Air treatment
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30 R1
20
R5 R4 R3 R2
10
0 (778)
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800
(0) (111) (222) (333) (444) (556) (667) (778)
Air Flow, m3/h (l/s)
Air Flow, m3/h (l/s)
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 543
Dimensions/clearances
Size 635 & 645 (with rectangular flange inlet and outlet)

670

103 384
285

24

83
614

Size 635 & 645 (without rectangular flange inlet and outlet)

566

25 384
285

24
Air treatment

83

Air flow direction

All dimensions are in mm.

Note: All drawings shown have the coil connections on the right-hand side. Units with left-hand connections are symmetrical.

544 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Hydronic Ducted Fan Coil Units  42NH

Size 735 & 745 (with rectangular flange inlet and outlet)

670

103 384
285

83 24
614

Size 735 & 745 (without rectangular flange inlet and outlet)

566

25 384
285

24

83

Air treatment

Air flow direction

All dimensions are in mm.

Note: All drawings shown have the coil connections on the right-hand side. Units with left-hand connections are symmetrical.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 545
large DUCTED FAN COIL UNITS

42DW*
Nominal cooling capacity 5.5-12.7 kW
Nominal heating capacity 7.3-17.9 kW

The Carrier 42DW fan coil units offer reliable, economical cooling and heating for light and
medium commercial and residential applications.
Air treatment

Four sizes with two-pipe, two-pipe plus electric heater or four-pipe coils; air flow range
220-726 l/s, cooling capacity 4.4-11.7 kW, heating capacity 6.5-19.8 kW.

Compact ducted chilled-water fan coil units for installation above false ceilings.

Reliable, efficient heating and cooling for commercial and residential applications.

Minimised size, using a V-shaped coil, and reduced height of 285 mm.

* Although not CE marked due to fan efficiency regulation 327/2011 (ErP2015),


this product is fully compliant with the Machinery (2006/42/EC) and
Electromagnetic Compatibility (2004/108/EC) directives.
546 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
large DUCTED FAN COIL UNITS  42DW

Physical data
Unit size 42DWC 07 42DWC 09 42DWC 12
Fan speed Low Medium High Super Low Medium High Super Low Medium High Super
high high high
Fan
Air flow l/s 228 250 260 273 253 303 349 372 478 563 632 668
m3/h 820 900 935 983 910 1090 1255 1338 1720 2025 2275 2403
Static pressure Pa 33 50 55 59 35 50 65 75 35 50 60 70
Cooling mode
Total cooling capacity kW 5.08 5.5 5.67 5.88 5.88 6.81 7.69 8.05 9.29 10.4 11.2 11.6
Sensible cooling capacity kW 4 4.33 4.47 4.66 4.54 5.32 6.05 6.37 7.03 7.95 8.66 9.68
Water flow rate l/s 0.24 0.26 0.27 0.28 0.28 0.33 0.37 0.38 0.55 0.49 0.53 0.54
l/h 849 947 980 1010 1012 1173 1320 1385 1992 1776 1897 1950
Water pressure drop kPa 16 21 23 25 16 22 27 30 38 45 54 60
Heating mode, 2 pipes
Heating capacity kW 6.74 7.28 7.60 7.78 7.95 9.31 10.10 11.02 12.21 13.79 15.19 16.58
Water pressure drop kPa 16 21 23 25 16 22 27 30 38 45 55 60
Heating mode, 4 pipes
Heating capacity kW - - - - - - - - - - -
Water flow rate l/h - - - - - - - - - - -
l/h - - - - - - - - - - -
Water pressure drop kPa - - - - - - - - - - -
Electric heater capacity W 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Sound levels
Sound power level dBA 55 57 58 59 56 60 64 65 62 66 68 70
Sound pressure level* dBA 38 40 41 42 39 43 47 48 45 49 51 53
NR value 35 37 38 39 35 40 44 45 41 45 48 50
Power supply V-ph-Hz 230-1-50 230-1-50 230-1-50
Power input W 117 130 143 150 125 170 200 225 265 310 360 380
Current draw A 0.51 0.57 0.62 0.65 0.54 0.74 0.87 0.98 1.15 1.35 1.57 1.65
Dimensions
Coil outlet/inlet diameter inch 3/4 3/4 3/4
Length mm 925 925 1325

Air treatment
Height mm 285 285 285
Depth mm 750 750 750
Weight (without/ kg 35/39 37/41 48/53
with ­electric heater)
Based on Eurovent rating standards:
Cooling: Entering/leaving air temperature = 27°C db/19°C wb – entering/leaving water temperature = 7°C/12°C.
Heating (2 pipes): Entering air temperature = 20°C– entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling.
Heating (4 pipes): Entering air temperature = 20°C – entering/leaving water temperature = 70°C/60°C.
* Based on a hypothetical sound attenuation for the room and the system of -17 dB(A).

Note: Although not CE marked due to fan efficiency regulation 327/2011 (ErP2015), this product is fully compliant with the Machinery (2006/42/EC) and Electromagnetic Compatibility
(2004/108/EC) directives.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 547
Unit size 42DWC 16 42DWD 09 42DWD 16
Fan speed Low Medium High Super Low Medium High Super Low Medium High Super
high high high
Fan
Air flow l/s 600 656 692 726 253 303 349 372 600 656 692 726
m /h3
2160 2360 2490 2614 910 1090 1255 1338 2160 2360 2490 2614
Static pressure Pa 40 50 55 61 35 50 65 75 40 50 55 61
Cooling mode
Total cooling capacity kW 12.00 12.70 13.40 13.71 5.56 6.39 7.06 7.32 10.60 11.30 11.70 11.66
Sensible cooling capacity kW 9.39 10.00 10.70 10.53 4.25 4.95 5.51 5.82 8.68 9.35 9.74 9.68
Water flow rate l/s 0.59 0.64 0.64 0.67 0.27 0.30 0.34 0.35 0.51 0.54 0.55 0.56
l/h 2135 2305 2309 2425 955 1097 1210 1259 1831 1929 1966 2004
Water pressure drop kPa 48.3 56.1 54.3 58.4 21 25 30 33 43 48 50 52
Heating mode, 2 pipes
Heating capacity kW 16.7 17.9 18.9 19.76 - - - - - - - -
Water pressure drop kPa 45 56.1 54.2 58.4 - - - - - - - -
Heating mode, 4 pipes
Heating capacity kW - - - 7.02 7.70 8.35 8.83 14.30 15.30 15.90 15.93
Water flow rate l/h - - - 0.17 0.19 0.20 0.22 0.36 0.38 0.39 0.39
l/h - - - 604 677 732 777 1278 1353 1395 1400
Water pressure drop kPa - - - 13 12 17 18 53 60 63 65
Electric heater capacity W 3000 3000 3000 3000 - - - - - - - -
Sound levels
Sound power level dBA 68 70 72 73 56 60 64 65 68 70 72 73
Sound pressure level* dBA 51 53 55 56 39 43 47 48 51 53 55 56
NR value 48 49 51 52 35 40 44 45 48 49 51 52
Power supply V-ph-Hz 230-1-50 230-1-50 230-1-50
Power input W 370 410 430 450 135 175 197.5 220 400 460 485 510
Current draw A 1.61 1.78 1.87 1.96 0.59 0.76 0.86 0.96 1.74 2 2.11 2.22
Dimensions
Coil outlet/inlet diameter inch 3/4 3/4 3/4
Air treatment

Length mm 1325 925 1325


Height mm 285 285 285
Depth mm 750 750 750
Weight (without/ kg 53/58 37 53
with electric heater)
Based on Eurovent rating standards:
Cooling: Entering/leaving air temperature = 27°C db/19°C wb – entering/leaving water temperature = 7°C/12°C.
Heating (2 pipes): Entering air temperature = 20°C– entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling.
Heating (4 pipes): Entering air temperature = 20°C – entering/leaving water temperature = 70°C/60°C.
* Based on a hypothetical sound attenuation for the room and the system of -17 dB(A).

Note: Although not CE marked due to fan efficiency regulation 327/2011 (ErP2015), this product is fully compliant with the Machinery (2006/42/EC) and Electromagnetic Compatibility
(2004/108/EC) directives.

548 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
large DUCTED FAN COIL UNITS  42DW

Features and advantages


■■ Four sizes with two-pipe, two-pipe plus electric heater or ■■ High-capacity unit with low sound levels.
four-pipe coils; air flow range 220-726 l/s, cooling capacity ■■ Four-speed motor, offering a choice of two medium
4.4-11.7 kW, heating capacity 6.5-19.8 kW. comfort speeds.
■■ Compact ducted chilled-water fan coil units for installation ■■ High-pressure centrifugal fans.
above false ceilings.
■■ Compatible with the 35BD air diffuser range.
■■ Reliable, efficient heating and cooling for commercial and
■■ Safe factory-installed electric heater for single or two-stage
residential applications.
hot water heating.
■■ Minimised size, using a V-shaped coil, and reduced
■■ Low hydraulic pressure drop with a valve mounted,
height of 285 mm.
compatible with all chiller pump kits.
■■ Air return from the rear or below for increased installation
■■ Quick installation with factory-installed options (controls,
flexibility.
valves).
■■ Air outlet modularity (sleeve or spigots), outlets on the
■■ Improved market competitiveness.
front or at the sides.

Operating limits
Water circuit
Maximum water-side pressure 1600 kPa

Minimum entering water temperature +4°C

Maximum entering water temperature +80°C

Room air
Minimum temperature 5°C*

Maximum temperature 32°C

Power supply

Nominal single-phase voltage 230 V, 50 Hz

Operating voltage limits 198 V - 264 V

* If the outdoor temperature can go down to 0 °C, it is advisable to empty the water circuit to avoid breaks caused by ice.

Air treatment
The coil can be emptied only partially: for total drainage of the unit see section “Emptying the plant” in the maintenance sub-section of the IOM.

CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 549
Fan performance curves, front discharge
42DWC 07 42DWC 09 - 42DWD 09
Static pressure, Pa

Static pressure, Pa

Air flow m3/h Air flow m3/h

Air flow, l/s Air flow, l/s

42DWC 12 42DWC 16 – 42DWD 16


Air treatment

Static pressure, Pa

Static pressure, Pa

Air flow m3/h Air flow m3/h

Air flow, l/s Air flow, l/s

Legend
Low
1 fan speed
2 Medium fan speed
3 High fan speed
4 Super high fan speed

550 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
large DUCTED FAN COIL UNITS  42DW

Fan performance curves, side discharge


42DWC 07 42DWC 09 - 42DWD 09
Static pressure, Pa

Static pressure, Pa

Air flow m3/h Air flow m3/h

Air flow, l/s Air flow, l/s

42DWC 12 42DWC 16 – 42DWD 16

Air treatment
Static pressure, Pa

Static pressure, Pa

Air flow m3/h Air flow m3/h


CONTROLS

Air flow, l/s Air flow, l/s

Legend
Low
1 fan speed
2 Medium fan speed
3 High fan speed
4 Super high fan speed

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 551
Fan performance curves
42DWE 07 42DWE 09
Static pressure, Pa

Static pressure, Pa

Air flow m3/h

Air flow m3/h


Air flow, l/s

Air flow, l/s

42DWE 12 42DWE 16
Air treatment

Static pressure, Pa
Static pressure, Pa

Air flow m3/h

Air flow m3/h


Air flow, l/s

Air flow, l/s

552 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
large DUCTED FAN COIL UNITS  42DW

Correction factors for different fan speeds,


cooling mode
2-pipe unit with 50 Pa static pressure at medium fan speed and unit
free delivery at each speed
Capacity Fan speed
42DWC
Super high High Medium Low
07 Total 1.06 1.03 1 0.92
Sensible 1.07 1.03 1 0.92
09 Total 1.18 1.13 1 0.86
Sensible 1.20 1.14 1 0.85
12 Total 1.12 1.08 1 0.90
Sensible 1.14 1.09 1 0.88
16 Total 1.06 1.02 1 0.93
Sensible 1.07 1.01 1 0.94
42DWD
09 Total 1.17 1.08 1 0.87
Sensible 1.21 1.12 1 0.85
16 Total 1.07 1.04 1 0.93
Sensible 1.08 1.05 1 0.92

Pressure drops
2-pipe coil 4-pipe coil
Pressure drop, kPa
Pressure drop, kPa

Air treatment
Water flow rate, l/h
Water flow rate, l/h
Water flow rate, l/s
Water flow rate, l/s

Valve
Pressure drop, kPa

CONTROLS

Water flow rate, l/h

Water flow rate, l/s

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 553
Electric heater kit
Size Small Large
Part number 42DW9003 42DW9004
Applicability 42DWC 07 42DWC 09 42DWC 12 42DWC 16
Power supply V-ph-Hz 230-1-50/400-3-50
Capacity W 3000 3000 3000 3000
Max. temperature, indoor air °C 27 27 27 27
Max. external static pressure Pa 75 150 170 190
Weight kg 4 4 5 5

Air-side pressure drop of the electric


­heater kit
42DW9003 42DW9004
Static pressure, Pa
Static pressure, Pa

Air flow, m3/h

Air flow, m3/h


Air flow, l/s

Air flow, l/s, l/s


Air treatment

Special filter kit


Size Small Large
Part number 42DW9013 42DW9014
Applicability 42DWC07 42DWC09 42DWC12 42DWC16
Efficiency, EN779 F6 F6 F6 F6
Material Pleated fibre glass
Weight kg 8 8 11 11

554 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
large DUCTED FAN COIL UNITS  42DW

Filter pressure drop


Filtration kit 42DW9013
Filter: B035809H01, 764 x 236 mm, F6
Static pressure, Pa

Air flow, m3/h

Air flow, l/s

Filtration kit 42DW9014


Filter: B035809H02, 1164 x 236 mm, F6
Static pressure, Pa

Air treatment
Air flow m3/h

Air flow, l/s


CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 555
Dimensions/clearances
42DWC 07-16
2-pipe version
Air treatment

1. Coil
2. Fan 42DWC A B C D
3. Condensate pan
4. Condensate drain connection
07-09 925 971 865 779
5. Fresh air intake 12-16 1325 1371 1265 1179
6. Control panel
7. Unit frame
8. Air filter
9. Cold water inlet
10. Cold water outlet

When designing an installation always use up-to-date drawings, available from your local Carrier office.

556 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
large DUCTED FAN COIL UNITS  42DW

42DWD 09-16
4-pipe version

1. Coil
42DWD A B C D

Air treatment
2. Fan
3. Condensate pan
4. Condensate drain connection
09 925 971 865 779
5. Fresh air intake 16 1325 1371 1265 1179
6. Control panel
7. Unit frame
8. Air filter
9. Cold water inlet
10. Cold water outlet

When designing an installation always use up-to-date drawings, available from your local Carrier office.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 557
42DWE 07-16
2-pipe version with electric heater
Air treatment

1. Coil
2. Fan 42DWE A B C D
3. Condensate pan
4. Condensate drain connection
07-09 925 971 865 779
5. Fresh air intake 12-16 1325 1371 1265 1179
6. Control panel
7. Unit frame
8. Air filter
9. Cold water inlet
10. Cold water outlet

When designing an installation always use up-to-date drawings, available from your local Carrier office.

558 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
large DUCTED FAN COIL UNITS  42DW

Water connections Required


1

5
­clearances, mm
6
3

Enhet
2

1. Purge valves
2. Drain valves
3. Cold water inlet ¾" female
4. Cold water outlet ¾" female
5. Hot water outlet ¾" female
6. Hot water inlet ¾" female

External kit
Valve spacing mm Position
2-pipe 220 A
4-pipe 120 B

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 559
INDIVIDUAL COMFORT MODULES

42BJ
Nominal cooling capacity 0.5-6.0 kW
Nominal heating capacity 0.5-12.2 kW

The Carrier 42BJ Individual Comfort Module (ICM) is a compact air conditioning system, available
in three sizes, designed to air condition individual rooms with an area of between 25 and 50 m2.
Air treatment

The 42BJ ICM LEC incorporates a galvanised sheet steel casing with a lining of thermal and
acoustic insulation (fire class M1).

It includes a centrifugal fan with a low-energy consumption (LEC) motor. This direct-drive
motor is electronically commutated (commonly referred to as EC motor). It is piloted by a
0-10 V signal that permits operation with a wide range of rotational speeds, varying from the
base setting and is precise, simple and quiet. It also includes an air filter, a fresh air inlet with
adjustable air quantity, a chilled-water cooling coil and a hot-water heating coil and/or an
electric resistance heater.

Flexible, thermally and acoustically insulated ducts connect ICM units to one or more
plenums in the ceiling void. These feed unobtrusive linear ceiling diffusers (Carrier Moduboot
35BD/35SR units) supplying the individual rooms or zones.

These units can be installed above false ceilings or in floor voids but away from occupied zones,
ideally in central areas where they are easily connected to hot-water and chilled-water
circuits and the fresh air supply.

These circuits, normally installed in corridors and halls to facilitate maintenance, never pass
through the conditioned spaces. Only the passive elements of the system, the 35BD/35SR
diffusers are within the space they serve. This means that maintenance can be done away
from the occupied areas and programming is possible while the building is occupied.

Low inherent noise was a key factor in the design of the ICM. With their high available static
pressure, the units can be installed well away from the conditioned space.

560 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
INDIVIDUAL COMFORT MODULES  42BJ

Physical and electrical data


42BJ ICM LEC 1.9 2.9 4.9
Fan speed* L M H L M H L M H
Air flow l/s 16 145 201 24 160 223 28 148 204
m3/h 56 521 722 88 575 803 101 534 733
Available static pressure Pa 1 50 97 1 50 99 3 50 92
Cooling mode**
Total cooling capacity kW 0.45 2.99 3.74 0.66 3.95 5.26 1.12 3.94 4.91
Sensible cooling capacity kW 0.36 2.34 3.00 0.46 2.91 3.95 0.75 2.78 3.53
Water flow rate l/s 0.02 0.12 0.17 0.03 0.19 0.25 0.06 0.25 0.26
l/h 80 448 628 118 699 912 224 884 935
Water pressure drop kPa 2 27 47 2 39 61 5 61 68
Water content l 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5
Two-pipe heating mode***
Heating capacity kW 0.51 3.56 4.45 0.75 4.72 6.33 1.19 4.53 5.77
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP C/C B/B B/B
Four-pipe heating mode****
Heating capacity kW 0.62 3.12 3.70 1.08 4.30 5.18 1.87 5.47 6.54
Water flow rate l/s 0.02 0.07 0.10 0.03 0.10 0.12 0.05 0.15 0.16
l/h 60 267 348 94 376 449 168 550 577
Water pressure drop kPa 1 15 23 4 32 41 8 67 73
Water content l 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.29 0.29 0.29 0.45 0.45 0.45
Eurovent energy class FCEER/FCCOP C/C B/B B/A
Electric heater V-ph-Hz 230-1-50
Maximum capacity kW 0.5 1.9 2.23 0.75 2.12 2.25 1 2.25 2.25
Maximum current drawn A 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
Sound levels
Sound power level (return + radiated) dB(A) 29 53 59 34 52 59 32 56 61
Sound power level (supply) dB(A) 26 59 66 20 63 69 31 65 72
Global sound power level dB(A) 31 61 67 34 63 69 34 65 72
Sound pressure level † dB(A) 10 40 46 13 42 48 13 44 51
NR value† - 35 41 - 37 43 - 39 46
Electrical data, motor 230 V-1 ph-50 Hz, EC motor with low energy consumption
Power input W 4 49 160 4 68 174 5 46 186
Air filter F5 or F6 mm 240 x 400 240 x 550 315 x 550

Air treatment
Physical data
Connection diameter, chilled and in 1/2 gas 1/2 gas 1/2 gas
hot-water coil
Spigot connection diameter mm 200 200 250
Length mm 900 1100 1100
Depth mm 665 815 815
Height mm 270 270 345
Unit weight (standard) kg 31 40 50

* Fan speed: L = Low, M = Medium, H = High


** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature 27°C/47% rh, entering water temperature 7°C, water temperature difference 5 K.
*** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature 20°C - entering water temperature 50°C, with same water flow rate as in cooling mode.
**** Eurovent conditions: Entering air temperature 20°C - entering water temperature 70°C, water temperature difference 10 K.
† Based on a hypothetical sound attenuation for the room and the system of -21 dB(A).
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 561
Codification

Modification code*

Supply and return

Filter and access

Motor wiring*
Valve motors
air plenum*
Product type* Size

Fresh air
Sensors
Control
Valves
Coils
Product reference 4 2 B J 1 9 E A T A A A A A A W
Digit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

* Fixed values

Digits 5/6
1 9 Digit 10 Digit 15
2 9 - None - None
4 9 C 2-way valve A 125 mm ø fresh air spigot only
D 3-way valve B 8.3 l/s (30 m3/h)
J 2-way valve + flexible piping 16.6-44.4 l/s (21/28/36)
C
K 3-way valve + flexible piping 60-160 m3/h (75/100/130)
Digit 8 Motorised fresh air valve adapter ø
E
125 mm
A 2 pipes right
X SPECIAL
B 2 pipes left
Digit 11
C 4 pipes right
0 None
D 4 pipes left
A 230 V on/off
E 2 pipes/2 wires right, low pressure (PTC 2 wired stages)
C 3 points 230 V
F 2 pipes/2 wires left, low pressure (PTC 2 wired stages) Digit 14
G 2 pipes/2 wires right, high pressure (PTC 5 wired stages) F F5 access from below
H 2 pipes/2 wires left, high pressure (PTC 5 wired stages) G F5 side access
J 2 pipes/2 wires right, high pressure (PTC 4 wired stages) H F5 access from above
K 2 pipes/2 wires left, high pressure (PTC 4 wired stages) K F6 access from below
L F6 side access
M F6 access from above
S Activated carbon filters + UVPCO (access from below)
T Activated carbon filters + UVPCO (side access)
U Activated carbon filters + UVPCO (access from above)
Digit 13
- None
A Return air sensor
B Supply air sensor
C Changeover sensor
D A+B
Digit 12
E A+B+C
- None
F A+C
A NTC
G B+C
D NTC + IAQ board
H CO2 sensor
Air treatment

K NTC + fuse holder


J A + CO2
L NTC + IAQ board + fuse holder
K B + CO2
L C + CO2
M A + B + CO2
N A + C + CO2
P B + C + CO2
Q A + B + C + CO2

562 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
INDIVIDUAL COMFORT MODULES  42BJ

Features and advantages


This guarantees optimised indoor air quality in two stages,
Features as described below:
■■ Comfort
-- High-efficiency filtration with filter type F5 or F6
The 42BJ ICM LEC can be equipped with a numerical
-- Modulation of the fresh air flow. In order to control the
Carrier NTC controller, with each room occupant having
air flow supplied to a room, Carrier air conditioners
his or her own remote user interface, on a wall or desk, to
can be equipped with a fresh air flow modulation
select the preferred comfort level:
system.
-- Ambient room temperature ■■ Three objectives:
-- Forced ventilation function (quick air renewal in the
-- To adjust the ventilation rate to the actual occupation
office)
in the rooms
-- Choice of occupied or unoccupied mode at each ICM
-- To maintain good indoor air quality in order to ensure
LEC to control energy usage.
comfort and hygiene for the occupants.
-- To control energy consumption due to the air renewal
Aquasmart Evolution allows all units to be controlled in the rooms and adjust it to avoid “overventilation”
centrally to satisfy overriding criteria or to respond to of the building, and to minimise the operating costs
local selections. The central energy management system especially during unoccupied periods.
continu-ously controls the comfort levels to achieve ■■ Operating pinciples
optimum energy usage without disturbing individual The occupants of a room release on average 0.0045
comfort level selections. l/s (16,2 l/h) CO2. A CO2 sensor, placed in the return air
duct of the terminal, checks the concentration in the air
If the product is supplied without a Carrier control device, conditioned room. The measured concentration indicates
verification of EMC conformity is the responsibility of the the actual occupation of the room.
installer.
The sensor sends a signal to the numerical Carrier controller
which in turn passes an action signal to the fresh air valve:
Air quality -- if the CO2 concentration is below a threshold value,
■■ Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) the fresh air flow is minimal or zero,
Carrier is committed to developing an Indoor Air Quality -- if it is above, the fresh air flow is increased up to the
(IAQ) control system that is integrated into the air condi- specified maximum.
tioning units. This is a major innovation, and the beginning ■■ Operating limits
of a new era in air conditioning. Supply air temperature 12°C, when the unit is installed
in a room with an ambient temperature of 27°C dry bulb
It means that each individual comfort module (ICM) is and 65% relative humidity.
equipped with a high-tech fresh air intake and filtration
control system to effectively combat any type of pollutant.

Supply/return
Moduboot
Hot/chilled water
inlet/outlet

Air treatment
42B
J IC
M1

42B
JIC
M2
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 563
Main modules and components
■■ Variable-speed LEC fan motor assembly
The 42BJ ICM LEC units are equipped with a variable-
speed fan motor assembly controlled by a 0-10 V signal
from the electronic Carrier controller.
■■ Water coil
The water coil has aluminium fins mechanically bonded to
copper tubes by expansion.

Water inlet and outlet connections are threaded 1/2” gas.


Air purge valves are standard. The coil is integral with the
drain pan and the coil access door to ease removal for
service. Coils available are:
-- two-pipe coils with changeover or for use with an
electric heater. ■■ Constant volume fresh air controller (option)
-- four-pipe coils. The ICM unit can be fitted with a constant fresh air flow
controller allowing the number of air changes to be
■■ Thermoformed condensate drain pan controlled accurately. It is vital to choose the correct
The main pan is below the coil with an auxiliary pan below constant fresh air flow controller for the intended occupancy
the valves. This monobloc construction prevents leaks. of the room or zone.
With the coil on the suction side of the fan to facilitate
drainage, condensate has to be drained through a non-
return flap valve. The difference in height between the The following range of controllers is available:
main and auxiliary drain pans is enough to overcome the -- 8.3 l/s or 30 m3/h (-10%; +20%)
depression within the unit and dispenses with the need -- 16.6 l/s or 60 m3/h (-10%; +20%)
for an in-built siphon.
The fresh air supply is located upstream of the water coil.
The auxiliary pan is insulated. The drain stub itself has The collar which houses the flow controller is made of ABS
16 mm external diameter. and has the following diameter:
3
■■ Filter and access -- 125 mm for the controller with 16.6 l/s (60 m /h)
3
The 42BJ ICM is fitted with a high-efficiency F5 or F6 type -- 74 mm for the controller with 8.3 l/s (30 m /h).
filter.

Fire rating medium M1, metal frame l/s m3/h A B


MR60 17 60 4-4 4-4
12 3 4 43 2 1 MR75 21 75 4-3 4-3
Three filter access options are provided on the 42BJ: MR85 24 85 3-3 3-2
-- From above for units in false floor voids MR90 25 90 3-2 2-2
-- From below for units in false ceiling voids A B MR100 28 100 2-1 2-1
-- From the side (all applications) MR105 29 105 2-1 1-1
Air treatment

MR110 31 110 1-1 1-1


12 3 4 43 2 1 MR120 33 120 3-3 -
MR130 36 130 2-1 -
MR140 39 140 1-1 -
MR160 44 160 - -

Fresh air controller

564 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
INDIVIDUAL COMFORT MODULES  42BJ

Important: If the ICM is fitted with a return air temperature The technology ensures totally safe self-regulation of the
sensor, the constant fresh air flow rate must not exceed dissipated power. In addition, each electric heater is fitted
50% of the air flow rate delivered by the unit at minimum with a self-resetting safety thermostat of the normally
speed. closed type that cuts out when the temperature rises to
70°C with an average differential of 20 K.
Note: The 16.6 l/s or 60 m3/h fresh air controller can
be modified on site by removing or retracting of the two Caution: It is vital to disconnect the ICM from the general
plastic restrictions in order to bring its capacity up to a power supply before carrying out any work on the electric
maximum constant fresh air flow of 44.4 l/s (160 m3/h). heater.
A label attached to the 42BJ shows how to modify the
control of the two plastic restrictions.

Note: To operate correctly, the 8.3 l/s (30 m3/h) constant Enhanced comfort without stratification:
supply air temperature = 35°C
fresh air flow controller requires a differential pressure
in the range 50 Pa to 200 Pa. The 16.6 l/s (60 m3/h)
constant fresh air controller requires a differential pressure
in the range 70 Pa to 200 Pa.
■■ PTC electric heater (option)
These are high-performance PTC electric heaters (PTC =
positive temperature coefficient) which make use of two
technologies: electric heating and surface temperature
limitation (a state-of-the-art technology based on the use
of ceramics).

The true dissipated power is then dependent on the


temperature and flow rate of the incoming air.

Technical specifications
Valves (option) Water valve pressure drop
It should be noted that the valve body is the same for
whatever controller option is chosen.
■■ Electrothermal actuator 2
The actuator is a 230 V a.c. on/off type. Linear movement 1
Water flow rate, l/s (l/h)

is provided by the expansion and contraction of a wax


element heated by an electrical resistor.
■■ Two-way 1/2” valve body

Air treatment
-- 1/2” male BSP connection for union nuts
-- Straight valve body with arrow indicating direction of
flow embossed on valve body
-- Nominal size DN 15 for 1/2” valve
-- Fluid: water and glycol solution (max. 40% glycol)
-- Operating range: 2-90°C
-- Nominal pressure: PN 16 bar (1600 kPa) Pressure drop, kPa
-- Kvs = 1.6
■■ Three-way 1/2” valve body (with integral bypass) 1 Kvs = 1
2 Kvs = 1.6
-- 1/2” male BSP connection for union nuts
-- Straight valve body with arrow indicating direction of
flow embossed on valve body
-- Nominal size DN 15 for 1/2” valve
-- Fluid: water and glycol solution (max. 40% glycol)
-- Operating range: 2-90°C
-- Nominal pressure: PN 16 bar (1600 kPa)
-- Kvs = 1
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 565
Flexible water pipes ■■ Characteristics
-- Minimum bend radius: 106 mm
-- The flexible water pipes are designed for treated or
untreated water (maximum 40% ethylene glycol or
propylene glycol).
-- Maximum hot water temperature 90°C
-- Maximum operating pressure: 16 bar
-- 1/2” flat gas connections
-- Length: 1 m.

■■ Materials
-- Pipes: MEPD-based elastomer (modified ethylene-
propylene-diene)
-- Braid: 304L stainless steel
-- Insulation: cellular foam rubber with M1 fire rating
(9 mm thick, flexible water pipes).

Air distribution with Optimix linear diffusers


Cooling air flow Heating air flow
Air treatment

566 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
INDIVIDUAL COMFORT MODULES  42BJ

Water coil pressure drop


Water coil pressure drop curves, 42BJ MCI LEC size 1.9
Water flow rate, l/h

Cooling Heating

Pressure drop, kPa

Water coil pressure drop curves, 42BJ MCI LEC size 2.9
Water flow rate, l/h

Cooling Heating

Pressure drop, kPa

Air treatment
Water coil pressure drop curves, 42BJ MCI LEC size 4.9
Water flow rate, l/h

Cooling Heating
CONTROLS

Pressure drop, kPa

Notes: The curves are plotted for the following conditions: entering hot-water temperature 50°C, entering chilled-water temperature 6°C.
To convert l/h to l/s, please divide by 3600.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 567
Air flow/available pressure curves
Available static pressure curve (Pa) as a function of air flow (m3/h or l/s)

500

10 V 42BJ ICM LEC size 1.9


400
9V
Available pressure, Pa

300 8V

7V
200
6V Electric heater

100 5V
4V
2V 3 V
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Air flow, l/s

500

10 V 42BJ ICM LEC size 2.9


400
9V
Available pressure, Pa

300 8V

7V
200
Electric heater
6V
100 5V
4V
3V
2V
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Air flow, l/s
Air treatment

500

42BJ ICM LEC size 4.9


400 10 V
Available pressure, Pa

9V
300 8V

7V
200
6V

5V
100
4V Electric heater
3V
2V
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Air flow, l/s

568 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
INDIVIDUAL COMFORT MODULES  42BJ

Dimensions and clearances 42BJ 1.9


Connections on the left-hand side

455
136 608 156 55

135.5
136
270

2x
270

Ø199

Ø 8.5
149 538
615

147

Legend
Dimensions are given in mm.
450
500

1 Suspension lugs
2 Hot/chilled-water coil (option)
3 Communicating numerical Carrier controller
4 Air filter
5 Hot/cold water supply and return connections
25

6 Fresh air connection (option)


7 Return air duct connection
32 836 32
8 Supply air duct connection
200 200
900 9 Water flow control valves (option)
10 Side filter access door
Connections on the right-hand side 11 Motor access door
12
LEC fan motor assembly
13
Condensate drain pan
149 538 14
Electric heater (option)
15
Electric heater

Air treatment
16
Rubber grommet
17
Clearance condensate pan and coil assembly
18
Clearance bottom filter access (option)
19
615

Fresh air (option)


20
Clearance side filter access
21
Clearance for fan removal
450 147
500
25

32 836 32
CONTROLS

200 200
900

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 569
Dimensions and clearances 42BJ 2.9
Connections on the left-hand side
155 790 155 600 55

135.5
135
270

2x
270

Ø199

Ø 8.5

190 657
765

25
144

Legend
Dimensions are given in mm.
650
600

1 Suspension lugs
2 Hot/chilled-water coil (option)
3 Communicating numerical Carrier controller
4 Air filter
5 Hot/cold water supply and return connections
25

6 Fresh air connection (option)


7 Return air duct connection
32 1036 32
8 Supply air duct connection
200 200 9 Water flow control valves (option)
1100
10 Side filter access door
11 Motor access door
Connections on the right-hand side 12
LEC fan motor assembly
13
Condensate drain pan
14
Electric heater (option)
15
Electric heater
16
Rubber grommet
Air treatment

17
Clearance condensate pan and coil assembly
18
Clearance bottom filter access (option)
19
Fresh air (option)
765

20
Clearance side filter access
21
Clearance for fan removal
25
144
650
600
25

32 1036 32

200 200
1100

570 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
INDIVIDUAL COMFORT MODULES  42BJ

Dimensions and clearances 42BJ 4.9


Connections on the left-hand side
155 790 155
605 55

345
174

2x
Ø 249
345

Ø 8.5

190 657
765

145
649
600

32 1036 32
200 200
1100

Connections on the right-hand side

Air treatment
190 657
Legend
Dimensions are given in mm.

1 Suspension lugs
2 Hot/chilled-water coil (option)
145

3 Communicating numerical Carrier controller


765

4 Air filter
5 Hot/cold water supply and return connections
6 Fresh air connection (option)
7 Return air duct connection
8 Supply air duct connection
9 Water flow control valves (option)
10 Side filter access door
649
600

11 Motor access door


12
LEC fan motor assembly
13
Condensate drain pan
14
Electric heater (option)
15
Electric heater
CONTROLS

16
Rubber grommet
17
Clearance condensate pan and coil assembly
32 1036 32 18
Clearance bottom filter access (option)
19
200 200 Fresh air (option)
1100 20
Clearance side filter access
21
Clearance for fan removal

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 571
AIR TREATMENT MODULES

42GM

42GM ITM
The 42GM Individual Air Treatment Module (ITM) is something more than a simple air
­conditioner which enables room air temperatureIndividual Air Treatment
to be controlled. It is a total, integrated
Air treatment

­comfort system in the building. Module for Variable-Flow


The Carrier 42GM is a compact central stationSystems
air handler to supply conditioned air at a rate
of 125 l/s to rooms with floor areas of approximately 25 m2. The main components of the
unit are an air filter, a fresh air supply, equipped with an air flow controller (option), a chilled
water cooling coil, a hot water heating coil or an electric resistance heater, a centrifugal fan.
The unit is controlled by a Carrier numeric controller.

572 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR TREATMENT MODULES  42GM

Physical data
42GM Size 1.9 (2 pipes) Size 1.9 (4 pipes)

Fan
Air flow l/s (m3/h) 94 (337) 94 (337)
Pressure drop Pa 290 290
Cooling mode
Total cooling capacity kW 2.20 2.20
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.70 1.70
Water flow rate l/s (l/h) 0.11 (380) 0.11 (380)
Water pressure drop kPa 65 (with 2-way valve) 47 (with 2-way valve)
4-pipe heating mode
Heating capacity kW - 2.21
Water flow rate l/s - 0.05 (190)
Water pressure drop kPa - 10
Electric heater
Low-capacity heating W 470 -
High-capacity heating W 1750 -
Sound levels
Sound power level (inlet and radiated) dB(A) 65 65
Sound power level (outlet duct) dB(A) 70 70
Sound pressure level* dB(A) 49 49
NR value 45 45
Power supply V-ph-Hz 230-1-50 230-1-50
Power input W 115 115
Current draw A 0.81 0.81
Dimensions
Coil inlet/outlet diameters in 1/2 gas 1/2 gas
Length mm 1202 1202
Height mm 412 412
Depth mm 300 300
Weight kg 30 30

Air treatment
Based on Eurovent rating standards:
Cooling: Entering/leaving air temperature = 27°C db/19°C wb – entering/leaving water temperature = 7°C/12°C.
Heating (2 pipes): Entering air temperature = 20°C – entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling.
Heating (4 pipes): Entering air temperature = 20°C – entering/leaving water temperature = 70°C/60°C.
* Based on a hypothetical sound attenuation for the room and the system of -21 dB(A).

Options/accessories
■■ Customised product on request

35BD linear diffuser (supply and return air)


CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 573
Features and advantages
Features ■■ High-pressure centrifugal fans, compatible with air
distribution systems up to 300 Pa.
■■ One size with two-pipe plus electric heater or four-pipe
coils, with an air flow of 94 l/s, a cooling capacity of 2.2 kW ■■ Compatible with the 35BD air diffuser range.
and a heating capacity of 1.7 kW. ■■ Safe factory-installed electric heater for single or two-stage
■■ Decentralised compact ducted chilled-water fan coil hot water heating.
system, designed for installation in plant rooms. This allows ■■ Available with demand control ventilation (DCV) and CO2
centralised service and maintenance. sensor.
■■ Reliable and efficient heating and cooling for office blocks ■■ Can be equipped with a UV-PCO IAQ module.
and institutional buildings. ■■ Low hydraulic pressure drop with a valve mounted,
■■ High efficiency EU6 filter. compatible with all chiller pump kits.
■■ Extremely low sound level. ■■ Quick installation with factory-installed options (controls,
■■ The LEC (low energy consumption) fan motor assembly valves).
is available as standard. This direct-drive motor is
electronically commutated (EC motor), controlled by a 0–10
V signal and allows precise, simple and quiet unit operation
in a wide range of rotational speeds in variation from the
original speed.

Dimensions/clearances
42GM with front fastening support with constant-flow fresh air
Air treatment

574 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR TREATMENT MODULES  42GM

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 575
air treatment modules

42GR
Nominal cooling capacity 3.1 kW
Nominal heating capacity 2.9 to 3.5 kW

Two sizes with two-pipe plus electric heater or four-pipe coils, with an air flow range from 103
to 109 l/s, a cooling capacity of 3.1 kW and a heating capacity range from 2.9 to 3.5 kW.
Air treatment

Decentralised compact ducted chilled-water fan coil system, designed for installation in plant
rooms. This allows centralised service and maintenance.

Reliable and efficient heating and cooling for office blocks and institutional buildings.

The LEC (low energy consumption) fan motor assembly is available as standard. This
direct-drive motor is electronically commutated (EC motor), controlled by a 0–10 V signal
and allows precise, simple and quiet unit operation in a wide range of rotational speeds in
variation from the original speed.

576 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
air treatment modules  42GR

Physical data
42GR Size 1.9 Size 2.9

Fan
Air flow l/s (m3/h) 97 (350) 139 (500)
Pressure drop Pa 310 285
Cooling mode
Total cooling capacity kW 2.44 3.97
Sensible cooling capacity kW 1.8 2.81
Water flow rate l/s (l/h) 0.117 (420) 0.189 (680)
Water pressure drop kPa 18 15
2-pipe heating mode
Heating capacity kW 3.1 4.27
4-pipe heating mode
Heating capacity kW 2.63 4.16
Water flow rate l/s (l/h) 0.0639 (230) 0.103 (370)
Water pressure drop kPa 4 14
Electric heater
Low-capacity heating W - -
High-capacity heating W 1700 1100
Sound levels
Sound power level dB(A) 64 66
Sound pressure level* dB(A) 43 45
NR value 38 40
Power supply V-ph-Hz 230-1-50 230-1-50
Power input W 110 147
Current draw A 0.48 0.64
Dimensions
Coil inlet/outlet diameters in 1/2" 1/2"
Length mm 960 960
Height mm 962 962
Depth mm 250 420

Air treatment
Weight kg 35 50
Based on Eurovent rating standards:
Cooling: Entering/leaving air temperature = 27°C db/19°C wb – entering/leaving water temperature = 7°C/12°C.
Heating (2 pipes): Entering air temperature = 20°C – entering water temperature = 50°C, same water flow rate as in cooling.
Heating (4 pipes): Entering air temperature = 20°C – entering/leaving water temperature = 70°C/60°C.
* Based on a hypothetical acoustic attenuation for the room and the air distribution system of -21 dB(A).
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 577
Cooling capacities, kW
42GR19
Water Relative Humidity 50 %
­temperatures
(°C) Air flow rate l/s (m3/h)
Inlet - Outlet 28 (100) 56 (200) 83 (300) 97 (350) 111 (400)
Dry bulb Air Temperature inlet (°C)
27 25 23 27 25 23 27 25 23 27 25 23 27 25 23
6 - 12 TC 0.94 0.78 0.64 1.70 1.40 1.10 2.32 1.91 1.51 2.60 2.13 1.69 2.85 2.34 1.86
SHC 0.61 0.55 0.49 1.14 1.01 0.89 1.60 1.42 1.26 1.81 1.61 1.43 2.01 1.79 1.59
TSA 8.7 8.7 8.5 9.9 9.9 9.8 11.0 10.8 10.5 11.4 11.2 10.8 11.9 11.6 11.2
DE 134 112 91 243 200 157 332 273 216 371 305 242 407 335 266
7 - 12 TC 0.91 0.75 0.60 1.66 1.36 1.07 2.27 1.87 1.47 2.54 2.09 1.65 2.78 2.29 1.82
SHC 0.60 0.53 0.47 1.12 1.00 0.88 1.58 1.41 1.24 1.79 1.59 1.41 1.98 1.77 1.57
TSA 9.1 9.1 9.1 10.2 10.1 10.0 11.2 11.0 10.7 11.7 11.4 11.0 12.1 11.8 11.3
DE 156 129 102 284 234 183 390 322 252 436 360 283 478 394 312
8 - 13 TC 0.83 0.67 0.53 1.51 1.22 0.94 2.08 1.67 1.30 2.32 1.88 1.46 2.54 2.07 1.62
SHC 0.56 0.50 0.44 1.06 0.93 0.82 1.50 1.32 1.16 1.69 1.50 1.33 1.88 1.67 1.48
TSA 10.1 10.2 9.9 11.1 11.1 10.8 12.0 11.8 11.4 12.5 12.2 11.7 12.9 12.5 12.0
DE 143.3 116 92 260 209 161 357 288 223 398 322 252 436 356 279
10 - 15 TC 0.67 0.54 0.42 1.21 0.95 0.73 1.67 1.31 1.03 1.87 1.48 1.17 2.06 1.64 1.30
SHC 0.49 0.44 0.39 0.93 0.82 0.72 1.32 1.16 1.02 1.51 1.32 1.16 1.68 1.48 1.29
TSA 12.2 12.0 11.4 13.0 12.8 12.3 13.7 13.4 12.8 14.0 13.6 13.1 14.3 13.9 13.3
DE 115 92 71 208 163 126 287 226 178 322 254 201 354 282 224

42GR29
Water Relative Humidity 50 %
­temperatures
(°C) Air flow rate l/s (m3/h)
Inlet - Outlet 28 (100) 56 (200) 83 (300) 111 (400) 139 (500) 167 (600)
Dry bulb Air Temperature inlet (°C)
27 25 23 27 25 23 27 25 23 27 25 23 27 25 23 27 25 23
6 - 12
Air treatment

TC 1.03 0.88 0.72 1.95 1.64 1.30 2.81 2.34 1.86 3.58 2.98 2.37 4.28 3.57 2.84 4.91 4.10 3.28
SHC 0.65 0.59 0.53 1.26 1.12 0.99 1.83 1.63 1.44 2.36 2.11 1.86 2.86 2.56 2.26 3.32 2.98 2.65
TSA 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.9 8.1 8.2 8.5 8.7 8.7 9.1 9.1 9.1 9.7 9.6 9.5 10.2 10.1 9.8
DE 147 126 103 279 234 186 401 335 266 513 427 339 612 510 406 702 587 469
7 - 12 TC 0.98 0.83 0.67 1.88 1.57 1.24 2.71 2.25 1.78 3.46 2.88 2.27 4.14 3.44 2.72 4.76 3.96 3.15
SHC 0.63 0.57 0.50 1.22 1.09 0.96 1.78 1.59 1.40 2.31 2.06 1.82 2.80 2.50 2.21 3.26 2.91 2.59
TSA 7.9 8.0 8.0 8.4 8.6 8.7 9.0 9.1 9.1 9.5 9.5 9.4 10.0 10.0 9.8 10.6 10.4 10.1
DE 168 142 115 323 269 213 466 387 305 595 494 390 711 591 468 818 679 541
8 - 13 TC 0.90 0.76 0.60 1.73 1.41 1.09 2.48 2.03 1.57 3.17 2.59 2.00 3.78 3.11 2.41 4.34 3.57 2.78
SHC 0.60 0.53 0.47 1.15 1.02 0.89 1.68 1.49 1.30 2.18 1.93 1.69 2.64 2.35 2.07 3.08 2.74 2.42
TSA 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.5 9.7 9.7 10.0 10.1 10.0 10.5 10.5 10.3 11.0 10.9 10.7 11.5 11.2 11.0
DE 155.4 130 103 297 243 188 427 349 269 544 445 344 650 534 413 747 613 477
10 - 15 TC 0.75 0.60 0.46 1.41 1.11 0.84 2.02 1.59 1.20 2.57 2.02 1.54 3.08 2.43 1.87 3.54 2.80 2.18
SHC 0.53 0.46 0.41 1.01 0.89 0.78 1.48 1.30 1.14 1.93 1.69 1.48 2.34 2.06 1.81 2.74 2.41 2.13
TSA 11.0 11.0 10.8 11.6 11.7 11.4 12.0 12.0 11.7 12.4 12.3 11.9 12.8 12.6 12.2 13.2 12.9 12.4
DE 129 104 79 242 190 144 347 273 206 443 348 266 530 418 322 609 482 375

Legend:

TC - Total cooling capacity, kW


SHC - Sensible heat capacity, kW
TSA - Air discharge temperature, °C
WF - Water flow, l/s

578 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
air treatment modules  42GR

Options/accessories
■■ Custom-made product on request

Features and advantages


■■ Two sizes with two-pipe plus electric heater or four-pipe ■■ Compatible with the 35BD air diffuser range.
coils, with an air flow range from 103 to 109 l/s, a cooling ■■ Safe factory-installed electric heater for single or two-stage
capacity of 3.1 kW and a heating capacity range from 2.9 hot water heating.
to 3.5 kW.
■■ Available with demand control ventilation (DCV) and CO2
■■ Decentralised compact ducted chilled-water fan coil sensor.
system, designed for installation in plant rooms. This allows
■■ Can be equipped with a UV-PCO IAQ module.
centralised service and maintenance.
■■ Low hydraulic pressure drop with a valve mounted,
■■ Reliable and efficient heating and cooling for office blocks
compatible with all chiller pump kits.
and institutional buildings.
■■ Quick installation with factory-installed options (controls,
■■ High efficiency EU6 filter.
valves).
■■ Extremely low sound level.
■■ The LEC (low energy consumption) fan motor assembly 35BD linear diffuser (supply and return air)
is available as standard. This direct-drive motor is
electronically commutated (EC motor), controlled by a 0–10
V signal and allows precise, simple and quiet unit operation
in a wide range of rotational speeds in variation from the
original speed.
■■ High-pressure centrifugal fans, compatible with air
diffusion systems up to 300 Pa.

Electrical data
42GR19
Control I Cos Puis. Qv Qv P Control I Cos Puis. Qv Qv P
(Volts) (A) (W) (Pa) (Volts) (A) (W) (Pa)
(m3/h) (l/s) (m /h)
3
(l/s)
10V 0.90 0.54 112 492 137 2 8V 0.70 0.51 81 301 83 285
0.90 0.54 112 447 124 106 0.63 0.50 72 249 69 319
0.57 0.49 63 198 55 345

Air treatment
0.91 0.53 112 397 110 232
0.90 0.53 111 351 97 327 0.50 0.48 55 152 42 374
0.91 0.53 112 303 84 418 7V 0.75 0.51 88 450 125 1

0.90 0.54 112 254 71 497 0.68 0.50 80 399 111 78

0.80 0.53 98 197 55 560 0.62 0.49 70 350 97 141


0.56 0.49 62 301 84 188
9V 0.90 0.54 112 489 136 3
0.49 0.48 54 249 69 227
0.90 0.54 111 448 125 98
0.43 0.47 48 198 55 251
0.90 0.54 112 399 111 224
0.38 0.47 41 154 43 276
0.92 0.53 112 349 97 330
0.34 0.46 36 110 31 298
0.85 0.53 103 301 84 387
6V 0.48 0.55 60 390 108 6
0.78 0.52 93 249 69 413
0.44 0.54 55 350 97 59
0.70 0.51 82 201 56 449
0.39 0.54 48 300 83 112
0.61 0.50 71 154 43 485
0.34 0.54 42 249 69 157
8V 0.92 0.53 112 489 136 2 0.30 0.53 36 202 56 181
CONTROLS

0.92 0.53 111 449 125 93 0.25 0.52 30 151 42 194


0.84 0.52 101 397 110 184 0.22 0.52 26 101 28 221
0.77 0.51 91 349 97 239 5V 0.30 0.53 37 324 90 2
0.29 0.52 35 302 84 28
legend: 0.25 0.51 29 249 69 74
V - Fan motor control voltage supply

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 579
42GR19
Control I Cos Puis. Qv Qv P Control I Cos Puis. Qv Qv P
(Volts) (A) (W) (Pa) (Volts) (A) (W) (Pa)
(m /h)
3
(l/s) (m /h)
3
(l/s)
5V 0.22 0.50 25 201 56 103 3V 0.09 0.41 8 106 29 38
0.19 0.48 21 142 39 123 0.07 0.40 7 48 13 53
0.17 0.45 18 102 28 143 2V 0.06 0.39 5 106 29 2
4V 0.18 0.51 21 256 71 3 0.06 0.39 5 83 23 10
0.15 0.50 17 199 55 46 0.05 0.38 4 33 9 22
0.13 0.49 15 149 41 72
legend:
0.11 0.48 13 104 29 82
V - Fan motor control voltage supply
0.10 0.48 11 66 18 98
3V 0.11 0.45 11 184 51 0
0.10 0.42 10 151 42 20

42GR29

Control I Cos Puis. Qv Qv P Control I Cos Puis. Qv Qv P


(Volts) (A) (W) (m3/h) (l/s) (Pa) (Volts) (A) (W) (m3/h) (l/s) (Pa)

10V 1.44 0.55 179 806 224 2 7V 0.52 0.55 63 366 102 145
1.39 0.55 172 763 212 52 0.45 0.53 51 301 84 168
1.37 0.53 165 728 202 94 0.41 0.52 47 252 70 180
1.34 0.54 162 695 193 126 0.39 0.51 45 201 56 188
1.31 0.52 159 590 164 224 0.35 0.49 40 160 45 193
1.29 0.51 150 527 147 271 0.33 0.46 36 124 35 195
1.21 0.53 146 497 138 290 6V 0.36 0.49 39 455 126 0
1.15 0.54 141 459 128 305 0.35 0.48 39 395 110 45
1.02 0.54 128 374 104 352 0.35 0.53 40 354 98 72
0.96 0.52 113 320 89 369 0.31 0.53 33 298 83 91
0.78 0.52 94 183 51 406 0.29 0.49 32 254 71 104
9V 1.24 0.51 150 754 209 4 0.26 0.73 28 198 55 113
1.24 0.52 148 716 199 47 0.23 1.00 25 151 42 120
1.18 0.55 147 676 188 92 0.21 1.00 23 119 33 123
1.07 0.53 140 621 173 151 5V 0.22 0.91 23 352 98 0
1.17 0.56 136 562 156 200 0.21 1.00 21 300 83 25
Air treatment

1.05 0.54 127 511 142 239 0.18 1.00 19 252 70 42


1.02 0.55 123 436 121 278 0.17 1.00 17 201 56 54
0.86 0.54 108 373 104 307 0.15 1.00 14 142 40 65
0.74 0.52 89 260 72 335 0.14 1.00 12 95 26 69
0.68 0.52 82 186 52 350 0.13 1.00 12 67 19 72
8V 0.81 0.53 101 658 183 0 4V 0.16 1.00 15 290 80 1
0.81 0.53 101 605 168 62 0.14 1.00 15 249 69 20
0.85 0.52 101 557 155 108 0.14 1.00 14 205 57 32
0.86 0.54 105 506 140 153 0.13 1.00 12 150 42 43
0.82 0.56 99 454 126 184 0.12 1.00 10 110 31 49
0.73 0.54 90 404 112 209 0.13 1.00 10 82 23 52
0.67 0.50 81 350 97 236 3V 0.11 1.00 8 200 55 1
0.60 0.52 69 302 84 249 0.10 1.00 8 184 51 4
0.56 0.49 64 253 70 257 0.09 1.00 7 140 39 16
0.48 0.56 56 158 44 273 0.10 1.00 7 101 28 21
7V 0.57 0.52 69 563 156 0 0.09 1.00 7 86 24 22
0.56 0.55 69 517 144 48 2V 0.07 1.00 4 106 29 1
0.55 0.52 67 478 133 71 0.06 1.00 2 74 21 5
0.57 0.49 71 431 120 115 0.07 1.00 4 45 12 8
legend:

V - Fan motor control voltage supply

580 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
air treatment modules  42GR

Air flow/available static pressure data


42GR19

600

500
Control
Volts

10V
400
Available static pressure (Pa.)

9V
8V
7V
300
6V
5V
4V
200 3V
2V

100

0
0.0 50.0 100.0 150.0 200.0 250.0 300.0 350.0 400.0 450.0 500.0

Air Flow (l/s)

42GR29

500

450

Control
400 Volts

350 10V

Air treatment
Available static pressure (Pa.)

9V
300 8V
7V
250
6V
5V
200
4V
150 3V
2V
100

50

0
0.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 500.0 600.0 700.0 800.0
Air Flow (l/s)
CONTROLS

legend:

V - Fan motor control voltage supply

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 581
Sound power level
42GR19
Octave band frequency (Hz)
Volts Type 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K dB(A)
SUP 49 51 47 60 60 54 64
10V RET 39 43 41 46 49 39 52
RAD 50 48 51 55 53 46 58
SUP 48 51 46 59 58 52 62
9V RET 39 42 40 47 46 38 51
RAD 47 47 50 54 51 45 57
SUP 47 50 45 58 56 51 61
8V RET 38 42 39 48 44 37 50
RAD 48 47 49 53 50 44 56
SUP 44 47 43 56 51 47 58
7V RET 35 38 36 43 39 32 45
RAD 46 43 47 50 45 40 53
SUP 41 43 40 54 46 42 56
6V RET 31 34 33 38 34 28 41
RAD 44 40 44 47 41 35 49
SUP 36 39 36 48 40 38 49
5V RET 26 29 30 34 27 24 36
RAD 39 36 41 42 36 33 45
SUP 32 34 32 41 34 32 43
4V RET 22 23 26 31 21 20 32
RAD 34 32 37 38 31 29 41
SUP 28 30 28 35 28 27 37
3V RET 17 20 23 27 17 16 29
RAD 30 28 33 34 26 24 37
SUP 25 28 26 32 25 23 34
2V RET 15 18 20 25 15 15 27
RAD 27 25 30 31 22 20 33

42GR29
Octave band frequency (Hz)
Volts Type 125 250 500 1K 2K 4K dB(A)
SUP 66 64 60 50 46 52 61
10V RET 66 54 53 48 50 45 57
RAD 61 56 56 58 58 51 63
SUP 65 62 58 48 45 50 60
Air treatment

9V RET 65 52 51 47 48 43 55
RAD 60 55 54 57 56 49 62
SUP 64 60 57 47 43 48 58
8V RET 63 50 49 45 46 41 53
RAD 59 54 53 56 54 46 60
SUP 61 57 53 44 38 43 55
7V RET 61 48 47 44 43 38 51
RAD 56 50 50 54 51 42 57
SUP 58 53 49 42 34 38 51
6V RET 59 45 45 42 39 34 48
RAD 54 47 48 52 47 37 54
SUP 54 48 44 38 26 29 46
5V RET 54 39 39 36 30 - 42
RAD 49 41 42 47 39 - 49
SUP 49 43 38 34 18 20 40
4V RET 49 34 32 30 21 - 36
RAD 45 36 36 42 31 - 43
SUP 41 36 33 28 16 - 34
3V RET 43 31 30 28 18 - 30
RAD 36 30 31 34 27 - 37
SUP 34 29 27 22 14 - 28
2V RET 38 29 28 26 15 - 23
RAD 28 24 25 26 23 - 30
Legend:

V - Fan motor control voltage supply   SUP - Supply (dB re = 10-12 W)   RET - Return (dB re = 10-12 W)   RAD - Radiated (dB re = 10-12 W)

582 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
air treatment modules  42GR

Electrical heater performances


42GR19
1800

1700
5 elements
1600

1500

1400
4 elements
1300

1200

1100

3 elements
Capacity, W

1000

900

800

700
2 elements

600

500

400 1 element

300

200

100

0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 (m3/h)
0 14 28 42 56 69 83 97 111 (l/s)

Flow volume, Qv

42GR29

Air treatment
1400
5 elements

1200
4 elements
1000
3 elements
Capacity (W)

800
2 elements
600

400 1 element

200

0
CONTROLS

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800


Flow volume (m /h)
3

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 583
Dimensions/clearances, mm
Standard installation

Supply air

Su cas
sp ing
Return air
en Fresh
si o air
n
inlet

Controller

Air distribution with Optimix linear diffusers


Cooling air flow Heating air flow
Air treatment

584 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
air treatment modules  42GR

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 585
MODUBOOT AIR DIFFUSERS

35BD/SR

The Moduboot ceiling mounted diffuser is the result of Carrier’s unique experience and
1­expertise
- INTRODUCTION
in the domain of air flow.
Air treatment

Due to the profile of its diffuser, which makes use of the «Coanda» effect, the Moduboot
1.1 - General
­provides an unequalled level of comfort without inconvenience to the occupants.

         


         

      


    
    
    
    
            
        
586       C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5

         


MODUBOOT AIR DIFFUSERS  35BD/SR

Physical data
35BD supply or return air
No. of Duct ­diameter Nominal diffuser Plenum length Overall height
Model slots mm length mm mm mm
AG 2 159/199 600 473 270.4
2 159/199 1200 939 270.4
2 159/199 1500 1235 270.4
AH 2 199
VH/MH 3 199 600 539 280.8
GH/JH 4 199 1200-1350 1139 280.8
BH/QH 5 199 1500 1439 280.8
CH 5 199

35BD supply or return air Optimix


No. of Duct diameter Nominal diffuser Plenum length
Model Overall height mm
slots mm length mm mm
SH 3 199
EH/FH 3 199 1200-1350 1139 280.8
KH/XH 4 199 1500 1439 220.8
UH 4 199
LH/NH 5 199

Optimix diffuser profiles


EH FH SH KH XH UH

LH NH Cold supply air damper position


Warm supply air damper position

Air treatment
35SR supply/return air
Model No. of slots Duct Nominal diffuser Plenum Supply section Return section Overall
­diameter length length length length height
mm mm mm mm mm mm
VH/MH 3 159/199*
GH 4 159/199** 1200-1350 1139 742 388 280.8
JH 4 159/199** 1500 1439 867 563 280.8
CH/QH 5 159/199*** 1800 1739 1067 663 280.8
BH 5 159/199***
* 159 mm for diffuser length 1200-1350 mm only
CONTROLS

** 159 mm for diffuser length 1500 mm only


*** 159 mm for diffuser length 1800 mm only

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 587
35SR supply/return air Optimix
Model No. of slots Duct Nominal diffuser Plenum Supply section Return section Overall
­diameter mm length mm length mm length mm length mm height mm
EH/FH 3 199
SH 3 199
XH 4 199 1200-1350 1139 742 388 280.8
UH 4 199 1500 1439 867 563 280.8
KH 4 199 1800 1739 1067 563 280.8
LH 5 199
NH 5 199

OWB - One-way blow


TWB - Two-way blow

Other diffuser profiles


AH TWB AH OWB MH OWB
VH TWB GH OWB JH

QH TWB GH OWB BH TWB CH

Accessories
■■ Return air diffusers ■■ Alignment channels
■■ Dummy diffusers ■■ Mounting brackets
■■ Diffuser end trim strips

Features and advantages


Features ■■ Four nominal lengths: 600 - 1200 – 1350 - 1500 mm for
Air treatment

the 35BD and 1200 – 1350 – 1500 – 1800 mm for the


■■ Linear diffusers with high induction, specially designed to 35SR.
be connected to the Carrier 42GR Air Treatment Modules,
42BJ Individual Comfort Modules, 42EM Atmosphera and ■■ Choice of models allows air throw adjustment according to
42DW ducted fan coil units. the required air flow.
■■ Two main types: ■■ Damper position of the Optimix diffuser changes
automatically with the primary air temperature.
-- AG and AH profiles, two slots one-way and two-way
blow for cold air diffusion and return air. ■■ Comprises a galvanized sheet metal plenum with 13 mm
-- FH, SH, XH, LH profiles: two to five slots with Optimix thick fibreglass acoustic and thermal internal insulation.
damper for cold and warm air diffusion. ■■ Aerodynamic diffuser design provides uniform air
■■ 35BD models have a supply or return air Moduboot, distribution without disturbing draughts.
35SR models have a supply and return air Moduboot. ■■ From fully cold to fully warm position, the damper operation
■■ 35BD – 19 diffuser profiles with two to five slots, and one- provides adjusted air diffusion to ensure optimum comfort
way or two-way blow for cold air diffusion or return air. in the occupied space.
■■ 35SR – 17 diffuser profiles with three to five slots for cold
and warm air diffusion.

588 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
        
           
            
            
MODUBOOT AIR DIFFUSERS  35BD/SR
           
          
 

Air Distribution
Air distribution is a fundamental comfort factor.
The Carrier «Moduboot» diffuser uses the «Coanda» effect for
air distribution.
The design of the Carrier Moduboot linear diffuser maintains
the Coanda effect down to 15% of nominal unit air flow. At
lower air flows, the air velocity is such that the air feels still,
and cold air drafts are avoided. At lower air flows it is unlikely
that the space would be occupied, since it is mainly the
occupants, lighting and other internal gains that make up the
150 mm 150 mm
space heat load.

            
           
             
           
     
        
           
          
 

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 589
MODULINE AIR DIFFUSERS

37A

Carrier Moduline air conditioning terminals integrate air distribution and air volume flow
control, constant volume or variable volume, in the terminal itself. The prime function of the
Air treatment

unit is to control, automatically and accurately, the air flowing from it so that the temperature
of the space which it serves stays sensibly constant at the level selected by the occupants.

590 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
MODULINE AIR DIFFUSERS  37A

Physical data
37AG – nominal lengths 1200 and 1500 mm
(active length 900 mm), air flow 56 l/s
Nominal plenum height mm 180 230 280
Plenum size mm 178 x 178 229 x 229 279 x 279
Overall unit height mm 327 378 428
Width mm 181.5 232.5 282.5
Weight kg 10 12 16

37AG – nominal length 1500 mm


(active length 1200 mm) – air flow 74 l/s
Nominal plenum height mm 180 230 280
Plenum size mm 178 x 178 229 x 229 279 x 279
37AG: Air flow range: 19-173 l/s
Overall unit height mm 327 378 428
Width mm 181.5 232.5 282.5
Weight kg 12 15 19

37AH – nominal lengths of 1200 and 1500 mm


(active length 900 mm) – air flow 97 l/s
Nominal plenum height mm 230 280
Plenum size mm 229 x 229 279 x 279
Overall unit height mm 388 438
Width mm 232.5 282.5
Weight kg 15 16

37AH: Air flow range: 47-236 l/s

37AS – nominal lengths of 1200 and 1500 mm

Air treatment
(active length 900 mm) – air flow 56 l/s
Nominal plenum height mm 127
Plenum size mm 127 x 178
Overall unit height mm 170
Width mm 288
Weight kg 11.5

37AS: Air flow range: 19-78 l/s


CONTROLS

Moduline unit in cross section

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 591
Accessories
■■ One- or two-way T-bar or continuous, 2-way return ■■ Variable air volume controller with Moduline thermostat
air diffuser (AG, AH) (all)
■■ One- or two-way T-bar or continuous dummy units ■■ Variable air volume controll with room thermostat (all)
(AG, AH) ■■ Minimum air flow controller
■■ End trimming piece (all) ■■ Warm-up switch
■■ Alignment channels (AG, AS) ■■ Various suspension accessories
■■ Plastic blanking piece (all) ■■ Various plenum accessories
■■ Constant volume control kit (all) ■■ Various control accessories

Features and advantages


Features
■■ Three types of terminals with nominal air flows from 19 to
236 l/s.
■■ Wide range of capacities, weights and physical
­dimensions.
■■ Air distribution and air volume flow control, constant or
variable volume are integrated in the terminal itself.
■■ One-piece, self-contained units, can be used in any type
of air treatment unit: ducted central station air handlers or
packaged indoor or outdoor air conditioners.
■■ Conditioned air is distributed through linear diffuser slots
in the ceiling.
■■ Available in sizes to match standard false ceiling modules.
■■ Galvanised steel plenums (a).
■■ Perforated sheet steel distribution plate (b).
■■ Neoprene bellows which expand and contract with the
control pressure (c).
■■ Felt-coated bellows stops control the noise level (d).
■■ Thermal and acoustic insulation (e).
■■ Aerodynamically profiled central air guide (f).
■■ Acoustic insulation, attenuates air flow noise (g).
■■ Air diffuser assembly of extruded aluminium (h).
Air treatment

592 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
MODULINE AIR DIFFUSERS  37A

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 593
AIR HANDLING UNITS

39SQ

New generation standardised air handling units for tertiary and commercial applications.
Air treatment

Eurovent-certified performances.

“Clean concept” design with smooth internal surfaces for easy cleaning and better air
quality.

60 mm double-skin construction for good thermal insulation and low-noise operation.

Three basic configurations:


-- Exhaust unit
-- Supply unit with a single fan
-- Combined return and supply unit with two fans

594 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR HANDLING UNITS  39SQ

Physical data
39SQ 0402 0404 0604 0606 0806 0808 1008 1010 1210

Height (including base frame) mm 560 800 800 1120 1120 1440 1440 1760 1760
Width mm 738 738 1058 1058 1378 1378 1698 1698 2018
1 - Exhaust unit
Air flow m3/s 0.58 1.17 1.75 2.63 3.5 4.67 5.83 7.29 10.2
Length mm 660 820 900 1060 1140 1220 1300 1540 1620
2 - Supply unit heating
Air flow m3/s 0.58 1.17 1.75 2.63 3.5 4.67 5.83 7.29 8.9
Heating capacity kW 24.5 48.5 74.5 112.3 140.1 188.5 243.7 304.4 394.2
Length mm 1380 1540 1620 1780 1860 1940 2180 2340 2340
3 - Supply unit heating and cooling
Air flow m3/s 0.54 1.00 1.72 2.58 3.2 4.36 5.73 7.1 8.9
Heating capacity kW 22.5 42.6 73.3 110 132.7 181.1 241 300.2 394.2
Cooling capacity kW 10 19.2 33.1 49.9 63 86.2 112.3 139.7 237.4
Length mm 1860 2020 2100 2260 2340 2420 2660 2820 2980
4 - Supply unit: mixing/heating/cooling
Air flow m3/s 0.54 1.00 1.72 2.58 3.2 4.36 5.73 7.1 8.9
Heating capacity kW 22.5 42.6 73.3 110 132.7 181.1 241 300.2 394.2
Cooling capacity kW 10 19.2 33.1 49.9 63 86.2 112.3 139.7 237.4
Length mm 2180 2340 2420 2660 2740 3060 3220 3460 3620
5 - Combined exhaust and supply unit
Air flow m3/s 0.54 1.00 1.72 2.58 3.2 4.36 5.73 7.1 8.9
Heating capacity kW 22.5 42.6 73.3 110 132.7 181.1 241 300.2 394.2
Cooling capacity kW 10 19.2 33.1 49.9 63 86.2 112.3 139.7 252.2
Length total mm 3460 3520 3620 4100 4260 4740 5220 5620 5940
Length section 1 mm 2530 2930 3170 3410 3490
Length section 2 mm 1730 1810 2050 2210 2450
Electric heater option
Heating capacity 1 kW 7.5 7.5 18 27 36 36 45 60 126
Heating capacity 2 kW 11.3 15 27 36 48 60 75 90 180

Air treatment
Heating capacity 3 kW 15 22.5 36 54 72 96 120 150 234
Heating capacity 4 kW 18.8 30 45 63 84 120 150 180 288
Heating capacity 5 kW 30 37.5 54 81 108 144 180 225 396
Pre-heating coil option
Heating capacity kW 6.4 12.2 20.9 31.4 38.8 53 69.6 86.5 108.5

Standard conditions:
Heating: air -10°C/90% rh, +25°C, water 80/60°C
Cooling: air 28°C/50% rh, +16°C, water 7/12°C
Pre-heating: air -5°C, +5°C, water 80/70°C
External static pressure 300 Pa
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 595
Options
■■ Outdoor installation ■■ Inspection section in between heating and cooling coils
■■ Inspection section in between heating and cooling coils ■■ Reversed hot/chilled water coils
■■ Reversed hot/chilled water coils ■■ Differential pressure gauges
■■ Differential pressure gauges ■■ Differential pressure taps
■■ Differential pressure taps ■■ Direct-expansion R-410A refrigerant coil
■■ Direct-expansion R-410A refrigerant coil ■■ Lighting with switch
■■ Lighting with switch ■■ Door safety screen
■■ Door safety screen ■■ Variable-speed drive with integrated disconnect switch
■■ Variable-speed drive with integrated disconnect switch ■■ Run-around coils for energy recovery
■■ Run-around coils for energy recovery ■■ Hygienic options for hospital/ laboratory applications:
■■ Hygienic options for hospital/laboratory applications: class 3 dampers, F9 fanal filter, inspection sections
class 3 dampers, F9 fanal filter, inspection sections ■■ Empty section
■■ Empty section ■■ Prodialog Controller with human interface (local or remote
■■ Plug fan EC motors installation)
■■ Plug fan AC motors ■■ Jbus, Bacnet communications gateway
■■ Outdoor installation

Features and advantages


■■ New generation standardised air handling units for tertiary ■■ Eight sizes with air flows from 0.4 to 7.3 m3/s (1400 to
and commercial applications. 26300 m3/h).
■■ Eurovent-certified performances. ■■ Galvanised steel frame and casing with large hinged
■■ Standardised components for short delivery time (target 4 access doors.
weeks) and competitive price positioning. ■■ Casing performance (EN1886): air leakage L1, thermal
■■ “Clean concept” design with smooth internal surfaces for transmittance T3, thermal bridging TB3.
easy cleaning and better air quality. ■■ Double or single mixing section.
■■ 60 mm double-skin construction for good thermal ■■ Pre-heating hot water coil.
insulation and low-noise operation. ■■ G4 pleated or/and F7 bag filters.
■■ Three basic configurations: ■■ Hot water coil or electric heaters.
-- Exhaust unit ■■ Chilled water coil.
-- Supply unit with a single fan
■■ Belt-driven forward/backward curved fans or direct-drive
-- Combined return and supply unit with two fans
plug-in fans.
Air treatment

Controls NEW

596 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
AIR HANDLING UNITS  39SQ

Dimensions/clearances

1 – Exhaust unit 2 – Supply unit heating 3 – Supply unit heating and 4 – Supply unit: mixing/heating/coo-
Exhaust fan Return air damper cooling ling
G4+F7 filter Return air damper Return air damper
Heating coil 2 rows G4 + F7 filters Fresh air damper
Supply fan Heating coil 2 rows G4 + F7 filters
Cooling coil 6 rows Heating coil 2 rows
Supply fan Cooling coil 6 rows
Supply fan

5 – Combined exhaust and supply unit


Return air damper
Return fan
Exhaust damper
Mixing damper
Fresh air damper
G4 + F7 filters
Heating coil 2 rows
Cooling coil 6 rows

Hospital exhaust and supply units with run-around coil for energy recovery

Air treatment

Notes on dimensions:
• All dimensions are for indoor units with backward-curved fans, except size 0402 that has dimensions with a forward-curved fan
CONTROLS

• Casing length is exclusive of return air damper


• Electric heater option: length varies with heating capacity
• Pre-heating coil option: length + 160 mm
• Contact your Carrier representative for certified dimensional drawings

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 597
FRESH AIR UNITS WITH ENERGY RECOVERY

39SQC/R/P

Three versions in nine sizes with air flows from 0.2 to 8.4 m3/s (700 to 30000 m3/h).
Air treatment

39SQ units are designed to supply fresh air to any type of building. The efficient air-to-air heat
exchanger recycles the heat from the exhaust air, pre-heats cold outdoor air in winter and
pre-cools hot outdoor air in summer, resulting in impressive energy savings.

High-efficiency units with counter-flow plate (C models) or rotary heat exchangers (R models)
with a thermal efficiency up to 85%.

Casing performance (EN1886): air leakage L1, thermal transmittance T3, thermal bridging
TB3.

Standard-efficiency units with cross-flow plate heat exchangers (P models) with a thermal
efficiency up to 54%.

598 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
FRESH AIR UNITS WITH ENERGY RECOVERY 
39SQC/R/P

Physical data
Model 39SQC 39SQR
Size 0405 0506 0606 0606 0707 0808 0909 1010 1111 1212 1412 1416
Weight
Unit without coils kg 218 294 345 328 385 516 586 717 852 1043 1623 2605
Unit with reheating and cooling coils kg 301 399 469 428 509 660 757 952 1121 1346 2026 3049
Unit air flow
Maximum m3/s 0.43 0.72 0.88 1.25 1.70 2.22 2.81 3.47 4.20 5.00 5.83 8.19
m3/h 1565 2580 3150 4500 6125 8000 10125 12500 15125 18000 21000 29500
Minimum m3/s 0.20 0.34 0.43 0.43 0.62 0.91 1.25 1.48 1.91 2.18 2.64 8.19
m3/h 737 1225 1549 1549 2247 3265 4501 5328 6882 7847 9500 13000
Unit thermal efficiency* % 94 94 94 77.5 78 78 79 79 79 79 75 76
Unit external static pressure
At max. air flow (low static fan) Pa 500 700 700 150 - - - 120 - 150 610 480
At max. air flow (high static fan) Pa 1550 2000 1700 600 400 1200 500 950 800 1050 960 940
Specific unit fan power** kW/m3/s 2.4 2.1 2.5 2.3 2.3 2.1 2.1 1.9 2 1.7 1.3 1.1
Unit sound data***
Sound power level, casing radiated dB(A) 68 68 71 70 73 68 73 69 73 69 68 70
Sound power level, extract duct dB(A) 74 74 77 76 79 75 79 76 79 76 79 81
Sound power level, supply duct dB(A) 84 84 88 87 89 85 89 86 89 86 89 90
Heat reclaim heat exchanger Counter-flow plate Rotary
Material Aluminium Aluminium
Capacity control Bypass damper Variable speed drive
Exhaust and supply fans Plug fan (backward curved)
Fan diameter mm 225 280 280 280 315 400 400 500 500 630 2X500 2X560
Drive Frequency inverter
Rated motor power (low static) kW 0.55 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 4 5.5 5.5 2X4 2X5.5
Rated motor power (high static) kW 1.5 2.2 3 3 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 11 11 2X5.5 2X7.5
Exhaust and supply air filters Bag filter 500 mm, filter efficiency F7
Outside air pre-heating coil Hot-water coil or electric heater (option)
Supply air reheating coil Hot-water coil or electric heater (option)
Supply air cooling coil Chilled-water coil (option)
Control system Digital control with web server
Chassis paint colour Colour code: RAL 7035

* Thermal efficiency of supply air at 2 m/s with the effect of supply air fan, outside air -10°C, extract air 22°C/50%.

Air treatment
** Specific fan power with clean filters at 2 m/s and 200 Pa.
*** Sound power at 2 m/s and 200 Pa.

Note: Data for standard unit without optional coils and dampers.
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 599
Model 39SQP
Size 0405 0506 0606 0707 0808 0909 1010
Weight
Unit without coils kg 210 275 324 395 536 578 688
Unit with reheating and cooling coils kg 277 360 423 518 712 783 923
Unit air flow
Maximum m3/s 0.68 1.04 1.25 1.70 2.22 2.81 3.47
m3/h 2450 3750 4500 6125 8000 10125 12500
Minimum m3/s 0.20 0.34 0.43 0.62 0.91 1.25 1.48
m3/h 737 1225 1549 2247 3265 4501 5328
Unit thermal efficiency* % 62 63 63 64 64 63 62
Unit external static pressure
At max. air flow (low static fan) Pa 400 - 0 - 50 - 150
At max. air flow (high static fan) Pa 650 800 650 450 1300 550 1000
Specific unit fan power** kW/m3/s 2.2 1.9 2.1 2 1.8 1.9 1.7
Unit sound data***
Sound power level, casing radiated dB(A) 67 66 69 73 67 73 69
Sound power level, extract duct dB(A) 77 75 79 82 77 79 78
Sound power level, supply duct dB(A) 84 82 86 88 84 89 86
Heat reclaim heat exchanger Cross-flow plate
Material Aluminium
Capacity control Bypass damper
Exhaust and supply fans
Fan diameter mm 225 280 280 315 400 400 500
Drive
Rated motor power (low static) kW 1.1 1.1 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 4
Rated motor power (high static) kW 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 5.5 7.5
Exhaust and supply air filters Pleated filter 100 mm, filter efficiency F7
Outside air pre-heating coil Hot-water coil or electric heater (option)
Supply air reheating coil Hot-water coil or electric heater (option)
Supply air cooling coil Chilled-water coil (option)
Control system Digital control with web server
Chassis paint colour Colour code: RAL 7035

* Thermal efficiency of supply air at 2 m/s with the effect of supply air fan, outside air -10°C, extract air 22°C/50%.
** Specific fan power with clean filters at 2 m/s and 200 Pa.
*** Sound power at 2 m/s and 200 Pa.

Note: Data for standard unit without optional coils and dampers.
Air treatment

Electrical data
Model 39 SQC 0405 SQC 0506 SQC 0606 SQR 0606 SQR 0707 SQR 0808
SQP 0405 SQP 0506 SQP 0606 SQP 0707 SQP 0808
Power circuit Built-in main disconnect switch
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 neutral
Voltage range V 360-440
Maximum unit power kW 3 4.77 6.37 6.37 8.75 11.75
Maximum supply cable size mm2 2.5 4 4 4 6 6
Main switch A 25 25 25 25 40 40
Short circuit unit capacity kA 15 15 15 15 15 15
Recommended power line A 20 25 25 25 35 35
fuse protection
Control circuit power Built-in 24 V control transformer
Note: Electric pre-heater and reheater have separate power supply.

600 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
FRESH AIR UNITS WITH ENERGY RECOVERY 
39SQC/R/P

Model 39 SQR 0909 SQR 1010 SQR 1111 SQR 1212 SQR 1412 SQR 1416
SQP 0909 SQP 1010
Power circuit Built-in main disconnect switch
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50 neutral
Voltage range V 360-440
Maximum unit power kW 11.75 15.75 22.75 22.75 22.75 30.75
Maximum supply cable size mm2 6 10 16 16 16 25
Main switch A 40 63 63 63 63 80
Short circuit unit capacity kA 15 15 15 15 15 15
Recommended power line A 35 50 63 63 63 80
fuse protection
Control circuit power Built-in 24 V control transformer
Note: Electric pre-heater and reheater have separate power supply.

Hospital exhaust and supply units with run-around coil for energy recovery

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 601
Options/accessories
■■ Plug fan EC motors ■■ Inspection windows
■■ Plug fan AC motors ■■ Extract, exhaust, outside, supply air isolating dampers
■■ Outdoor installation ■■ G4 fresh-air pre-filter
■■ Reversed extract/supply air duct connections ■■ Sound attenuators (accessory)
■■ Left-hand water connections & service side ■■ Direct-expansion R-410A refrigerant coil
■■ Outdoor air pre-heater to prevent air-to-air heat ■■ JBus, BACnet communications gateways
exchanger freezing at very low outside air temperatures ■■ Cool/heat change-over coil for heat pump applications
■■ Air heater (hot-water or electrical heater) ■■ Coated coils
■■ Air cooler (chilled-water coil) ■■ Recirculation damper (39SQP/R)
■■ Inspection chamber between heating and cooling coils
■■ Pro-Dialog controller with human interface (local or
remote installation)

Features and advantages


■■ Three versions in nine sizes with air flows from 0.2 to ■■ Delivered in one piece with integrated heating and cooling
8.4 m3/s (700 to 30000 m3/h). coils (only the 39SQR 1212 is delivered in two pieces).
■■ 39SQ units are designed to supply fresh air to any type of ■■ Field-separable casing in two pieces to facilitate installation
building. The efficient air-to-air heat exchanger recycles in existing buildings.
the heat from the exhaust air, pre-heats cold outdoor ■■ Plug fans with variable frequency drive.
air in winter and pre-cools hot outdoor air in summer,
■■ F7 efficiency filters.
resulting in impressive energy savings.
■■ Main control system functions:
■■ Eurovent-certified performances.
-- Air flow control: constant volume, constant pressure,
■■ High-efficiency units with counter-flow plate (C models)
variable volume (demand ventilation with CO2 sensor)
or rotary heat exchangers (R models) with a thermal
-- Temperature control: extract or supply air
efficiency up to 85%.
temperature, room temperature sensor
■■ Casing performance (EN1886): air leakage L1, thermal -- Summer night free-cooling control
transmittance T3, thermal bridging TB3. -- Alarm indication: temperature too low, coil frosting,
■■ Standard-efficiency units with cross-flow plate heat clogged filters, etc.
exchangers (P models) with a thermal efficiency up to -- Easy local or remote access by integrated web server
54%. (no specific software required)
■■ Plug & play installation thanks to factory-mounted control -- RS485 communication port
system.
Air treatment

Controls

602 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
FRESH AIR UNITS WITH ENERGY RECOVERY 
39SQC/R/P

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 603
air handling unitS

39HQ

Airovision is a modular construction that can be fully customised to provide the required
performance for any application.
Air treatment

Special new casings encompass only high-quality components, including filters, heat recovery
systems, fan assemblies, cooling and heating coils, humidifiers and attenuators.

The Airovision range also pays special attention to air quality and reduction of the energy
required to cool, heat, humidify and supply the conditioned air.

Airovision is available in a large selection of sizes and arrangements, suitable for many
different applications.

604 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
air handling unitS  39HQ

Options
■■ 100% stainless steel ■■ Wide selection of standard accessories
■■ Direct-drive fans ■■ 316L stainless steel drain pan with PVC wall lining in the
■■ All types of humidification systems, including infrasonic outside air inlet section and filter section
■■ Flat pack option for site assembly ■■ Plug fan EC motors
■■ Heat recovery systems (run-around coil, plate heat
exchanger and thermal wheels)

Features and advantages


■■ Airovision is a modular construction that can be fully High-efficiency centrifugal fan
customised to provide the required performance for any
application.
■■ Special new casings encompass only high-quality
components, including filters, heat recovery systems, fan
assemblies, cooling and heating coils, humidifiers and
attenuators.
■■ The Airovision range also pays special attention to air
quality and reduction of the energy required to cool, heat,
humidify and supply the conditioned air.
■■ Airovision is available in a large selection of sizes and Special sorption heat recovery wheels
arrangements, suitable for many different applications.
■■ Applications include leisure and event complexes, theatres,
museums, libraries, offices in companies and government
institutions, shopping centres, super-markets, department
stores and educational establishments, as well as oil
drilling rigs, airports and cruise ships.
■■ In addition Airovision is also ideal in health care and in
industries with stringent hygiene requirements.

Environmentally sound Filters are easily removable


■■ No paint treatment required after the production process
■■ 100% recyclable components
■■ Low energy usage due to optimised component selection
■■ High-efficiency heat recovery systems available

Air treatment
Technical specification
(in accordance with EN1886)
■■ Heat transfer factor class T2
■■ Thermal bridging factor TB 2 Generously sized access doors
■■ Air tightness class B (L2)
■■ Mechanical strength class 1A (DI)
■■ Filter bypass leakage
-- class F7 for standard slide-in construction
-- class F9 for special slide-in construction
-- class F9 for built-in construction
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 605
Rigid construction High corrosion resistance
1 Carrier profiled steel frame construction with purpose- 4 316L stainless steel drain pan with PVC wall lining in the
built corner and centre posts outside air inlet section and filter section (option)
2 Panels with 60 mm thick thermal insulation 5 Filters held in 316L stainless steel frames
3 Robust base frame made of galvanised steel box profile 6 Anti-corrosion protection available
7 Internal and external panels made of high-quality
prepainted galvanised sheet steel
8 Cooling coils with integrated stainless steel drain pan and
plastic droplet eliminator housed in an aluminium frame
9 Special panel design and frame detail eliminate the risk of
condensation forming in the panels

12
1
2
9 18

19 16

60 mm

17
21
22
15 11

14 8
3
Air treatment

6
20 10

4 5
13

Easy maintenance High-quality built-in components


10 Various inspection options with generously sized clear 18 Special sorption heat recovery wheels for optimised
opening access doors recovery of heat, cold and humidity
11 Completely smooth internal surfaces 19 High-efficiency centrifugal low-noise fans, mounted on
12 Filters easily removable vibration isolators with low transmission factor
13 Drain pan in the outside air inlet section and filter section 20 Aluminium dampers with UV-resistant double nylon
equipped with drain (option) bearings
14 Cooling coil drain pan fully accessible for cleaning/ 21 Skrim faced sound absorption splitters
disinfection 22 Matched high-efficiency belt drives
15 Moisture eliminator after the cooling coil easily removable
16 Long-life fan and motor bearings
17 Fans removable from the side

606 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
air handling unitS  39HQ

Central station air handling unit range (based on a nominal filter


loading of 1.11 m3/s)
Width 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Height
2.5 0.56 0.69 0.83
4 1.11 1.39 1.67 1.81 2.22 2.50 2.78 3.06 3.33
6 1.67 2.22 2.50 2.92 3.33 3.75 4.17 4.72 5.00 5.56 5.83
8 3.33 3.89 4.44 5.00 5.56 6.11 6.67 7.22 7.78
10 5.56 6.39 6.94 7.64 8.33 9.03 9.72
12 7.50 8.33 9.17 10.00 10.83 11.67
14 11.67 12.78 13.61
16 14.44 15.56
18
20

Width 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Height
2.5
4
6 6.39 6.67 7.22 7.50
8 8.33 8.89 9.44 10.00 10.56 11.11 11.67 12.22 12.78 13.33
10 10.56 11.11 11.94 12.50 13.33 13.89 14.72 15.28 16.11 16.67 17.50
12 12.50 13.33 14.44 15.00 15.83 16.67 17.50 18.33 19.17 20.00 20.83
14 14.72 15.56 16.67 17.50 18.61 19.44 20.56 21.39 22.50 23.33 24.44
16 16.67 17.78 18.89 20.00 21.11 22.22 23.33 24.44 25.56 26.67 27.78
18 22.50 23.89 25.00 26.39 27.50 28.89 30.00 31.39
20 27.78 29.17 30.56 31.94 33.33 34.72
   Preferred range Combination with heat recovery        Other sizes

Note: All air flow values are in m3/s. Larger unit sizes are possible.

Module dimension: 160 mm Example: type 39HQ12.10


External width: n x module plus 98 mm Width: 12 x 160 plus 98 = 2.018 mm
External height: n x module plus 98 mm Height: 10 x 160 plus 98 = 1.698 mm
Base frame height: 60 mm or 62 mm Nominal air flow: 8.33 m3/s

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 607
AIR HANDLING UNITS

39MQ

14 sizes with air flows from 0.4 to 24 m3/s (1500 to 86000 m3/h).
Air treatment

The modular construction is highly flexible to combine the most optimized functions and to
offer the best running- and investment costs e.g. the type of heat exchangers and fans with
the highest efficiencies, combined with filters and coils with low pressure drop.

Frame & panels made of alu-zinc AZ 185, class C4 corrosion protection (same as aluminium)

Casing performance (EN1886): air leakage L3, thermal transmittance T2, thermal bridging
TB4 with insulating mineral wool 50mm thickness & 50Kg/m3 density

608 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
air handling unitS  39MQ

Physical data
1500 2000 3000 5000 10000 20000 30000 50000 90000 m3/h

240
190
150
120
100
80
60
50
40
30
25
20
15
10
0,4 0,7 1 2 3 5 10 15 20 25 m3/s

Extract air Supply air

Unit size
Rotary Heat Exchanger
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 190 240

Standard Width 970 1120 1270 1420 1570 1720 2020 2170 2170 2370 2590 2890 3190 3490

Rotary Heat Exchanger Width - - - - - - - - 2320 2520 2890 3040 3720 4020

Single height unit Height* 520 595 670 745 820 895 1045 1120 1270 1420 1570 1720 2170 2470

Double height unit Height* 970 1120 1270 1420 1570 1720 2020 2240 2540 2840 3140 3440 4340 4940

Length 2160 2160 2460 2460 2760 3060 2910 3280 3210 3960 4260 4560 5010 5530
C1E
Weight kg 430 520 660 760 920 1100 1470 1980 2140 2630 3250 3990 6290 7610

Length 2910 2910 3210 3210 3510 3810 3660 4030 4030 4930 5230 5530 5980 6430
C2E
Weight kg 500 610 770 870 1080 1270 1690 2250 2470 3050 3890 4690 7220 8600

Length 2680 2680 3130 3130 3430 3880 4030 4400 4400 5450 5900 6200 6430 7100
C3E
Weight kg 480 580 730 810 1010 1220 1700 2230 2480 3160 3870 4660 6870 8280

Length 3430 3430 3880 3880 4180 4630 4780 5220 5220 6420 7020 7170 7400 8000
C4E
Weight kg 560 660 840 930 1180 1390 1930 2560 2830 3610 4560 5320 7790 9180

Length 2680 2680 3130 3130 3430 3880 3730 4100 4100 5080 5380 5680 6430 7100
C5E Weight kg 480 570 720 800 1010 1220 1630 2120 2330 2970 3620 4390 6860 8280

Length 3430 3430 3880 3880 4180 4630 4480 4850 4850 6050 6350 6650 7400 8000
C6E
Weight kg 550 660 840 920 1180 1380 1850 2410 2670 3370 4280 5060 7790 9170

* 39MQ 10-150 : Height excl. Base Frame Z. 39MQ 190-240 : Height incl. base frame.

Air treatment
Extract air Supply air

Recirculated air Unit size


10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 190 240

Width 970 1120 1270 1420 1570 1720 2020 2170 2170 2370 2590 2890 3190 3490

Single height unit Height* 520 595 670 745 820 895 1045 1120 1270 1420 1570 1720 2170 2470

Double height unit Height* 970 1120 1270 1420 1570 1720 2020 2240 2540 2840 3140 3440 4340 4940

Length 2240 2240 2390 2390 2540 2840 2690 2840 2990 3660 3810 3960 4410 5080
M1E
Weight kg 250 280 350 390 470 560 800 900 1000 1300 1560 1900 2320 3040

Length 3060 3060 3210 3210 3360 3660 3510 3660 3810 4410 4560 4710 5380 5980
M2E
Weight kg 330 400 480 560 640 780 1050 1180 1320 1660 2140 2460 3250 3940

M3E
Length 3580 3580 3880 3880 4180 4780 4480 4780 5080 5980 6350 6650 7550 8820

Weight kg 390 450 560 620 760 940 1270 1470 1630 2060 2660 3150 3930 5100

M4E Length 4400 4400 4700 4700 5000 5600 5300 5600 5900 6950 7250 7620 8520 9720
CONTROLS

Weight kg 480 560 690 790 940 1150 1550 1760 1960 2530 3250 3800 4850 6000

Length 2610 2610 2910 2910 3210 3660 3360 2990 2990 3590 3810 3960 4710 5080
M5E
Weight kg 360 430 530 580 750 910 1220 1360 1520 1950 2510 2990 4190 5150

Length 3430 3430 3730 3730 4030 4480 4180 3810 3880 4630 4780 4860 5680 5980
M6E
Weight kg 460 540 670 730 930 1150 1480 1650 1880 2430 3150 3570 5110 6050

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 609
Options/accessories
■■ Plug fan EC motors ■■ Cool/heat change-over coil for heat pump applications
■■ Plug fan AC motors ■■ Direct-expansion R-410A refrigerant coil
■■ Outdoor installation (bitumen or steel profile roof) ■■ Inspection chamber between heating and cooling coils
■■ Reversed extract/supply air duct connections
■■ Inspection windows
■■ Left-hand water connections & service side
■■ Extract, exhaust, outside, supply air isolating dampers
■■ Outdoor air pre-heater to prevent air-to-air heat
exchanger freezing at very low outside air temperatures ■■ Recirculation / mixing damper
■■ Rotary heat exchanger temperature, enthalpy or sorption ■■ Sound attenuators
types, supplied in divided version sizes 60 to 240.
■■ Coated coils
■■ Croos flow heat exchanger aluminium or corrosion
resistant (coated plates) ■■ Air distributor after centrifugal fan
■■ Air heater (hot-water or electrical heater) ■■ Pro-Dialog controller with human interface (local or
■■ Air cooler (chilled-water coil) remote installation)

Features and advantages


■■ 14 sizes with air flows from 0.4 to 24 m3/s (1500 to ■■ Standard-efficiency units with run-around coil heat
86000 m3/h). exchangers (all sizes) with a thermal efficiency up to 55%.
■■ The modular construction is highly flexible to combine the ■■ Large choice of Dampers (EN1751 sealing class 3),
most optimized functions and to offer the best running- shutoff dampers & Mixing dampers (two of three dampers
and investment costs e.g. the type of heat exchangers for recirculation)
and fans with the highest efficiencies, combined with ■■ Centrifugal Fans (all sizes) are a double inlet, belt-driven
filters and coils with low pressure drop. centrifugal fan, available as backward-curved blades with
■■ Eurovent-certified performances. an efficiency of up to 82% or forward curved blades with
an efficiency of up to 73%.
■■ Frame & panels made of alu-zinc AZ 185, class C4
corrosion protection (same as aluminium) ■■ Plug Fans with variable frequency drive, efficiencies of up
to 75% and features very low sound levels in the lower
■■ Casing performance (EN1886): air leakage L3, thermal
frequencies.
transmittance T2, thermal bridging TB4 with insulating
mineral wool 50mm thickness & 50Kg/m3 density ■■ Plug Fans are available as single-speed AC induction
■■ High-efficiency units with counter-flow plate (sizes 10 to motor (all sizes) or EC fan with the build in speed control
50) or rotary heat exchangers (all sizes) with a thermal (1 plug fan for size 10 to 40, 2 plug fan from size 50 to
efficiency up to 87%. 240) with permanent magnet rotor (efficiency eqivalent or
better than IE4).
■■ Standard-efficiency units with cross-flow plate heat
exchangers (all sizes) with a thermal efficiency up to 65%. ■■ Compact filter G4 or bag filters G3 to F9 efficiency.
Air treatment

610 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
air handling unitS  39MQ

Controls NEW

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 611
Air-Cooled Condensing Units

38RBS
Nominal cooling capacity 40-160 kW

The 38RBS condensing unit range was designed for commercial (air conditioning of offices,
hotels etc.).
Air treatment

Commercial
The units integrate the latest technologi­cal innovations:
and industrial
-- Non-ozone depleting refrigerant R410A
applications -- Scroll compressors
-- Low-noise fans made of a composite material
-- Auto-adaptive microprocessor control
Compact design

Quiet operation

612 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Condensing Units  38RBS

Physical data
38RBS 039 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 120 140 160

Nominal cooling capacity, standard unit* kW 40.4 45.9 52.4 58.5 66.7 77.9 90.4 100.9 119.4 139.6 161.7
Power input kW 13.8 16.3 19.0 21.2 24.4 28.8 31.8 36.0 43.6 50.2 58.7
EER kW/kW 2.92 2.81 2.75 2.76 2.74 2.7 2.84 2.81 2.74 2.78 2.75
Weight ex-factory, standard unit** kg 390 399 416 439 426 450 689 692 710 796 836
Sound levels
Standard unit
Sound power level 10-12 W*** dB(A) 80 81 81 81 87 87 84 84 84 90 90
Sound pressure level at 10 m**** dB(A) 49 49 49 49 55 55 52 52 52 58 58
Unit with option 15LS (very low sound level)
Sound power level 10-12 W*** dB(A) 79 80 80 80 80 80 83 83 83 83 83
Sound pressure level at 10 m**** dB(A) 48 48 48 48 48 48 51 51 51 51 51
Compressors Hermetic scroll compressor, 48.3 r/s
Circuit A 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2
Circuit B - - - - - - - - - 2 2
Number of capacity stages 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4
Refrigerant R-410A
Control Pro-Dialog+
Minimum capacity % 50 50 50 50 50 50 33 33 33 25 25
Capacity split, circuit A/B % 100/0 100/0 100/0 100/0 100/0 100/0 100/0 100/0 100/0 50/50 50/50
Condensers Grooved copper tubes, aluminium fins
Fans Axial Flying Bird 4 fans with rotating shroud
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
Total at flow (high speed) l/s 3800 3800 3800 3800 5300 5300 7600 7600 7600 10600 10600
Speed r/s 12 12 12 12 16 16 12 12 12 16 16
Refrigerant connections
Suction line diameter in 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8
Liquid line diameter in 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8
Chassis paint colour Colour code: RAL 7035
* Nominal evaporating temperature condition: 5°C, outdoor air temperature 35°C, superheat 5 K, 15 m equivalent length
** Weight shown is a guideline only.
*** In dB ref=10-12 W, (A) weighting. Declared dualnumber noise emission values in accordance with ISO 4871 (with an associated uncertainty of +/-3dB(A)). Measured in accordance with
ISO 9614-1.
**** In dB ref 20 μPa, (A) weighting. Declared dualnumber noise emission values in accordance with ISO 4871 (with an associated uncertainty of +/-3dB(A)). For information, calculated from the
sound power level Lw(A). Please refer to the unit nameplate.

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 613
Electrical data
38RBS 039 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 120 140 160
Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50
Voltage range V 360-440
Control circuit supply 24 V, via internal transformer
Maximum start-up current (Un)*
Standard unit A 114.2 132.4 141.3 143.7 170.4 209.4 169.4 196.4 240.4 226.2 275.2
Unit with electronic starter option A 74.7 86.5 93.8 96.2 114.4 139.8 - - - - -
Unit power factor at maximum capacity** 0.83 0.81 0.81 0.83 0.81 0.78 0.83 0.81 0.79 0.81 0.78
Maximum unit power input** kW 19.5 22.3 24.5 27.9 31.2 35.8 42.3 45.6 52.5 62.4 71.6
Nominal unit current draw*** A 26.2 30.4 34.6 37.6 44.2 53.8 57.8 64.4 78.8 88.4 107.6
Maximum unit current draw (Un)**** A 35.6 40.0 43.8 48.6 55.8 65.8 74.3 81.8 96.8 11.6 131.6
Maximum unit current draw (Un-10%)† A 38.0 49.0 51.2 57.8 73.2 79.8 88.1 107.9 117.9 146.4 159.6
Customer-side unit power reserve kW Customer reserve at the 24 V control power circuit
Short-circuit stability and protection See table "Short-circuit stability current" in Product Selection Data
* Maximum instantaneous start-up current at operating limit values (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + fan current + locked rotor current of the largest compressor).
** Power input, compressors and fans, at the unit operating limits (saturated suction temperature 15°C, saturated condensing temperature 65°C) and nominal voltage of 400 V (data given on the unit
nameplate).
*** Nominal conditions: suction temperature 5°C, outside air temperature 35°C.
**** Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input and 400 V (values given on the unit nameplate).
† Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input and 360 V.

Options
Options No. Description Advantages Use 38RBS
Condenser with anti-­ 2B Coils with factory-applied Blygold Improved corrosion resistance, 38RBS 039-160
corrosion post-treatment Polual treatment ­recommended for urban, industrial and
rural environments
Condenser with pre-treated 3A Fins made of pre-treated Improved corrosion resistance, 38RBS 039-160
fins ­aluminium (polyurethane and ­recommended for marine environments
epoxy)
Very low noise level 15LS Acoustic compressor enclosure Noise emission reduction at reduced fan 38RBS 039-160
and low-speed fans speed
Soft starter 25 Electronic compressor starter Reduced compressor start-up current 38RBS 039-080
Winter operation 28 Fan speed control by frequency Stable unit operation, when the air 38RBS 039-160
variator ­temperature is between -10°C and -20°C
Air treatment

Main disconnect switch 70 Factory-installed main electric Ease-of-installation and compliance with 38RBS 039-160
without fuse disconnect switch in the control local electrical regulations
box
Suction and liquid line 92B Ball valves on the suction and Unit isolation from the rest of the refrigerant 38RBS 039-160
valves liquid line circuit
JBus gateway 148B Two-directional ­communications Easy connection by communication bus to 38RBS 039-160
board, complies with JBus protocol a building management system
Bacnet gateway 148C Two-directional communications Easy connection by communication bus to 38RBS 039-160
board, complies with Bacnet a building management system
protocol
LonTalk gateway 148D Two-directional communications Easy connection by communication bus to 38RBS 039-160
board, complies with LonTalk a building management system
protocol
Remote Pro-Dialog+ user 275 Pro-Dialog+ user interface for Remote control of the unit and its operating 38RBS 039-160
interface remote installation parameters
Replaceable filter drier 277 Filter drier with cartridge to Easy filter replacement without emptying 38RBS 039-160
replace hermetic filter the refrigerant circuit
Temperature sensor kit 278 Room temperature sensor with Optimisation of the unit capacity control, 38RBS 039-160
adjustable set-point and supply based on the usage conditions
air sensor for installation in the air
handling unit for capacity control
Reinforced ECM filtration for 282A Fan variable frequency drive Allows unit installation in domestic 38RBS 039-160
fan VFD* compliance to IEC 61800-3  C1 residential environment by reducing
class ­electromagnetic interferences
*38RBS 039-160 with option 28

614 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Condensing Units  38RBS

Remote Pro-Dialog+ interface Room temperature and supply air


This interface can be installed up to 300 m away. It includes temperature sensors for capacity
a box that can be mounted inside the building. The power
supply is provided via a 220 V/24 V transformer supplied. control (option)
■■ Ease-of-use ■■ T
 he room temperature sensor permits temperature
adjust-ment using a potentiometer.
-- Backlit LCD interface (option) includes a manual
control potentiometer to ensure legibility under any ■■ The supply air temperature sensor must be installed in the
lighting conditions. air handling unit air flow to control the minimum supply
-- The information is displayed clearly in English, French, air temperature (adjustable via the remote Pro-Dialog+
German, Italian and Spanish (for other languages interface.
please consult Carrier)
-- The Pro-Dialog+ navigation uses intuitive tree- Adustable room temperature sensor (option)
structure menus, similar to the Internet navigators.
They are user-friendly and permit quick access
to the principal operat-ing parameters: number
of compressors operating, suction/discharge
pressure, compressor operating hours, setpoint, air
temperature.
Pro-Dialog+ interface

Circuit B Total Capacity

PRO-DIALOG+

Features and advantages


Features Easy and fast installation
■■ Compressors ■■ Physical features
-- Low-noise scroll compressors with low vibration level -- Small unit footprint with a low height (1371 mm) for
-- The compressor assembly is installed on an easy installation in any application.
independent chassis and supported by anti-vibration -- The unit is enclosed by easily removable panels, covering
mountings all components (except air heat exchanger and fans).
-- Dynamic suction and discharge piping support, ■■ Simplified electrical connections
minimising vibration transmission (Carrier patent) -- A single power supply point without neutral
■■ Condenser section -- Main disconnect switch (option 70) with high trip
-- Vertical condenser coils capacity
-- Protection grilles on anti-vibration mountings to ■■ The control circuit of the 38RBS units is equipped with a

Air treatment
protect the heat exchanger against possible shocks. standard low-voltage transformer (24 V). This transformer
-- Low-noise latest-generation Flying Bird IV fans, made can also supply the other electrical components of the air
of a composite material (Carrier patent) are now even conditioning system: room thermostat and pumpdown
quieter and do not generate intrusive low-frequency solenoid valves.
noise ■■ Fast commissioning
-- Fan motor controlled by a variable-frequency
-- Systematic factory operation test before shipment
controller, to allow reduction of the fan speed, if the
-- Quick-test function for step-by-step verification of the
extra low noise option 15LS is selected.
instruments, electrical components and motors.
-- Rigid fan installation for reduced start-up noise
(Carrier patent)
■■ The refrigerant circuit includes all components for easy Economical operation
connection to a direct-expansion air handling unit: ■■ Increased energy efficiency at part load
filter drier, moisture sight glass, high and low pressure The refrigerant circuit includes several compressors
switch, as well as solenoid valves for pumpdown (to be connected in parallel. At part load, around 99% of the
installed on the evaporator). All pipes and the refrigeration operating time, only the compressors that are absolutely
components are welded. From size 38RBS 140 onwards, necessary operate. At these conditions the compressors
two independent refrigerant circuits ensure partial cooling operating are more energy efficient, as they use the total
capacity in all circumstances, and more flexible operation condenser and evaporator capacity.
CONTROLS

at part load. ■■ Reduced maintenance costs


■■ Year-round operation -- Maintenance-free scroll compressors
The 38RBS units are designed for year-round operation, -- Fast diagnosis of possible incidents and their history
and operate without the use of accessories down to via the Pro-Dialog+ control
-10°C. A control algorithm intelligently manages operation -- R410A refrigerant is easier to use than other
of the fans. Option 28 allows stable unit operation at air refrigerant blends
tempera-tures below -10°C and down to -20°C.
C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 615
Environmentally balanced ■■ Auto-adaptive control
■■ Ozone-friendly R410A refrigerant -- Automatic compressor unloading in case of
abnormally high condensing pressure. If an anomaly
-- Chlorine-free refrigerant of the HFC group with zero occurs (e.g. fouled air heat exchanger coil, fan failure)
ozone depletion potential the condensing unit continues to operate, but at
-- Very efficient - gives an increased energy efficiency reduced capacity.
ratio (EER, COP and ESEER) ■■ Exceptional endurance tests
■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuit
-- Corrosion resistance tests in salt mist in the laboratory
-- Brazed refrigerant connections for increased leak- -- Accelerated ageing test on components that are
tightness (factory nitrogen charge) submitted to continuous operation: compressor
-- Verification of pressure transducers and temperature piping, fan supports
sensors without transferring refrigerant charge. -- Transport simulation test in the laboratory on a
vibrating table.
Superior reliability
■■ State-of-the-art concept
-- Cooperation with specialist laboratories and use of
limit simulation tools (finite element calculations) for
the design of the critical components, e.g. motor
supports, suction/discharge piping, etc.

Controls
Pro-Dialog+ control Carrier Comfort Network (CCN)
Pro-Dialog+ combines intelligence with operating simplicity. operating mode
The control constantly monitors all machine parameters and
Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) operating mode
precisely manages the operation of compressors and fans for
optimum energy efficiency. A simple two-wire communication bus between the RS485
port and the Carrier Comfort Network offers multiple
■■ Energy management
remote control, monitoring and diagnostic possibilities.
-- Seven-day internal time schedule clock: permits unit Carrier offers a vast choice of control products, specially
on/off control and operation at a second setpoint designed to control, manage and supervise the operation
-- Setpoint reset by the user via a room sensor (option). of an air conditioning system. Please consult your Carrier
■■ Integrated features representative for more information on these products.
-- Night mode: capacity and fan speed limitation for
reduced noise level
-- Solenoid valve control for evaporator pumpdown
Remote operating mode with
(valves supplied as a kit with the unit). volt-free contacts (standard)
-- S tart/stop: opening of this contact will shut down the
unit
-- Alarm indication using an LED: availability of a volt-free
Air treatment

contact that indicates the presence of a major fault


that has led to the shut-down of one or two refrigerant
circuits.
-- User safety: this contact can be used for any
customer safety loop, opening of the contact
generates a specific alarm.

Operating limits, Standard units


Operating range 50
45
40
Room temperature, °C

38RBS Minimum Maximum 35


30
Evaporator 25
20
Suction temperature (dew point) °C -5 15
15

Condenser 10
5
Entering air temperature* °C -10 48
0

* For transport and storage of the 38RBS units the minimum and maximum allowable -5
temperatures are -20°C and +48°C. It is recommended that these temperatures are used -10
for transport by container. Option 28 allows stable unit operation at air temperatures below -15
-10°C and down to -20°C. -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20

Suction temperature (dew point), °C

616 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Condensing Units  38RBS

Dimensions/clearances
38RBS 039-080

38RBS 090-120

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 617
38RBS 140-160

Legend: Notes:
All dimensions are given in mm. A Non-certified drawings.
Refer to the certified dimensional drawings supplied with the unit or available
1 Required space for maintenance on request, when designing an installation.
For the location of fixing points, weight distribution and coordinates of the
centre of gravity refer to the certified dimensional drawings.
Refrigerant inlet B In multiple-unit installations (maximum four units), the side clearance between
2 the units should be increased from 1000 to 2000 mm.
C The height of the solid surface must not exceed 2 m.
HT = Overall dimensions
3 Refrigerant outlet

Power wiring connection


Air treatment

Power supply

Air outlet, do not obstruct

618 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Air-Cooled Condensing Units  38RBS

Air treatment
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 619
packageD ROOFTOP HEAT PUMPS

48/50 UA/UH
Nominal cooling capacity 44 to 109 kW
Nominal heating capacity 44 to 112 kW

Packaged Rooftop Cooling Only Units, Heat Pumps and Gas Heating Units
Air treatment

A packaged Seven sizes with nominal cooling capacities from 44 to 109 kW and nominal
heating capacities from 44 to 112 kW.
­system, all in one
Cooling only or packaged reversible rooftop heat pumps, available with additional
Superior reliability heating options (hot-water coil or electric heaters).

Save energy and Versatile and efficient heat pumps, designed for outdoor installation.
money
Self-contained, can be installed in commercial and industrial applications.
Easy maintenance
Units use the ozone-friendly refrigerant R-410A that does not affect the ozone
layer.

620 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
packageD ROOFTOP HEAT PUMPS  48/50 UA/UH

Physical data
48/50UA 045 055 065 075 085 100 120

Eurovent Performances (EN14511-2011)


Nominal cooling capacity* kW 44.1 50.9 61.1 71.5 88.9 102.5 114.5
Nominal power input kW 14.4 17.9 21.2 27.0 28.7 34.1 40.3
EER 3.06 2.85 2.88 2.65 3.10 3.01 2.84
Eurovent Energy class Cooling A B B C A A B
Eurovent Performances (EN14511-2011)
Nominal cooling capacity* kW 43.4 50.4 60.8 71.3 88.2 101.1 111.8
Nominal power input kW 15.3 19.8 22.8 29.1 30.6 36.9 41.8
EER 2.84 2.54 2.67 2.45 2.88 2.74 2.68
Eurovent Energy class Cooling B D C D B C C

48/50UH 045 055 065 075 085 100 120


Eurovent Performances (EN14511-2011)
Cooling
Nominal cooling capacity* kW 43.5 50.1 59.1 69.1 84.5 96.7 108.8
Nominal power input kW 14.4 17.7 20.7 26.5 27.5 33.8 38.7
EER* 3.03 2.83 2.86 2.61 3.07 2.86 2.81
Eurovent Energy class Cooling A B B C A B B
Heating
Nominal heating capacity** kW 43.5 54.4 62.0 74.5 85.1 98.7 120.7
Nominal power input kW 13.2 16.0 20.1 24.8 24.4 30.7 37.5
COP** 3.30 3.41 3.09 3.01 3.49 3.21 3.22
Eurovent Energy class Heating B A C C A B B
Eurovent Performances (EN14511-2011)
Cooling
Nominal cooling capacity* kW 43.2 49.2 58.2 67.4 82.9 95.3 105.8
Nominal power input kW 15.3 19.5 22.3 28.0 29.5 36.0 40.5
EER* 2.83 2.53 2.61 2.41 2.81 2.64 2.61
Eurovent Energy class Cooling B D C D B C C
Heating
Nominal heating capacity** kW 45.1 57.4 64.5 77.5 89.3 102.1 125.9
Nominal power input kW 14.0 17.3 21.4 27.2 26.8 33.6 39.8
COP** 3.21 3.33 3.01 2.85 3.33 3.04 3.16

Air treatment
Eurovent Energy class Heating B B C D B C C
Electric Heaters (only 50 series)
Type OPT 84 OPT 85 OPT 85 OPT 85 OPT 86 OPT 86 OPT 86
Heating capacity kW 27 36 36 36 54 54 54
Capacity steps 18 - 9 18 - 18 18 - 18 18 - 18 27 - 54 27 - 54 27 - 54
Rated Amps 39 52 52 52 78 78 78
Gaz Burners (only 48 series)
Natural gas heating type OPT 91 OPT 91 OPT 92 OPT 92 OPT 94 OPT 94 OPT 95
Net heat input (min./max.) kW 49/70 49/70 57/81 57/81 49/139 49/139 57/162
Heat output (min./max.) kW 42/62 42/62 50/73 50/73 43/125 43/125 51/147
Number Stages 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
Propane gas heating type OPT 101 OPT 101 OPT 102 OPT 102 OPT 104 OPT 104 OPT 105
Net heat input (min./max.) kW --/71 --/71 --/83 --/83 71/142 71/142 83/166
Heat output (min./max.) kW --/64 --/64 --/75 --/75 64/128 64/128 75/151
Number Stages 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CONTROLS

Weight †† kg 73 73 80 80 150 150 165


Power input (400 V-3 ph-50 Hz)** kW 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.22 0.44 0.44 0.44
Gas connection pipe size in Rp 3/4» F Rp 3/4» F Rp 3/4» F Rp 3/4» F Rp 3/4» F Rp 3/4» F Rp 3/4» F

* Nominal Eurovent conditions: Outdoor air dry bulb temperature of 35°C, indoor air wet bulb temperature of 19°C.
** Nominal Eurovent conditions: Outdoor air wet bulb temperature of 6°C, indoor air dry bulb temperature of 20°C.
*** For standard unit at nominal air flow without options
†† Weight and power input values are valid for the heating modules.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 621
48/50UH 045 055 065 075 085 100 120

Control ProDialog+
Refrigeration System
# Circuits / # Comp. / Type 1 / 1 / Scroll
Outdoor fan / motor
Outdoor fan noise power level dB(A) 86.5 84.4 90.6 90.6 90.7 91.0 91.3

48/50 UA/UH 045 055 065 075 085 100 120

Indoor fix speed fans and motors (STD, HS1, HS2, HS3)
Nominal Air flow m3/h 9000 12500 12500 14200 20000 20000 20000
Minimum Static pressure available *** Pa 150 140 225 120 225 225 225
Maximum Static pressure available *** Pa 585 680 700 580 675 675 675
Indoor variable speed fan and motor (VAV)
Nominal Air flow m3/h 9100 12400 12500 14200 17730 18975 19980
Static pressure available *** Pa 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Maximum Static pressure available *** Pa 500 600 620 660 535 535 640
Operating weight
50UH weight (without options) kg 755 900 970 980 1430 1520 1610
48UH weight (without options) kg 820 965 1043 1053 1565 1655 1775
General Main Dimensions
Length mm 2120 2120 2120 2120 3577 3577 3577
Width mm 2189 2189 2189 2189 2193 2193 2193
Height mm 1386 1431 1792 1792 1822 1822 1822
* Nominal Eurovent conditions: Outdoor air dry bulb temperature of 35°C, indoor air wet bulb temperature of 19°C.
** Nominal Eurovent conditions: Outdoor air wet bulb temperature of 6°C, indoor air dry bulb temperature of 20°C.
*** For standard unit at nominal air flow without options
†† Weight and power input values are valid for the heating modules.

Electrical data
48/50 UA/UH† 045 055 065 075 085 100 120

Power circuit
Nominal power supply V-ph-Hz 400-3-50
Voltage range V 360-440
Control circuit supply 24 V, via internal transformer
Maximum start-up current* A 206 173 183 204 246 261 226
Air treatment

Unit power factor at maximum capacity** 0.82 0.81 0.81 0.84 0.84 0.83 0.83
Maximum unit power input** kW 21.68 27.41 33.52 40.50 44.58 52.98 59.38
Nominal unit current draw*** A 28.73 36.76 43.00 52.12 55.97 66.55 77.79
Maximum unit current draw**** A 38.20 49.10 60.10 69.80 77.00 92.20 103.10
Customer-side unit power reserve kW Customer reserve at the 24 V control power circuit
* Maximum instantaneous start-up current at operating limit values (maximum operating current of the smallest compressor(s) + fan current + locked rotor current of the largest
­compressor).
** Power input, compressors and fans, at the their operating limits and nominal voltage of 400 V (data given on the unit nameplate).
*** Standardised Eurovent conditions: indoor air wet bulb 19°C, outside air temperature 35°C with standard fan performance
**** Maximum unit operating current at maximum unit power input and 400 V (values given on the unit nameplate).
† Standard unit (without any options and accessories)

Controls
Pro-Dialog+ operator interface

\\MAINMENU\STATUS
CAPB_T 0 %
DEM_LIM 100 %
SP 4.2 °C
CTRL_PNT -28.9 °C
EMSTOP dsable
Circuit B Total Capacity

START/STOP ENTER

PRO-DIALOG+

622 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
packageD ROOFTOP HEAT PUMPS  48/50 UA/UH

Options/accessories
■■ Electric heaters, various capacities* Energy recovery module (option)
■■ Hot-water coils, various capacities* The energy recovery module (ERM) is an individual dual-
■■ Various coil protection options* flow unit, equipped with a high-efficiency Eurovent-certified
■■ Gaz burner, various capacitie air-to-air heat recovery wheel with 63% to 88% efficiency,
■■ Fresh-air sliding panel* an integrated variable-air-volume plug fan and a control
system for plug-and-play installation. Specially designed
■■ Manual outdoor air damper* for economical indoor air extraction and to take in fresh air
■■ Economizer, thermostatic or enthalpy control, with or to meet current and future requirements for high-energy-
without CO2 sensor control* efficiency buildings.
■■ Supply fan with various high static pressure options with ■■ Unit cabinet is made of galvanised and powder-painted
or without soft starter* sheet metal.
■■ Variable Air Volume supply fan* ■■ Fitted with G4 filters on the fresh-air side as standard to
■■ Various filter options* protect the heat recovery wheel against dust.
■■ Stainless steel drain pan* ■■ Insulated duct, power and control wiring between ERM
and rooftop unit - supplied by the factory with the duct
■■ Energy recovery module*
kit.
■■ Various return/exhaust air options*
■■ Heat exchanger reclaims up to 90% of the heat from the
■■ Various temperature sensor options* extract air and transfers it to the supply air.
■■ CCN/JBus, Lon or BACnet gateways* ■■ High-efficiency plug fans for exhaust air are more energy-
■■ Dirty filter detection* efficient and require less maintenance.
■■ Supply air flow detection*
■■ Smoke detector*
■■ Fire thermostat*
■■ Duct connection fixing frame*
■■ Various packaging options*
■■ Vertical supply roof curb**
■■ Vertical supply roof curb with longitudinal adjustment**
■■ Vertical supply roof curb with transversal adjustment**
■■ Horizontal supply roof curb**
■■ Transition roof curb (French ERP)**
■■ Remote user interface (Pro-Dialog+)**

* Option ** Accessory

Features and advantages


Air treatment
■■ Seven sizes with nominal cooling capacities from 44 to ■■ Compressors are hermetic scroll compressors and
109 kW and nominal heating capacities from 44 to 112 mounted on vibration isolators.
kW. ■■ Crankcase heaters are standard for all units.
■■ Cooling only or packaged reversible rooftop heat pumps, ■■ Low-noise shrouded axial Flying Bird fans, made of
available with additional heating options (hot-water coil or composite plastic material.
electric heaters).
■■ Heat exchangers made of high-quality staggered copper
■■ Versatile and efficient heat pumps, designed for outdoor tubing, mechanically bonded into pre-coated corrugated
installation. aluminium fins.
■■ Self-contained, can be installed in commercial and ■■ Leak-tight refrigerant circuits with brazed connections and
industrial applications. reduced vibration levels. Access to pressure transducers
■■ Units use the ozone-friendly refrigerant R-410A that does and temperature sensors without losing charge.
not affect the ozone layer. ■■ Units are fully wired in accordance with EN standards.
■■ Components are specifically designed for R-410A ■■ Simplified electrical connections.
refrigerant.
■■ Reduced defrost cycle duration due to the new coil
CONTROLS

■■ Reduced size and weight make these units ideal for design and an auto-adaptive control algorithm.
today’s lightweight building structures.
■■ High part load efficiencies and easy commissioning with
■■ Cabinet made of powder-painted sheet metal. Variable Air Volume supply fan option.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 623
624 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
625
Controls
Type Range Page
Control Solutions
Fan coil controls overview 628
Thermostats 630
NTC controllers 632
NEW WTC controllers 636
Aquasmart Evolution 640

CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
Carrier control solutions
for low energy
and high performance systems
Heating, ventilation and air conditioning control solutions provide end users with both
reduced energy consumption and enhanced comfort. Carrier’s extensive range of high
performance control solutions are designed and developed with the support of its
AdvanTE3C team of experts, ensuring they are fully tailored to meet the specific needs
of each customer.

Key advantages
Maximum energy efficiency and lower cost of Scalability and flexibility
ownership Carrier delivers a scalable and reliable automated control
A highly monitored control system immediately lowers solution uniquely tailored to each business, based on an
operating costs. By managing load shedding and equipment understanding of its specific needs.
schedules, it can achieve annual energy savings of 20% to Single accountability
45%. Carrier designs, supplies, configures and maintains the
Optimal comfort installation and its operating system, providing customers
Automatic controls maintain optimal ambient conditions with a single point of contact.
within a facility, for constant measured comfort for all
occupants.
Reliability
Carrier solutions reliably pilot equipment, maintaining peak
functionality and thereby preventing unanticipated system
and equipment failure.
CONTROLS

626 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
An extensive range of control solutions for optimised HVAC systems
Design &
execution
complexity

TAILORED
ADVANCED SOLUTIONS
ADVANCED ARCHITECTURE
PLANT APPLICATION
GATEWAYS SOLUTIONS
pics

PICs Plant solutions


Carrier’s Product Integrated Controller (PIC) is a family of From basic master/slave to full plant room control, Carrier’s
distributed intelligence controllers for HVAC equipment. They plant manager solutions are specifically designed to meet
host and execute specific algorithms to enable interaction specific requirements.
with Carrier plant controllers. AdvanTE3C control solutions
Gateways Industrial processes, energy distribution and data centres
Carrier offers a full range of gateways when standalone require dedicated solutions for their critical applications.
equipment or subsystem needs to be integrated into a The highly qualified engineers of the AdvanTE3C solutions
third-party system. They are designed around the BACnet group leverage their expertise in thermodynamics and
architecture but also available for Modbus and Lonworks efficient building design to develop integrated solutions which
(open standard protocol) for easy integration. address the complex energy, safety and security issues faced
by customers. It designs advanced, tailored solutions for the
unique needs of one-of-a-kind sites like the Sistine Chapel.

Carrier: the expertise that makes the difference


AdvanTE3C
APPLICATIONS

CONTROL CARRIER SERVICE


TEAMS SOLUTIONS TEAMS

HVAC
EQUIPMENT
Control expertise information systems. Carrier delivers continuous innovation
Carrier control solutions are designed to cover the entire and dedicated service, ensuring that customer systems
HVAC system. They can monitor equipment status and help operate at peak level throughout their life cycles.
prevent expensive failures. They can record, track and
evaluate equipment runtimes, alarm histories, energy loads HVAC expertise
and other vital data, making it possible to assess equipment Carrier has decades of experience in manufacturing,
life cycles and schedule preventative maintenance. designing and developing HVAC solutions; the kind of solid
expertise that managing an HVAC system requires.
CONTROLS

Service expertise
With 110 years of experience working closely with its Innovation expertise
customers, Carrier has developed unique expertise and Carrier’s AdvanTE3C experts design sustainable, custom-
efficient processes. The company’s entire service engineered integrated solutions that meet today’s needs
organisation is built around the customer, from its field and tomorrow’s expectations, from energy efficiency to
engineer and service networks to its logistics functions and safety and security.

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 627
Fan coil controls overview

NTC WTC
Thermostat controllers controllers
Communication Protocols
Carrier Communication Network (CCN) Aquasmart compatible x
BACnet x
LON x
Control algorithms
On-off x
Proportional-integral x x
Carrier Energy saving algorithm x x
Fan control
AC motors 3 speeds descreet Type A&B x x
Automatic optimum fan speed selection x x x
EC motors 3 speeds descreet Type C&D x x
EC motors Variable speed x x
Water Valve management
Air flow control only (no water valve) x
On-off actuators x x x
Modulating actuators (3pts or 0-10V) x x
Main functions
Setpoint control x x x
Occupied/unoccupied mode x x x
Frost protection mode x x x
Window / Door contact input x x x
Measurement of water inlet temperature for automatic seasonal changeover (2 pipes) Type A&C x x
Automatic seasonal changeover (4 pipes and 2 pipes + electric heater) Type D&B x x
Manual changeover x x x
Frost protection mode x x x
Continuous ventilation within dead-band x x x
Periodical ventilation within dead-band x x x
On-site configuration x x x
Unit grouping Master/Slave x x x
Cassette Louvers control x x
Supply air temperature monitoring limiting x x
Electrical heater loadshed x x
Dirty filter alarm x x
Alarm reporting x x
Indoor Air Quality control (CO2 sensor) o o
Demand control ventilation (DCV) (0-10V fresh air valve) o o
Free cooling mode o
Presence detection o
Legend
x feature available as standard
o optional
CONTROLS

628 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
NTC WTC
Thermostat controllers controllers
User interfaces
Automatic or manual fan speed control x x x
Operating mode selection x x x
Occupancy (eco) button x x x
Digital display o o
Remote control (infra-red) o o
CO2 sensor o o
Light sensor o
Presence sensor o
Easy connection RJ45 jack (on wall mounted UI) x
Light & Blinds management
Light power modules o
Blinds power modules o
Control kit
On site control kit solution o

Legend
x feature available as standard
o optional

CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 629
CONTROL SOLUTIONS

Thermostats

Carrier electronic thermostat range is available for all Carrier hydronic terminals ranges:
-- Type A - Two-pipe application with AC motors
-- Type B - Four-pipe or two-pipe applications with electric heaters with AC motors
-- Type C - Two-pipe application with EC motors
-- Type D - Four-pipe or two-pipe applications with electric heaters with EC motors

The thermostat for fan coil units with EC motor option controls three configurable discrete
speeds via an 0-10 V signal.

The electronic thermostat set range is from 10°C to 30°C, with the possibility to limit the
temperature in public buildings where low energy consumption is a key requirement. This is
done via a dip-switch inside the control (cooling range 23°C/30°C, heating range 10°C/21°C).
CONTROLS

630 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CONTROL SOLUTIONS  Thermostats

Features and advantages


■■ Auto fan: the control automatically sets the fan speed. If ■■ LED intensity (offices or light commercial applications) -
the room temperature is far from the set point, high fan 10 seconds after the last user interface use all LEDs are
speed is selected. As the room temperature approaches reduced in intensity. To avoid disturbing hotel guests, the
the desired value, the fan speed decreases to the thermostat can be configured from “Night Mode” to “Dark
minimum speed. Mode”: 10 seconds after the last user interface use, all
■■ Automatic changeover from cooling to heating mode, LEDs are switched off.
based on the water temperature, ensures that the ideal ■■ Air sampling: with no fan request and the air sampling
room temperature is maintained. jumper in ON position, the control performs the air
■■ Remote changeover - automatic changeover from cooling sampling function. The air in the room is moved, thermal
to heating mode, based on the remote signal from the stratification is reduced for a more reliable ambient
monitoring system. temperature reading.
■■ Frost protection keeps the room temperature above a ■■ Continuous fan (no fan request and continuous fan
minimum level. jumper ON): the control selects the fan speed, regardless
of thermal station conditions. With fan in auto fan
■■ Booster heating control optimisation (with electric heater
mode and control not in the demand phase, the fan
option): with the water temperature below 30°C the
permanently runs at low speed.
system will be in heat demand mode and the electric
heater is the only available heating source. If the water ■■ External contact: A high voltage input signal for external
temperature is above 35°C the system will be in booster contact is present. If the contact is activated, device
heating mode, energising water valve and electric behaviour depends on its configuration on site:
heater together. This function is deactivated if the water -- Presence detection energy saving mode is activated,
temperature is above 45°C (the electric heater will be de- room temperature is raised by 4 K in cooling mode
energised). and reduced by 4 K in heating mode.
■■ Energy saving when the room is unoccupied, without the -- Window contact: in OFF mode (window open), all
need to switch off the unit. If the energy-saving button is outputs are disconnected (fan, valves, etc.) and only
pressed, the actual set point will be modified as follows, the frost protection function is active, if enabled.
without changing the position of the set point selection
knob: ± 4 K.

CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 631
CONTROL SOLUTIONS

NTC controllers

Carrier offers one of the market’s most sophisticated and complete communicating controllers
for hydronic fan coil ranges, the NTC controller, that is compatible with the full Carrier fan coil
range.

For the customer and installer the same controller simplifies and eases installation and service
operations whilst covering a wide range of hydronic system types and applications.

The controller can be applied and function as either a standalone control, as part of a
larger CCN system application, or at the heart of a Aquasmart system functioning with the
Aquasmart Touch Pilot System Manager.
CONTROLS

632 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CONTROL SOLUTIONS  NTC

Network communication
■■ The NTC communicating con-troller can be connected on ■■ Units equipped with the NTC controller can be part of the
an RS 485 bus, using the Carrier Comfort Network (CCN) Aquasmart Evolution system.
protocol.

Advanced functions
■■ Low Energy Consumption (LEC) variable speed control. Carrier Room Conroller (CRC2)
■■ The NTC controller can drive the fan speed continuously
within a configurable range for optimal thermal and
acoustic comfort.
■■ Hydronic control - The NTC controls both floating and
fixed-point value actuator types (230 V on-off and 230 V
three point).
■■ Demand controller ventilation (DCV) - On fan coils
equipped with CO2 sensors and fresh air dampers,
the NTC controller can adjust the amount of fresh air
admitted to the room, as required by the occupants.
■■ IAQ management - The NTC controller can control all
features related to Indoor Air Quality that are included in Simplified User Interface (SUI)
Carrier terminal fan coil units.
56

Zone User Interface (ZUI)


250

Infrared Remote Control (IR2) and receiver


CONTROLS

190

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 633
2

1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3

4a
5
4b A
6
B

Legend
1 NTC controller
2 Secondary communication bus
3 User interface connection
4 IR2
5 ZUI2
6 CRC2
A Room A
B Room B

Features and advantages


■■ The NTC controller controls and optimises the operation ■■ A wide range of user interfaces
of hydronic terminal fan coil units. It is a microprocessor- Depending on the application, two user interface types
based CCN (Carrier Comfort Network) compatible can be selected:
communicating controller with energy-saving algorithms. -- A simplified wired analogue user interface (SUI) that
■■ Energy-saving algorithms manage water valve operation can be wall-mounted
and fan speed control simultaneously to ensure minimum -- A wired communicating user interface (CRC2) that
energy consumption whilst maximising comfort conditions can be wall-mounted or incorporated in compatible
for the occupant. terminal fan coils (42N)
■■ Factory-installed on terminal fan coils -- An infrared user interface (IR2) for use together
The NTC controller is factory-installed on the terminal fan with a wall-mounted infrared received or a receiver
coil; the assembly is also factory-tested. As a result, field incorporated on compatible terminal fan coils (42GW)
installation is extremely simple. -- A multi-function user interface (ZUI) that can control
comfort, lights and blinds within a Carrier system
CONTROLS

634 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CONTROL SOLUTIONS  NTC

CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 635
CONTROL SOLUTIONS

WTC controllers NEW

Carrier offers a new range of communicating controllers (BACnet & LON) for hydronic
terminals ranges (42 series IdroFan coils and 36XB Hybrid Terminals).

The WTC (Water Terminal Controller) is providing best in class comfort solutions together with
high energy efficiencies management, thanks to Carrier control algorithms reinforcing leading
position in energy management with more than fifteen years of experience.

WTC is compatible with the full Carrier fan coil ranges. For customers and installers the same
controller simplifies and eases installation and service operations whilst covering a wide range
of hydronic system types and applications.

The controller can be applied and function as either a standalone control, master/slave
function for open spaces application, or at the heart of a Building Management System.
CONTROLS

636 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CONTROL SOLUTIONS  WTC

Features and advantages


■■ Energy-saving algorithms manage water valve operation No Display, Temperature sensor + setpoint offset +
and fan speed control simultaneously to ensure minimum fan speed selection + Occupied/Unoccupied mode,
energy consumption whilst maximising comfort conditions LCD Display, Temperature sensor + setpoint offset +
for the occupant. fan speed selection + Occupied/Unoccupied mode
■■ Factory-installed on terminal fan coils, WTC controller is Light & Blinds controls.
factory-installed on the terminal fan coil, the assembly is -- Infrared User Interface for use together with a wall-
factory-tested on each single terminal. As a result, field mounted infrared received or a receiver incorporated
installation is extremely simple. on compatible terminal fan coils cassette grill (42GW).
Infra red sensor receiver is also available with
■■ A wide range of Tired User Interfaces depending on the
presence sensor and/or light sensors for lights and
application:
blinds control.
-- Simplified wall-mounted (or integrated in 42N cabinet)
digital user interface, jack RJ45 connection, in
various configurations as :
No Display, Temperature sensor + setpoint offset,
No Display, Temperature sensor + setpoint offset +
fan speed selection

Advanced functions
■■ Low Energy Consumption (LEC) variable speed control : ■■ Demand controller ventilation (DCV) & IAQ management -
WTC controller can drive the fan speed continuously On fan coils equipped with CO2 sensors and fresh air
within a configurable range for optimal thermal and dampers, the WTC controller can adjust the amount
acoustic comfort. of fresh air admitted to the room, as required by the
■■ Modulating hydronic control: WTC controls both floating occupants.
and fixed-point value actuator types (230 V on-off and
230 V three point).

Lights & Blind management modules


■■ WTC controller supervises the interconnection of Light
modules & blinds modules, allowing the user to improve
local comfort control with the same user interface as
HVAC system.

Room controler - user interface


■■ Large choice of Room Controllers
CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 637
■■ Infrared Remote Control and receivers

HVAC HVAC + lights/Blinds

■■ Control architecture

BACnet or LON

SUB-Bus via RJ45 SUB-Bus via RJ45 SUB-Bus via RJ45

33WTC
Presence
Light IR

Wired UI
Wall mounted

Fan-coil Up-to 4 light Up-to 4 Remote UI


circuits blinds Infra Red
CONTROLS

638 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CONTROL SOLUTIONS  WTC

CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 639
CONTROL SOLUTIONS

Aquasmart

Aquasmart Evolution is a complete hydronic heating, ventilating and air conditioning (HVAC)
system ideal for residential and light commercial applications from offices, commerce to hotels
and hospitals. It offers perfect comfort for building occupants whilst optimising economical
operation for applications up to 2500 m². Larger installations with multiple systems can be
managed and integrated within a single Building Management solution thanks to the new
BACnet option capability (available as option in 2012).

An Aquasmart system consists of up to 128 terminal fan coil units, served by up to two
chillers or heat pumps (master-slave), to supply cooling and/or heating to occupied spaces and
fresh air handling units. The system manager can fully integrate and control up to eight Carrier
fresh air handling units* (39SQ). Each fresh air plant can be associated with specific terminal fan
coils and/or zones for optimum building use management with occupancy, controlling and
minimising energy use.

Individual schedules can be set up and managed for each and all air treatment plants.
The Aquasmart System Manager supplies building information enabling dynamic and
precise control of the 39SQ’s night-time free-cooling feature to further reduce building energy
consumption.
CONTROLS

* If air treatment unit is not supplied by Carrier, integration is limited to control via a digital output for the main fresh-air unit.

640 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CONTROL SOLUTIONS  Aquasmart

Features and advantages


■■ The Aquasmart Evolution system ensures significant ■■ The Aquasmart system offers affordable building
energy savings combined with optimised user comfort HVAC system management featuring capabilities
by managing building zoning, occupancy and room usually only available in more expensive solutions
temperatures in accordance with needs. and requiring additional building-by-building
■■ Terminal fan coil units can be organised in up to 32 zones programming development.
to optimise building management by zone requirement and
according to building design conditions.
■■ The Touch Pilot System Manager – the brain and building
user interface was designed to facilitate use and allow
rapid access to manage and configure system operation
to maximise energy savings at comfort conditions.
■■ System components are fitted with communicating
controls allowing the System Manager to communicate
with and obtain feedback on user needs and operation.
Based on the system requirements the System Manager
coordinates the system heating and cooling modes for
maximum comfort and optimal energy consumption,
respecting the comfort parameters and occupancy
schedules for the building zones.

System design layout and Energy savings


­configuration guide ■■ The Aquasmart system controls offer superior comfort
levels. By optimising and controlling the system
■■ The System Manager is connected to the system
components building owners and occupants can save
components via a communication bus, and allows control
energy and reduce their energy bill, contributing to a
of all system and individual terminal operating parameters.
reduction in building carbon emissions.
■■ System configuration is simple through easily accessible
■■ System control saving possibilities are further enhanced
menus. Unit grouping is managed by the network and
with a range of significant energy-saving features available
requires no specific wiring to allow easy reconfiguration to
at equipment level, such as the 39SQ plug-and-play fresh
suit later building layout modifications.
air handling unit with heat recovery technology, the use
■■ The Aquasmart Evolution components are delivered of reversible 30RQ air-to-water heat pumps for space
complete, configured and factory-tested. heating, 61AF heat pumps for domestic hot water and
a range of fan coil units with EC motor technology and
variable fan speed control.
■■ Energy simulations conducted with a recognised software
simulation program indicate that Aquasmart can achieve
energy savings over a traditional non-communicating and
non-optimised system. Case studies indicate that savings
of 25% and beyond are possible. Each project merits its
own assessment of the opportunities.

CONTROLS

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 641
New System Manager
■■ The Touch Pilot system manager is the user interface and -- Optimisation of energy consumption, monitoring of
allows building managers to control the Aquasmart system component operation and reporting of system faults.
and associated components and features. -- Management of occupied/unoccupied time schedules
-- Intuitive colour touch screen. and smart start features to ensure that comfort
-- A system set-up wizard leads installers through requirements are met from the very beginning of the
a number of easy intuitive steps to identify and occupied period.
configure the system and manage system set-up, ■■ The System Manager is compatible with a web browser,
operation and maintenance. allowing user access to the system from a remote
-- Icon-driven menus easily and rapidly manage and location such as a maintenance office within the building
maintain the HVAC system. or from an off-site location where internet access is
-- Management of system parameters including cooling available. This facilitates ease-of-access and use and
and heating set points (terminals and cooling and/ allows service and maintenance companies to offer remote
or heating plants) and occupied and non-occupied service coverage without visiting the site, thus reducing
periods. carbon emissions due to transport.
■■ The availability of a new Carrier Apple application (HVAC
smart browser) extends the accessibility to smart phones
and tablets.

System selection
■■ The Aquasmart system is easy to select and configure ■■ Carrier has created a Quick Selection Guide that is
with all units supplied from the factory with pre-installed, available to rapidly identify and select the system
pre-configured and pre-tested controls and valves. The components, facilitating the design process and saving time
installer only needs to adjust the system parameters to for designers and installers alike.
the local building or application needs - a task made even ■■ Please contact your local sales office for a copy of this
easier with the New System Manager. guide.
CONTROLS

642 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
CONTROL SOLUTIONS  Aquasmart

Building Management System


Integration
■■ The latest release of the Aquasmart Touch Pilot system BACnet option allows access to read and read/write
manager enhances the capabilities to integrate system parameters from the building management
Aquasmart systems with Carrier or third-party building system facilitating integration of Aquasmart within the
management system front-end software. The new overall building management.

System Manager

Heat pump Primary bus

Secondary bus

3 3 3 3

4a
CONTROLS

4b A B

Legend:
1 NTC controller 6 SUI
2 Secondary communication bus 7 CRC2
3 User interface connection A Room A
4 Infrared controller IR2 B Room B
5 ZUI2

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 643
Notes
Notes

646 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
notes

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 647
Notes

648 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
notes

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 649
Notes

650 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
notes

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 651
Notes

652 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
notes

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 653
Notes

654 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
notes

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 655
Notes

656 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
notes

C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5 657
Notes

658 C A R R I E R 2 0 1 5
www.carrier.com
Carrier HVAC Europe Catalogue 2015 - English - February 2015. © Carrier Corporation 2015. All rights reserved.
Carrier reserves the right to change information and specifications contained in this document at any time and without prior notice.
Since standards, specifications and designs are subject to occasional change, please ask for confirmation of the information given in this publication.
d e s i g n i n g i n n o v a t i v e s o l u t i o n s

www.carrier.com

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen